The URL can be used to link to this page

SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 - BOOSTER PUMP STATION - 07-0013-UTCITY OF CLEARWATER .1;J ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT November 22, 2010 RTD Construction, Inc. Attn: Rusty Haughn 5344 9t" Street Zephyrhills, FL 33542 Posy OFFICE Bo\ 4748, CLLARWATER, FLORIDA 33758-4748 Ml.wcu,cl. SERwEs BLU.DINI., 100 So r-H My,RnLAvE?,n, SL;m: 220, Cu--ARvATER, FLORIDA 33756 TELEPHONE (,2?) 562-4'50 FAX 72-7 )- .? NOV 2 4 2010 off-ICIAL RECORDS AND LEGISL TIVE Sff?/C DEPT Re: Skycrest RCW Project - Contract 1: Booster Pump Station (07-0013-UT) Certificate of Final Completion Dear Mr. Haughn: The work of the above referenced project is completed and acceptable as of Friday, November 5, 2010. However, if at some later date any defects appear due to construction, you will be expected to accept the responsibility according to the Guarantee of the General Conditions which reads: "The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance." cc: Robert Fahey, PE, Utilities Manager Mitch Chiavaroli, PE, McKim & Creed Susan Chase, City Clerk Specialist, Office of Official Records & Leg. Services Project File "EQUAL EMPLOYMENT ANI) AFFIRMATIVE= ACTION Em PLOVER" Project Manager City of Clearwater s CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION Project #07-0013-UT prepared for Clearwater ISSUED FOR BID March 2009 NMd V&CREED ACORD CERTIFICATE OF L,IABiLITY INSURANCE DATE(MWDD/YYYY) 07/21/2009 TM PRODUCER 863.688.5495 FAX 863.688.4344 Herndon & Associates Insurance, LLC P 0 Box 3608 Lakeland, FL 33802 INSURED RTD Construction, Inc. P 0 Box 996 Zephyrhills, FL 33539-0996 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURERA: FCCI Commercial Insurance Co INSURERB: National Trust Insurance Co^ INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E ,LICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING -1 THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR IS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH - LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence, $ _ 100,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5 , 000_ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2 , 000 , 000 PRODUCTS - COMPIOPAGG S 2,000,00 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ (Ea accident) 11000,000 BODILY INJURY $ (Per person) BODILY INJURY $ (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT S OTHER TWAN EA ACC $ AUTO ON4Y: AGG _ $ EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000 r AGGREGATE S 10,000,00 S TAT H- X TORY L MITS O R E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 EA EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE 1 $ 500 , 00 ' WE.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 Limit $1,000,000, Ded $500 $250,000 Limit, $250 Ded General & Auto Liability ,water on the General COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE P( ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHIC MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TER] POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ON NSR D'L TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXP1R?;TION LTR NSR DATE MWDDIYYYY DATE MWDD/YYYY - LGENERAL LIABILITY GL0008012 12/01/2008 12/01/2009 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE OCCUR A GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:' _ LOC POLICY X PRO JECT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY u X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS B X HIRED AUTOS X NON-OWNED AUTOS X Hired Physical CA00026991 12/01/2008 1 12/01/2009 GARAGE LIABILITY 7 ANY AUTO EXCESS I UMBRELLA LIABILITY X OCCUR CLAIMS MADE A M DEDUCTIBLE X RETENTION $ lO , OO( WURKtKS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXEC UTIVE? A OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) IF yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below OTHER Installation Floater, A Rented & Leased Equip UMB0001h61 12/01/2008 1 12/01/2009 OO1WC06A438691 12/02/2008 1 12/02/2009 CM0004297 12/01/2008 12/01/2009 CM0004297 12/01/2008 12/01/2009 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS ,E: Skycrest RCW Project - Booster Puimp Station Contract #1 (07-0013-UT) ;ity of Clearwater is listed as an additional insured with respects to the )olicies. Waiver of subrogation also applies in favor of the City of Clea i Auto liability and Workers Compensation. CERTIFICATE HOLDER City of Clearwater Post Office Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING-INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL. 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTA ACORD 25 (2009101) ©1988-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement, A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER This Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. nr+non ar innnnin?i CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION Project #07-0013-UT prepared for Clearwater ? U ISSUED FOR BID March 2009 David C'. Wehner, PE Civil Engineer Florida License No. 59541 Wi11i'am J., `Egan, PE structural Engineer Florida License No. 53355 ?-z 3-d Michael D. Tweedel, FE Instrumentation & Controls Florida License No. 60940 ?r ?17-Z 0 ? Arthur Anchors Electrical Engineer Florida License No. 39304 1A J ,t 4n D=.C ristie, AIA Architect Florida License No. AR16722 Dennis A. Dean, PE Mechanical Engineer Florida License No. 22812 4 e46*,? MCM4&C2EED City of Clearwater, Florida SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION PROJECT # 07-0013-UT TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION Ilia SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1- BOOSTER PUMP STATION CONTRACT # 07-0013-UT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www.myClearwater.com/cilyprojects, ON MONDAY, MARCH 30, 2009, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of constructing a 2,000 SF reclaimed water booster pump station consisting of three (3) horizontal split case pumps, bridge crane, sodium hypochlorite system, and related mechanical, instrumentation/control, and electrical systems; a 5 million gallon pre-stressed concrete ground storage tank and associated ancillaries; and site improvements including demolition, grading, paving, drainage, bulk concrete storage bins, steel canopy structure and landscaping. A MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on THURSDAY, APRIL 9, 2009, at 10:00 AM in Room 130 at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 So. Myrtle Ave., I' Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 So. Myrtle Ave., Yd Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520, until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY, MAY 21, 2009, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for Sk crest Reclaimed Water System Contract 1- Booster Pump Station (07-0013-UT). A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre-qualified Contractors in the construction category of Wastewater/Water Treatment Facilities with a minimum pre-qualification amount of 53,000,000.00. Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 1.0% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida George McKibben, Purchasing Manager (727) 562-4634 Section I Revised -'PS 032409.doc Page 1 of 1 8/27/2008 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: SECTION II ................................................................................................................................... i 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS .......................................................................... 1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ................................. 1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3 6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS ...................................................................................................... 3 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5 15 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT .....................................................•......................................... 7 19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 7 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 8 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES ....................................................................................... 8 Section TT 072208_doe i Revised: 7/17/2008 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room --- website address: www.t-n clearwater.com/ci rojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform. the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758- 4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local. conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in Section 11 072208.doc Page 1 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section 11 - Instructions to Bidders preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. Section TI 07220R.doc Page 2 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section IT - instructions to Bidders 4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the forin of a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in., and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. 6 CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 if requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification. for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in. the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Section II 072208.doe Page 3 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section 11 - Instructions to Bidders Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"xlI" manila envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at.the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. Section II 072208.doc Page 4 of 9 . Revised: 7/17/2008 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 1.2.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction. of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically Section II 072208.doc Page 5 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section II - Instructions to Bidders stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV - Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III - General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSIVENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in. subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. Section 11 072208.doc Page 6 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section TI -- Instructions to Bidders 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 1.8.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submiLed in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless.the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of Section II 072208.doc Page 7 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section IT - Instructions to Bidders intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed .with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. Section 11 072208.doc Page 8 of 9 Revised: 7/17/2008 Section II -Instructions to Bidders B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Environmental Division Management Practices. References EPA website Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best Section 11 072208.doc Page 9 of 9 Revised: 7/1.7/2008 Section III - General Conditions Construction Coordinator A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and is responsible for the administration of construction documents. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule-CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Section 111 111708.doc Page 2 of 45 1.1/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.0.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection ]'he term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner Person Project The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. A natural. person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Section 11111 1708.doc Page .3 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in. the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, Section 11111 1708.doc Page 4 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Tirne, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor two (2) copies of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall. not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy Section III I I1708.doc Page 5 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as-built survey. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. The City's Construction Coordinator typically chairs these meetings. Section 111 111708.doc Page 6 of 45 11/17/2008 Section Ill - General Conditions 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification., manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. Section III I I1708.doc Page 7 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. Section 111 111708.doc Page 8 of 45 11/17/2008 Section Ill - General Conditions 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which. in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such. sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section. 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily Section 11111 1708.doc Page 9 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: Section 11111 1708.doc Page 10 of 45 11/17/2008 Section 111- General Conditions Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. LonAshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self.-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. Section 1J1 111708.doc Page 11 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed Section III I I1708.doc Page 12 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed. during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the perfonnance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and. incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. Section 11111 1708.doc Page 13 of 45 11/17/2008 Section Ill - General Conditions 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an. appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Section III 111708.doc Page 14 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III -- General Conditions Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rigbt-of way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction. equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: + Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. + Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen. (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. Section 11111 1708.doc Page 15 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions Sod must be restored with ten (10) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Section 11I 111708.doc Page 16 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site- and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in. all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with al.l applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. Section III 111708.doc Page 17 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and -(iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Enginccr specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RF1 within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's Section 111111 708.doe Page 18 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assernbly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in. writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 61G1.7-6, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. Section III 111.708.doc Page 19 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions 61G17-6.002 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also know as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall. be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) bascd on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1.983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. Section TTT 111708_doe Page 20 of 45 11/17/2008 Section Iii -- General Conditions 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61G17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming Section III 111708.doc Page 21 of 45 11/17/7008 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes Section III -General Conditions 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of.010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, DXF of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahon (aDiIn clearwatencom. 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, Section 111 111708.doc. Page 22 of 45 11/17/2008 Other layers may be created as required, using above format. Section III - General Conditions modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and be shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and othcr consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person. directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish. any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who Section 11111 1.708.doc Page 23 of 45 11/170.008 Section ITT - General Conditions shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work. as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. Section ITT 111708.doc Page 24 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependant of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In. connection Section III 111708.doe Page 25 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii.) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision. and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall Section 111 111708.doc Page 26 of 45 11/17/2005 Section III - General Conditions create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will. not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to detennin.e generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and Section III 111708.doc Page 27 of 45 11/17/2009 Section III - General Conditions changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to--be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes Section III 111708.doc Page 28 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to Section III I 11708.doc Page 29 of 45 11/17/2008 Section TIT - General Conditions the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if. (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written. notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Section 111 11170$.doc Page 30 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such. public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. Section III 111708.doc Page 31 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and Section Ill 111708.doc Page 32 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an. appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim. therefore as provided in the article for Change of Section III 11 I708.doc Page 33 of 45 11 /170.008 Section III - General Conditions Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days.of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owenr's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the Section 111 111708.doc Page 34 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence. be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a recommendation of payment and present Application to the Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating Owner Representative's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Owner's Representative may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set- off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Owner's Representative, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: Section III 111708.doc Page 35 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list and assign a date for this work to be completed. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (1) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. Section 111 111708.doc Page 36 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application. to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recornmend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within. twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein., or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on. which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Section 11111 1708.doc Page 37 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or. at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): Section III 11.1708.doc Page 38 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until. payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. Section III 111708.doc Page 39 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. Section III 111708.doc Page 40 o£45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents. 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-r/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Section III 111708.doc Page 41 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or anv narticular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent at (727) Construction is anticipated to begin on: We will be more than happy to assist you. Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Section III 111708.doc Page 42 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III -General Conditions 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"00") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080- inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on. the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. Section III 111708_doc Page 43 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN G -_ PROJECT NAME (CONTRACT NUMBER) DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT -N CONTRACTOR: COMPLETION DATE: FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: 1 s E N CD ° Clearwater U 2'-J 411x4" P.T. Post (Typ.; I ?I 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE I.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Section III I 11708.doe Page 44 of 45 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. Section 11111 1708.doc Page 45 of 45 11/17/2008 SECTION Ilia SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS The General Conditions of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 24 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 2.3.1 The Contract shall be substantially completed within 240 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions. 2.3.2 Substantial completion is defined as having all components of the system installed and ready for daily operation. Substantial completion includes start-up, operation, testing, manufacturer's checks and services, operator training, and similar items. The following items need not be completed for Substantial Completion: a. Landscaping b. Final clean-up and restoration. C. Final application for payment and final acceptance. 2.3.3 All work in the Contract shall be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.6 of the General Conditions within 270 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. 2.7 HURRICANE PROTECTION PLAN Within two weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a Hurricane Preparation Plan that outlines the measures that will be completed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner in the event of a hurricane warning. Skycrest RCW System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Ilia 0992-0187 Supplementary General Conditions Ilia - 1 In the event of inclement weather, or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor will protect the Work and materials from weather related damage. In the event that, in the opinion of the Owner, the Work or materials have been damaged due to failure on the part of the Contractor to protect the Work and materials, the Work and materials shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.8 PERMITS The City has obtained, or will obtain, the appropriate permits from the City of Clearwater (Building Department) and the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD). These permits are required prior to the commencement of any work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining a copy of these permits and for complying with any provisions or requirements which may relate to the conduct of construction activities ARTICLE 9 - OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE The Owner's Representative during the Bidding Phase is listed below. Robert Maue, PE City of Clearwater Engineering 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, Florida 33756 Phone: 727-562-4827 Fax: 727-562-4755 Email: robert.maue@myclearwater.com ARTICLE 20 - CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Notes on the Structural Drawings only shall take precedence over the Technical. Specifications. END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Skycrest RCW System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Ilia 0992-0187 Supplementary General Conditions Ilia-2 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: 1 SCOPE OF WORK ........................................................................................................... I 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ . 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST ................................................................................. . 2 2 FIELD ENGINEERING .................................................................................................. 3 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR .............. . 3 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS ............................................................................ . 3 2.1.2 LA YO UT DATA ...................................................................................................... . 4 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ................................ . 4 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................... 4 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ......................................................................................... 4 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ........................................................................... 4 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................ 6 S EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .......................................................... 6 6 CONCRETE ......................................................................................................................7 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK .......................................... 7 7.1 EXCAVATION ................................................................................................................7 7.2 FORMS ........................................................................................................................... 7 8 REINFORCEMENT .........................................................................................................7 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 8 9 OBSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................8 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT ............................................................................................ 8 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS .................................................................. 9 12 DEWATERING .................................................................................................................9 12.1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... ..9 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 10 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL ...................................................................... ..... 10 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROMANYNON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY ........................... 10 13 SANITARY MANHOLES .............................................................................................. 12 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 12 13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 13 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ......................... .......... 13 13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 13 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 14 Section IV 101308_doc i 10/13/2008 1.3.5 MANHOLE COATINGS ................... ................... 14 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 14 14 BACKFILL ......................................................................................................................14 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC ........................................................................................14 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 15 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 15 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL ..................................................................... 15 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15 1. 7.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 15 18 UNDERDRAINS .............................................................................................................15 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 16 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 16 19 STORM SEWERS ..........................................................................................................16 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 16 19.2 TESTING ......................................................................................................................16 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 17 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS ..............................................................17 20.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ ........ 17 20.1.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ................................................................................ ........ 17 20.1.2 FORCEAMINPIPE ..................................................................................... ........17 20.2 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 18 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ................................................................................ ........ 18 20.2.2 FORCE M411V PIPE ..................................................................................... ........ 18 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ...........................................................................................•... 18 20.4 TESTING ...................................................................................................................... 18 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ................................................................ ........ 18 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS ...................................................................... ........ 19 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 19 20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ................................................................................ ........ 19 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ..................................................................................... ........ 19 21 DRAINAGE .....................................................................................................................19 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE ..........................................................................19 22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 19 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ........... ........ 21 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ....................... ........ 21 22.2 SUBGRADE ................................................................................................................. 21 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ........................................................................ ........ 22 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................................................................... ........ 22 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 22 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE .................................................................................. ......... 22 Section IV 101308.doc ii 10/13/2008 23.1.1 AGGREGATE ............................................................................................. ...........22 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ...................................................................... ........... 22 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & . QUALITY ASSURANCE ................................................................................ ............ 22 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES ........................................................ ............ 23 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ................... ............ 23 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ........................................ ............ 24 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .................................................. ............ 24 23.61 CRACKS .................................................................................................... ............24 23.62 POTHOLES ............................................................................................... ............25 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ................................................................... ............ 25 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ................................................ ............ 25 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................ ............26 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .......................................................................... ............ 26 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ..................................................................................... ............ 27 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT ...................... ............ 27 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .................................................. ............ 27 25.1 IRRIGATION .................................................................................................... ............ 27 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................... ............27 25.1.2 PRODUCTS .............................................................................................. ............29 25.1.3 EXECUTION ............................................................................................. ............33 25.2 LANDSCAPE ................................................................................................... ............ 36 25.2.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................. ............ 36 25.2.2 PRODUCTS .............................................................................................. ............41 25.2.3 EXECUTION ............................................................................................. ............44 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ....................................... ............ 51 26.1 INTENT ............................................................................................................ ............ 51 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/IN STALLER ACCEPTABILITY ............ ............ 51 26.3 MATERIALS .................................................................................................... ............ 51 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 52 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 52 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 53 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 53 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ................................................... I........................... ........ 53 26.9 PAYMENT ........................................................................................................ ............ 53 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 53 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ......................................................................... ............. 54 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................................................................... ............. 54 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 54 29 CONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................................................... 54 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ......................................................................... ............. 54 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................................................................... ............. 54 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ......................................................... 54 Section IV 101308.doc iii 10/13/2008 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ..........................................................--•--............................ 54 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS .---• ................................................•---------.......................... 55 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................•--••------.......................... 55 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................... ......... 55 31. SODDING ........................................................................................................................ 55 32 SEEDING ......................................................................................................................... 56 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 56 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES..----•• ............................................•--•-----.................... 56 33.2 PRECAST TYPE .............................•-•----•---•---.......................................----................... 57 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ......................................•----...................................................... 57 34 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 57 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 57 36 STREET SIGNS .............................................................................................................. 57 37 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 57 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ................................ 57 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ................................................... 57 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ....................................................................... 58 37.4 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 58 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 58 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ....................................................................... 58 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION .............................................................................•----•--------- 58 37.8 LIGHTING ................................................................................................................... 59 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL ............................................................................. .............. 59 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ................................................................................................... 59 37.1 1 AREA OF COVERAGE ..............................................................•----..--........................ 59 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ..........................................•---•------.............................. 59 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 59 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 59 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 60 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 60 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................... ---.. 60 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 60 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 61 38.9 MAINTENANCE ............................................•----------•................................................. 61 38.10 COMPLIANCE ...............................................................................................•--••---•----- 61 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 64 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 64 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES ....................................................................................................... 64 Section IV 101308.doc iv 10/13/2 008 41.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 64 41.2 MATERIAL S ................................................................................................................ 65 41.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 65 41.2.2 PIPE MATERJALSAND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 65 41.2.3 GATE VALVES ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.5 HYDRANTS ........................................................................................................... 68 ,41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 69 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPAIRS .................................................................. 69 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ................................................................................ 69 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 70 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 70 41.3 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................ 70 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 70 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................... 70 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTSAND FITTINGS ......................................... 72 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ............................................................... 72 41.4 TESTS ........................................................................................................................... 73 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 73 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ....... ............................................ ....---- .... .......... ................ 73 41.5 STERILIZATION ......................................................................................................... 73 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT .......................................................................................... 73 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 73 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE .......................................................................... 73 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................ 74 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 74 41.6 ME ASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................ ............. 74 41.61 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 74 41.62 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 75 41.63 FURNISHAND INSTALL FITTINGS.... ...................................................... ........ 75 41.64 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS ................................................................................................................ 75 41.65 FURNISHAND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 75 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 76 43 TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 76 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS ................................................................... --......... 76 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS.. ................................................ ......... ................................. 76 43.1.2 BASE COURSE .... ................................................. ........................................... 76 43.1.3 PRIME COAT ........................................................... ............................................ 76 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE ................................................ ............................................ 76 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE ................................................. ............................................ 76 43.1.6 COLOR COAT. ... ........................................ --- ..... ....... .................................... 77 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ................................................ ............................................ 78 43.2.1 GENERAL ................................................................. ............................................78 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ................................................ ............................................ 79 43.2.3 SLOPE ....................................................................... ............................................79 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION ........................................... ............................................ 80 Section IV 101308 _doc v 10/13/2008 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING ....................................................................................... 80 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 80 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER ................................................................................................... 80 43.2.8 FENCING ............................................................................................................. 81 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS .................................................................................................... 81 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................... 81 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE ........................................................................................... 83 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 83 43.2.13 CONCRETE .......................................................................................................... 83 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING ................................................ 83 43.2.15 WATER COOLER ................................................................................................. 84 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION .............................................................................................. 84 43.2.17 WARRANTY ........................................................................................................... 84 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 85 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 85 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN .............................................................. 85 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 85 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ....................................................................... 86 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS .................................................................................................. 86 44.3.2 MA.IOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ................. 86 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS ......................................................... 86 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 86 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 86 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 87 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 87 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .............................................................................. 87 45.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 87 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 88 45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 88 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 88 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 89 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 89 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 89 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 89 45.9 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 89 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ..................................... 90 46.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 90 461.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS ........................................................................................... 90 461.2 QUALITYCONTROL ........................................................................................... 90 461.3 SAMPLES .............................................................................................................. 90 46.1.4 REJECTION .......................................................................................................... 90 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ..................................................................................................... 90 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ................................................................................. 91 463.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ........................................................................................... 91 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS .................................................................... 91 Section 1V 101308.doc vi 10/13/2008 463.3 PIPE JOINING ..................................................................................................... 91 =16.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ................................................................. ............ 91 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ............................................................................ ............ 91 464.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS .......................................... ............ 91 464.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION ............................................................... ............ 91 464.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS .............................................. ............ 92 464.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER .................................................................... ............ 92 464.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES .......................................................... ............ 92 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED .................................... ............ 92 464.7 BACKFILLING ......................................................................................... ............93 464.8 POINTREPAIR ......................................................................................... ............93 464.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ....................................................................... ............ 93 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE .......... ............ 93 47.1 SCOPE ................................. :...................................... ...................................... ............ 93 47.2 MATERIALS .................................................................................................... ............ 93 47.3 PIPE .................................................................................................................. ............ 93 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM .......................................................................................... ............ 94 47.5 FITTINGS .....................................................................................................--.-- ---.........94 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................ ............ 94 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT .................................................................... ............ 94 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ..... ............ 94 48.3 COMPOSITION ............................................................................................... ............ 94 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................... ....:....... 95 48.5 MATERIALS .................................................................................................... ............ 95 48.6 WATER ............................................................................................................. ............ 95 48.7 REINFORCEMENT ......................................................................................... ............ 95 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ........................................................................... ............ 95 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ............................................................................. ............ 96 48.10 PROPORTIONING ........................................................................................... ............96 48.11 MIXING ............................................................................................................ ............96 48.12 APPLICATION ................................................................................................. ............96 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ............................................................................. ............ 97 48.14 SURFACE FINISH ........................................................................................... ............ 97 48.15 CURING ........................................................................................................... ............ 97 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ......................................................... ............ 97 48.17 INSPECTION ................................................................................................... ............ 98 48.18 EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................... ............ 98 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ........................... 99 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ..................................................................................... ............ 99 49.2 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 99 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ............................................................................ 99 49.3.1 MATERIALS .............................................................................................. ............99 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ........................................................ .......... 100 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 1.00 49.4.1 MATERJALS .............................................................................................. ..........101 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ...................................................................................... 101 Section IV 101308.doc vii 10/13/2008 49.6 GROUTING MIX ....................................................................................................... 1.01 49.7 LINER MIX ................................................................................................................ 101 49.8 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 102 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 102 49.10 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 102 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 102 49.11.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................................... 102 49.11.2 MIXING ............................................................................................................... 103 49.11.3 SPRAYING .......................................................................................................... 103 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING ......................................................................................... 103 49.11.5 CURING .............................................................................................................. 103 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 104 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 104 .49.12.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................ 104 49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 104 49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 106 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS .......................................................................... 108 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................ 108 51.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 108 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ..................................................................................... 109 51.2.1 ASPHALT ............................................................................................................ 109 51.2.2 CONCRETE ........................................................................................................ 109 51.2.3 CO URT PATCH BINDER MLY ........................................................................... 109 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... 109 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE .......................................................... 11.0 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .................................................................................... 110 51.6 PLAYING LINES ....................................................................................................... 110 51.7 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 110 51.8 LIMITATIONS .......................................................................................................... 110 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ..........................111 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ..................................................................................111 53.1 MATERIAL ................................................................................................................. 1.1.1 53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATER)AL ................................................... 111 53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL :............................................... 113 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE ................................................................................................ 114 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC ........................................................................................ 114 53.2 PERFORMANCE ....................................................................................................... 114 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................1.15 54.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 115 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK ........................................................................................ 115 54.3 WORK METHODS .................................................................................................... 116 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING ........................................................................ 116 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ............................................................................ 116 54.4 LITTER ....................................................................................................................... 116 54.5 VISUAL CHECK ..........................................................•................ ..................... 116 Section IV 101308.doc viii 10/13/2008 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING .......................................................... 116 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)..... 116 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL .................................................................................................. 116 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................ 117 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ............................................................................................ 117 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION .......................................................................................... 117 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA ......................................................... 117 54.13 MULCH CONDITION ............................................................................................... 117 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .................................................................... 117 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ..................................................... 11.7 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 117 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ............................................................................................ 118 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ................................................................................................. 118 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ....................................................................................... 118 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .............................................................................. 118 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... 1.18 55 MILLING OPERATIONS ............................................................................................ 119 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ...................................... 119 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 119 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ................................................................................. 120 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 1.20 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES .................. 120 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 120 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................ 120 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 121 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 121 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 121 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ................................................................................... 121 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 121 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 121 57 RIPRAP ......................................................................................................................... 121 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 121 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 122 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................ 122 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 122 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 122 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ........................................... 122 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 60 SIGNING AND MARKING ......................................................................................... 123 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING .............................................................................................. 123 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 Section IV 101308.doc ix 10/13 /2008 62 TREE PROTECTION .................................................................................................. 124 62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 124 62.2 ROOT PRUNING ....................................................................................................... 124 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 1.25 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES .............................................................................................. 126 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN .............................................................................................•. 126 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 126 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 126 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ........................................................................................... 127 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ............................................................................................ 127 63.6 POSTING .................................................................................................................... 127 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ............................................................................................ 127 Section IV 101308.doc x 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Project Number: 07-0013-UT Scope of Work: The work for which proposals are invited consists of constructing a 2,000 SF reclaimed water booster pump station consisting of three (3) horizontal split case pumps, bridge crane, sodium hypochlorite system, and related mechanical, instrumentation/control, and electrical systems; a 5 million gallon pre-stressed concrete ground storage tank and associated ancillaries; and site improvements including demolition, grading, paving, drainage, bulk concrete storage bins, steel canopy structure and landscape/irrigation. The Contractor shall provide one (1) fixed project sign as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 of the Contract Documents. The following list of equipment shall be owner direct purchased: 3,000 gpm booster pump, motor and VFD 1,500 gpm booster pumps, motors and VFDs Complete bridge crane system Complete sodium hypochlorite system 18" flow meter 12" pressure sustaining valve 12" pressure reducing valve 12" flow meter CONTRACT PERIOD: 270 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS Section IV 101308.doc Page 1 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Project Number: 07-0013-UT The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 ® Scope Of Work 2.1 ® Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Contractor 2.2 ? Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The City 3 ® Definition Of Terms 4 ® Order And Location Of The Work 5 Excavation For Underground Work 6 ? Concrete 7 ? Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 ? Reinforcement 9 Obstructions 10 Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ® Work In Easements Or Parkways 12 ® Dewaterin 13 ? Sanitary Manholes 14 ® Backfill 15 ? Street Crossings, Etc. 16 ® Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures 17 ® Unsuitable Material Removal 18 ? Underdrains 19 ® Storm Sewers 20 ® Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 Z Drainage 22 ® Roadwa Base And Subgrade 23 ® Asphaltic Concrete Materials 24 ® Ad'ustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt 25 ® General Planting Specifications 26 ? Hd e Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining 27 Plant Mix Driveways 28 Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 Concrete Curbs 30 ® Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 ® Sodding 32 ? Seeding 33 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 ® Material Used 35 Conflict Between Plans And Specifications 36 ? Street Signs 37 AudioNideo Recording Of Work Areas 38 ® Erosion And Siltation Control 39 ® Utility Tie In Location Marking Section IV 101308.doc Page 2 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 40 ® Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 41 ® Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and Appurtenances 42 Gas System Specifications 43 Tennis Courts 44 ® Work Zone Traffic Control 45 ? Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining 46 ? Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining 47 ? Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe 48 Gunite Specifications 49 ? Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 ® Project Information Signs 51 ? In-Line Skating Surfacing System 52 ® Resident Notification of Start of Construction 53 ? Gabions and Mattresses 54 Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55 Milling Operations 56 Clearing and Grubbing 57 ? Ri ra 58 ? Treatment Plant Safe 59 ? Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60 ® Signing And Markin 61 ? Roadway Lighting 62 ® Tree Protection 63 ? Project Web Pages 2 FIELD ENGINEERING 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the Section IV 1.01308.doc Page 3 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V -Technical Specifications proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state.of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III, ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute Section IV 101308.doc Page 4 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CFR Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) DOT Department of Transportation (Florida) EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAC Florida Administrative Code FBC Florida Building Code FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code FGC Florida Gas Code FMC Florida Mechanical Code FPC Florida Plumbing Code FedSpec Federal Specifications HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPS Iron Pipe Size MIL Military Specification NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPT National Pipe Thread NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI) SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. SDI Steel Door Institute SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) SJl Steel Joist Institute SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association Section IV 101308.doc Page 5 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council of America UL Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 - ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface. encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor.will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on. each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid Section 1V 101308.doc Page 6 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance.of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7.1 EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the dry" 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the Section TV 101308.doe Page 7 or 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specifi ed. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T- 1.80. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. Section IV 101308.doc Page 8 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well. point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be deters-pined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. Section IV 101308.doc Page 9 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY City Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Notification Failure to follow the above procedure will result in a Violation and a Stop Work Order will be placed on the project. Depending on the severity of the Violation, the City's Engineering Department may be required to notify the Department of Environmental Protection for enforcement action. The following procedure will be followed: 1 st occurrence - Stop Work Order 2nd occurrence - Notification to FDEP It is recornmended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit Section IV 101308.doc Page 10 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 10.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.0-8.5 6.5-8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury - by Method 1631E 0.012 µg/l 0.025 µg/l Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 gg/l 9.3 gg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/l 2.9 gg/1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/l Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 gg/l Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/l 50.0 µg/l Benzene 1.0 gg/l 1.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 100.0 µg/l 100.0 µg/l If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the City of CZearv ater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that the pen-nit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); Section IV 101308.doe Page 11 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this pen-nit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1.500 mg/l, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/l. In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621-250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. Section TV 101308.doc Page 12 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type Il cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Detail 9302 Sheet 2 of 3. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A l or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section 1V, Article 23.7 _.. Asphaltic Concrete - Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. Section IV 101308.doc Page 13 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class 1) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry thickness of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1.227 Type II Class 1) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite_ 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall. be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in. the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. Section TV 101308.doc Page 14 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 16 RAISING_ OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off- site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of 96 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of 96 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable Underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D241.2 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure Section IV 101308.doc Page 15 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted. 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation. for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 of the current FDOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Section IV 101308.doc Page 16 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible sea] in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Section IV 101308.doc Page 17 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus S to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation. of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backflll is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter Section TV 101308.doe Page 18 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Section IV 101308.doc Page 19 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. Section IV 101308.doc Page 20 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however., will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Section IV 101308.doc Page 21 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placernent, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons Section IV 101308.doc Page 22 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (RAP) MATERIAL SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXES. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) THICKNESS (Inches) Type S-1 Type S-1 with Type S-I11 Top Layer Type S-III FC-3 Type 5-111 with FC-3 Top Layer Type S-I with FC-3 Top Layer 1 st 2nd I st 2nd I st 2nd 1st 2nd I st 2nd I st 2nd 1 1 1 1'/2 1'/2 Section. IV 101308.doc Page 23 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications 2 1'/4 3/4 * 1 1 2'/2 1'/4 1'/4 1.'/2 1 1'/2 1 3 1 %2 1'/2 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S-I1I shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S-III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general. construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation. of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of. bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. Section IV 101308.doc Page 24 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not pennitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturers specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over, It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. Section IV 101308.doc Page 25 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition.). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and. spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be 1/4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index. 1.01. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. Section IV 101308.doc Page 26 of 1.27 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://wwwl l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prince coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be Section IV 101308.doc Page 27 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V -'Technical Specifications sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be Section N 101308.doc Page 28 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D 1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's naive or trademark, material designation, size, applicable 1PS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: Section IV 101308.doc Page 29 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non-Shock Safe-T-Shear Stem 5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/z" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. Section IV 101308Aoc Page 30 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with 436-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek 4182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient. of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7". B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRIVACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall sea] effectively from 2 to 110 psi. Section IV 101308.doc Page 31 of 127 10/13/2008 Section JV - Technical Specifications 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall. be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall. be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS Section IV 101308.doc Page 32 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all. satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing pen-nits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. Section 1V 1,01308.doc Page 33 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. 1. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on. bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than 1/2in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 1.25 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill witb approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. Section IV 101308.doc Page 34 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: Section IV 101308_doc Page 35 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement maybe installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having Section TV 101308.doc Page 36 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. Section 1V 101308_doc Page 37 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Tedmical Specifications 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all. specified work. 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. CT: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C. W.: SPR.: ST. TR. : MIN.: GAL.: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. Straight trunk. Minimum. Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. Section IV 101308.doc Page 38 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications DL4.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: CAL.: B&B: PPP: .FG: STD.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Plants per pot. Field grown. Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been- cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or sterns, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. Section IV 101308.doc Page 39 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural., balls of soil, not less than 1. foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. Section TV 101308.doc Page 40 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish. a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). Section TV 101308.doc Page 41 of 127 1.0/13/2008 Section TV -- Technical Specifications D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. 1. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall. have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. Section IV 101308.doc Page 42 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than 1/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - %" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 - 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or Section IV 101308.doc Page 43 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4 - 1/2 feet above grade. 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas Section IV 101308.doc Page 44 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - '/2 inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 26.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL. BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo". per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub- grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. Section IV 101308.doc Page 45 of 127 10/13/2008 Section N - Technical Specifications E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well- drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal. or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: Section TV 101308.doc Page 46 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each '/2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. 1. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. Section 1V 101308.doc Page 47 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1. and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum. 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. Section IV 101308.doc Page 48 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A..) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under Section IV 101.308.doe Page 49 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection.. Within 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction. has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No Section IV 101.308.doc Page 50 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -"Technical Specifications additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.6 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequal i fi cation approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High. Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property Method Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Section IV 101308.doc Page 51 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications HDPE Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniforin in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and. shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. Section IV 101308.doc Page 52 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. Section N 101308.doc Page 53 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not Section IV 101308.doc Page 54 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place al.l sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the Section IV 101308.doc Page 55 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a si-nooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. Section IV 101308.doc Page 56 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 -- MATERIAL USED. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 - CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 AUDIOIVIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre-construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIOIVIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. Section IV 101308.doc Page 57 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal., chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SF mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. Section IV 101308.doc Page 58 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. Section IV 101308Aoc Page 59 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation.. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. Section IV 101308.doc Page 60 of 1.27 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. Section IV 101308.doc Page 61 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1 st occurrence - Warning 2nd occurrence - $32 reinspection fee 3rd occurrence - $80 reinspecion fee 4th occurrence - Stop work order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 462-6126 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750. Section IV 101308.doc Page 62 of 127 10/13/2008 C U U N U N C 0 U N C/] w d d w a U w O E? U w O W z 0 C z ra? V1 C w Op L2 O p! z W ¢ O J W U ? O U W W Cz., OzU U ?' O 7, ?i O O ¢ O Quo ¢ z W O o? ? W w VJ O ? ? U ?zo Lz? ? ? O ? U b11 3 w w o a ?. cx ? 3 0 o a M 00 0 6l3 Ln W d a FBI O U 7-4 n 1 N n N n a Vl z O W W A z a a C4 N 1 N n N n O U O U v W a a CL W ¢ a? U cCi Z 0 U G] C6 C C w• c.. O ? Cp y C b O m y U 0. 4.. U C O C O ce cam, U j O aM C C C a 0 y C ? U .? b C tv J U o eC 0 U CL H z rr H O O Q 00 0 a N 6 n O M N b!1 U O 7 00 0 C1 C P V] Section TV - Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral. prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 -- AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. Section TV 101308.doe Page 64 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and. sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through 8-inch shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Section IV 101308.doc Page 65 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 1.50 20 Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements ofASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18-inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4-inch. through. 16-in.ch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within. casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Section TV 101308.doc Page 66 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be 3- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. Section IV 101308.doc Page 67 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant + AVK Nostalgic 2780. • . American Darling B-84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in. the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1/2-inch bose nozzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with. the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. Section IV 101308.doc Page 68 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections to 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. -All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: Section N 101308.doc Page 69 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -- Technical Specifications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench.. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30-inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. Section IV 1.01308.doc Page 70 of 127 10/13/2008 Section '1V - Technical Specifications 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Proper, implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. Section 1V 101308.doc Page 71 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18-inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made. until al.l requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Section IV 101308.doc Page 72 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make al.l necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AW WA C651. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. Section IV 101308.doc Page 73 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water inain from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. Section IV.101308.doc Page 74 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision., in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust Section IV 101308.doc Page 75 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1 " leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1 " of Type S-111 Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than t/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will Section 1V 101308.doc Page 76 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/a" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfaces or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. Section IV 101308.doc Page 77 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 Degree's F and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of rive (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders .Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction. bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. Section 1V 101308.doc Page 78 of 127 10/1.3/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. Section IV 101308_doc Page 79 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of 1SP Type 11 Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. Section IV 101308.doc Page 80 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ammeristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT 25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" 96 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges - Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Puttennan. Black high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support Section IV 101308.doc Page 81 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design - Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 - 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-1 Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction " Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) - six-foot length aluminum. Section IV 101308.doc Page 82 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" - 8' long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall. be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: Section IV 101308.doc Page 83 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T5 new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on. pole T5 Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series - water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. Section IV 101308.doc Page 84 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all. work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction Section IV 101308.doc Page 85 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C-View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. Section IV 101308.doc Page 86 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will. result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand Section IV 101308.doc Page 87 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi Liner shall. meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1.216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalifi cation and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation.. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. Section IV 101308.doc Page 88 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. Section IV 101308_doc Page 89 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM. D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal., certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. Section TV 101308Aoc Page 90 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 - SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 21'/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. Section IV 101308.doc Page 91 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA. requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. Section IV 101308.doc Page 92 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV _ Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with. the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. Section IV 101308.doc Page 93 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -'T'echnical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type 1. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon.. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. Section IV 101.308.doc Page 94 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve 100% Passing No. 4 Sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 Sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 Sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 Sieve 25% to 60% Passing No. 50 Sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 Sieve 2% to 10% 48.6 WATER Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. Section IV 101308.doc Page 95 of 127 10/1.3/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets, shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48-10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the Section IV 101.308.doc Page 96 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical. Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle.. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air j et. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. Section IV 101308.doc Page 97 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap (efm) Max. Hose Dia. (In.) Max. Size Nozzle (In.) Min. Air Press. (psi) 365 15/8 15/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 2 1 /2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 1.50 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide,. without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). Section IV 101308.doc Page 98 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. Section IV 101308.doc Page 99 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal. in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced ceme,ntitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. Section 1V 101308.doc Page 1.00 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Section IV 101308.doc Page 101 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from. flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and Section TV 101308.doc Page 102 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers.shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. Section IV 101308.doc Page 103 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Section IV 101308.doc Page 104 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fi.l.l cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM: D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING A. waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING 1,200 1,800 psi 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) at 100% RH at 50% RH 8.1.x10 llcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Rrs 7 Days 2R Days Section IV 101308.doc Page 105 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications Astor C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astor C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 X0.06 X0.08 Astor C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astor C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4-5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.6 EPOXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean., and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength., psi., min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 -20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. Section IV 101308.doc Page 106 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofln g/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder 41 to moist wall using a stiffbrush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. Section IV 101308.doc Page 107 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -'T'echnical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPOXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten. (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 -- PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the Section 1V 101308.doc Page 108 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave 2 Coats of Plexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 1.0.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons Water (Clean and Potable) 20-40 gallons Sand (60-80 mesh) 600-900 pounds Liquid Yield 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix Section IV 101308.doc Page 109 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still. tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.05 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all. containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 507 or more than 1 40°F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. Section IV 101308.doc Page 110 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 1.0. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to I hour at 707 with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES Gabi.on & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating shall be determined by ASTM. A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 '/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 %Z), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite Section 1V 101308,doc Page 111 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A-641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.01.5 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D-1.42; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 1.2 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. Section 1V 101308.doc Page 112 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall. not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature -Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T 104), maximum loss 12% Section IV 101308.doc Page 113 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table L The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall. be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal. wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when. a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. Section IV 101308.doc Page 114 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54,1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control.; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. Section IV 101308.doc Page 115 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late rune or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain., but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. Section IV 101308.doc Page 116 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in 1nid-pebruary, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. Section IV 101308.doc Page 117 of 127 10/13/2008 Section TV - Technical Specifications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will. be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity.. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. - 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. - 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location. will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. Section 1V 101308.doc Page 118 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall. sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for Section IV 101308.doc Page 119 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material. exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width - This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. Section IV 101308.doe Page 1.20 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 11.0 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (lastest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. Section IV 101308.doc Page 121 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, Section TV 101308.doc Page 1.22 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both. the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM'S (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. Section IV 101308.doc Page 123 of 127 10/13/2008 Section 1V - Technical Specifications 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation. impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by Section IV 101308.doe Page 124 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. 1. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI.) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations --- Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. Section IV 101308.doc Page 125 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV -Technical Specifications B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the WK Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http//www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-].9990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. Section IV 101308.doc Page 126 of 127 10/13/2008 Section IV - Technical Specifications 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. Section 1V 101308.doc Page 127 of 127 10/13/2008 SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 63 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARTICLES 1-63 Basis for measurement and payment for all Articles shall be superseded by Division 1630 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 3 - DEFINITION OF TERMS 3 Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following statement: The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. ARTICLE 5 - EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 5 Article 5 shall be superseded by Divisions 02200 and 02210 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 6 - CONCRETE 6 Article 6 shall be superseded by Division 3300 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 7 - EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7 Article 7 shall be superseded by Division 3300 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 8 - REINFORCEMENT Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications 0992-0187 IVa - 1 8 Article 8 shall be superseded by Division 3300 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 9 - OBSTRUCTIONS 9 Add the following statement- "Airy survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a Florida registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM)". ARTICLE 14 - BACKFILL 14 Replace the third paragraph with- "Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 6" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test) to the bottom of pavement." Replace the fourth paragraph with- "Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test)." Add the following statement, "Backfill for structures shall be in accordance with Division 02200 IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications." ARTICLE 38 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38 Add the following statement- "See Sedimentation and Erosion Control Notes and Details drawing, which states "Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria for an NPDES construction activities permit. Visit www.dep.state.fl.us/water/stormwater/npdes for more information. Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge of produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained through project completion." 38.9 Add the following statement- "No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the re-establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged, destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the Project. Near Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications 0992-0187 IVa - 2 completion of the project, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. All erosion control devices in seeded areas shall be left in place until the grass is established. Seed areas around devices, and mulch after removing or filling temporary control devices. Cleanup all areas." ARTICLE 41- WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.2 Article 41.2.2.1 Ductile Iron Pipe shall be superseded by Division 15062 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.2.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe shall be superseded by Division 15063 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.2.3 Fittings and Joints shall be superseded by Division 15062 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.2.4 Restraint shall be superseded by Division 15062 and 15063 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.4 Valve Boxes: Add the following statement- "All valve boxes within roadway right-of-way shall have heavy duty load rating meeting highway traffic loads (16,000 lb wheel loads)." Article 41.3.2.1 Alignment and Grade: Replace the second paragraph first sentence with- "The depth of cover over the main shall be a minimum of 36" and a maximum of 60" below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions." Article 41.3.2.2 Installation: Add the following statement- "For push-on joint connections, cut ends shall be ground smooth and beveled." Article 41.3.3.4 Anchorage: Add the following statement- "See restrained joint table in drawings for length of pipe to be restrained." Article 41.4.1 Hydostatic Tests shall be superseded by Division 1.5062 and 15063 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.5.2 Flushing shall be superseded by Division 15062 and 1.5063 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 44 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 443.1 Add the following statement- "Roadway right of way permits shall be obtained by the City prior to award of the contract. As part of this effort, Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications 0992-0187 IVa - 3 MOT plans must be submitted and approved by either the County or FDOT, as applicable." 44.5 Article 44.5 shall be superseded by the following: The Office of the Traffic Engineer may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. ARTICLE 56 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING 56 Add the following statement, "Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered, in manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass before stripping. Where trees are indicated to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from such trees to prevent damage to main root system. Stockpile topsoil where directed. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water and seed or cover storage piles to prevent erosion. Do not strip topsoil in wooded areas where no change in grade occurs. Borrow topsoil to be reasonably free of subsoil, objects over 2 IN diameter, weeds and roots." Add the following statement, "Disposal of waste materials shall require the removal of all waste materials from site. Do not burn combustible materials on site or bury organic matter on site. All drill cuttings, water or other waste materials caused by the drilling operations which are not required to complete the work shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of at a location and in a manner in accordance with all Laws and Regulations." The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical specifications. DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01040 Coordination ...............................................................................................01040-1 - 1 01045 Cutting and Patching ....................... .......................•-.----..............................01045-1 -2 01050 Field Engineering ............................ .........•--...................................•--------....01050-1 -2 01300 Submittals ....................................... ............................................................01300-1 - 7 01380 Construction Photographic Record . ............................................................01380-1 -2 01420 General Equipment Stipulations ..... ............................................................01420-1 - 4 01500 Temporary Facilities ....................... ............................................................01500-1 -2 01505 Mobilization ---•................................ ..............•--...........................................01505-1 -2 01600 Material and Equipment .................. ............................... -• ...........................01600-1 -4 01630 Measurement and Payment ............. ............................................................01630-1 - 14 01640 Quality Control ............................... ............................................................01640-1 -3 01650 Testing Laboratory Services ........... ..................... :...................................... 01650-1 -3 Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Supplementary Technical Specifications 0992-01 87 IVa - 4 01660 Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing ................................................ 01660-1 - 3 01670 Substitutions and Product Options .............................................................. 01670-1 - 4 01690 Starting Process Systems ............................................................................01690-1-1 01700 Contract Closeout .......................................................................................01700-1 -3 01800 Openings and Penetrations in Construction ................................................01800-1 -6 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02010 Subsurface Investigation .............................................................................0201.0-1- 1 02200 Earthwork ....................................................................................................02200-1 - 1 1 02210 Excavation and Trenching ..........................................................................02210-1 - 1 1 02220 Topsoiling and Finished Grading ............................................................... 02220-1 -2 02250 PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates ..................................................02250-1 -7 02281 Soil Treatment ......................................................................... .................02281-1 - 2 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast in Place Concrete ................................................................................03300-1- 19 03360 Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank ............................................................03360-1 - 9 03600 Grouting ...............••.......................................................................... •.....03600-1 -4 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 Unit Masonry .............................................•.................................... .04200-1 -8 DIVISION 5 - METALS 05010 Metal Materials ...........................................................................................05010-1 -2 05030 Metal Finishes .............. ...............................................................................05030-1 - 1 05050 Metal Fastenings .......... ...............................................................................05050-1 - 1 05120 Structural Steel ............. ...............................................................................051.20-1 - 1.1 0531.0 Steel Deck .................... ...............................................................................05310-1 -5 05500 Metal Fabrications ....... ...............................................................................05500-1 - 5 05520 Handrails & Guardrails ...............................................................................05520-1 - 4 05532 Aluminum Grating ....... ................................. ....... .......05532-1. -3 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry .........................................................................................06100-1 -5 06193 Plate Connected Wood Trusses .............................................................. ....06193-1 -3 06612 Fiberglass Grating and Treads ................................................................ ....06612-1 - 2 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07190 Vapor Barriers and Retarders ................................................................. ....07190-1 -2 07210 Building Insulation ................................................................................. ....07210-1 -3 07310 Asphalt Shingles .........................................................................................07310-1 -5 Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications 0992.0187 IVa - 5 07610 Sheet Metal Soffit ............................................................ 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim ........................................ 07900 Joint Sealers ..................................................................... DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08255 FRP Doors and Frames ................. 07610-1 - 4 .................07620-1 - 7 ................. 07900-1 - 4 08255-1 -9 08331-1 -8 0871.0-1 - 12 ........................................................................ 08331. Overhead Coiling Doors ...................................................................... 08710 Door Hardware ..................................................................................... DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09220 Portland Cement Plaster .................................................... 09900 Painting and Coatings ....................................................... 09902 Pipe Painting ..................................................................... DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10200 Louvers and Vents ........................................................... 10520 Fire Protection Specialties ............................................... DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11309 B ster Pum s ...... 09220-1 - 5 ...... 09900-1 - 15 ...... 09902-1 - 1 ....................10200-1 -5 ....................10520-1 -3 11309-1-7 1.1.348-1 - 16 0o ..................................................................................... P 11348 Sodium Hypochlorite System .............................................................. DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (Not Used) DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13300 Controls and Instrumentation ........................................... 1331.0 Spread Spectrum Radio Communications ....................... 13320 Fiber Optic Communications ........................................... 1.3330 Programming Services ..................................................... DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14630 Bridge Cranes - Electric Overhead Overrunning ............. ....................13300-1 - 26 .................... 13310-1- 5 .................... 13320-1 - 6 .................... 13330-1 - 2 .......................14630-1 -5 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15062 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings .....................................................................15062-1 -8 1.5064 Plastic Pipe ..................................................................................................15064-1 -2 Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications 0992-0187 /Va - 6 15066 Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape ................................................................. 15066-1 -2 15090 Hose Rack, Hose and Hose Bibbs ............................................................... 15090-1 -2 15100 Valves and Appurtenances .......................................................................... 15100-1 -9 15131 Pressure Gages ............................................................................................ 15131-1. -2 15141 Pipe Support Systems ................................................................................. 15141-1 -3 15400 Plumbing ..................................................................................................... 15400-1 - 1 15410 Plumbing Piping .......................................................................................... 15410-1. - 2 15430 Piping Specialties ........................................................................................ 15430-1 - 5 15440 Plumbing Fixtures ....................................................................................... 15440-1 - 1 15781 Wall Mounted Packaged Air Conditioners ................................................. 15781-1 - 2 15870 Fans ............................................................................................................. 15870-1 - 3 15910 Ductwork and Accessories .......................................................................... 15910-1 -4 15936 Air Outlets and Inlets .................................................................................. 15936-1 - 3 15990 HVAC Testing, Adjusting and Balancing .................................................. 15990-1 - 1 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 Electrical - Basic Requirements ................................................................. 16010-1-14 16050 Materials and Methods ................................................................................ 16050-1 -5 1.6111 Conduit and Raceway ................................................................................. 16111-1-11 1611.5 Underground Conduit MH and HH ................................ ............................ 16115-1-10 16120 Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below ......................................................... 16120-1 -8 16130 Outlet Pull and Junction Boxes ................................................................... 16130-1-4 16140 Wiring Devices ........................................................................................... 16140-1-4 16150 Motors ......................................................................................................... 16150-1-4 16370 Variable Frequency Drives ......................................................................... 16370-1-11 1.6430 Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies .............................. 16430-1 - 4 16450 Grounding and Bonding .............................................................................. 16450-1 - 4 16460 Dry Type Transformers ............................................................................... 16460-1 -5 16470 Panelboards ................................................................................................. 16470-1 -7 16475 Safety Disconnect Switches ........................................................................ 16475-1 - 3 16500 Lighting ....................................................................................................... 16500-1 -6 16670 Lightening Protection System ..................................................................... 16670-1 -2 16671 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression ......................................................... 16671-1 - 8 END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications 0992-0187 IVa - 7 SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall provide for the complete coordination of the construction efforts. This shall include but not necessarily be limited to coordination of the following: 1. The work of subcontractors. 2. The flow of material and equipment from suppliers. 3. The effort of equipment manufacturers for testing, training and startup services. 4. The interrelated work with public and private utilities companies including Progress Energy and Verizon. 5. The interrelated work with the Owner where tie-ins to existing facilities are required and where existing equipment must remain in operation. 6. The effort of independent testing agencies. B. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City's Parks and Recreation Dept. to maintain their access and operation of the existing Nursery. C. The Contractor shall consider the Kennedy Middle School hours of operation when coordinating his work within the right-of-way to minimize impacts and safety hazards that will be imposed on the pedestrian and vehicular traffic on Saturn Avenue and Palmetto Street. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Coordination 0992-0187 01040-1 SECTION 01045 W CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section establishes general requirements pertaining to cutting (including excavating), fitting, and patching of the Work required to: B. Make the several parts fit properly. C. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contact Documents. D. Rework existing items to provide for new construction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform all cutting and patching in strict accordance with pertinent requirements of these Specifications and, in the event no such requirements are determined, in conformance with the Engineer's written direction. B. Codes and standards for work of this section shall be the same as for the pertinent sections of this specification. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Request for Engineer's Consent: 1. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit written request to the Engineer for permission to proceed with cutting. 2. Should conditions of the Work, or schedule, indicate a required change of materials or methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Engineer and secure his written permission prior to proceeding. B. Notice to the Engineer: Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time the Work will be uncovered, to provide for the Engineer's observation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials used in the replacement of existing work and the construction of work in conjunction with cutting and patching shall be new unless prior approval from the Engineer has been obtained to re-use existing materials. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Cutting and Patching 01045-1 2.2 FABRICATION A. The materials and methods used in the fabrication of items required under this section shall comply with the individual sections of this specification that have to do with new construction, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITIONS A. Examination: 1. Examine existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, backfilling, and patching. 2, After uncovering the Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of the new Work. B. Discrepancies: 1. If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, immediately notify the Engineer and secure needed directions. 2. Do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING A. Provide all required protection including, but not necessarily limited to, shoring, bracing, and support to maintain structural integrity of the Work. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Perform all required excavating and backfilling as required under pertinent Sections of these Specifications. Perform cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the Work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work, Perform fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Cutting and Patching 01045-2 SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and grades and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state where the project is located. 1.2 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS A. Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. Survey monuments, benchmarks or other reference points, which must be disturbed by construction operations, shall be witnessed, removed and replaced by a Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM), registered in the State of Florida. 1.3 LAYOUT DATA A. The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Owner with the record drawings for the project. 1.4 EXISTING STRUCTURES A. The locations for existing underground piping and structures shown on the Drawings were taken from the available records. The actual locations of the existing underground piping and structures may differ from that shown on the Drawings. B. The Drawings may not show existing underground electrical conduits, small piping, or other piping and structures. Prior to starting excavations for structures or the installation of underground piping, conduits, and other facilities the Contractor shall thoroughly examine the proposed locations and routes for possible conflict. C. The Contractor shall excavate and expose all existing underground piping, conduit, or other structures which may conflict with the new facilities or other improvements. The locations, both horizontally and vertically, of all such existing facilities shall be shown on the record drawings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Field Engineering 01050-1 D. After completion of the subsurface investigations the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any possible conflicts between the existing and new facilities. The Contractor, Owner, and the Engineer will then confer and resolve the potential conflicts prior to the start of the installation of the new facilities. 1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall keep one set of Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Modifications and Shop Drawings at the site in good order, and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. Record drawings shall be up-to-date as the project progresses, will be subject to review on a monthly basis by the Owner, and, subject to the review, be a basis for monthly payments. B. These documents shall be available at any time to the Owner and, together with copies of all survey notes, be delivered in final form to the Owner upon completion of the project. C. The location, both horizontally and vertically, of all underground piping, conduit, and other structures shall be shown on the record drawings. All fittings, valves, and other appurtenances shall be located and shown on the record drawings in accordance with Section III Article 6.11.2 "As-Built Drawings" in the General Conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Field Engineering 01050-2 SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. At or before the preconstruction conference, Contractor shall submit for review a preliminary schedule of the proposed construction operations. The construction schedule shall indicate the sequence of the Work, the time of starting and completion of each part, and the installation date for each major item of equipment, and the time for making connections to existing piping, structures, or facilities. Within 10 days after receipt of the Owner's comments, the Contractor shall submit an updated Construction Progress Schedule. B. An updated schedule shall be submitted with each application for progress payment, or at least every 30 days, to reflect changes in the progress of the work. C. If the progress of the work falls behind schedule, the Contractor shall submit a report which includes sufficient narrative to describe current and anticipated delaying factors, the factors' effect on the construction schedule and the Contractor's proposed corrective actions. Any work reported complete, but which is not readily apparent to Owner, must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence. The Owner may require the Contractor to add to his equipment, or construction forces, as well as increase the working hours, if operations fall behind schedule at any time during the construction period. 1.2 PROGRESS REPORTS A. A progress report shall be furnished to Owner with each application for progress payment. If the Work falls behind schedule, Contractor shall submit additional progress reports at such intervals as Owner may request. B. Each progress report shall include sufficient narrative to describe current and anticipated delaying factors, their effect on the construction schedule, and proposed corrective actions. Any Work reported complete, but which is not readily apparent to Owner, must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence. C. Each progress report shall also include three prints of the accepted graphic schedule marked to indicate actual progress. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. After review of the tentative schedule at the preconstruction conference, and before submission of the first application for payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner a schedule of values covering each lump sum item. The schedule of values, showing the value of each kind of work, shall be acceptable to Owner before any application for payment is prepared. B. The sum of the lump sum items, plus the extended unit price items listed in the schedule of values shall equal the contract price. Such items as Bond premium, temporary construction facilities, may be listed separately in the schedule of Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Wa Submittals 0992-0187 01300-1 the Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. E. The Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each submission, and, in the case of a resubmission, shall verify that all exceptions previously noted by the Owner and/or the Engineer have been addressed. In the event that more than one resubmission is required because of failure of Contractor to account for exceptions previously noted, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Engineer for review of the additional resubmissions. F. Resubmittals shall be made within 30 days of the date of the letter returning the material to be modified or corrected, unless within 14 days the Contractor submits an acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated time period, listing the reasons the resubmittal cannot be completed within that time. G. Any need for more than one resubmission, or any other delay in obtaining the Owner's and/or the Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Time unless delay of the Work is directly caused by a change in the work authorized by a Change Order or by failure of the Engineer to return any submittal within 21 days after its receipt in Engineer's office. H. The Contractor's letter of resubmittal shall list the date of his original submittal letter, the date of the Engineer's letter returning the submittal, and the dates of submission and return of any previous resubmittals. In addition, the Contractor shall reimburse the Engineer in the amount of $200.00 for review of the second resubmittal and each of any subsequent resubmittals. The Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by the Contractor will cover only general conformity to the drawings and specifications. The Engineer's review does not indicate a thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, device or item shown. The Engineer's review of submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations, nor responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. Eight (8) copies of each drawing and necessary data shall be submitted to Engineer. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. Resubmittals shall bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter (A, B, etc.), to indicate the sequence of the resubmittal. K. When the drawings and data are returned marked AMEND AND RESUBMIT or REJECTED, the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed by the Engineer and eight (8) corrected copies resubmitted. L. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall in writing direct specific attention to all revisions and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for by Engineer on previous submissions. M. When the drawings and data are returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN, or MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED, no additional copies need be furnished. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Submittals 0992-0187 01300-3 1.7 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Included in Bid shall be the cost of furnishing competent and experienced manufacturer's representatives who shall represent the manufacturer on products furnished, assist the Contractor to install products in conformity with the Contract Documents, and provide owner training and maintenance instruction. See Section 01660. 1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Arrange for a trained representative of the equipment manufacturer for equipment that requires continuing maintenance or operation to meet with the operating personnel at the project site to provide basic instruction needed for proper operation and maintenance of the entire work. Provide two (2) copies of any manufacturer prepared training videos used during the instruction period. B. Review maintenance manuals, record documentation, tools, spare parts and materials, lubricants, fuels, identification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. For operational equipment, demonstrate start-up, shutdown, emergency operations, noise and vibration adjustments, safety, economy/efficiency adjustments, and similar operations. Review maintenance and operations in relation to applicable guarantees, warranties, agreements to maintain, bonds, and similar continuing commitments. 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide data for: 1. Mechanical equipment. 2. Electrical equipment. 3. Controls and instrumentation. B. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following: 1. Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 2. Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions. 3. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. 4. Guide to "troubleshooting". 5. Parts list and predicted life of parts subject to wear. C. The operation and maintenance manuals shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered, or which may be required by Contractor. D. Submit three (3) sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8'/z x 11-inch three-ring side binders with durable plastic covers. E. Provide a separate volume for each system, with a table of contents and index tabs for each volume. F. Part 1: Directory: listing names, addresses and telephone numbers of: Consultant and Contractor. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Submittals 0992-0187 01300-4 G. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system, The systems are defined by the process and instrumentation diagrams included with the Contract Drawings. For each system, give names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers including but not limited to the following: 1. Appropriate design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions, equipment. 6. Maintenance instructions, finishes. 7. Shop drawings and product data. 8. Warranties. 9. Wiring diagrams. 10. Inspection procedures. 11. Programming logic and instructions. H. Submit three complete sets of all the information.requested above on electronic media. The preferred form of media is CD's in compatible format as directed by the Owner's Representative. Generally, text shall be Word for Windows (latest version); drawings shall be AutoCAD (latest version or as otherwise requested by the Owner's Representative). 1.10 MANUAL FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION A. Use drawings and pictorial to illustrate the printed text as necessary to fully present the information. B. Where information covers a family of similar items of equipment, identify the applicable portions by heavy weighted arrows, boxes or circles, or strike-out the inapplicable information. Non-conforming data are not acceptable and will be returned for rework and resubmittal. All information shall be original manufacturer's literature, duplicator copies are not acceptable. C. Contractor shall incorporate into books all manufacturers' equipment manuals including those specified in pertinent sections of the Specifications. These books shall be organized by equipment class in the same manner and sequence as the Specifications, i.e. Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation, etc. Book size and quantity shall be sufficient for inclusion of all data, and be of type and quality hereinafter specified in paragraph G. D. Within each book of manuals, provide a Table of Contents for that book. If more than one book is necessary for a class of equipment, place a complete Table of Contents for that class of equipment within each book of that class. E. In addition, an overall Index of Contents shall be prepared in ten sets and submitted separately to the Owner for his insertion in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. F. When a manufacturer's manual exceeds one inch in thickness and is bound as specified in paragraph G, it need not be rebound within another book, but the Overall Index shall refer to it by title and indicate that it is bound separately. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Submittals 0992-0187 01300-5 G. Manual Binding 1. Bind all books in sturdy hard covers fastened to provide full view of contents on each page, and ease of making content additions or replacements. No book shall be more than three (3) inches thick. Manuals shall be bound in substantial three-ring loose leaf binders. 2. Permanently label face of cover and bound edge of each book "MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTION MANUAL", and indicate calls of equipment, i.e., Mechanical, Electrical Instrumentation, etc., or name specific equipment if a single unit is contained. Where more than one book is needed for a class of equipment or a single specific equipment unit, number books consecutively BOOK I, BOOK II, etc. 3. If more than one class of equipment is contained in a book, separate each class with a tabbed stiff divider insert page. 4. Prior to purchase or delivery, submit samples of each intended type of binder. H. Manual Submittals. Submittals shall include four (4) draft copies of each manual, two of which will be returned to the Contractor marked to show the required corrections or approval. When review is complete and accepted, the Contractor shall deliver two final copies to the Resident Project Representative. Submittal Schedule. All draft equipment instruction manuals shall be submitted at the time of equipment shipment. No equipment start-up and training shall be permitted until 21 days after instruction manual submittal. Final instruction manuals shall be submitted no later than two weeks prior to equipment startup and instruction. 1.11 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each section, in addition to that used for construction of work. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. 1.12 LAYOUT DATA A. Contractor shall keep neat and legible notes of measurements and calculations made by him in connection with the layout of the Work. Copies of such data shall be furnished to the Owner's Project Representative for use in checking Contractor's layout as provided under Lines and Grades. All such data considered of value to Owner will be transmitted to Owner with other records upon completion of the Work. 1.13 SUBMITTAL AND RFI LOGS A. Contractor will be responsible for the preparation of Submittal and RFI Logs. These logs are due no later than two (2) weeks from the Preconstruction Conference and are to be updated and brought to each Progress Meeting. The Submittal log should be a complete list of all proposed submittals required for the project. The RFI log will serve to ensure timely response to all Requests for Information. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Submittals 0992-0187 01300-6 values, provided the amounts can be substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items. C. An unbalanced schedule of values providing for overpayment to the Contractor on items of work which would be performed first will not be accepted. The schedule of values shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to Owner. Final acceptance by Owner shall indicate only consent to the schedule of values as a basis for preparation of applications for progress payments and shall not constitute an agreement as to the value of each indicated item. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT A. Within 30 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall furnish to Owner a schedule of estimated monthly payments. The schedule shall be revised and resubmitted each time an application for payment varies more than 10 percent from the estimated payment schedule. 1.5 SURVEY DATA A. All field books, notes, and other data developed by the Contractor in performing surveys required as part of the work shall be available to Owner for examination throughout the construction period. All such data shall be submitted to Owner with the other documentation required for final acceptance of the Work. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA A. Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials that will become a permanent part of the work under this Contract shall be submitted to Owner, or the Owner's Project Representative, for review. These data shall include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports required; performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. B. All submittals regardless of origin, shall be reviewed, dated, stamped, approved, sealed (if required) and signed by the Contractor prior to submission. Each submittal shall be identified with the name and number of this Contract, the Contractor's name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and/or Contract Drawings. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all drawings and other descriptive data. C. Contractor's stamp of approval is a representation to the Owner and the Engineer that the Contractor accepts full responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that he has reviewed and coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the work and the Contract Documents. D. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified on each submittal and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Submittals 0992-0187 01300-2 1.14 SUBMITTALS FOR COLOR SELECTION A. The following is a list of items which must be submitted together for color selection. No single item on this list will be approved without the submittal of all other items. Exterior Package: a. Doors and Frames b. Louvers C. Metal Coping d. Gutters and Downspouts e. Roofing Materials f. Paint g. Lighting Systems 2. Interior Package: a. Paint PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Submittals 0992-0187 01300-7 SECTION 01380 - CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Employ a competent photographer to take construction record photographs during course of the work. 1.2 PHOTOGRAPHY REQUIRED A. Provide photographs taken on cutoff date for each scheduled monthly payment. B. Provide photographs taken at each major stage of construction: 1. Completion of excavations 2. Rebar reinforcement prior to pouring of concrete or placing shotcrete. 3. Completion of sub base for the building and tanks 4. Completion of foundations 5. Completion of enclosures of building or structure. 6. Completion of equipment, buried and exposed piping, conduit and wiring installation. C. Views and Quantities Required: 1. At each specified time, photograph Project from multiple different views, as approved by the Owner. 2. Provide three prints of each view. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRINTS A. Color Prints: 1. Paper: Double weight. 2. Finish: Smooth surface, glossy. 3. Size: 8 in. X 10 in. B. Identify each print on back, listing: 1. Name of project. 2. Name of site. 3. Orientation of view. 4. Date and time of exposure. 5. Name and address of photographer. 6. Include negative in negative-envelope for each print. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Construction Photographic Record 0992-0187 01380-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TECHNIQUE A. Factual presentation. B. Correct exposure and focus. C. High resolution and sharpness. D. Maximum depth-of-field. E. Minimum distortion. 3.2 VIEWS REQUIRED A. Photograph from locations to adequately illustrate condition of construction and state of progress. B. Where applicable, for successive periods of photography, take at least one photograph from the same overall view as previously taken. Consult with the Owner at each period of photography for instructions concerning views required. 3.3 DELIVERY OF PRINTS A. Deliver prints to Owner to accompany each Application for Payment. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Construction Photographic Record 0992-0187 01380-2 SECTION 01420 - GENERAL EQUIPMENT STIPULATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. All equipment furnished general stipulations set other Sections. 1.2 COORDINATION and installed under this Contract shall conform to the forth in this Section except as otherwise specified in A. Contractor shall coordinate all details of the equipment with other related parts of the Work, including verification that all structures, piping, wiring, and equipment components are compatible. Contractor shall be responsible for all structural and other alterations in the Work required to accommodate equipment differing in dimensions or other characteristics from that contemplated in the Contract Drawings or Specifications. 1.3 MANUFACTURER'S EXPERIENCE A. Unless specifically named in the Specifications, a manufacturer shall have furnished equipment of the type and size specified which has been in successful operation for not less than the past 5 years. 1.4 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS A. Contractor shall guarantee all equipment against faulty or inadequate design, improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship or materials, and leakage, breakage or other failure. Materials shall be suitable for service conditions. B. All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with recognized and acceptable engineering and shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gages so that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable. Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as required by tests. C. Except where otherwise specified, structural and miscellaneous fabricated steel used in equipment shall conform to AISC standards. All structural members shall be designed for shock or vibratory loads. Unless otherwise specified, all steel which will be submerged, all or in part, during normal operation of the equipment shall be at least 114 inch thick. 1.5 LUBRICATION A. Equipment shall be adequately lubricated by systems which require attention no more frequently than weekly during continuous operation. Lubrication systems shall not require attention during start-up or shutdown and shall not waste lubricants. B. Lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer shall be provided in sufficient quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs and to replace all Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa General Equipment Stipulations 0992-0187 01420-1 consumption during testing, start-up, and operation prior to acceptance of equipment by Owner. Unless otherwise specified or permitted, the use of synthetic lubricants will not be acceptable. C. Lubrication facilities shall be convenient and accessible. Oil drains and fill openings shall be easily accessible from the normal operating area or platform. Drains shall allow for convenient collection of waste oil in containers from the normal operating area or platform without removing the unit from its normal installed position. 1.6 SAFETY GUARDS A. All belt or chain drives, fan blades, couplings, and other moving or rotating parts shall be covered on all sides by a OSHA approved safety guard. Safety guards shall be fabricated from 16 USS gage or heavier galvanized or aluminum-clad sheet steel or 1/2 inch mesh galvanized expanded metal. Each guard shall be designed for easy installation and removal. All necessary supports and accessories shall be provided for each guard. Supports and accessories, including bolts, shall be galvanized. All safety guards in outdoor locations shall be designed to prevent the entrance of rain and dripping water. 1.7 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Equipment suppliers shall furnish suitable anchor bolts for each item of equipment. Anchor bolts, together with templates or setting drawings, shall be delivered sufficiently early to permit setting the anchor bolts when the structural concrete is placed. Anchor bolts shall comply with the anchor bolts section and, unless otherwise specified shall be manufactured from 316 stainless steel and shall have a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch, B. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, anchor bolts for items of equipment mounted on baseplates shall be long enough to permit 1-1/2 inches of grout beneath the baseplate and to provide adequate anchorage into structural concrete. 1.8 SPECIAL TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES A. Equipment requiring periodic repair and adjustment shall be furnished complete with all special tools, instruments, and accessories required for proper maintenance. Equipment requiring special devices for lifting or handling shall be furnished complete with those devices. 1.9 SHOP PAINTING A. All steel and iron surfaces shall be protected by suitable paint or coatings applied in the shop. Surfaces which will be inaccessible after assembly shall be finished smooth, thoroughly cleaned, and filled as necessary to provide a smooth uniform base for painting. Electric motors, speed reducers, starters, and other self- contained or enclosed components shall be shop primed or finished with a high- grade oil-resistant enamel suitable for coating in the field with an alkyd enamel. Coatings shall be suitable for the environment where the equipment is installed. B. Surfaces to be painted after installation shall be prepared for painting as recommended by paint manufacturer for the intended service, and then shop Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVA General Equipment Stipulations 0992-0187 01420-2 painted with one or more coats of the specified primer. Unless othenivise specified, the shop primer for steel and iron surfaces shall be Cook "391-N-167 Barrier Coat", Koppers "No. 10 inhibitive Primer", Tnemec "77 Chem-Prime", or Valspar "13-R-28 Chromox Primer". Machine, polished, and nonferrous surfaces which are not to be painted shall be coated with rust-preventive compound, Houghton "Rust Veto 344" or Rust-Oleum "R-9". 1.10 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT A. All equipment shall be suitably packaged to facilitate handling and protect against damage during transit and storage. All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipment, handling, and storage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure to the elements and shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times. B. Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. All painted surfaces which are damaged prior to acceptance of equipment shall be repainted to the satisfaction of Engineer. C. Grease and lubricating oil shall be applied to all bearings and similar items. D. Each item of equipment shall be tagged or marked as identified in the delivery schedule or on the Shop Drawings. Complete packing lists and bills of material shall be included with each shipment. 1.11 STORAGE A. Upon delivery, all equipment and materials shall immediately be stored and protected in accordance with Section 1600 until installed in the Work. 1.12 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION A. Equipment shall not be installed or operated except by, or with the guidance of qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper results. When so specified, or when employees of Contractor or his Subcontractors are not qualified, such personnel shall be field representatives of the manufacturer of the equipment or materials being installed. 1.13 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY A. The manufacturer of each unit of equipment in this project shall warrant each unit to the Owner in writing against defects in workmanship and material covering parts and labor for a period of 18 months from date of shipment or 12 months from date of acceptance of the work by the Owner, whichever is less. If individual equipment specifications require a longer warranty period than stated above, they shall have precedence for that specific unit of equipment. B. In the event that a component fails to perform as specified or is proven defective in service during the warranty period, the manufacturer shall provide and install a replacement part without cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va General Equipment Stipulations 0992-0187 01420-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa General Equipment Stipulations 0992-0187 01420-4 SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary accommodations (to include portable toilets) for employees and official site visitors, to comply with the requirements and regulations of the State of Florida, the County Health Department and/or other regulatory agencies. B. Sanitary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at least one toilet will be furnished for each 20 men. Contractor shall enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. 1.2 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS A. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. B. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, signs, and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions such as material piles and equipment shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights. Contractor shall be responsible for public safety within the construction area. C. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the traveling public. All barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway rights-of-way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover. D. Open trenches and other excavations shall not be left open over weekends and holidays, or greater than one calendar day, except during adverse weather conditions. 1.3 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered or otherwise affected by his construction operations. All pavement, surfacing, driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and shrubs in yards and parkings, shall be restored to their original condition, whether within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be made with new materials. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Temporary Facilities 01500-1 1.4 PARKING A. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking personal vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Owner's operations, or construction activities. 1.6 DUST CONTROL A. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Earth surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered when practicable to prevent blowing. B. Buildings or operating facilities which may be affected adversely by dust shall be adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, instrument panels or similar equipment, shall be protected by suitable dust screens. Proper ventilation shall be included with dust screens. C. Contractor shall employ best management practices as specified in Section IV Article 38. 1.6 SWEEPING A. The Contractor shall sweep loose material from the pavement at the end of each workday. 1.7 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. No sanitary wastes will be permitted to enter any drain or watercourse other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris or other substance will be permitted to enter sanitary sewers and reasonable measures will be taken to prevent such materials form entering any drain or watercourse. 1.8 PROJECT SIGN A. Provide sign(s) for the Contract identifying the project and identifying the participants in the development of the project The Project Sign shall be provided and erected in accordance with Section III Article 23. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Temporary Facilities 0992-0187 01500-2 SECTION 01505 - MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITION AND SCOPE A. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, compliance with the General Conditions outlined in Section III and the following principle items: 1. Indemnification 2. Preconstruction meeting 3. Move onto the site all Contractor's plant and equipment required for first month operations. 4. Install temporary construction power, water supply, wiring, and lighting facilities. 5. Establish fire protection plan and safety program. 6. Provide on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified. 7. Arrange for, and erect, Contractor's work and storage yard and employees' parking facilities. 8. Submit all required insurance certificates and bonds. 9. Obtain all required permits. 10. Post all OSHA, Environmental Protection Agency, SWFWMD, Department of Labor, and all other required notices. 11. Have Contractor's superintendent at the job site full time. 12. Erect project sign(s) as specified in Section III Article 23. 13. Submit storm water management/dewatering plan, schedule of values, list of shop drawings, and detailed construction schedule acceptable to Owner. 14. Provide audio-video recording of existing conditions in accordance with Section IV Article 37. 15. Notify residences in accordance with Section III Article 22. 16. Demobilization 17. Submit a finalized schedule of submittals. 18. Construct, maintain, and restore any temporary access and haul roads. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Mobilization 0992-0187 01505-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Mobilization 0992-0187 01505-2 SECTION 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Material and equipment incorporated into the work: 1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the Engineer. 3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a. Design, fabricate and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices. b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages, to be interchangeable. C. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical by the same manufacturer. d. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. e. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 4. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is specified. 5. All material and equipment incorporated into the project shall be new. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.3 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including two copies to Engineer. 1. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Material and Equipment 0992-0187 01600-1 B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with Engineer for further instructions. 2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. C. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 1. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals and that products are properly protected and undamaged. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. 1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather-tight enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. B. Exterior Storage 1. Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids; prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 2. Store loose granular materials in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. C. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions and free from damage or deterioration. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Material and Equipment 01600-2 D. Protection After Installation: Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. E. Pumps, motors, electrical equipment, and all equipment with antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be stored in weather tight structures maintained at a temperature above 60°F. Equipment, controls, and insulation shall be protected against moisture and water damage. All space heaters furnished in equipment shall be connected and operated continuously. F. Equipment and materials shall not show any pitting, rust, decay, or other deleterious effects of storage when installed in the Work. 1.6 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE A. Maintain periodic system of inspection of stored products on scheduled basis to assure that: State of storage facilities is adequate to provide required conditions. 2. Required environmental conditions are maintained on continuing basis. 3. Surfaces of products exposed to elements are not adversely affected. a. Any weathering of products, coatings and finishes is not acceptable under requirements of these Contract Documents. B. Mechanical and electrical equipment which requires servicing during long term storage shall have complete manufacturer's instructions for servicing accompanying each item, with notice of enclosed instructions shown on exterior of package. Equipment shall not be shipped until approved by the Engineer. The intent of this requirement is to reduce on-site storage time prior to installation and/or operation. Under no circumstances shall equipment be delivered to the site more than one month prior to installation without written authorization from the Engineer. 2. Manufacturer's storage instructions shall be carefully studied by the Contractor and reviewed with the Engineer. These instructions shall be carefully followed. 3. Prior to acceptance of the equipment, the Contractor shall have the manufacturer inspect the equipment and certify that its condition has not been detrimentally affected by the long storage period. Such certifications by the manufacturer shall be deemed to mean that the equipment is judged by the manufacturer to be in a condition equal to that of equipment that has been shipped, installed, tested and accepted in a minimum time period. As such, the manufacturer will guaranty the equipment equally in both instances. If such a certification is not given, the equipment shall be judged to be defective. It shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Material and Equipment 0992-0187 01600-3 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products List: Within 30 days after contract date, submit to Owner a complete list of major products proposed to be used. B. Contractor's Options 1. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard. 2. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and "or equal", Contractor must submit a request for substitutions of any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Substitutions of products and "or equal" by the Contractor shall be submitted in a timely manner so as not to adversely affect the construction schedule. See Section III Article 6.3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Material and Equipment 01600-4 SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work under this Contract. 1.2 GENERAL A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and. appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. 1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. See Section IV, Article 3 - Definition of Terms 1.4 EXCAVATION A. Except where otherwise specified, the lump sum price bid for each item of Work which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade. 1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been included in Bidder's proposal. 1.6 RETAINAGE A. Refer to Agreement. 1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Also see Section III Article 14 for other requirements. B. Schedule of Bid Items 1. Lump Sum Bid Items Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-1 a. The work for each Lump Sum bid item shall be constructed as shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. b. Payment shall be made at the lump sum price stated in the Bid for each item and shall be pro-rated for the actual work completed based on an approved schedule of values detailing work to be completed under the specific item. C. Each lump sum price shall include all of the contractors' costs to complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for elsewhere in the bid form, d. Each lump sum price shall include but not be limited to the following: 1) Excavation (excluding unsuitable soil excavation) 2) Shoring and bracing 3) Dewatering 4) Backfill (excluding select backfill) 5) Compaction 6) Maintaining traffic 7) Appurtenant work and materials as required for a complete and operable system 8) Testing, balancing, and adjusting including any material and equipment required for the tests 9) Submittals 10) Equipment Startup 11) Operation and Maintenance Training by Manufacturers' Representative. 12) Painting 13) Restoration 14) Cleanup 2. Unit Cost Bid Items a. The work for each Unit Cost bid item shall be constructed as shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. b. Payment for Unit Cost bid items shall be paid for each unit installed and accepted by the Owner. C. See Section I I I Article 11.3. 3. The Contractor shall not make a claim for an item not identified within the bid item descriptions but should include this cost within the most appropriate Bid Item. C. Description of Bid Items RECLAIMED WATER 1. Bid Item No. 1: Mobilization/Demobilization Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-2 a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for the mobilization/demobilization related to the installation of the reclaimed water booster pump station and related ancillaries. b. The lump sum Bid Price for mobilization/demobilization shall include the items noted in Section 01505 as required for the proper performance and completion of the work. C. Payment for mobilization/demobilization will be made on an incremental basis in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned 5 10 25 50 100 Allowable Percent of the Lump Sum Price for the Item 25 50 75 90 100 d. This item covers all mobilization/demobilization necessary for completion of this project related to the installation of the reclaimed water booster pump station and related ancillaries. e. Bid price for mobilization/demobilization shall not exceed 3.5% of the total amount for all the bid items. 2. Bid Item No. 2: Booster Pump Station a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to construct the booster pump station unless stated under a separate bid item including building components (CMU, concrete, doors, trusses, grating, insulation, shingles, etc.); mechanical equipment (pumps, chemical system, fire protection systems, piping, valves, ancillaries, etc.); building mechanical and plumbing systems (louvers, exhaust fans, air conditioning system, hose bids, eyewash/shower, etc.), electrical systems (lights, generator receptacle, conduit, wire, motors, VFD, lightning protection, MCCs, etc.); control and instrumentation systems (flow meters, level and pressure sensors, control cabinets, RTU antenna, etc.); and all other associated appurtenances related to the booster pump station as shown on the drawings and specified. The limits of the piping and appurtenances to be included in this bid item shall be 5-ft from the building on the suction side and all above ground piping, valves and appurtenances on the discharge side. 3. Bid Item No. 3: Ground Storage Tank Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-3 a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to construct the circular pre-stressed concrete tank, including dome, wall manholes, exterior ladder, handrails, roof hatch, roof ventilator, mechanical liquid level indicator, parapet wall, overflows, disinfection and all other appurtenances related to the ground storage tank as shown on the drawings and specified. b. Measurement and payment for all piping located beneath and within the tank shall be included in the appropriate Yard Piping unit prices. 4. Bid Item No. 4: Soil Bins, Steel Canopy Structure and Dumpster Enclosure a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to construct the soil bins, steel canopy structure and dumpster enclosure, including concrete, steel, folding table components, dumpster gate, and all other appurtenances related as shown on the drawings and specified. 5. Bid Item No. 5: Concrete Holding Bins a. The lump sum amount shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to install the four (4) new concrete holding bins as shown on the drawings and specified. 6. Bid Item No. 6: Erosion Control a. The lump sum amount shall be for furnishing and installing erosion control where shown on the drawings or as directed by the Project Representative and shall include artificial coverings, sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, cleanouts, staked silt barrier, staked silt fence. The lump sum price includes furnishing and installing material, routine maintenance and removal of temporary erosion control features upon completion of construction as shown on the drawings and specified. b. Payment for erosion control will be made on an incremental basis in accordance with the following: Allowable Percent of Percent of Original the Lump Sum Price Contract Amount Earned for the Item 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 80 90 90 Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-4 100 100 7. Bid Item No. 7: Clearing and Grubbing a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to relocate the existing water meters, remove and dispose of materials and structures including all hauling, equipment, tools, labor, landscape trimmings, leveling of terrain, and all incidental items necessary to accomplish the work as shown on the drawings and specified. 8. Bid Item No. 8: Ponds and Swale Excavation a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to excavate the ponds and swale and shall include hauling, disposal, dewatering, and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work as shown on the drawings and specified. Excess soils shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. 9. Bid Item No. 9: Flow Control Structures a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for the flow control structures as shown on the drawings and specified. b. Measurement will be on an individual basis for each structure installed and accepted by the Owner's Representative. C. Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes all labor, equipment, excavation, dewatering, backfilling, compaction and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work. 10. Bid Item No. 10: Stormwater Manholes a. Same as Bid Item No. 9, except stormwater manholes shall be provided. 11. Bid Item No. 11: Inlet Structure a. Same as Bid Item No. 9, except inlet structures shall be provided. 12. Bid Item No. 12: Grading a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to grade the site as shown on the drawings and specified. Excess soils shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. 13. Bid Item No. 13: Asphalt Pavement Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-5 a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for the installation of asphalt pavement as shown on the drawings and specified. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the actual area in square yards of asphaltic concrete paving acceptably furnished and installed. b. Measurement shall be the area, in square yards, of asphalt pavement actually provided by the Contractor as determined by field dimensions or survey. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a one eighth inch (1/8"). C. Payment will be according to the area in square yards of asphalt pavement installed and the type of paving material as set forth on the Proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing all labor, material and equipment including asphaltic concrete, base material, sub-base material, excavation, dewatering, compaction, testing, striping, pavement markings, wheel stops, handicap sign and incidental work items. 14. Bid Item No. 14: Concrete Pavement a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for concrete pavement as shown on the drawings and specified. b. Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the area, in square yards, acceptably furnished and installed as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. Payment will be according to the area in square yards of concrete pavement as set forth in the Proposal. Payment for this bid item includes soil and base preparation, formwork, concrete, reinforcing, and finishing. d. No payment shall be made for the installation of concrete pavement where existing pavement is disturbed by the Contractor away from the new improvements unless it is approved by the Owner's Representative. 15. Bid Item No. 15: Concrete Sidewalk a. Same as Bid Item No 14 except concrete sidewalk shall be provided. 16. Bid Item No. 16: Concrete Curb a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for concrete curb as shown on the drawings and specified. b. Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the length, in linear feet, acceptably furnished and installed as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. Payment will be according to the length of feet of concrete curb, as set forth in the Proposal. Payment for this bid item includes formwork, concrete, reinforcing, and finishing. d. No payment shall be made for the installation of concrete curb where existing curb is disturbed by the Contractor away from the new improvements unless it is approved by the Owner's Representative. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-6 17. Bid Item No. 17: New and Existing Fence and Gate a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to relocate the existing fence, replace any existing fence that is not reusable, and install new fence and gates as shown on the drawings and specified. 18. Bid Item No. 18: Bollards a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for installing bollards as shown on the drawings and specified. b. Measurement will be on an individual basis for each bollard installed and accepted by the Owner's Representative. C. Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes all labor, equipment, excavation and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work. 19. Bid Item No. 19: Landscaping & Irrigation a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to install the landscaping and irrigation as shown on the drawings and specified. 20. Bid Item No 20: Relocation of Light Poles a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to relocate the three light poles as shown on the drawings and specified. 21. Bid Item No. 21: Tree Barricades a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to install tree barricades as required by the City Code and Specification Section IV. The lump sum price includes furnishing and installing barricade material, routine maintenance, and removal of tree barricades upon completion of construction as directed by the Owner's Project Representative. Payment for tree barricades will be made on an incremental basis in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Allowable Percent Contract Amount of the Lump Sum Earned Price for the Item 5 25 10 50 Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-7 25 75 50 90 100 100 22. Bid Item No. 22: Root Pruning a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for root pruning of trees associated with the pump station improvements. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the linear feet in which tree roots are acceptably pruned by (or supervised by) an ISA certified arborist as directed by the Owner's Representative. b. Measurement will be horizontally above the centerline from beginning to end of root pruning activities as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. Payment will be according to the linear feet of trench in which tree roots are acceptably pruned as set forth on the Proposal. The unit bid price includes the services of a certified arborist, cutting the roots, cutting equipment, plastic barrier, painting with tree pruning compound, and any other measures necessary to prune the tree roots as specified until the work is accepted by the Owner's Representative 23. Bid Item No. 23: 18" DI Pipe a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for 18" ductile iron pipe as shown on the drawings and specified. b. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in feet of pipe acceptably furnished and installed as shown on the drawings. C. Measurement will be horizontally above the centerline of the pipe. d. Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes all labor, equipment, excavation, dewatering, backfilling, compaction, testing, tracer wire, polyethylene wrapping and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work. 24. Bid Item No. 24: 18" RCP a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for 18' RCP storm drain pipe as shown on the drawings and specified. b. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in feet of pipe acceptably furnished and installed as shown on the drawings. C. Measurement will be horizontally above the centerline of the RCP. d. Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes all labor, equipment, excavation, dewatering, backfilling, compaction, testing, and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work. 25. Bid Item No. 25: 18" Gate Valves a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for 18-inch gate valves, valve boxes, and concrete valve pads for reclaimed Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-8 water pipelines. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the number of valves acceptably furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. b. Measurement will be according to the diameter, type, and joint requirements, as set forth on the Proposal. C. Payment will be according to number of gate valves and boxes furnished and installed, as set forth on the proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing valves, valve boxes and covers, concrete collar, concrete valve pad per City details, extension stems, painting of valve covers and incidental construction associated with these Items. 26. Bid Item No. 26: 15" RCP a. Same as Bid Item No. 24, except 15" RCP shall be provided. 27. Bid Item No. 27: 12" DI Pipe a. Same as Bid Item No. 23, except 12" DI pipe shall be provided. 28. Bid Item No. 28: 12" Gate Valves a. Same as Bid Item No. 25, except 12" gate valves shall be provided. 29. Bid Item No. 29: 8" DI Drain a. Same as Bid Item No. 23 except 8" DI shall be provided. 30. Bid Item No. 30: 8" Gate Valves a. Same as Bid Item No. 25, except 8" gate valves shall be provided. 31. Bid Item No. 31: 8" Duckbill Check Valve a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for 8-inch Flanged Duckbill Check Valve. b. Measurement will be the quantity of check valves acceptably furnished and installed where shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. C. Payment will be according to number of duckbill check valves furnished and installed, as set forth on the proposal. The unit bid price includes furnishing and installing check valves and all incidental construction associated with these Items. 32. Bid Item No. 32: Reclaimed Water Service/Well Connection a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to provide reclaimed water from the booster pump station discharge header to the on- site well connection including connection to the discharge header, 2" PVC RCW mains, connection to the existing well service, valves, fittings, and reclaimed water meter box as shown on the Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-9 drawings and specified. The reclaimed water meter will be provided and installed by the City. 33. Bid Item No 33: 18" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for 18" compact ductile iron pipe fittings used in the construction and adjustment of reclaimed water mains. b. Measurement will be on an individual basis for each 18" compact ductile iron pipe fitting installed and accepted by the Owner's Project Representative. C. Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes all labor and equipment, necessary to install the fitting. 34. Bid Item No 34: 12" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings a. Same as Bid Item No. 33, except 12" compact ductile iron pipe fitting shall be provided. 35. Bid Item No 35: 8" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings a. Same as Bid Item No. 33, except 8" compact ductile iron pipe fitting shall be provided. 36. Bid Item No 36: Unsuitable Material Excavation Below Grade a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for excavation, ordered by the Owner's Representative in writing, to remove and dispose of earth unsuitable for bedding and support of pipelines, manholes, or structures. b. Measurement shall be the volume, in cubic yards, of unsuitable earth actually removed. by the Contractor as determined by field dimensions or survey. C. Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes all labor, equipment, hauling, disposal, dewatering, and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work. 37. Bid Item No 37: Select Backfill Below Grade a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for select backfill below grade, ordered by the Owner's Representative in writing. b. Measurement shall be the volume, in cubic yards, of select backfill actually installed by the Contractor as determined by field dimensions or survey. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-10 C. Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit price includes all labor, equipment, borrow material, placing, grading, compacting, testing and incidental items necessary to complete the Work. 38. Bid Item No 38: Concrete Flume a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to construct the concrete flume, rip rap and geotextile fabric as shown on the drawings and specified. 39. Bid Item No 39: Utility Allowance a. This allowance is to be used for payment to the utility services for providing the new three phase 480V electrical service and transformer to the new booster pump station. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of work with Progress Energy and Verizon for relocating existing utilities. Receipt of payment by Contractor will be required for reimbursement by the City. No contractor markup will be paid for under this bid item. b. The relocation of the existing overhead electrical and phone lines to the existing building shall be billed to the existing accounts. 40. Bid Item No 40: Programming Services Allowance a. This bid item refers to payment for program services as identified in Section 13330- Software Services. Receipt of payment by Contractor will be required for compensation by City. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of the work. Receipt of payment by Contractor will be required for reimbursement by the City. No contractor markup will be paid for under this bid item. 41. Bid Item No. 41: - Owner's Contingency a. Description: The work covered by this item consists of unforeseen items of work not included in other bid items but necessary for accomplishing the work and shall apply only to extra work as approved by the Owner, or additional items over and above those specified or shown on the drawings. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed upon in writing and approved by the Owner's Project Representative prior to starting this additional work. b. The lump sum bid for contingency shall equal ten percent (10%) of the following: 1) The subtotal of the Bid Items 1 through 40 rounded up to the nearest cent. In case of mathematical error on the bidders part, the Contingency Bid Item will be adjusted up or down to equate to 10% of this subtotal. POTABLE WATER Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-11 42. Bid Item No. 42: Relocate Fire Hydrant Assembly a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to relocate the existing fire hydrant assembly (downstream of hydrant valve) as shown on the drawings and specified. 43. Bid Item No. 43: Relocate Existing Water Meters a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to relocate the existing two water meters to avoid conflict with the new access drive. Contractor shall coordinate the relocations with the owner and the end user of the utility to verify location and minimize service disruption. 44. Bid Item No. 44: 6" DI Pipe a. Same as Bid Item No. 23 except 6" DI shall be provided. 45. Item No. 45: 6" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings a. Same as Bid Item No. 33 except 6" compact ductile iron pipe fittings shall be provided. 46. Bid Item No. 46: 8" x 6" Tapping Sleeve and Valve a. This bid item describes measurement and payment for furnishing and installing 8" x 6"" tapping sleeve and valves as shown on the drawings and specified. b. Measurement will be on an individual basis for each 8" x 6" tapping sleeve and valve installed and accepted by the Owner. C. Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes all labor, equipment, excavation, dewatering and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work. 47. Bid Item No. 47: - Owner's Contingency a. Same as Bid Item No. 41 except that this Bid Item applies to the items associated with Potable Water (Items 42-46). SANITARY SEWER 48. Bid Item No. 48: Raise Manhole No. 2 a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to raise Manhole No. 2 rim as shown on the drawings and specified. 49. Bid Item No. 49: Relocate 3" FM Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-12 a. The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to relocate the existing 3" FM to avoid conflict with the new pump station building, stormwater system and 8" tank drain. Contractor shall coordinate the relocations with the owner and the end user of the utility to verify location and minimize service disruption. 50. Bid Item No. 50: - Owner's Contingency a. Same as Bid Item No. 41 except that this Bid Item applies to the items associated with Sanitary Sewer (Items 48-49). PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Measurement and Payment 0992-0187 01630-13 SECTION 01640 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation. B. References. C. Field samples. D. Mock-up. E. Inspection and testing laboratory services. F. Manufacturers' field services and reports. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Section 01650 - Testing Laboratory Services. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Owner Bids. B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Project Representative before proceeding. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Quality Control 0992-0187 01640-1 C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.5 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections for review. B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after field sample has been accepted by Project Representative. 1.6 MOCK-UP A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. B. Assemble and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. C. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after mock-up has been accepted by Project Representative. 1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Contractor will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing. B. The independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Owner. C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner, Contractor, and the Engineer, in duplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Owner and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Owner. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Quality Control 01640-2 1.8 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. Submit qualifications of observer to Project Representative 30 days in advance of required observations. Observer subject to approval of Owner. B. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. C. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. D. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Owner's Project Representative for review. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Quality Control 0992-0187 01640-3 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................................................................... 5 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................ 5 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT ................................................................................................................ 5 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ...................................................................... 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ....................................................................... . 6 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ................................................................................................ 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ......................................................................... 7 3.1 INTENT ............. ............................................................................................................. 7 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES ................................................. . 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 8 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ......................................................................................... 8 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................................................... . 9 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND .............................. . 9 5.2 INSURANCE .................................................................................................................. . 9 5. 2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ......................................................... 10 5. 2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PROPERTY.DAMAGE COVERAGE...... ........... .......... 10 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE LIABILITY .................................................... 11 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 12 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 13 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 14 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 15 65.1 STAGING AREAS .................................................................................................... 15 65.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ................................................................................ 15 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 16 6.8 PERMITS ....................................................................................................................... 16 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................... 17 6.10 EMERGENCIES ............................................................................................................ 18 6.11 DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................. 18 Se ction III 111708.doc i 11/17/2008 611.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW ........................ 18 611.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................ 19 611.3 CAD STANDARDS ................................................................................................... 21 611.4 DELIVERABLES: ............ ....................................................................................... 22 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 22 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION ................................................ .... ................................................ 23 7 OTHER WORK .............................................................................................................. 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 24 7.2 COORDINATION ......................................................................................................... 24 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 24 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 25 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 25 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 25 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 25 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 25 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 26 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............. 26 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 27 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 28 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 28 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 29 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 29 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 30 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK .............................................................................................. 31 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION .............................................................................. --.... 31 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK ....................................................................................... 31 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 32 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ......................................... 32 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 32 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 33 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 33 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 34 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 34 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 34 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 35 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 35 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................... 36 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 36 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 37 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 37 Section 111 111708.doc ii 11/17/2008 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 37 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 37 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 38 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 39 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION ............................................................................................. 39 17 MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 40 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 40 17.2 GIVING NOTICE .......................................................................................................... 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ....................................................................•................................ 40 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 40 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 40 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .................................................................................................... 40 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 40 19 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 41 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 41 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 41 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .......................... 41 22.1 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 41 22.2 EXAMPLE ..................................................................................................................... 42 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 42 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................... 42 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................. 43 23.3 FIXED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 43 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ...................................................................................................... 43 23.5 SIGN COLORING ......................................................................................................... 43 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ..................................................................................................... 43 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................ 43 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .......................................................................................... 44 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 44 Section III I I1708.doc iii 11/17/2008 Section III - General Conditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein.. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition., deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Section 111 111.708.doc Page 1 of 45 11/17/2008 SECTION 01650 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selection and payment. B. Laboratory responsibilities. C. Laboratory reports. D. Limits on testing laboratory authority. E. Contractor responsibilities. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Individual Specification Sections: Inspections and tests required, and standards for testing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ANSI/ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.4 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. The Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection and testing. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ANSI/ASTM E329 and ANSI/ASTM D3740. B. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the state in which Project is located. C. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. D. Submittals: A contractor shall submit name, address and qualifications of selected laboratory for owners approval prior to application for first payment. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa 0992-0187 Testing Laboratory Services 01650-1 E. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.6 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Owner and Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify Owner and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Owner's Project Representative. 1.7 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two copies of laboratory report to Owner and to Contractor. B. Include: 1. Date issued, 2. Project title and number, 3. Name of inspector, 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection, 5. Identification of product and Specifications Section, 6. Location in the Project, 7. Type of inspection or test, 8. Date of test, 9. Results of tests, 10. Conformance with Contract Documents. C. When requested by Owner, provide interpretation of test results. 1.8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa 0992-0187 Testing Laboratory Services 01650-2 1.9 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. B. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. C. Notify Owner and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. D. Employ services of a separate qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section iVa 0992-0187 Testing Laboratory Services 01650-3 SECTION 01660 - SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the testing, adjusting and balancing of all systems prior to placing them in service. B. The operation, testing, adjustment and balancing shall be as required to prove that the equipment is left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. 1.2 TESTING PRIOR TO SHIPMENT A. Where individual sections require certain items of equipment to be tested prior to shipment from the manufacturer's plant, these items shall be operated to the extent necessary to generate certified performance data over the entire operating range of the equipment. The testing shall be conducted on the units which will be shipped to and installed at the construction site. 1.3 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Contractor shall arrange for a qualified service representative from each company manufacturing or supplying certain equipment, as identified on the Drawings, or in the Specifications, to perform the duties described. B. After installation of the equipment identified to have the services of a manufacturer's representative has been completed, and the equipment is presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the representative shall inspect, operate, test, adjust and balance the equipment. The inspection shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following points as applicable: 1. Soundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged parts). 2. Completeness in all details, as specified. .3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various parts. 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants. C. On completion of his work, the manufacturer's or supplier's representative shall submit in triplicate to the Engineer a complete signed report of the result of his inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. The report shall include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained if such are specified, and suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. The report also shall include a certificate that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Contract and is ready for permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the manufacturer's warranty null and void. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 0992-0187 01660-1 D. After the Engineer has reviewed the reports from the manufacturer's representatives, the Contractor shall make arrangements to have the manufacturer's representatives present when the field acceptance tests are made. E. The manufacturer's representative shall remain on the job to instruct the Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance and shall remain until the equipment is operating in a satisfactory manner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS A. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and of authorities having jurisdiction over the work. No less than three days notice shall be given prior to start of tests. 6. Field pressure and leakage tests shall be conducted on the following: 1. Process, instrumentation, sampling, chemical, fuel, and plumbing 2. Gravity pipelines 3. Valves 4. Pressure pipelines C. Plant pressure piping, except air pressure piping, shall be hydrostatically tested for two hours at 1 %2 times operating pressure or 150 psi which ever is less. All joints and other potential leak sources shall be painted with powdered blue chalk and water mixture prior to testing. Leak sources shall be examined during and at the end of the test period. D. Chemical feed lines shall be tested for two hours at 150 psi unless operating pressure is specifically identified. If operating pressure is identified, then chemical feed lines will be tested at 1 %2 times the operating pressure. E. Plant Air Pressure Piping and Exhaust Air Lines: Plant air pressure piping and exhaust air lines shall be tested at 1-1/2 times operating pressure. Test pressure shall be maintained for four hours and potential leak sources shall be checked at one-hour intervals by applying a coating of soap suds. F. Plumbing Systems: Soil and sanitary piping in plumbing systems shall be tested at the completion of the roughing-in installation. The piping shall be filled with water through the highest stack and be allowed to stand for two hours during which time there shall be no loss of water. G. Ductile Iron Pressure Mains shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C600. H. PVC Pressure Mains, including chemical process lines, shall be testing in accordance with AWWA C605. HDPE Pressure Mains shall be testing in accordance with its Technical Specification. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 0992-0187 01660-2 Pressure mains shall be cleaned during flushing by using a polyurethane plug manufactured of eight lb/cubic foot density blown elastomer with open cell construction. The plug shall have resilient surface that engages the inner surface of the main with a sliding seal. The plug shall be able to reduce itself a minimum of 35 percent of its original cross-sectional area, negotiate mitered bends,, short radius elbows, pass through tees,. crosses, multiple pipe sizes and valves and shall be abrasion resistant and capable of traveling in either direction. K. Valves: Valves shall be tested by applying the test pressure upstream of the closed valve with the downstream at zero pressure. The test pressure shall hold for a period of one hour after the source of pressure has been removed. 3.2 TESTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. After completion and prior to being energized, all electrical systems shall be tested as specified in Division 16 to the extent necessary to demonstrate that all systems are complete and ready for operation. Motors shall be checked for proper direction of rotation. Circuits shall be checked for proper voltages and currents. 3.3 TESTING PROCESS SYSTEMS A. Hydraulic and Leakage Testing: Field leakage tests shall be conducted on tanks, channels, and miscellaneous structures. They shall be leak tested by filling with water to the operating level. The water shall remain standing in the structure for a period of 24 hours. The structure shall be carefully examined for leaks at three-hour intervals during the working day. Water level shall be measured at these intervals and at the end of the test interval. B. In sewage treatment plants, sewage effluent may be used for hydraulic testing of tankage and initial adjustment of process systems. Raw sewage will not be introduced into the new facility until these tests and adjustments have been completed. Temporary pumping facilities to direct the effluent into the facility shall be provided by the Contractor. The Owner shall provide reclaimed water for hydraulic testing to the Contractor at no charge. 3.4 ENGINEER'S RIGHT TO RETESTING A. Should the Contractor refuse or neglect to make any tests necessary to demonstrate the integrity of the completed system, the Engineer may retain the services of an outside consultant to make all such tests and their resulting adjustments and balance. B. The costs for such tests shall be deducted from amounts owing to the Contractor and shall not be borne by the Owner. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVe Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 0992-0187 01660-3 SECTION 01670 - SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: This section covers furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and performing all work and services for furnishing, submission, processing and handling of requests for substitution and product options. See items as indicated on drawings and as specified. Any substitution or option shall be in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with work of other trades. 2. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 3. See appropriate sections for specific items specified. See General Conditions for additional information. B. Procedure. For equipment and materials which are listed in the proposal, observe procedures outlined in Information for Bidders. 2. For products, equipment, and materials which are named in drawings or specifications for which a request for substitution is made, observe procedures outlined in these specifications. C. Costs. Cost incurred by requester in providing information, catalogs, and samples - including but not limited to labor, materials, freight postage, and transportation - are sole cost of "Requestor" with no cost assessed Owner or Engineer. D. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation. E. Address for submission: City of Clearwater Attention: Robert Maue, PE Project Manager 100 S. Mrytle Ave. Room 220 Clearwater, FL 33756 Phone: 727-562-4827 Fax: 727-562-4755 E-Mail: Robert. Maue(a)_myclearwater.com Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Substitutions and Product Options 0992-0187 01670-1 1.2 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION - GENERAL: A. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified. B. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of trade names and catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names. Where this occurs, it was not intended to exclude from consideration such types of equipment and kinds of material bearing other trade names, catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names, capable of accomplishing purpose of types of equipment or kinds of material specifically indicated, unless specifically noted as such. C. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. D. Types of equipment, kinds of material and methods of construction, if not specifically indicated must be approved in writing by Engineer and be agreed upon by Owner prior to letting of Contract. E. Conditional bids will not be accepted. 1.3 SUBMISSION OF REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION: A. After the bid date and prior to award of the Contract, the Engineer will consider requests for substitutions of products, materials, systems or other items. Requests must be received by Engineer within ten calendar days after the date of bid opening. All requests for substitution shall be completed as specified below. B. Substitute items must comply with color and pattern of base specified items unless specifically approved otherwise. C. Submit two (2) copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 1. Name of product located by Drawing No. or Specification No., followed by a detail or line number the particular item(s) for which request for substitution is initiated. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 3. For products: a. Product identification by schedule or tag no., including manufacturer's name. b. Manufacturer's literature, marked to indicate specific model, type, size, and options to be considered: 1) Product Description. 2) Performance and test data. 3) Reference standards. 4) Difference in power demand. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Substitutions and Product Options 0992-0187 01670-2 5) Dimensional differences for specified unit. C. Submit samples, full size if so required. Engineer reserves right to impound sample until physical units are installed on project for comparison purposes. All costs of furnishing and return of samples shall be paid by requester. Engineer is not responsible for loss of or damage to samples. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, date of installation, and field performance data on installation. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product, materials, systems or other items specified. 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product, materials, systems or other items specified. 7. Include with any request a specific statement defining changes in contract time or amount. D. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item, Supplier/Manufacturer represents: He has personally investigated proposed product, materials, systems or other items, and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 2. Will provide same or better warranty for substitute item as for product, materials, systems or other items specified. 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to include but not be limited to the following: a. Building and structure modifications as necessary; b. Additional ancillary equipment to accommodate change; C. Piping, valving, mechanical, electrical, or instrumentation changes, and, d. All other changes required for work to be complete in all respects to permit incorporation of substitution into project. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution, which subsequently become apparent. E. Written acceptance or rejection of items presented for alternative consideration will be given within two weeks after request is received. F. In the event the acceptance of an alternate results in a change in contract price or time, or is a deviation from the Contract Documents, a change order will be issued to reflect such change. In the event the acceptance of an alternate does not result in a change in Contract price or time, a field order shall be issued. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Substitutions and Product Options 0992-0187 01670-3 G. Rejection of alternates: 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents or building spaces. 2. If they are in Engineer's opinion, not equal to base product specified, or will not adequately perform function for which intended. 3. If request is not initiated by the Contractor in accordance with this specification section. 1.4 SUBSTITUTION AFTER CONTRACT AWARD A. Unavailability of specified item due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, discontinuance of production, proven shortage, or similar occurrences are only reasons for substitution after Contract award. B. Notify Owner in writing, as soon as condition of unavailability becomes apparent; include substantiating data. Submit request for substitution sufficiently in advance to avoid delays. C. Submit data as required in paragraph 1.3 C above. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Substitutions and Product Options 0992-0167 01670-4 SECTION 01690 - STARTING PROCESS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PLAN SUBMITTAL A. Prior to attaining 75 percent completion of the Booster Service Pump Station and ground storage tank construction, the Contractor shall submit his plan for placing the facility into operation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 START UP PLAN A. The plan shall include but not necessarily be limited to: Procedures for inspection of systems, equipment, instrumentation and controls to be carried out prior to their being energized; 2. Schedule for on-site inspections, supervision of installation and start-up by manufacturer's personnel; 3. List of equipment and controls for which a manufacturer's certificate of proper installation shall be submitted prior to energizing; 4. Schedule for training by manufacturer's personnel; and 5. Sequence of start-up of each system. 3.2 MATERIALS, SUPPLIES AND ENERGY A. In conjunction with start-up, testing, and up to the time of acceptance of the facility by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish all required materials, supplies and energy. B. The above requirement applies to all expendable items required to operate and test the facility including: chemicals, electric power, oils and lubricants. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Starting Process Systems 0992-0187 01690-1 SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Final cleaning B. Adjusting C. Project record documents D. Warranties 1.2 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 1.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate notarized copies of all applicable warranties and guarantees. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable plastic cloth cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record information concurrent with construction progress as indicated in specifications. See Section I I I Article 6.11.2 for As-Built requirements. B. Record work with minority/women owned businesses as required in Southwest Florida Water Management District Contract Form Exhibit E as follows: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa 0992-0187 Contract Closeout 01700-1 rn Nr C) O O C) z 0 O 0 z z W W W Q I`_ CC CL w (L z qO N J_ U) W z Lll ED J J m X rn W? z Q W z O z W O Of O z a) E O N C !E b •? w N O E a) ? N O N O) a) Cr CA v a N 0 ai m 0 E 'O 0).C cc - Ca C: L a) O L m -0-0 O m U- a) - N C m_ 4__ t a.. OC ? .o 0 a) L C? +r N CI) E S r O cn ? C C N 0 U-) C +^ M a) m C 0 Q M C o ° o a U L O G T N 'E E _ Q o O U oM ro O•? rL. o! G +- O ?0 C o 69 O W 0 E (D U C •- a? .- a) C') M -0 0-r- -'D a)35 O O d ? N O o w z ? r cn ? J z 0 AMERICAN WOMAN m ? 2i z w NATIVE AMERICAN ASIAN/HAWAIIAN AMERICAN = U w ? z O HISPANIC AMERICAN U) z AFRICAN AMERICAN m _ G U AMERICAN WOMAN W W n m NATIVE AMERICAN m F-- W ASIAN/HAWAIIAN AMERICAN r F of HISPANIC AMERICAN 0 U 0 AFRICAN AMERICAN CD W I U O p SMALL BUSINESS 2 Section 288.703(1)F.S. 0 m m m U U) O z NON-MINORITY m r z O J Q O r ZZ LLJ C/) 1 x - ? O ? r U Cl) ¢ ¢ *0? O z U 09 ° ° r z E 00 o c m U LLI m (1) z En Cl m(D (D 0 zU) U Q a H m H c m a) E z C a 2 Cu a) O Ca c 0) cn N O n CO O e- N ? o? O H a? O ? CO V PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa 0992-0187 Contract Closeout 01700-3 SECTION 01800 W OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for all openings and penetrations in construction as indicated in accord with provisions of the Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference standards: 1. American Welding Society (AWS) Structural Welding Code DI.I 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) ACI 318-77, Chapter 6 on Embedding of Pipes 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) " NFPA 90A, Standard for Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 4. Standard Building Code (SBC) 5. N.E.C. Article 501 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300. B. Where an opening is required but is not shown on drawings, submit shop drawing, showing location of opening, size, and method to be used for making opening. C. Submit drawings verifying coordination of openings and penetrations, sizes and locations. D. Submit details of required seals verifying compliance of methods and materials. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Openings and Penetrations in Construction 0992-0187 01800-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS - GENERAL A. Examine drawings to coordinate sizes and locations of openings and penetrations. B. Set sleeves with ends flush with finished surfaces, unless otherwise specified or indicated. C. Where pipes or ducts pass through floors in locations where floors can be washed or wetted, set sleeves with top 4 IN above finish floors. D. For insulated piping or ducts, size sleeves large enough to accommodate full thickness of insulation. E. Set sleeves or framed openings in advance in order to avoid conflict with other trades. F. Comply with following for cast-in-place concrete construction unless specifically otherwise approved: 1. Do not cut into nor core drill any beams, joists, or columns. 2. Do not install sleeves in beams, joists or columns. 3. Do not install recesses in beams, joists, columns or slabs. 4. Utilize one of the following installation methods: a. Core drill with non impact type equipment (preferred). b. Mark opening and drill small 3/4 IN or/less holes through structure following opening outline. c. Sawcut opening outline on both surfaces then knock out within sawcuts using impact type equipment using extreme caution not to chop or spall face of surface to remain intact. 5. When any opening larger than 10 IN must be made in completed structure, secure approval before starting work. G. Comply with following for precast-prestressed concrete construction unless specifically otherwise approved: 1. Do not cut openings nor core drill vertically or horizontally through stems of members. 2. Do not locate or install sleeves or recess sleeves vertically or horizontally through or in stems of members. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Openings and Penetrations in Construction 0992-0187 01800-2 3. Openings and sleeves to be cast into flanges of units. 4. Openings larger than 6 IN in diameter or 6 IN maximum dimension shall be cast in units at time of manufacture. Openings smaller than 6 IN in diameter or 6 IN maximum dimensions may be cast in flanges of units at time of manufacture or may be field cut. H. Where alterations are necessary of where new and old work join, restore adjacent surfaces to their condition prior to start of work. 1. Furnish to precast manufacturer complete information concerning location and placement of openings and penetrations for inclusion in the calculations and shop drawings. Show coordination with work of all other trades. J. Hot dip galvanize all steel sleeves installed. 3.2 GENERAL SCHEDULE OF PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, ROOFS, FOUNDATION BASE SLABS, FOUNDATION WALLS, FOUNDATION FOOTINGS, PARTITIONS AND WALLS FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND CONDUIT. A. Provide openings and penetrations in construction where shown on drawings and as described in following listing: 1. Type A - Block out 1 IN larger than outside dimensions of duct or pipe. Dimension to allow for insulation to pass through opening where insulation is required. 2. Type B - Schedule 40 black steel pipe sleeve with wall anchor. 3. Type C - 12 gauge sheet metal sleeve with welded seams integrally incorporated into construction. 4. Type D - Commercial type casting wall sleeve. 5. Type E - Schedule 40 steel pipe sleeve with combination anchor and water stop plate. 6. Type F - Cast in place pipe or conduit. 7. Type G - Cast in place with (combination anchor and water stop plate) welded to pipe or ductwork. 8. Type H - Core drill after structure is in place. B. Provide seals of material and method described as follows unless otherwise noted on drawings. Assure seal material and method are compatible with location and service of seal. 1. Category 1 - Link - Seal 2. Category 2 - Not Used Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Openings and Penetrations in Construction 0992-0187 01800-3 3. Category 3 - Safing material and sealant. Refer to Specification Section 07900 for sealant types. 4. Category 4 - Backer rod and sealant. Refer to specification Section 07900 for sealant types. 5. Category 5 - Backer rod and sealant and escutcheons on both sides of opening. 6. Category 6 - Backer rod and sealant and flanges on both sides of opening. Flanges constructed of same material as duct, fastened to duct and minimum 1/2 IN larger than opening. 7. Category 7 - Safing material and sealant and escutcheons on both sides of opening. 8. Category 8 - Roof curb and flashing according to SMACNA specifications unless otherwise noted on drawings. 9. Category 9 - Not used. 10. Category 10 - Fire rated sealant - Refer to Section 07900. 11. Category 11 - Conduit seals. C. Subject to compliance with contract Documents, furnish openings and sealing material in full accordance with drawings and the following schedule: Location Media Opening Sealing Material Type Category _ Through floor Duct C 4 with bottom side a hazardous Pipes E, 4 area. Conduits F 11 Through floors Ducts F not required on grade above water table Pipes E 4 Conduits F not required Through slabs Pipes D or E 1 on grade below water table Conduits F not required Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Openings and Penetrations in Construction 0992-0187 01500-4 Location Media Opening Sealing Material Type Category Through floors Ducts C 6 in areas with floor drains or hose bibs Pipes (wet areas) 2 IN A,H or C 5 or 6 at areas and smaller subject to wash down Larger E 5 or 6 at areas than 2 IN subject to wash down Conduits F not required Through fire Ducts A 3 or 10 rated walls Pipe 2IN Bor H 7or10 and smaller Larger B 3 or 10 than 2IN Conduits F not required Through walls Duct (Round) D or E 1 where one side is a hazardous area Pipe D or E 1 Conduit F 11 Through exterior Duct D or E 1 wall below grade Pipe D or E 1 H 1 F not required Conduits F not required Through wall Pipes D or E 1 from wet well to F not required dry well Through exterior Duct A or F 6 wall above grade Pipe B, D 1 or 4 or E Conduits F not required Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Openings and Penetrations in Construction 0992-0187 01800-5 Location Media Opening Sealing Material Type Category Roof Duct A 8 penetration Pipes A 8 Conduits A 8 F not required Through interior Ducts A or C 4 walls unless specifically Pipes A or C 4 covered above Conduits F not required END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Openings and Penetrations in Construction 0992-0187 01800-6 SECTION 02010- SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. A soils-investigation report has been prepared for this project by Nodarse and Associates, Inc. hereafter referred to as the Geotechnical Engineer. The soils- investigation report is included in the Appendix. B. This report was obtained only for the Engineer's use in design. The report is available for bidder's information, but is not a warranty of subsurface conditions. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Bidders should visit the site and acquaint themselves with all existing conditions. Prior to bidding, bidders may at their cost, make their own subsurface investigations to satisfy themselves as to site and subsurface conditions, but all such investigations shall be performed under time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -- EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Subsurface Investigation 0992-0187 02010-1 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all earthwork, as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform all work in accordance with requirements of local and state codes, with requirements of OSHA, and in accord with federal requirements. B. Reference Standards: 1. Tests for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using a 5.5 LB Rammer and a 12 IN Drop -ASTM D698. 2. Tests for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using a 10 LB Rammer and an 18 IN Drop -ASTM D1557. 3. Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table - ASTM D4253. 4. Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density - ASTM D4254. 5. Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes - ASTM D2487-83. C. See Section 02220 Topsoiling and Finished Grading. D. See Section 02210 Excavation and Trenching. 1.3 RELATIVE WORK A. Section IV Article 12 Dewatering B. Section IV Article 38 Erosion and Siltation Control C. Section IV Article 56 Clearing and Grubbing Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Boaster Pump Station Section IVa Earthwork 0992-0187 02200-1 D. Section IV Article 62 Tree Protection E. Section 02210 Excavation and Trenching 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 Submittals. B. Submit to Owner's Project Representative for approval, source and samples of fill and backfill materials. C. Submit to Owner's Project Representative for approval source and samples of borrow materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fill and backfill: Selected materials approved by Project Representative from site excavation or from off site borrow. B. Structural fill under footings should classify CL or better in accordance with ASTM D-2487-83 with a liquid limit less than 45, a plasticity index less than 25 with not more the 70% passing a No. 200 sieve. C. Granular fill under floor slabs on grade: FDOT Section 901, No. 57 size aggregate. D. Gravel. FDOT Section 901, Paragraph 2.1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION A. Protect existing surface and subsurface features on site and adjacent to site as follows: 1. Provide barricades, coverings, or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage to existing items indicated to remain in place. 2. Protect and maintain bench marks, monuments or other established reference points and property corners. If disturbed or destroyed, replace at own expense to full satisfaction of Owner and controlling agency. Survey monuments, benchmarks or other reference points, which must be disturbed by construction operations, shall be witnessed, removed and replaced by a Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM), registered in the State of Florida. 3. Verify location and existence of utilities. Omission or inclusion of utility items does not constitute non-existence or definite location. Secure and examine local utility records for location data. Take necessary Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa . Earthwork 0992-0187 02200-2 precautions to protect existing utilities from damage due to any construction activity. Repair damages to utility items at own expense. 4. Provide full access to public and private premises, fire hydrants, street crossings, sidewalks and other points as designated by Owner to prevent serious interruption of travel. 5. Maintain stockpiles and excavations in such a manner to prevent inconvenience or damage to structures on site on adjoining property. 6. Avoid surcharge or excavation procedures which can result in heaving, caving or slides. B. Salvageable items: Carefully remove items to be salvaged, and store on Owner's premises unless otherwise directed. C. Legally dispose of waste materials off site. Burning, as a means of waste disposal, is not permitted. 3.2 SITE EXCAVATION AND GRADING A. The Work includes all operations in connection with excavation, borrow, construction of fills and embankments, rough grading, and disposal of excess materials in connection with the preparation of the site(s) for construction of the proposed facilities. B. Perform excavation and grading as required by the drawings. Drawings may indicate both existing grade and finished grade required for construction of project. Stake out all units, structures, piping, roads, parking areas and walks and establish their elevations. Perform other layout work required. Replace property corner markers to original location if disturbed or destroyed. 2. Protection of existing facilities: Maintain existing utility lines (either overhead or underground), sidewalks, structures, pavement indicated on drawings, or mentioned in specifications, free of damage. Any item known or unknown or not properly location that is inadvertently damaged shall be repaired to original condition. Notify Owner of any utility damage at once so that emergency measures may be taken. All repairs to be made and paid for by Contractor. 3. Preparation of ground surface for embankments or fills: All topsoil, debris, and organic material, unsuitable existing fill soils, and soft or loose unsuitable natural soils should be excavated from the area. Areas to receive structural and embankment fill should be proofrolled under the observation of the Geotechnical Engineer. Areas which reveal any unstable or unsuitable soils in the opinion of the Geotechnical Engineer shall be excavated and replaced with additional compacted structural/embankment fill. 4. Protection of finish grade: During construction, shape and drain embankment and excavations. Maintain ditches and drains to provide Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Earthwork 0992-0187 02200-3 drainage at all times. Project graded areas against action of elements prior to acceptance of work. Reestablish grade where settlement or erosion occurs. C. Borrow: Provide necessary amount of approved fill compacted to density equal to that indicated in this specification. Include cost of all borrow material in original proposal. Fill material to be approved by Engineer prior to placement. D. Construct embankments and fills as required by the drawings: 1. Construct embankments and fills at locations and to lines of grade indicated. Completed fill shall correspond to shape of typical cross section or contour indicated regardless of method used to show shape, size, and extent of line and grade of completed work. 2. Provide fill material which meets the requirements of Part 2.1.13 of this specification and is free from roots, organic matter, trash, frozen material, and stones having maximum dimension greater than 6 IN. Insure that stones larger than 4 IN, are not placed in upper 6 IN of fill or embankment. Do not place material in layers greater than 8 IN loose thickness. Place layers horizontally and compact each layer prior to placing additional fill. 3. Compact by sheepsfoot, pneumatic rollers, vibrators, or by other equipment as required, to obtain specified density. Control moisture for each layer necessary to meet requirements of compaction. 3.3 ROCK EXCAVATION A. All rock excavation shall be unclassified. No extra payment shall be made for rock excavation or for required backfill to achieve required grades. B. When rock is encountered, it shall be excavated to the following minimum dimensions. 1. For structures: Three FT outside the exterior limits of foundations and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom of foundations. 2. For piping and utilities: A width 18 IN wider than the outside diameter of the pipe or conduit and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom exterior surface of the pipe or conduit. 3. For paving: 2 FT outside the exterior limits of paving and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom of pavement subbase. 4. Where rock is over excavated or to achieve required subgrade, Contractor shall backfill with granular materials meeting the requirements of FDOT Section 901, No. 57 fine aggregate. C. The use of explosives of any kind or type, under any conditions, shall be subject to specific approval by the Owner in each instance. The use of explosives shall be limited to the magnitude and location of the charge that will not cause damage to adjacent existing construction and utilities through shock vibrations or other Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Earthwork 0992-0187 02200-4 stress loadings. Provide adequate blanket protection to ensure that there will not be fragments of rock or other debris flying through the air when discharging explosives. Contractor to employ personnel certified to execute blasting operations. Any damage to existing construction or other features caused by blasting operations to be repaired and paid for by Contractor. Explosive permits shall be obtained from the Owner and/or County as per the City and/or County's requirements. 3.4 COMPACTION TESTING AND CONTROL A. Moisture density relations required for all materials that are to be compacted to be as established by Geotechnical Engineer. B. Extent of compaction testing will be as necessary to assure compliance with specifications. C. Give adequate notice to Geotechnical Engineer when ready for compaction or subgrade testing and inspection. Minimum of 24 hour advance notice to be given. D. Should any moisture density test fail to meet specification requirements, perform corrective work as necessary. E. Pay for all costs associated with corrective work and retesting resulting from failing tests. 3.5 COMPACTION DENSITY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform compaction of soils and all work associated with that effort with equipment designed for and suitable to provide the compaction requirements. B. Obtain approval of Engineer with regard to suitability of soils and acceptable subgrade prior to subsequent operations. C. Provide dewatering system necessary to successfully complete compaction and construction requirements. D. Remove frozen loose, wet or soft material and replace with suitable material as required by Owner's Project Representative. E. Stabilize subgrade with well graded granular materials as required by Owner's Project Representative. F. Assure by results of testing that compaction densities comply with the requirements listed below. 1. Sitework: Location Compaction Density_ Under Paved Areas 95% ASTM D602 and Sidewalks: 100 percent ASTM D698, for last lift Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Earthwork 02200-5 Cohesionless Soils Less than 10% by weight finer than No. 200 sieve: Unpaved Areas: Pipe trench 2. Structures: Location Inside of structures under foundations, under equipment support pads, under slabs on grade. 3. Specific areas: Location Outside structures under equipment support foundations 75 percent relative density per ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254 85 percent ASTM D698 As shown on the drawing trench details Compaction Density 98 percent ASTM D698 Compaction Density 98 percent ASTM D698 3.6 EXCAVATION, FILLING, AND BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES A. General: 1. In general, work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, excavation for structures and retaining walls, removal of underground obstructions and undesirable material, backfilling, filling, and fill, backfill, and subgrade compaction. 2. Obtain fill and backfill material necessary to produce grades required. Materials and source to be approved by Engineer. Excavated material approved by Engineer may also be used for fill and backfill. 3. In this section of the specifications, the word "foundations" includes footings, base slaps, foundation walls, mat foundations, pile caps, grade beams, piers and any other support placed directly on soil. 4. In the paragraphs of this section of the specifications the word "soil" also includes any type of rock subgrade that may be present at or below existing subgrade levels. B. Excavation requirements for structures: 1. General. Do not commence excavation for foundations for structures until: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVe Earthwork 02200-6 a. Owner's Project Representative observes that all topsoil and other unsuitable and undesirable material have been removed from existing subgrade. Engineer approves that density and moisture content of site area compacted fill material meets requirements of specifications. C. Owner's Project Representative grants approval to begin excavations. 2. Dimensions: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated or specified; allow additional space as required for construction operations and inspection of foundations. 3. Removal of obstructions and undesirable materials in excavation includes, but is not necessarily limited to, removal of old foundations, existing construction, unsuitable subgrade soils, expansive type soils, and any other materials which may be concealed beneath present grade, as required to execute work indicated on drawings. If undesirable material and obstructions are encountered during excavation, removal material and replace as required by Engineer. 4. Level off bottoms of excavations to receive foundations, floor slabs, equipment support pads, or compacted fill. Remove loose materials and bring excavations into approved condition to receive concrete or fill material. Where compacted fill material must be placed to bring subgrade elevation up to underside of construction, subgrades should be observed and tested by the Owner's Project Representative. Do not carry excavations lower than shown for foundations except as recommended by Engineer. If any part of excavations is carried below required depth without authorization, maintain excavation and start foundation from excavated level with concrete of same strength as required for superimposed foundations, and no extra compensation will be made to Contractor therefore. 5. Make excavations large enough for working space, forms, damp proofing, waterproofing, and inspection. 6. Notify Owner's Project Representative as soon as excavation is completed in order that subgrades may be observed. Do not commence further construction until subgrade under compacted fill material, under foundations under floor slabs on grade, and under equipment support pads has been observed and approved by the Owners Project Representative as being free of undesirable material, being of compaction density required by this specification, and being capable of supporting the allowable foundation design bearing pressures and superimposed foundation, fill, and building loads to be placed thereon. Owner's Project Representative shall be given the opportunity to inspect subgrade below fill material prior to placement of any compacted fill. Therefore fill material, foundations, retaining wall footings, floor slabs on grade, and equipment support pads shall not be placed until subgrade directly below has been observed and approved by Owner's Project Representative. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Earthwork 0992-0187 02200-7 a. Place fill material, foundations, retaining wall footings, floor slabs on grade, and equipment support pads as soon as weather conditions permit after excavation is completed, observed, and approved after forms and reinforcing are observed and approved. Before concrete or fill material is placed, protect approved subgrade from becoming loose, wet, frozen, or soft due to weather, construction operations, or other reasons. 7. Dewatering. Where groundwater is or is expected to be encountered during excavation, install a dewatering system to prevent softening and disturbance of subgrade below foundations and fill material, to allow foundations and fill material to be placed in the dry, and to maintain a stable excavation side slope. Review soils investigation before beginning excavation and determine where groundwater is likely to be encountered during excavation. Employ dewatering specialist for selecting and operating dewatering system. Keep dewatering system in operation until pump station is completed up to and including the ground floor. Dispose of groundwater to an area which will not interfere with construction operations or damage existing construction. Install groundwater monitoring wells as necessary. Shut off dewatering system at such a rate to prevent a quick upsurge of water that might weaken the subgrade. 8. Subgrade stabilization. If subgrade under foundations, fill material, floor slabs on grade, or equipment support pads is in a frozen, loose, wet, or soft condition before construction is placed thereon, remove frozen, loose, wet, or soft material and replace with approved compacted material as directed by Owner's Project Representative. Provide compaction density of replacement material as stated in this specification section. Loose, wet, or soft materials, when approved by Engineer, may be stabilized by a compacted working mat of well graded crushed stone. Compact stone mat thoroughly into subgrade to avoid future migration of fines into the stone voids. Remove and replace frozen materials as recommended by Owner's Project Representative. Method of stabilization shall be performed as recommended by Engineer. Do not place further construction on the repaired subgrades, until the subgrades have been approved by the Owner's Project Representative. 9. Do not place floor slabs on grade including equipment support pads until subgrade below has been approved, piping has been tested and approved, reinforcement placement has been approved, and Contractor receives approval to commence slab construction. Do not place building floor slabs on grade including equipment support pads when temperature of air surrounding the slab and pads is or is expected to be below 40° F before structure is completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50° F. 10. Protection of structures. Prevent new and existing structures from becoming damaged due to construction operations or other reasons. Prevent subgrade under new and existing foundations from becoming wet and undermined during construction due to presence of surface or subsurface water or due to construction operations. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Earthwork 0992-0187 02200-8 11. Shoring. Shore, sheet pile, slope, or brace excavations as required to prevent them from collapsing. Remove shoring as backfilling progresses but only when banks are stable and safe from caving or collapse. 12. Drainage. Control grading around structures so that ground is pitched to prevent water from running into excavated areas or damaging structures. Maintain excavations where foundations, floor slabs, equipment support pads or fill material are to be placed free of water. Provide pumping required to keep excavated spaces clear of water during construction. Should any water be encountered in the excavation, notify Owner's Project Representative. Provide free discharge of water by trenches, pumps, wells, well points, or other means as necessary and drain to point of disposal that will not damage existing or new construction or interfere with construction operations. 13. Frost protection. Do not place foundations, slabs on grade, equipment support pads, or fill material on frozen ground. When freezing temperatures may be expected, do not excavate to full depth indicated, unless foundations, floor slabs, equipment support pads, or fill material can be placed immediately after excavation has been completed and approved. Protect excavation from frost if placing of concrete or fill is delayed. a. Where a concrete slab is a base slab on grade located under and within a structure that will not be heated, protect subgrade under the slab from becoming frozen until final acceptance of the project by the Owner. b. Protect subgrade under foundations of a structure from becoming frozen until structure is completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50° F. C. Fill and backfill inside of structure and below foundations, base slabs, floor slabs, equipment support pads and piping: General: Subgrade to receive fill or backfill shall be free of undesirable material as evaluated by Owner's Project Representative. Surface may be stepped by not more than 12 IN per step or may be sloped at not more than 2 percent. Do not place any fill or backfill material until subgrade under fill or backfill has been observed and approved by Owner's Project Representative as being free of undesirable material. 2. Obtain approval of fill and backfill material and source from Engineer prior to placing the material. 3. Granular fill under floor slabs on grade: Place all floor slabs on grade on a minimum of 4 IN of granular fill unless otherwise indicated. Compact granular fill with a minimum of two passes with a vibratory compactor or a vibratory steel drum roller. 4. Vapor barrier: Install a continuous vapor barrier under floor slabs on grade, 6 Mil Poly and as shown on drawings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Earthwork 0992-0187 02200-9 5. Fill and backfill placement: Prior to placing fill and backfill material, optimum moisture and maximum density properties for proposed material shall be obtained from Owner's Project Representative. Place fill and backfill material in thin lifts as necessary to obtain required compaction density. Compact material by means of equipment of sufficient size and proper type to obtain specified density. Use hand operated equipment for filling and backfilling next to walls. Do not place fill and backfill when the temperature is less than 40° F and when subgrade to receive fill and backfill material is frozen, wet, loose, or soft. Use vibratory equipment to compact granular material. 6. Where fill material is required below foundations, place fill material, conforming to the required density and moisture content, outside the exterior limits of foundations located around perimeter of structure to whichever is greater of the following horizontal distance: a. As required to provide fill material to indicated finished grade. b. 10 FT. C. Distance equal to depth of compacted fill below bottom of foundations. d. As recommended by Engineer. D. Filling and backfilling outside of structures: This paragraph of these specifications applies to fill and backfill placed outside of structures above bottom level of both foundations and piping but not under paving. Provide material as approved by Engineer for filling and backfilling outside of structures: Fill and backfill placement: Place fill and backfill material in maximum of 8" lifts as necessary to obtain required compaction density. Compact material with equipment of proper type and size to obtain density specified. Use only hand operated equipment for filling and backfilling next to walls and retaining walls. Do not place fill or backfill material when temperature is less than 40° F and when subgrade to receive material is frozen, wet, loose, or soft. Use vibratory equipment for compacting granular material; do not use water. 2. Backfilling against walls: a. Do not backfill around any part of structures until each part has reached specified 28 day compressive strength and backfill material has been approved. Do not start backfilling until concrete forms have been removed, trash removed from excavations, pointing of masonry work, concrete finishing, damp proofing and waterproofing have been completed. b. Do not place fills against walls until floor slabs at top, bottom, and at intermediate levels of walls are in place and have reached 28 day required compressive strength to prevent wall movement. C. Bring backfill and fill up uniformly around the structures and individual walls, piers, or columns. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Earthwork 0992-0187 02200-10 3. Backfilling outside of structures under piping or paving: When backfilling outside of structures requires placing backfill material under piping or paving, the material shall be placed from bottom of excavation to underside of piping or paving at the density required for fill under piping or paving as indicated in this section. This compacted material shall extend transversely to the centerline of piping or paving a horizontal distance each side of the exterior edges of piping or paving equal to the depth of backfill measured from bottom of excavation to underside of piping or paving. Provide special compacted bedding or compacted subgrade material under piping or paving as required by other sections of these specifications. 3.7 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Erosion control: Conduct work to minimize erosion of site. Construct stilling areas to settle and detain eroded material. Remove eroded material washed off site. Clean streets daily of any spillage of dirt, rocks or debris from equipment entering or leaving site. See Section IV Article 38. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Earthwork 0992-0187 02200-11 SECTION 02210 - EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers excavation and trenching work as required; the handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of all excavated material; all necessary sheeting, shoring, and protection work; preparation of subgrades; pumping and dewatering as necessary or required; protection of adjacent property; backfilling; pipe embedment; surfacing and grading; and other appurtenant work. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Excavations shall provide adequate working space and clearance for the work to be performed therein and for installation and removal of concrete forms. In no case shall excavation faces be undercut for extended footings. B. Subgrade surfaces shall be clean and free of loose material of any kind when concrete is placed thereon. C. Except where exterior surfaces are specified to be dampproofed, monolithic concrete manholes and other concrete structures, or parts thereof, which do not have footings and extend beyond the outside face of exterior walls, may be placed directly against excavation faces without the use of outer forms, provided that such faces are stable and also provided that a layer of polyethylene film is placed between the earth and the concrete. D. Excavations for manholes and similar structures constructed of masonry units shall have such horizontal dimensions that not less than 6 inches clearance is provided for outside plastering. E. Backfilling and construction of fills and embankments during freezing weather shall not be done except by permission of the Owner's Project Representative. No backfill, fill, or embankment materials shall be installed on frozen surfaces, nor shall frozen materials, snow, or ice be placed in any backfill, fill, or embankment. 1.3 RELATIVE WORK A. Section IV Article 12 Dewatering B. Section IV Article 14 Backfill C. Section IV Article 38 Erosion and Siltation Control D. Section IV Article 56 Clearing and Grubbing E. Section IV Article 62 Tree Protection F. Section 02210 Earthwork Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 0992-0187 02210-1 1.4 BLASTING A. . Blasting with any type of explosive is not permitted. 1.5 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Except where otherwise authorized, indicated, or specified, all materials excavated below the bottom of concrete walls, footings, slabs on grade, and foundations shall be replaced, by and at the expense of the Contractor, with concrete placed at the same time and monolithic with the concrete above. 1.6 SHEETING AND SHORING A. Except where banks are cut back on a stable slope, excavation for structures and trenches shall be sheeted, braced, and shored as necessary to prevent caving or sliding. 1.7 STABILIZATION A. Subgrades for concrete structures and trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; free from mud and muck; and sufficiently stable to remain firm and intact under the feet of the workmen. B. Subgrades for concrete structures or trench bottoms, which are otherwise solid but which become mucky on top due to construction operations, shall be reinforced with one or more layers of crushed rock or gravel. The stabilizing material shall be spread and compacted to a depth of not more than 4 inches; if the required depth exceeds 4 inches, the material shall be furnished and installed as specified for granular fills. Not more than 1/2 inch depth of mud or muck shall be allowed to remain on stabilized trench bottoms when the pipe bedding material is placed thereon. C. The finished elevation of stabilized subgrades for concrete structures shall not be above subgrade elevations indicated on the drawings. 1.8 EARTH FILLS AND EMBANKMENTS A. To the maximum extent available, excess suitable material obtained from structure and trench excavations shall be used for construction of fills and embankments. Additional material shall be provided as required. B. Wherever a trench passes through a fill or embankment, the fill or embankment material shall be placed and compacted to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. 1.9 GRANULAR FILLS A. Granular fills shall be placed on suitably prepared subgrades and compacted by vibration. Granular fill material shall be crushed rock or gravel, shall be free from dust, clay, or trash, and shall be graded to the requirements of FDOT section Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 0992-0187 02210-2 901 No. 57 aggregate. Granular fill shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent relative density as determined by ASTM D698-70, Method C. Granular fills under concrete slabs shall be compacted with a minimum of 3 passes of a vibratory steel drum or plate type compactor. 1.10 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. The trench shall be dug so that the pipe can be laid to the alignment and depth required, and it shall be excavated only so far in advance of the pipe laying as allowed by the Owner's Project Representative. No more than 200-linear feet of pipe shall remain uncovered during the installation procedure. Trench width shall be approximately 8-inches clearance on each side of the pipe. The trench floor shall provide a uniform bearing for each full length of pipe section. The trench shall be so braced and drained that the workmen may work in it safely and efficiently. All trench preparation shall comply with all the latest applicable Local, State (Florida Safe Trench Act) and Federal Regulations (OSHA: Safe Trench Act). Trench excavations in excess of 8-feet deep shall have trench box safety structures used during construction. It is essential that the discharge of the trench dewatering pumps be conducted to natural drainage channels, drains or storm sewers. The width of the trench shall be ample to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly, and the backfill to be placed and compacted as hereinafter specified. Trenches shall be of extra width, when required, to permit the convenient placing of timber supports, sheeting and bracing, and handling of specials. B. Bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit the joint to be made properly. Ledge rock, boulders and large stones shall be removed to provide a clearance of twelve inches (12") on all pipe. If such removal is required backfilling will be done with selected material approved by the Owner's Project Representative and tamped to establish the proper grade. C. Trench shall be excavated to the depth required so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing and support for the pipe on solid and undisturbed ground for the full length of the barrel, except as necessary for removal of pipe slings or other lifting tackle. Any part of the bottom of the' trench excavated to a point below the specified grade shall be corrected with approved material at the Contractor's expense and thoroughly tamped as directed by the Owner's Project Representative. D. No pipe shall be laid when the trench conditions or weather is unsuitable for such work, unless approval is given by the Owner. Any section of pipe already installed and found to be defective or damaged shall be replaced immediately with new pipe without additional cost to the Owner. E. Where the bottom of the trench at subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes, cinders, refuse, vegetable or other organic matter, or large pieces or fragments of inorganic material that, in the judgement of the Owner's Project Representative, should be removed, the Contractor shall excavate and remove such unsuitable material to the width and depth as directed by the Owner's Project Representative. Before the pipe is laid, the subgrade shall be made by backfilling with an approved material in three (3) inch uncompacted layers. The layers shall be thoroughly tamped as specified by the Owner's Project Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 0992-0187 02210-3 Representative to provide the uniform and continuous bearing support as heretofore described. F. All materials that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are suitable for reuse in restoring the disturbed surface shall be kept separated from the general excavation material and can only be used as directed by the Engineer. G. All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the work and that will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Hydrants, valve pit covers, valve boxes, curb stop boxes, fire and police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible until the work is completed. Gutters, drainage inlets, natural water courses and miscellaneous drainage structures shall be kept clear or other satisfactory provisions made for their proper operation. H. Hand methods for excavation shall be employed when damage to existing facilities is likely if heavy equipment is utilized or as directed by the Owner's Project Representative. When excavation of rock is encountered, all rock shall be removed to provide a clearance of at least 6-inches below and on each side of all pipe, valves, and fittings for pipe sizes 24-inches or smaller, and 9-inches for pipe 30-inches and larger. When excavation is completed, a bed of sand, crushed stone or earth that is free from stones, large clods, or frozen earth shall be placed on the bottom of the trench to the previously mentioned depths, leveled, and tamped. These clearances and bedding procedures shall also be observed for pieces of concrete or masonry and other debris or subterranean structures, such as masonry walls, piers, or foundations that may be encountered during excavation. This installation procedure shall be followed when gravel formations containing loose boulders greater than 8 inches in diameter are encountered. In all cases, the specified clearances shall be maintained between the bottom of all pipe and appurtenances and any part, projection, or point of rock, boulder, or stones of sufficient size and placement which, in the opinion of the Owner could cause fulcrum point. K. Should the trench pass over a sewer or other previous excavation, the trench bottom shall be sufficiently compacted to provide support equal to that of the native soil or conform to other regulatory requirements in a manner that will prevent damage to the existing installation. L. When the bottom of the trench or the subgrade is found to consist of material that is unstable to such a degree that, in the judgment of the Owner's Project Representative it cannot be removed, a foundation for the pipe and/or appurtenance shall be constructed using piling, timber, concrete, or other materials at the direction of the Owner's Project Representative. 1.11 ALIGNMENT, GRADE, AND MINIMUM COVER A. Pipe shall be laid and maintained at the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and appurtenances at the described locations. All pipe shall be laid to the depth as shown on the plans. Grade lines shall be set by the Contractor. The tolerance of such grades shall not be more than that specified on the drawings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Wa Excavation and Trenching 0992-0187 02210-4 When no tolerance is indicated a tolerance of 0.5 foot shall be used. All other realignments must be approved by the Owner's Project Representative. The Contractor shall have suitable survey equipment on the site at all times. B. The work shall at all times progress with caution so as to prevent damage to underground obstructions both known and unknown. Should an obstruction not shown on the plans be encountered the Engineer shall be immediately notified and he shall be responsible for alteration to the plan should realignment be necessary. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Project Representative far enough in advance to allow the realignment to be accomplished by deflection in the pipe joints. 1.12 LIMITING TRENCH WIDTHS A. Trenches shall be excavated to a width which will provide adequate working space and sidewall clearances for proper pipe installation, jointing, and embedment. Trench widths shall be as shown on the drawings. B. Cutting trench banks on slopes to reduce earth load to prevent sliding and caving shall be done only in areas where the increased trench width will not interfere with surface features or encroach on construction limits. C. Trench widths at and below the top of the pipe shall be the minimum necessary for proper installation. All trenching shall meet OSHA requirements for cut slope and/or trench shoring techniques. Overdepth excavation shall be backfilled with Class I material. 1.13 MECHANICAL EXCAVATION A. The use of mechanical equipment will not be permitted in locations where its operation would cause damage to trees, buildings, culverts, or other existing property, utilities, or structures above or below ground. In all such locations, hand excavating methods shall be used. B. Mechanical equipment used for trench excavation shall be of a type, design, and construction, and shall be so operated that pipe, when accurately laid to specified alignment, will be centered in the trench with adequate clearance between the pipe and sidewalls of the trench. Undercutting the trench sidewall to obtain clearance will not be permitted. 1.14 EXCAVATION BELOW PIPE SUBGRADE A. Except where otherwise required, pipe trenches shall be excavated per the details in the plans. 1.15 ARTIFICIAL FOUNDATIONS IN TRENCHES A. Whenever unsuitable or unstable soil conditions are encountered, trenches shall be excavated below grade and the trench bottom shall be brought to embedment grade with suitable material. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVe Excavation and Trenching 0992-0187 02210-5 1.16 BELL HOLES A. Bell holes shall provide adequate clearance for tools and methods used in installing pipe. No part of any bell or coupling shall be in contact with the trench bottom, trench walls, or granular embedment when the pipe is jointed. 1.17 EMBEDMENT MATERIALS A. General: Use soils free of organic matter, refuse, rocks and lumps greater than 4 inches in diameter and other deleterious matter. 1.18 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM. A. Symbols and descriptions for groups of soils classified by the Unified Soil Classification System, ASTMD-2487, are listed below: Group Symbols Group Description CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays. CL Inorganic clays of low to medium, plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays. GC Clayey gravels, gravel-sand-clay mixtures. GM Silty gravels, gravel-sand-silt mixtures. GP Poorly graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines. GW Well-graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines. MH Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceour fine sands or silts, elastic silts. ML Inorganic silts, very fine sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands. OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity. OL Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity. PT Peat, muck, and other highly organic soils. SC Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures. SM Silty sands, sand-silt mixtures. SP Poorly graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. SW Well-graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. 1.19 CLASSIFICATION A. For the purpose of this specification, soils to be used as fill material are grouped into five classes according to soil properties and characteristics. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 0992-0187 02210-6 1. Class I - Granular Material - angular bedding material well graded crushed stone meeting the requirements of ASTM D448 size No. 67. 2. Class II - Coarse sands and gravels with maximum practical size of 44 mm (1-1/2 in.), including variously graded sands and gravels containing small percentages of fines, generally granular and non-cohesive, either wet or dry. Soil Types GW, GP, SW, and SP are included in this class. 3. Class III - Fine sand and clayey gravels, including fine sands, sand-clay mixtures, and gravel-clay mixtures. Soil Types GM, GC, SM, and SC are included in this class. 4. Class IV - Silt, silty clays, and clays, including inorganic clays and silts of medium to high plasticity and liquid limits. Soil Types MH, ML, CH, and CL are included in this class. These materials are not recommended for bedding, haunching, or initial backfill. 5. Class V - This class includes the organic soils, OL, OH, and PT as well as soils containing frozen earth, debris, rocks, larger than 40 mm (1-1/2 in.) in diameter, and other foreign materials. These materials are not allowed for bedding haunching or initial backfill. 1.20 TRENCHING A. Trench widths at and below the top of the pipe shall be the minimum necessary for proper installation. All trenching shall meet OSHA requirements for cut slope and/or trench shoring techniques. Overdepth excavation shall be backfilled with Class I material. 1.21 DEPTH A. Trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Where elevations are not shown, trench to a depth sufficient to provide at least 36 inches of cover above the top of pipe, unless otherwise specified. Grade trenches to provide a constant slope free of sags and high spots. 1.22 TRENCH BRACING A. Properly brace, sheet and support trench walls in strict conformance with all pertinent laws and regulations. Provide adequate bracing and shoring to protect adjacent improvements. 1.23 BEDDING, HAUNCHING AND INITIAL BACKFILL A. Tamp subgrade to provide firm, even bedding. Excavate bedding material to match the shape of the bottom of the pipe and bell, as detailed in the Drawings. Place haunching material so as to provide full bearing around the bottom of the pipe. Place bedding, haunching and initial backfill as specified below. 1.24 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. . If no backfill is required after initial trench excavation, undisturbed earth may be suitable for bedding in cover less than 12 feet deep. Excavate to match bottom of pipe and bell. Provide Class I material as bedding for pipe cover greater than 12 feet. Class I, II or SM, SC soil for haunching to pipe springline. Class II or III material and soil types SM and SC shall be used as initial backfill to 12-inches above top of pipe. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 0992-0187 02210-7 1.25 FLOWABLE FILL A. Where shown on the Plans, or where ordered by the Owner, the Contractor shall backfill a void area or -an excavation with flowable fill. Flowable fill may be shown, or ordered, to fill abandoned pipes, abandoned underground steel storage tanks, trench backfill, washout area under structural slabs or behind walls, or other similar locations. B. Pipe trenching across roadways and driveways shall be backfilled and compacted as soon as pipe is installed. In areas where settlement shall occur, the Owner shall require the backfilling operations to incorporate the installation of color-coded "Flowable Fill", a lean 750 PSI rated concrete mix and which shall be poured immediately following pipe installation. Open trenches near traffic shall have the proper protective barricades, signage and traffic control personnel provided by the contractor. C. Flowable fill shall be produced and delivered to the site. Placing of flowable fill shall be by chute, pumping, or other approved methods. Flowable fill shall be placed to the designated fill line without vibration. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any damage caused by hydraulic pressure of the fill during placement prior to hardening. Flowable fill shall not be used for pipe bedding and backfill in the zone from the bottom of a pipe to 12 inches above the top of pipe. D. Flowable fill shall consist of materials conforming to DOT-SSRBC Sections as follows: 1. Cement (Type I or II) Section 921 2. Fly ash (Type F) Section 929 3. Fine aggregate (sand) Section 902 4. Water Section 923 E. The Contractor shall submit a proposed design mix that will produce a Flowable fill meeting the strength requirements specified herein, using the following materials: Pounds oer cubic vard 1. Cement (Type I or II) 50 - 200 2. Fly ash (Type F) 0 - 2,000 3. Fine aggregate (sand) 2,500 - 3,000 4. Water 325 - 550 Note: 6-inch to 10-inch slump F. Flowable fill material shall be proportioned to produce a 28-day compressive strength approximately as follows: Pounds per square inch 1. Pipe trench backfill 50 - 150 2. Fill abandoned pipes or tanks 30 - 150 3. Under slabs, behind walls 300 - 1,000 Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 0992-0187 02210-8 Note: Density in place 115 to 145 pounds per cubic foot G. Not more than 60 minutes shall elapse between the start of moist mixing and the placement of the flowable fill. H. Flowable fill placed on slopes shall have a reduced slump with a reduction in water, and shall be able to be shaped as required. 1. The Contractor shall place the flowable fill in such a manner as to eliminate all cavities, J. Flowable fill shall not be placed in salt water. When within a tidal area, the flowable fill shall be placed immediately after the salt water has receded. K. When flowable fill is used adjacent to ductile iron pipe, the pipe shall be polyethylene encased. 1.26 TESTS .A. All tests to ensure that embedment, fill, and backfill materials and their placement comply with specified requirements shall be made by an independent testing laboratory at the expense of the Owner. 1.27 DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE A. Trenches across roadways, driveways or other trafficways adjacent to drainage ditches or water shall be constructed on the upstream side of the trafficway to prevent impounding water after the pipe has been laid. Bridges and other temporary structures required to maintain traffic across such unfilled trenches shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor. Backfilling shall be done so that water will not accumulate in unfilled or partially filled trenches. All material deposited in roadway ditches or other water courses crossed by the line of trench shall be removed immediately after backfilling is completed and the original section, grades, and contours of ditches or water courses shall be restored. Surface drainage shall not be obstructed longer than necessary. 1.28 PROTECTION OF TRENCH BACKFILL IN DRAINAGE COURSES A. Where trenches are constructed in ditches or other water courses, backfill shall be protected from surface erosion. Where the grade of the ditch exceeds one percent, ditch checks shall be installed. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, ditch checks shall be concrete. Ditch checks shall extend not less than 2 feet below the original ditch or water course bottom for the full bottom width and at least 18 inches into the side slopes and shall be at least 12 inches thick. 1.29 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Except as otherwise permitted, all excess excavated materials shall be disposed of in on-site areas as directed by Owner's Representative. Excavated rock, debris encountered in excavation work, and other similar waste materials shall be disposed of away from the site of the work. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 02210-9 1.30 SETTLEMENT A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill, fills, and embankments which may occur within the correction period stipulated in the General Conditions. B. The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, all repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement within 10 days after notice from the Owner's Project Representative or Owner. 1.31 BEDDING AND BACKFILL FOR INSTALLATION OF HDPE AND PVC PIPE BY OPEN CUT A. Backfilling and compaction shall be conducted in a manner to preclude subsequent settlement and shall provide adequate support for the surface treatment, pavement, pipelines, or structures to be placed thereon. See details of installation on Construction Plans. B. Backfill material shall be common fill material, free from organic matter, muck or marl, and rocks exceeding 2 '/z-inches in diameter. Common fill shall not contain broken concrete, masonry, rubble or other similar materials. C. The backfilling procedures outlined below shall be for pipe mains and related structures. The backfilling shall be done in three stages as follows: First Stage: The contractor shall provide adequate suitable material fill to be compacted beneath the haunches of the pipe, using mechanical tampers. This compaction also applies to the bedding material placed in layers above the pipe. 2. Second Stage: The contractor shall obtain a well-compacted bed and fill and compact along the sides of the pipe and then to a point of at least 1- foot above the top of the pipe. The width of backfill and compaction to be done under this second stage shall be the width of the portion of the trench having vertical sides, or when no portion of the trench has vertical sides, it shall be to a width at least equal to three times the outside diameter of the pipe. Fill material shall be placed in 12-inch compacted thickness layers, unless the trench is under the paved road, in which case the fill materials shall be placed in 6-inch compacted thickness layers. 3. Third Stage: The remainder of the trench up to grade shall be backfilled with suitable material fill in layers not to exceed 1-foot in thickness and compacted, unless the trench is under the paved road, in which case the fill materials shall be placed in 6-inch compacted thickness layers. D. The contractor shall adopt compaction methods which will produce the degree of compaction specified in Section 02200 - Earthwork without damage to the new or existing facilities. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 02210-10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-01$7 Section IVa Excavation and Trenching 02210-11 SECTION 02220 - TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all topsoiling and finished grading, as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Location of work: All areas within limits of grading and all areas outside limits of grading which are disturbed in the course of the work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finish grading tolerance: 0.1 FT plus/minus from required elevations. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01300 Submittals. B. Project data: Test reports for finished topsoil. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Verify amount of topsoil stockpiled and determine amount of additional topsoil, if necessary to complete work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Original surface soil typical of the area, capable of supporting native plant growth. 1. Use existing stockpiled topsoil. 2. If amount of topsoil stockpiled is less than amount necessary for the work, furnish all additional topsoil required. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Topsoiling and Finished Grading 0992-0187 02220-1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ROUGH GRADE REVIEW A. Rough grading reviewed by Owner. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Correct, adjust and/or repair rough graded areas. 1. Cut off mounds and ridges. 2. Fill gullies and depressions. 3. Perform other necessary repairs. 4. Bring all sub-grades to specified contours, even and properly compacted. B. Loosen surface to depth of 2 IN, minimum. C. Remove all stones and debris over 2 IN in any dimension. 3.3 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Do not place topsoil when subgrade is either wet or frozen enough to cause clodding. B. Spread topsoil to compacted depth of 4 IN for all disturbed earth areas. C. Make finished surface free of stones, sticks, or other material 1 IN or more in any dimension. D. Make finished surface smooth and true to required grades. E, Restore areas occupied by stockpiles to condition of rest of finished work. 3.4 ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of topsoiling, obtain Owner's acceptance of grade and surface. B. Make test holes where directed, to verify proper placement and thickness of topsoil. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Topsoiling and Finished Grading 0992-0187 02220-2 SECTION 02250 - POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)-COATED CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all PVC- coated chain link fence and gates as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Chain Link Manufacturers Institute's "Standard Guide for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) -- Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric" except as otherwise indicated. B. Reference standards: 1. ASTM A90/A90M - Test for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc Alloy Coatings 2. ASTM A370 - Mechanical Testing of Steel Products 3. ASTM D1499 - Practice for Operation Light-and Water-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc-Type) for Exposure of Plastics 4. ASTM D1729 - Visual Evaluation of Color Differences of Opaque Materials 5. ASTM F668 -- Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric 6. ASTM F934 - Standard Colors for Polymer Coated Chain Link Fence Materials. 7. ASTM F1043 - Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework 8. ASTM F1664 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)- Coated Steel Tension Wire Used with Chain Link-Fence 9. ASTM F1665 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)- Coated Steel Barbed Wire Used with Chain Link-Fence 10. ASTM G23 - Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon- Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 11. ASTM G26 - Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Xenon-Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials C. Installer qualifications: Skilled and experienced mechanics. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Wa PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 0992-0187 02250-1 D. Comply with National Electric Code or code of local agency having jurisdiction. If conflict occurs between these codes, the more stringent shall be adopted. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300. B. In shop drawings include fence layouts, post locations, gates, details illustrating fence height, location and sizes of posts, rails, braces, footings, hardware list and erection procedures. C. All material is subject to testing. Submit mill certificates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Furnish and erect fence and gates of the types designated, in reasonable close conformance with lines and grades as shown on the plans or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Provide a rigid, taut fence. B. Provide fence produced by one manufacturer. C. Provide fence and gate(s) 6.0 FT overall in height with a fabric height of 6.0 FT. D. Gates: Double rolling gate shall be provided with 24 Ft clear opening. E. Use only new materials. Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes. Roll form section sizes are nominal outside dimensions. Steel "H" section sizes are outside dimensions. Open seam material not allowed. F. The material for fence fittings shall be manufactured and coated to meet the requirements of Specification F626. G. Manufacture: Class 1 PVC-coated wire shall have the PVC coating extruded onto wire that is zinc-coated or zinc-5% aluminum alloy coated by the hot-dip method, zinc coated by the electrolytic process or aluminum-coated by the hot-dip method. 2. Class 2a PVC-coated wire shall have the PVC coating extruded and adhered to wire that is zinc-coated or zinc-5% aluminum alloy coated by the hot-dip method, zinc coated by the electrolytic process or aluminum- coated by the hot-dip method. 3. Class 2b PVC-coated wire shall have the PVC coating fused and adhered to a primer that is thermally cured onto wire that is zinc-coated or zinc-5% aluminum alloy coated by the hot-dip method, zinc-coated by the electrolytic process, or aluminum-coated by the hot-dip method. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 0992-0187 02250-2 H. Use only one width fabric, unless modified on the plans. Chain link fabric: Provide woven 2 IN mesh of No. 9 gage (0.148 IN) copper- bearing steel wire, galvanized after fabrication. Minimum tensile strength of wire, 90,000 psi after galvanizing. Chain link fabric: Provide. woven 2 IN mesh No. 9 gage (0.148 IN) copper- bearing steel wire, hot-dipped aluminum-coated before weaving. K. Steel line posts: Provide 2.375 IN o.d.pipe weighing 3.65 LBS per lineal FT. Provide posts of sufficient length to permit 36 IN to be set in concrete footing. L. Steel top rail: Provide 1.660 IN o.d.pipe weighing 2.27 LBS per lineal FT or 1.625 x 1.25 IN x 1.35 LB/Ft roll form section. Fit rails with expansion couplings of outside sleeve type. Rails continuous for outside sleeve type for full length of fence. M. Steel terminal, corner and pull posts, referred to herein as terminal posts: Install 2.875 IN o.d.pipe weighing not less than 5.79 LBS per lineal FT. Provide posts of sufficient length to permit 36 IN to be set in concrete footing. N. Post braces: Provide for each gate corner, pull, and terminal post, and first adjacent line post. Provide 1.660 IN o.d.pipe weighing not less than 2.27 LBS per lineal FT. 0. Gate posts: Install round steel pipe not less than size and weight given below: 4 IN o.d.weighing 9.10 LB/FT. P. Tension (stretcher) bars: Provide 1/4 IN x 3/4 IN minimum steel bar. Install one piece for full height of fabric. Q. Ties and clips: Provide either No. 9 gage aluminum wire aluminum traps, for securing fabric to line posts and rails. Space bands not greater than 15 IN o.c.for attachment to line posts and 24 IN o.c.for top rail attachment. R. Post tops: Install steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, designed as weathertight closure cap, one cap per post. S. PVC Coating: The thickness of the PVC-coating shall be a minimum of 0.015 inches and a maximum of 0.025 inches for Class 1 and Class 2a material. The thickness of the PVC-coating shall be a minimum of 0.006 inches and a maximum of 0.010 inches for Class 2b material. The PVC coating shall not be cracked or peeling from the metallic-coated steel wire. T. Color of PVC Coating: The PVC coating shall be black in color, and meet ASTM Specification F 934 for standard colors and testing method D1499. U. Bottom tension wire: when specified, install marvelled (spiralled or crimped) No. 7 gage (0.177 IN) aluminum-coated, steel wire with 0.40 OZ per SQ FT of uncoated wire surface. Attach to fence fabric at 24 IN o.c.;with No. 11 gage galvanized steel hog rings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 0992-0187 02250-3 V. Concrete: Furnish portland cement complying with ASTM C150 Type I aggregates complying with ASTM C33. Use clean water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2500 psi. Use not less than 4 sacks of cement per CU YD, 1 IN maximum size aggregate, 3 IN minimum slump, and 2 to 4 percent entrained air. W. Swing Type Gates: Gates to be swing type complete with latches, stops, keepers, hinges, with provisions for three strands of barbed wire above the fabric. 1. Gate frames: Tubular members assembled with fittings. Frame not less than 1.90 IN o.d.and steel pipe weighing not less than 2.72 LB/FT. When barbed wire top is specified, extend the end members of the gate frames 1 FT above the top horizontal member to which 3 strands of barbed wire, uniformly spaced and attach with bands, clips or hooked bolts. a. Truss rods; 5/16 IN minimum nominal diameter to prevent sag or twist. b. Gate leaves: Space vertical intermediate bracing so that no members are more than 8 FT apart. Brace gate leaves 10 FT or over with a horizontal brace or one 5/16 IN minimum diagonal truss rod. 2. Hinges: Install pressed or forged steel or malleable iron to suite gate size, of non-lift-off heavy duty type, offset to permit 180 degree gate opening. Provide 1-1/2 pair for each leaf over 6 FT nominal height. 3. Latches for single and double gates: Install heavy duty automatically engaging, lockable latch. Latches for double gates with automatic engaging lockable latch on one leaf and drop rod type latch on other leaf. Furnish drop rod complete with suitable casting set in concrete to hold gate leaf in place when drop rod is engaged. 4. Keepers: Provide keepers for all gages to automatically engage gate leaf and hold it in open position until manually released. X. Double Rolling Gates 1. Provide rolling gates with materials as specified in the following paragraphs. 2. Gate frames: Tubular members assembled with fittings. Frame not less than 1.90 IN o.d.and steel pipe weighing not less than 2.72 LB/FT. a. Truss rods; 5/16 IN minimum nominal diameter to prevent sag or twist. b. Gate leaves: Space vertical intermediate bracing so that no members are more than 8 FT apart. Brace gate leaves 10 FT or over with a horizontal brace or one 5/16 IN minimum diagonal truss rod. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 0992-0187 02250-4 C. All steel parts to be galvanized and PVC coated. 3. Weld members together forming rigid one-piece frame integral with top track. Provide two truck assemblies with each gate leaf. 4. Each rolling gate shall have one gate leaf, covering 12 feet of the opening. Each 12 foot leaf shall have a cantilever support overhang of 6'- 011 . 5. The chain link fence fabric shall be installed with hook bolts and tension bars on all four sides. The fabric shall be attached to the gate frame at the spacing of no more than 15 inches on center. 6. Top Track Rail. Enclosed combination one-piece track and rail withstanding a reaction load of 2,000 pounds. 7. Truck Assembly. Swivel type, zinc die cast, with four sealed lubricant ballbearing rollers, 2 inches in diameter by 9/16 inch in width, and two side rolling wheels to ensure truck alignment in track. Mount trucks on post brackets using 7/8 inch diameter ball bolts with 1/2 inch shank. Design truck assembly to withstand same reaction load as track. 8. Gate Hangers, Latches, Brackets, Guide Assemblies and Stops. Malleable iron or steel, galvanized and black PVC coated after fabrication. Provide positive latch with provisions for padlocking. 9. Bottom Guide Wheel Assemblies. Each assembly shall consist of two, 4 inch diameter rubber wheels, straddling bottom horizontal gate rail, allowing adjustment to maintain gate frame plumb and in proper alignment. Attach one assembly to each guide post. 10. Gate Posts. Galvanized steel 4 inch OD Schedule 40 pipe, black PVC coated. Provide one latch post and two support posts for single-slide gates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify suitability of areas to accept installation. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility for performance. 3.2 ERECTION A. Do not start fence installation before final grading is complete and finish elevations are established. B. Install fence in true and correct alignment with posts vertical. C. Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil, not less than 3 IN deeper than bottom of posts. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 0992-0187 02250-5 D. Set all posts in concrete footings with crowned, steel troweled tops of following minimum dimensions: 1. For line posts: 10 IN diameter. 2. For all other posts up to 6 IN diameter: 12 IN diameter. 3. For posts over 6 In diameter: 18 IN diameter by 48 IN deep. E. Install fence tight, free of sags and bulges. F. Place fence with bottom edge of fabric 1 IN above grade. Correct minor irregularities in earth to maintain maximum 2 IN clearance. G. Space line posts at equal intervals not exceeding 10 fT on center. H. Install terminal posts at ends of runs, changes in bracing assemblies between terminal posts and line posts adjacent to terminal posts. 1. Provide expansion couplings in top rails at not more than 20 FT fittings. J. Anchor top rails to main posts with appropriate wrought or malleable fittings. K. Install bracing assemblies at all end and gate posts and both sides and corner and pull posts. 1. Locate compression members at mid-height of fabric. 2. Extend diagonal tension members from compression members to bases of posts. 3. Install so that posts are plumb when under correct tension. L. Pull fabric taut and secure to posts and rails. 1. Install fabric on outside of fence. 2. Secure so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. 3. Secure to posts at not over 15 IN on center, and to rails at not over 24 IN on center, and to tension wire at not over 24 IN on center. 4. Use U-shaped wire conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least 2 full turns. 5. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazards to persons or clothing. M. Construct gate frames with heavy wrought or malleable fittings or by welding, to produce rigid and weatherproof joints and rigid nonsagging, nontwisting gate. 1. Coat weld with a suitable rust preventive paint. Color to match pipe. 2. Use fabric same as fence fabric, similarly attached. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 0992-0187 02250-6 N. Remove and replace all damaged improperly installed fencing components to satisfaction of Owner's Project Representative at no additional expense to Owner. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 0992-0187 02250-7 SECTION 02281 - SOIL TREATMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes engaging a professional pest control operator, licensed in the State of Florida, to provide and apply soil treatment as specified. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit certification of compliance with the specifications and application instructions. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, filling and grading operations are completed, except as otherwise required in construction operations. B. To insure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to excessively wet soils or during inclement weather. 1.4 GUARANTEE A. Provide guarantee for a period of 5-years, signed by the Applicator and the Contractor. B. Provide two copies of written guarantee certifying that the soil poisoning treatment will prevent the attack by subterranean termites, and that, if subterranean termite activity is discovered during the guarantee period, the Contractor will retreat the soil and also repair damage caused by termite infestation at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide water-based emulsion specially formulated to prevent infestation by termites; fuel oil will not be permitted. Provide a working solution of one of the following chemical elements and concentrations. 1. Organophosphate: Chlorpyrifus @ 42% Inert ingredients @ 58% 2. Mix: 2 gal. of chemical/100 gal. water B. Other solutions may be used as recommended by Applicator and if acceptable to the Engineer. Provide only soil treatment solutions which are not injurious to plantings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Soil Treatment 0992-0187 02281-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which soil treatment for termite control is to be applied. If conditions are detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work, do not proceed with the work until conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Applicator. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Surface Preparation. Remove foreign matter which could decrease effectiveness of treatment on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. Toxicants may be applied before placement of compacted fills under slabs, if acceptable to the Engineer. B. Application Rates. Apply soil treatment solution as follows: 1. Within building area, with or without slabs-on-grade, at the rate of one gal. per 10 sq. ft. 2. Under foundations and footings, including horizontal and vertical surface of excavations, at the rate of one gal. per 10 sq. ft. 3. Outside building perimeter in a strip at least 2-feet wide and under aprons, pads, or paved extensions, at a rate of one gal. per 5 sq. ft. 4. In absorbent soil or fill (sand, sand and gravel mix, etc.) increase the application rate to 1-1/2 gal. per sq, ft. where one gal. to 10 sq. ft. is specified. 5. At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be penetrated, at the rate of two gals. per 5 lin. ft. of penetration. 6. At hollow masonry foundations or grade beams, treat the voids at the rate of one gal. per 5 lin. ft. poured directly into the hollow spaces. C. Allow not less than 12-hours for drying after application before beginning concrete placement or other construction activities. D. Post signs in the areas of application warning workers that soil poisoning has been applied. Remove signs when areas are covered by other construction. E. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation or other construction activities following application. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Soil Treatment 02281-2 SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1. Cast-in-place concrete includes, but may not be limited to the following: a. Foundations and footings. b. Slabs-on-grade. C. Walls. d. Elevated slabs. e. Equipment pads and bases. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, dry-shake finish materials, and others if requested by Engineer. 2. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing concrete reinforcement. Shop drawings to show proposed location of all construction joints. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures. Engineer's review is for general compliance only. The Contractor will be responsible for size, number and lengths of reinforcing. 3. Shop drawings for formwork indicating fabrication and erection of forms for specific finished concrete surfaces. Show form construction including jointing, special form joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement, and other items that affect exposed concrete visually. Engineer's review is for general applications and features only. Designing formwork for structural stability and efficiency is Contractor's responsibility 4. The testing laboratory shall submit three copies of results of concrete cylinder tests to Engineer together with one copy each to Owner, Contractor, and Concrete Supplier. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Cast-in-Place Concrete 0992-0187 03300-1 5. Ready-mixed concrete delivered shall be accompanied by delivery tickets showing the following: a. Date and time leaving the plant b. Type of cement and weight c. Quantity of water and time added d. Aggregate moisture correction factor e. Admixtures and weight f. Site arrival time g. Site leaving time h. Type of fly ash and weight 6. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test. Contractor shall submit three (3) copies. 7. Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports when permitted by Engineer. Material certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification requirements. 8. Hot weather and cold weather concreting plan shall include curing method and specific curing plan, ready mixed supplier plan, contingency plans, and materials list as a minimum. All hot weather plans shall meet requirements of ACI 305. All cold weather plans shall meet requirements of ACI 306. 9. A pouring plan will be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for approval showing the location of all construction joints and sawed contraction joints. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the latest revision of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 211 "Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete." 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 4. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork." 5. ACI 350 "Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures." 6. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." 7. ASTM C 94 Standard Specifications for Ready-Mix Concrete 8. Florida State Building Code 9. ACI 305 and 306 B. Concrete Testing Service: Owner will engage a testing agency to perform material evaluation tests. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-2 C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Any retesting of rejected materials for installed Work shall be done at Contractor's expense. D. Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work, and availability of materials. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for materials inspection, testing, and certifications. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend conference, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Contractor's superintendent. 2. Agency responsible for concrete design mixes. 3. Agency responsible for field quality control. 4. Ready-mix concrete producer. 5. Concrete subcontractor. 6. Primary admixture manufacturers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form) Plywood," Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill-oiled and edge-sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark. C. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. D. Forms for Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, or paper or fiber tubes that will produce smooth surfaces without joint indications. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist wet concrete loads without deformation. E. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal form ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. G. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch and no smaller than Y2 inch in diameter in the concrete surface. Form ties for exposed concrete shall be of the cone-washer type. The cones shall be made of approved wood or plastic. Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-3 integral waterstop that is tightly welded to the tie. Common wire will not be allowed for form ties. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 deformed. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications. E. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. F. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2). 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F 1. Use one brand of cement and fly ash throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. 2.4 WATER A. Mixing water shall meet specified requirements of ASTM C 94-00, Section 5. 2.5 ADMIXTURES, GENERAL Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Monex Air or Monex NVR, Monex Resources, Inc. b. Air-Tite, Cormix Construction Chemicals. C. Air-Mix or Perma-Air, Euclid Chemical Co. d. Darex AEA or Daravair, W.R. Grace & Co. e. MB-VR or Micro-Air, Master Builders, Inc. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-4 f. Sealtight AEA, W.R. Meadows, Inc. g. Sika AER, Sika Corp. B. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A or D. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following a. Monex Resources, Inc b. Chemtard, ChemMasters Corp. C. PSI N, Cormix Construction Chemicals. d. Eucon WR-75, Euclid Chemical Co. e. WRDA, W.R. Grace & Co. f. Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. g. Metco W.R., Metalcrete Industries. h. Prokrete-N, Prokrete Industries. i. Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp. C. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Monex SP or Mighty RD, Monex Resources, Inc. b. Super P, Anti-Hydra Company, Inc. C. Eucon 37, Euclid Chemical Company, d. WRDA 19 or Daracem, W.R. Grace and Company. e. Rheobuild or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. f. Superslump, Metalcrete Industries. g. PSP, Prokrete Industries h. Sikament 300, Sika Corp. 2.6 CALCIUM CHLORIDE A. The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted. 2.7 RELATED MATERIALS A. Reglets: Where sheet flashing or bituminous membranes are terminated in reglets, provide reglets of not less than 0.0217- inch-thick galvanized sheet steel. Fill reglet or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. B. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized sheet steel, not less than 0.0336 inch thick with bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. C. Waterstops: Provide ribbed or dumbbell-type waterstops at construction joints exposed to water pressure, including groundwater pressure, and other joints as indicated. Provide ribbed or dumbbell type with centerbulb waterstops at expansion joints. In general waterstops shall be 9" wide. Install 6" wide waterstops at intersections with reinforced sections with 3" of clear cover. All waterstops shall be a minimum of 3/8" thick. All waterstops shall be provided with either metal grommets or intergal tie wires located along the top and bottom Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 0992-0187 03300-5 of the waterstop spaced at 12". Other styles or sizes of waterstops may be considered based on their specific application. D. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops: Corps of Engineers CRD-C 572. 1, Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BoMetals, Inc. b. The Burke Co. C. Greenstreak Plastic Products Co. d. Meadows, Inc. e. Progress Unlimited, f. Schlegel Corp. g. Vinylex Corp. E. Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand. F. Vapor Retarder: Provide vapor retarder that is resistant to deterioration when tested according to ASTM E 154, as follows: 1. Polyethylene sheet not less than 8 mils thick. G. Water-resistant barrier consisting of heavy kraft papers laminated together with glass-fiber reinforcement and overcoated with black polyethylene on each side. H, Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. 1. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. 1. Waterproof paper. 2. Polyethylene film. 3. Polyethylene-coated burlap. J. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a, Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co. b. Spec-Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. C. Resi-Bond (J-58), Dayton Superior. d. Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co. e. Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc. f. Epabond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. g. Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc. h. Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc. i. Metco Hi-Mod Epoxy, Metalcrete Industries. j. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, Sika Corp, Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 0992-0187 03300-6 k. Stonset LV5, Stonhard, Inc. 1. Series, Symons Corp. 2.8 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301, ACI 211, and ACI 350. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to the Owner for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. B. Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing. C. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 25 percent of the total cementitious content by weight. Fly ash shall be used either as an admixture or as a partial cement replacement. Fly ash may be used in all structural concrete. D. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Engineer. 2.9 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS Design mixes to provide concrete with the following properties as indicated on schedules: CLASS 7 DAY 28 DAY Structural 2670 4000 Non-Structural 2000 3000 Structural, High Density 3000 4500 2.10 STRUCTURAL HIGH DENSITY CONCRETE MAXIMUM MINIMUM WATER/CEMENT CEMENT RATIO CONTENT LBS/CY) 0.44 564 0.50 470 0.40 650 A. Structural, High Density Concrete shall be used in all structures where concrete is intended to be watertight in service. 2.11 SLUMP LIMITS Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: A. Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. B. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches. C. Concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not more than 8 inches after adding admixture to site-verified 2 - 3 inch slump concrete. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Cast-/n-Place Concrete 03300-7 2.12 CONCRETE MIX ADJUSTMENTS A. Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in Work. 2.13 ADMIXTURES A. Use high-range water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with water-cement ratios below 0.50. B. Use air-entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content of 5% with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.0 percent. 2.14 READY-MIXED CONCRETE Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. A. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 2.15 WATERPROOFING A. Provide below-grade surface applied waterproofing. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Sonneborn 128 Spray Mastic or Semi-Mastic. b. Thoroseal/Acryl60. 2.16 CRACK INJECTION MATERIALS A. Hydrophilic Resin: Hydrophilic resin shall be an acrylic-ester based resin with a maximum viscosity of 50 cps. It shall cure into a flexible rubber-like material that has the potential for unrestrained increase in volume in excess of 100 percent in the presence of water. 2. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Duroseal Inject, as manufactured by BBZ USA, Inc. b. Sika Injection 29, by Sika Corporation. C. Or equal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 0992-0187 03300-8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL. A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder/barrier, and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. B. FORMS General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits: a. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. b. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. C. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal. E. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. F. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. Chamfer edges to be s/" unless otherwise approved by Owner. G. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. H. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section Iva Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-9 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. B. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. C. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Engineer. E. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. F. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.3 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer. B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. D. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install waterstops to form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field-fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's printed instructions. E. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-grade at points of contact between slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. F. Joint fillers and sealants shall be as follows: Joint Fillers a. Self-expanding Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type III. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-10 b. Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type II. C. Sponge Rubber Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type I. d. Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Performed strips complying with ASTM D 1751: Granulated cork with asphalt binder encased between 2 layers of saturated felt of glass-fiber felt of width and thickness indicated. 2. Joint Sealers shall be appropriate for their intended use and installations. Follow manufactures instruction for use and installation. All joint sealants shall be in accordance with ACI 504R. 3.4 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. B. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. 3.5 PREPARING FORM SURFACES A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, non-residual, low- VOC, form-coating compound before placing reinforcement. B. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. C. Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative material. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-11 D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. . E. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. F. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. A spare vibrator will be on-site for emergency use at all times. G. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints or expansion joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. H. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. K. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. L. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F) at point of placement. M. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. N. Do not use salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. Calcium chloride will not be allowed. 0. Hot-Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified. P. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to be in accordance with ACI. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 0992-0187 03300-12 ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Ice can not be used to replace more than half of the design total water content. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. Q. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. R. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. S. Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Engineer. 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form-facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. Finish shall be a Class C in accordance with ACI 347. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: Provide a smooth-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting, or another similar system. This is an as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. Finish shall be a Class A in accordance with ACI 347. C. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Provide grout-cleaned finish on scheduled concrete surfaces that have received smooth-formed finish treatment. Combine one part portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand by volume, and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene-based bonding admixture and water to form the consistency of thick paint. Blend standard portland cement and white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so that final color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. 2. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces, apply grout to coat surfaces, and fill small holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean burlap. Keep damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours after rubbing. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike-off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. E. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 0992-0187 03300-13 elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo; and where indicated. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both, Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 25 (floor flatness) and F(L) 20 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Class of surface shall be a class C surface in accordance with 347 R. F. Non-slip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip light broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with the Owner before application. G. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. All grout shall be non-shrinking. H. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated. items. Cast-in safety inserts and accessories as shown on drawings. Screed, tamp, and non-slip broom concrete surfaces. K. Below Grade Concrete: Waterproof the exterior (grade) side of tank and building walls. Prepare surface based upon manufacturers recommendations. Material may be spray, brush or roller applied. Conform to manufacturers recommendations for chosen application. 3.8 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation- control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-14 B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Keep continuously moist for not less than 14 days as required due to weather. C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moist curing, by moisture-retaining cover curing, or by combining these methods, as specified. Provide moisture curing by the following methods: a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. b. Use continuous water-fog spray. C. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Provide moisture-retaining cover curing as follows a. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. As soon as initial set has occurred, place a soil soaker hose along the tops of all walls to keep concrete forms wet during the curing period.. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable, for the remainder of the curing period. If forms are removed before the end of the curing period, then the concrete shall be continuously moist for the remainder of the curing period by fog spraying or covering with moist burlap. 4. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method. 5. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture- retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 3.9 SHORES AND SUPPORTS A. General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring in multistory construction, and as specified. B. Extend shoring from ground to roof for structures four stories or less, unless otherwise permitted. C. Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without excessive stress or deflection. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-15 D. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, if required, until concrete has attained its required 28-day strength and heavy loads due to construction operations have been removed. 3.10 REMOVING FORMS A. Formwork, such as beam soffits, joists, walls, and other structural elements, may not be removed until concrete has attained at least seventy percent (70%) of design minimum compressive strength at 28 days. No earth loads or live loads will be structurally placed against or on any poured structurally reinforced concrete until the concrete has reached its 28 day compressive strength or otherwise approved by the Engineer. Determine potential compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing field-cured specimens representative of concrete location or members. B. Form-facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form-facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. 3.11 REUSING FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-coating compound as specified for new formwork. B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to Engineer. 3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Engineer. B. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. C. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 0992-0187 03300-16 E. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. F. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. G. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer. H. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. Additional repair of concrete cracks in formed and unformed surfaces: All concrete for liquid retaining structures, elevated slabs subject to rainfall and washdown, below grade members and all concrete in contact with earth, water or exposed directly to the elements shall be watertight. All leaks through concrete that exhibit any dampness or flowing water and any cracks, holes or other defective concrete in areas of potential leakage, shall be repaired and made watertight by CONTRACTOR. Where it is not possible to verify that a crack is not leaking, it shall be repaired. Determination of leakage and / or dampness shall be made by Engineer. Repair, removal, and replacement of defective concrete as directed by ENGINEER shall be at no additional cost to the OWNER, Method of Repair: Cracks shall be pressure grouted using hydrophilic resin. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 3.13 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. General: The Contractor will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to submit test reports. The testing agency shall be approved by the Owner. Any retesting due to non-acceptable work or materials shall be at the Contractors expense. S. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include the following, as directed by Engineer. C. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. D. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each compressive strength test; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed or as directed by the Engineer. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 0992-0187 03300-17 E. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each compressive strength test. F. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below, when 90 deg F and above, and one test for each set of compressive-strength specimens. G. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are required. H. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25 cu. yd. of each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 1. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. J. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. K. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, ready-mix producer, and Owner within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. M. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. N. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Engineer. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. These additional tests shall be at the Contractor's expense. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Cast-In-Place Concrete 0992-0187 03300-18 3.14 TEST FOR WATERTIGHTNESS (HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES) A. All concrete tanks designed to contain liquid shall be tested for water tightness in . accordance with Section 01650 - "Testing Laboratory Services". END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-19 SECTION 03360 - CIRCULAR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and material and performing all operations necessary for the construction of a single 5 MG pre-stressed concrete water storage tank, with 140 ft. diameter and 43'-5" SWD, as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The entire tank, including all portions of the floor, wall and roof shall be designed and built by the tank contractor, using its own trained personnel and equipment. B. Qualifications and Experience. The Tank Contractor shall have the following qualifications and experience: Shall be a firm specializing in the design and construction of wire-wound circular prestressed composite tanks; shall have had at least ten years experience in this specialty; and shall give satisfactory evidence that it has the skill, reliability, and financial stability to build and guarantee the tank in accordance with the quality required by these specifications; and be presently responsible for, a minimum of five prestressed composite circular tanks of comparable size now giving satisfactory service. 2. The tank contractor shall have on its staff a full-time structural engineer, registered in the State of Florida, who shall have no less than ten years experience in the design and field construction of circular prestressed composite tanks, and who shall be in responsible engineering charge of the work to be done. All working drawings and design calculations shall carry the seal of such a registered structural professional engineer. C. Available Tank Contractors. Subject to compliance with requirements, Tank Contractors offering products which may be incorporated in the work are limited to the following: 1. Crom Corporation, Gainesville, Florida 2. Precon Corporation, Newberg, Florida 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Design Analysis and Drawings. After award of the contract, the tank contractor shall submit complete design analyses, working drawings and details of the structure signed and sealed by a registered Florida Professional Engineer per paragraph 1.2, B. 2. Such drawings shall include details, influent and effluent pipes, plan and elevation details of the tank proposed for erection. In addition, upon request, the Contractor shall provide complete signed and sealed calculations upon which his drawings are based. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank 0992-0187 03360-1 B. Upon completion of construction, the tank contractor shall submit one set of signed and sealed record drawings to the Owner. Record drawings shall note any deviations from the design drawings. 1.4 WARRANTY A. The tank contractor shall guarantee workmanship and materials on the complete structural portion of the tank for a five-year period from date of acceptance of the work. In case leakage or other defects appear within the five-year period, the Tank Contractor shall promptly repair the tank at its own expense upon written notice by the Owner that such defects have been found. Leakage is defined as a stream flow of liquid appearing on the exterior of the tank, the source of which is from the inside of the tank. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete B. 1. Compressive Strength f, 4000 psi at 28 days Shotcrete 4000 psi or greater at 28 days 0.45 f 9 C D 1. Compressive Strength f`9 2. Allowable Compressive Stress fg 3. Allowable Compressive Stress Due to Initial Prestressing Force fg; Prestressing Wire 1. Wire Size Diameter 2. Working Stress, Wall 3. Working Stress, Dome Ring 4. Allowable Tensile Stress Before Losses 5. Ultimate Tensile Strength .50 fg; or less, with a maximum of 2250 psi (where fg; is defined as compressive strength at time initial prestressing force is applied) 0.162-inch (8 gauge) or larger, but no larger than 0.250-inch fg 115,000 psi fs 120,000 psi fs; 145,600 psi or no greater than 0.70 fs f, 231,000 psi or greater Reinforcing Steel 1. Allowable Tensile Stress 2. Yield Strength f$ 18,000 psi f,, 60,000 psi Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section iVa Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank 0992-0187 03360-2 2.2 TANK CONSTRUCTION A. Floor. Concrete membrane floors (4-inches thick minimum) shall have a minimum thickness of 8-inches of concrete over all pipe encasements and sumps. The minimum percentage (0.60%) of reinforcing steel applies to these thickened sections and shall extend a minimum of 2-feet into the adjacent membrane floor. 1. The tank contractor shall be responsible to design and provide a sufficiently thick reinforced floor slab, including the foundation slab beneath the walls for the vertical loading. 2. Floors shall be vibratory screeded to effect consolidation of concrete and proper encasement of floor reinforcing steel. 3. Floors shall be continuously water cured until tank construction is completed. B. Core Wall. The core wall shall be constructed of shotcrete, encasing a continuous steel diaphragm without horizontal splices. 1. The thickness of the core wall shall be calculated so as to accept the initial compressive forces applied by prestressing, backfill, and other applicable loads. The wall may taper uniformly on the outside face from top to bottom as required by design computations. In no case shall the core wall be less than 3'/2-inches thick. Horizontal sections of the wall shall form true circles without flats, excessive bumps or hollows. 2. To compensate for bending moments and for shrinkage, differential drying and temperature stresses, the following reinforcing steel shall be incorporated in the core wall: a. The top 2 feet of core wall shall have not less than 1 percent circumferential reinforcing. b. The bottom 3 feet of core wall shall have not less than 1 percent circumferential reinforcing. C. Inside Face: 1. Minimum of 26 gage continuous steel shell diaphragm without horizontal splices. 2. Additional vertical and horizontal reinforcing steel bars as required by design computations. d. Outside Face: 1. Vertical reinforcing steel; minimum of #4 bars at 12- inches center to center. 2. Additional vertical and horizontal reinforcing steel bars as required by design computations. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank 0992-0187 03360-3 C. Steel Shell Diaphragm. A minimum 26 gage steel tank shell, complying with ASTM A-1008 shall be used within and throughout the core wall providing a positive waterstop. The steel shell diaphragm shall be encased and protected with shotcrete no less than one-inch thick at all places. The steel shell is to be so formed and erected that a mechanical key between shotcrete and diaphragm will be created. The sheets of steel diaphragm shall be continuous from top to bottom of wall; horizontal joints or splices will not be permitted. All vertical joints in the diaphragm shall be sealed watertight by mechanical crimping and epoxy injection. This epoxy injection shall be carried out from bottom of wall to top of wall, using pressure pumping procedure; after the steel shell has been fully encased, inside and outside, with shotcrete. The epoxy sealant shall be suitable for bonding to concrete, shotcrete and steel. The sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 881, Type III, Grade 1, and shall be 100 percent solids, moisture insensitive, low modulus epoxy system. When pumped, maximum viscosity of the epoxy shall be 10 poises at 77 degrees F. 2. The steel shell design and its epoxy injection procedure (covered by U.S. Patent 5,150,551) shall have been used and proven satisfactory in the tanks required in the tank contractor's experience record. No nail or other holes shall be made in the steel shell for erection or other purposes except for inserting pipe sleeves, reinforcing steel, bolts, or other special appurtenances. Such penetrations shall be sealed with an approved epoxy sealant. D. Shotcrete. Wet mix and dry mix shotcrete shall be applied by experienced nozzlemen certified by American Concrete Institute (ACI) as outlined in ACI certification publication CP-60. Shotcrete mixes, measured by weight, shall be: a. First coat on steel shell diaphragm and prestressing wire: 1 part cement to 3 parts sand b. All other shotcrete: 1 part cement to 4 parts sand 2. Each shotcrete layer shall be broomed prior to final set to effect satisfactory bonding of the following layer. No shotcrete shall be applied to reinforcing steel or diaphragm that is encrusted with overspray. No less than '/-inch thick shotcrete shall separate reinforcing steel and prestressing wire. E. Horizontal Prestressing. Circumferential prestressing of the tank shall be achieved by the application of cold-drawn, high-carbon steel wire complying with ASTM A-821 Type B, placed under high tension. A substantial allowance shall be made for prestressing losses due to shrinkage and plastic flow in the shotcrete and due to relaxation in the prestressing steel. Placement of the prestressing steel wire shall be in a continuous and uniform helix of such pitch as to provide in each lineal foot of core wall height an initial force and unit compressive stress equivalent to that shown on the drawings. Splicing of the wire shall be permitted only when Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank 0992-0187 03360-4 completing the application of a full coil of wire, or when removing a defective section or wire. 2. Prestressing shall be accomplished by a machine capable of continuously inducing a uniform initial tension in the wire as it is positioned on the tank wall. Tension in the wire shall be generated by methods not dependent on cold working or redrawing of the wire. In determining compliance with design requirements, the aggregate force of all tensioned wires per foot of wall shall be considered rather than the force per individual wire, and such aggregate force shall be no less than that required by the drawings. No circumferential movement of the wire along the tank will be permitted during or after tensioning. Shotcrete shall be used to completely encase each individual wire, and protect it from corrosion. To facilitate this encasement, the clear space between adjacent wire is to be not less than one wire diameter. F. Measurement of Wire Stress. The tank contractor shall supply equipment at the construction site to measure tension in the wire after it is positioned on the tank wall. This stress measuring equipment shall include: electronic-direct reading stressometer (with accuracy to within 2%); calibrated dynamometers; test stand to field verify the accuracy of the stressometer. The initial tension in each wire shall be recorded. G. Exterior Covercoat. After circumferential prestressing wires have been placed, they shall be protected by encasement in shotcrete. This shotcrete encasement shall completely encapsulate each wire, and shall permanently bond the wire to the tank wall. The shotcrete cover shall have a thickness of no less than one- inch over the wire. When multiple layers of the wire are required, shotcrete cover between layers shall be no less than '/8-inch thick. H. Dome Roof. The dome roof shall be constructed of reinforced concrete, circumferentially prestressed. Dome shell reinforcement shall consist of reinforcing steel bars or welded wire fabric meeting ASTM A-185, not galvanized. Bolsters for wire fabric and reinforcing bars shall be plastic tipped. Wire ties shall be galvanized. The dome shall be designed as a free span, spherical thin shell, with a one-tenth rise. The dome ring girder shall be prestressed with sufficient wire to withstand the dome dead load and design live loads. The ring girder shall have a cross section suitable to accept the applied prestressing forces. All surfaces in the wall/dome ring girder joint shall be coated with an approved bonding epoxy. 2. The high water level in the tank shall be permitted to encroach on the dome shell no higher than the upper horizontal plane of the dome ring girder. Precast concrete overflows shall be installed on the dome roof in such numbers as will provide an overflow open area three times the area of the largest tank pipe. 3. The concrete dome roof shall be water cured until the dome ring girder is prestressed. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank 0992-0187 03360-5 4. The typical dome thickness and steel reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AWWA D110-04, Section 3.6.3., Thickness and reinforcement. In all cases, the thickness of the dome shall be no less than 3 inches. 5. The dome edge and upper wall shall be designed to resist the moments, thrusts, and shears that occur in this region due to dome and wall prestressing and loading conditions. The following design parameters shall be used: a. A determination of the buckle diameter shall be made, as defined by db = 2.5 • rd • td , rounded up to the next foot Where: db =buckle diameter in feet rd = dome radius in feet td =typical dome thickness in feet b. Dome edge thickening shall begin at a radial location on the dome, defined as S21 which is at least one buckle diameter away from the tank wall. C. A springline haunch shall be provided, which extends radially from the inside face of the tank wall to radial locations,, which is defined as: S, = 0.6 + 1.5 • rd • td, rounded up to the next foot This springline haunch shall begin at the inside face of the tank wall with a springline thickness as required by paragraph f. below and shall end at radial location s, with the following thickness: td, 1.33 * td Where: td, = minimum thickness at s, in feet td = typical dome thickness in feet at one buckle diameter from tank wall d. Beginning at s, and continuing to s,, the dome shell shall be a straight line taper. e. Parameters b., c., and d. above are not required for domes where the calculated typical dome thickness is less than 75 percent of the actual typical dome thickness. f. Sufficient concrete thickness at the springline of the dome shall be provided so that no more than 2 feet of the springline haunch is considered in calculating the effective dome edge ring cross Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank 0992-0187 03360-6 sectional area. Compressive stress in this area shall not exceed 1,000 psi when subjected to initial prestressing, offset by dead load only. 6. Dome Edge Steel Reinforcement a. Throughout the dome edge, the percentage of steel reinforcement, both radially and circumferentially, shall be no less than 0.25 percent of the gross cross sectional area of concrete. Along the dome edge, steel reinforcement shall be distributed between the upper and lower layers unless finite element analysis calculations indicate that tensile stress does not exist in the concrete along the bottom face of the dome edge. In that case, only top bars are required radially and circumferentially. In addition, radial and circumferential reinforcing bars will not be required along the bottom face of the dome edge where the calculated typical dome thickness is less than 75 percent of the actual typical dome thickness. Where reinforcing bars are required in the bottom layer, they shall be anchored near the tank wall to insure adequate development at the intersection between dome and wall. In all cases, the percentage of circumferential steel reinforcement in the first two feet of the dome edge shall be no less than one percent of the gross cross sectional area of concrete. e. Where bottom dome edge steel reinforcement is required, vertical steel reinforcement along the inside face of the tank wall shall be no less than 0.5 percent of the cross sectional area of wall shotcrete. Pipe Openings. Insofar as possible, all pipes shall pass into the tank through the floor slab. Under-floor piping shall be encased in concrete. When it is necessary for a pipe to pass through the tank wall, the invert of such pipe shall be no less than 18-inches above the floor slab, and the prestressing wires required at the pipe elevation shall be distributed above and below the opening, leaving an unbanded strip around the entire tank. Ordinarily, unbanded strips shall have a vertical dimension of no more than 36-inches. 2. A design analysis will be required for unbanded wall spaces having a vertical dimension greater than 36-inches. 3. All pipe sleeves passing through the wall shall be sealed to the steel sheet diaphragm by epoxy injection; after the sleeve and diaphragm have been encased in shotcrete. 4. Pipes passing through the floor slab for each tank shall consist of the following: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank 0992-0187 03360.7 a. 12" Inlet b. 18" Outlet 2.3 TANK ACCESSORIES A. The tank contractor shall furnish, install, and guarantee for five years the following tank accessories for each tank: 1. Wall Manhole (2) 316 Stainless steel frame, cover, and bolts 2. Exterior Ladder T-6061 aluminum with safety cage and gate as shown on the plans 3. Handrail with Toe board T-6061 aluminum as shown on the plans. 4. Roof Hatch and Cover All fiberglass with Type 316 stainless steel fasteners manufactured in strict accor- dance with Specifications for Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Products. 5. Roof Ventilator 6. Exterior Liquid Level Indicator Stainless steel and fiberglass materials as shown on the drawings and noted above. Stainless steel and fiberglass materials as shown on the drawings and noted above. 7. Precast Concrete Overflow (4) 8. 8" Dome Probe Curb (1) 9. Vortex Plate at Tank Outlet (1) 10. Parapet Wall PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION CLEARANCE Precast concrete with 24x24 mesh FRP insect screen in opening. Precast concrete 304 SS plate, fasteners and threaded rods Cast-in-place concrete A. In order to allow for proper application of shotcrete and prestressing wire, a level and unobstructed construction area no less than 15-feet wide shall be provided around the circumference of each tank at sub-floor elevation. B. Excavation. Excavation shall be made around the structures as shown on the drawings and as specified in Section 02200 - Earthwork. 3.2 EXCAVATION AND REFILL A. If encountered, the contractor shall remove any unsuitable soils at the location of the proposed storage tank and refill with clean structural fill, compacted as specified in Section 02200. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank 0992-0187 03360-8 3.3 FILLING AND TESTING A. The contractor shall be responsible for filling the ground storage tank to the overflow level and testing for leaks. Reclaimed or potable water shall be made available for the contractor's use by the Owner. The contractor shall be responsible for all piping, valves, fittings and pumps required to fill the tank. 3.4 PAINTING A. Contractor shall paint the outside surface of the tank wall and roof dome with colors to be selected by the Owner. The paint schedule is as follows: 1. Finish: Two coats Tnemec Series 156. 2. Paint shall be applied as specified in Section 09900. 3.5 DISINFECTION A. Each tank shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C652 for potable water storage tanks. B. After completion of cleaning, each tank shall be disinfected in accordance with chlorination method requirements of AWWA C652 (Chlorination Method 3). C. After completion of disinfecting, samples shall be collected in sterile containers and submitted to an approved laboratory for bacteriological testing. Sampling and testing shall be continued until satisfactory results are obtained on two consecutive days. D. Chlorinated water shall be disposed of in a manner that will not harm the environment. Approval by the Owner must be obtained before heavily chlorinated water is discharged to the sanitary sewer at a specified allowable discharge rate. Heavily chlorinated water must be neutralized in a separate vessel or pipe prior to being discharged to the wastewater treatment plant or to a drainage way. One of the chemicals listed in AWWA C651 Appendix B, or C652 Appendix A, shall be used for neutralization. 3.6 CLEAN-UP A. Clean project site of litter and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas to a broom-clean condition; remove stains, petrochemical spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds which are neither planted nor paved, to a smooth, even- textured surface. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Circular Prestressed Concrete Tank 0992-0187 03360-9 SECTION 03600 - GROUTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes grouting of equipment bases; and such locations as shown on the Drawings and as specified. B. The types of grouting include the following: 1. Portland Cement Grout 2. Non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout 1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE" A. Prevent damage to or contamination of grouting materials during delivery, handling and storage. B. Store all grouting materials in undamaged condition with seals and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PREMIXED GROUTS A. Portland Cement Grout 1. (For grouting CMU cells and similar items - f c=3000 psi minimum) a. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I b. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate C. Water: Portable d. Pea Gravel: ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate, graded so that at least 90% passes 3/8-inch sieve and 90% is retained by a number 4 sieve. 2. (Grout Mortar for use as fillets and leveling) a. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I b. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate (Marson's sand) C. Water: Potable d. Mix 1-part Portland cement to 3-parts sand. B. Pre-Mixed non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout (Nonmetallic) 1. Non-shrink grout as shown on the Drawings shall be a mixture of selected silica sands, Portland cement, water reducing agents, plasticizing and shrinkage compensating agents. Grout shall be nonmetallic non- corrosive, non-staining and comply with CRD-C-588, Type D. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Grouting 0992-0187 03600-1 2. The grout shall be non-shrink in accordance with ASTM C827, ASTM C191, and ASTM C109. The water-grout ratio shall be approximately 8 to 10 quarts of water per cubic foot of grout adjustable for varying job conditions. 3. Grout shall not contain calcium chloride or other salt; aluminum or other metals; chemical additives, gypsum or expansive cements. Grout shall not expand after set. 4. Grout shall be used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Subject to compliance with requirements provide from the following: a. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. - Crystex b. Grout Corp, - Five Star Non-shrink Grout or equivalent 2.2 NONSHRINK GROUT Non-shrink grout shall conform to the following requirements: A Manufactured under rigid quality control specifically for grout used in transferring heavy loads. 2. Contain nonmetallic aggregates specially graded to minimize bleeding. 3. Have an initial setting time of approximately one hour at 700F. 4. Produce no settlement or drying shrinkage at 3-days or later. 5. Have higher strength at all ages than plain cement grout of the same flowability. 6. Resist attack by oil and water and have lower absorption than plain cement grout of the same flowability. 7. Minimum compressive strength, in accordance with ASTM C-109, shall be 2500 psi after 1 day and 7000 psi after 28 days. 2.3 MIXES A. B. C. D. For less than 2-inch clearance, or where size or shape of space makes grouting difficult, grout mix shall consist of Portland cement, fine aggregate and water. For greater than 2-inch clearances where coarse aggregate will not obstruct free passage of the grout, extend grout by adding 50 pounds of pea gravel per 100 pounds grout material. Use minimum amount of water necessary to produce a flowable grout without causing either segregation or bleeding. Portland cement mortar for raked-out edges of non-shrink grout: one part Portland cement, two parts sand and 0.50 parts water by weight. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Grouting 03600-2 2.4 MIXING A. Mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Mix grouting materials and water in a mechanical mixer for no less than 3- minutes. C. Mix grout as close to the work area as possible and transport the mixture quickly and in a manner that does not permit segregation of materials. D. After the grout has been mixed, do not add more water for any reason. PART - EXECUTION 3.1 PROCEDURES A. Installation methods and procedures shall be approved by Engineer and shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications before work is begun. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surface preparation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material from concrete surfaces by bush-hammering, chipping, or other similar means, until a sound, clean concrete surface is achieved. C. Lightly roughen the concrete, but not enough to interfere with the proper placement of grout. Cover concrete areas with waterproof membrane until ready to grout. Immediately before grouting remove waterproof membranes and clean any contaminated surfaces. D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. Align, level and maintain final positioning of all components to be grouted. E. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water; remove excess water and leave none standing. 3.3 PLACING A. Placing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Place non-shrink grouting material quickly and continuously by the most practical means permissible; pouring, pumping or under gravity pressure. C. Do not use either pneumatic-pressure or dry packing methods without written permission of the Engineer. D. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air. E. Final installation shall be thoroughly compacted and free from air pockets. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Grouting 0992-0187 03600-3 F. Do not vibrate the placed grout mixture or allow it to be placed if the area is being vibrated by nearby equipment. G. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 480 hours after grout has been placed. After shims have been removed, fill voids with plain cement-sand grout. H. After non-shrink grout has reached initial set, rake out exposed edges approximately 1-inch into the grouted area and paint with Portland cement mortar. 3.4 CURING A. Cure grout for 3-days after placing by keeping wet and covering with curing paper or by another approved method. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Grouting 0992-0187 03600-4 SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work under this section includes furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of unit masonry in a first class condition. B. The types of masonry required include concrete masonry (split face and normal). C. The extent of each type of masonry work is as shown on the drawings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials 2.. ASTM C 91, Masonry Cement 3. ASTM C 144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 4. ASTM C 150, Portland Cement 5. ASTM C 207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes 6. ASTM C 270, Mortar for Unit Masonry 7. ASTM C 387, Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete 8. ASTM C 467, Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry 9. ASTM C 595, Blended Hydraulic Cements B. Variation from Plumb: For vertical walls and arises, do not exceed 1/4" in 10' or 3/8" in a story height. For external corners, expansion joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not vary more than 1/4" in 10'. C. Variation from Level: For lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 3/4" in 40' or more. D. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of walls and partitions, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 3/4" in 40' or more. E. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed -1/4" nor +1/2". F. Mortar shall meet the requirements of the Florida Building Code. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and other data for each type of masonry and accessories used. Include certification that products meet or exceed specifications. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Unit Masonry 04200-1 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store manufactured products in original unopened containers. B. Store cementitious ingredients in weather-tight enclosures and protect against contamination and warehouse set. C. Stock pile and handle aggregates to prevent contamination from foreign materials. D. Store admixtures to prevent contamination or damage from excessive temperature changes. E. Keep water free of harmful materials. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Heat mixing water when air temperature is below 40°F (4°C) and heat aggregates when air temperature is below 320F (0°C) to assure mortar temperatures between 40°F (40C) and 120°F (50°C) until used. B. Produce subsequent mortar batches within ± 10°F (± 60) of first batch. C. Do not heat water or sand above 120°F (500C). 1.6 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION A. Remove any ice or snow formed on masonry bed by carefully applying heat until top surface is dry to the touch. B. Remove all masonry determined to be frozen or damaged by freezing conditions. 1.7 PROTECTION OF WORK A. During erection, cover top of walls with heavy waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures when work is not in progress. Extend cover a minimum of 24" down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 1. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loading for at least 12 hours after building masonry walls or columns. 2. Do not apply concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. 3. Staining: Prevent grout or mortar from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from dropping or mortar. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Unit Masonry 04200-2 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Obtain masonry units from a single manufacturer for each type required. Manufacturers of concrete masonry will be members of the National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) or approved equal. 2.2 MORTAR A. ASTM C 270, 1 part cement (ASTM C 150 and C 91, Type II) 1/4 part by volume lime (ASTM C 207), not less than 2-1/4 nor more than 3 times the sum of volumes of cement and lime used, (sand) aggregate (ASTM 144); type M. B. Maximum Air Content: 12% C. Water: Clean, potable water, free of deleterious materials, such as acids, alkalies, or organic materials. D. Mixing Procedures: 1. Measure materials by volume or equivalent weight. 2. Do not measure by shovel. 3. Mix ingredients in clean mechanical batcher for 5 minutes. 4. Use minimum amount of water to produce workable consistency. 5. Retempering of mortar will not be permitted. Mortar allowed to stand more then 1-1/2 hours after initial mixing shall not be used. 2.3 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Size: Manufacturer's standard. normal and split face units with nominal face dimensions of 16" long x 8" height (15-5/8" x 7-5/8" actual), unless otherwise indicated. Width of units will be as indicated on drawings. B. ASTM C 90, Grade N-II C. Provide standard weight hollow load-bearing units unless otherwise indicated. 0. Aggregate weight shall conform to ASTM C 331 providing a dry net unit weight of not more than 128 lbs. per cubic foot unless otherwise indicated. E. Curing: 1. Cure units by autoclave treatment at a minimum temperature of 350°F (176°C), and a minimum pressure of 125 psi. Limit moisture absorption to 25% of saturation during delivery and until time of installation. 2. Cure units in a moisture controlled atmosphere or in an autoclave at normal pressure and temperature to comply with ASTM C 90, Type 1. Limit moisture absorption during delivery and until time of installation to the maximum percentage specified for Type 1 units for the average annual relative humidity as reported by the U. S. Weather Bureau Station nearest the project site. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Unit Masonry 0992-0187 04200-3 3. Exposed Faces: Provide from manufacturer's standard colors and textures as selected by Owner's Project Representative, unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Continuous Wire Reinforcing and Ties for Masonry: Provide welded wire units prefabricated in straight lengths of not less than 10', with matching corner and tee units. Fabricate from cold-drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A 82, with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross-rods, and a unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" less than thickness of wall or partition. Provide units fabricated as follows: a. Ladder Type: Fabricated with single pair of 9 gage side rods and 9 gage perpendicular cross-rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. b. Truss Type: Fabricated with single pair of 9 gage continuous diagonal cross-rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. For multi- wythed or cavity exterior walls with concrete masonry back-up, fabricate units with additional side rods spaced for embedment in inside face of backup wythe. 2. For exterior and interior, hot-dip galvanize after fabrication with 1.5 oz. zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class B2. 3. Individual Wire Ties for Masonry: Fabricate from 3/16" cold-drawn steel wire, ASTM A 82, unless otherwise indicated, of the length required for proper embedment in wythes of masonry. Maximum spacing shall be 16" o.c. vertical and 24" o.c. horizontally. 4. For exterior walls, fabricate from steel wire with 1.5 oz. hot-dip zinc coating ASTM A 153, Class B2, or fabricate from steel wire with not less than 7-mil. copper coating, ASTM B 227, Grade 30 HS. B. Anchors and Ties: Provide straps, bars, bolts, and rods fabricated from not less than 16 gage sheet metal or 3/8" diameter rod stock, unless otherwise indicated. 2. For devices which extend into exterior wythe, fabricate from steel with hot-dip galvanized coating, ASTM A 153, Class 61, B2, or B3. C. Flashing for Masonry: Provide concealed flashings on exterior walls above lintels, bond beams, above weeps and other locations shown on the Drawings as built into masonry. 2. Provide concealed flashings as follows: Virgin polyvinyl chloride with plasticizer and other modifiers, formed into uniform flexible sheet not less than 20 mils. thick and black in color, unless otherwise indicated. D. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel, ASTM A 615, Grade 60 of the sizes shown. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System -- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section Wa Unit Masonry 04200-4 E. Bond Breaker Strips: 15 pound asphalt roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, or 15 pound coal-tar roofing felt complying with ASTM D 227. F. Premolded Control Joint Strips: Solid rubber strips with a Shore A durometer hardness of 60 to 80, designed to fit standard sash block and maintain lateral stability in masonry wall, size and configuration as required at vertical control joints. G. Plastic Weepholes: Unless otherwise indicated, proved 1/4" round X 4" long medium density polyethylene plastic tubes to form weepholes. Provide at 48" o/c maximum horizontal spacing at bottom of wall or flashing, as required. 2.5 GROUT FOR UNIT MASONRY A. See Section 3600 and Structural Sheet S01. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Installation: Thickness: Build masonry construction to the full thickness shown, except, build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness shown or specified. B. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean sharp, unchipped edges. Butt units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever possible. C. Do not wet concrete masonry units. D. Frozen Materials and Work: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. For masonry which is specified to be wetted, comply with the BIA recommendations. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing. E. Do not lower the freezing point of mortar by use of admixtures or antifreeze agents. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. F. Pattern Bond: Lay exposed masonry in running bond pattern. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners, unless otherwise shown. .G. Avoid the use of less-than-half size units at corners, jambs, and wherever possible at other locations. H. Lay-up walls plumb and true and with course level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2 masonry unit length in each course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly (if specified to be wetted), and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Unit Masonry 04200-5 J. Built-In Work: As the work progresses, build-in items specified under this and other sections of these specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. K. Intersecting Load-Bearing Walls: If carried up separately, block vertical joint with 8" maximum offsets and provide rigid steel anchors spaced not more than 4'-0" o.c. vertically, or omit blocking and provide rigid steel anchors at not more than 2'-0" o.c. vertically. Form anchors of galvanized steel not less than 1-1/2" X 1/4" X 2'-0" long with ends turned up not less than 2" or with cross-pins. If used with hollow masonry units, embed ends in mortar filled cores. 3.2 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Batch Control: Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight, such that the required proportions for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained. Measurement of sand exclusively by shovel will not be permitted. B. Mix mortars with the minimum amount of water consistent with workability to provide minimum tensile bond strength within the capacity of the mortar. C. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Use water clean and free of deleterious materials which would impair the work. Do not use mortar which has begun to set, or if more than 1-1/2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing. D. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells; also bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout. E. Joints: Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not otherwise indicated, lay walls with 1/2" joints for brick masonry and 3/8" joints for concrete masonry. Cut joints flush for masonry walls which are to be concealed or to be covered by other materials. Tool exposed joints. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or silents where shown. F. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar. 3.3 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING A. Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing as shown and specified. Fully embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 1/2" at other locations. Lay reinforcement a minimum of 6" at ends of units. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing, unless otherwise indicated. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Unit Masonry 0992-0187 04200-6 For single-wythe walls, space reinforcing at 16" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Reinforce masonry openings greater than V-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in 2 horizontal joints approximately 8" apart, both immediately above the lintel and below the sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2'-0" beyond jambs of the openings, bridging control joints where provided. B. Lintels: Install loose lintels of steel and other materials as shown on the Drawings. C. Control and Expansion Joints: Provide vertical expansion, control, and isolation joints in masonry where shown. Build-in related masonry accessories as the masonry work progresses. a. See Section 07920 for "Joint Sealers." 2.2 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. As specified on the drawings on Sheet S01 "Structural General Notes." 2.3 FLASHING OF MASONRY WORK A. Provide concealed flashing in masonry work at, or above, all shelf angles, bond beams, lintels, ledges, and other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall so as to divert such water to the exterior. Prepare masonry surfaces smooth and free from projections which could puncture flashing. Place through wall flashing on bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations in flashing with mastic before covering with mortar. B. Extend fleshings the full lengths of lintels and shelf angles and minimum of 4" into.masonry each end. Extend flashing from a line 1/2" in from exterior face of outer wythe of masonry, through the outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4", and through the inner wythe to within 1/2" of the interior surface of inner wythe. If inner wythe is concealed by furring, carry flashing completely through the inner wythe and turn up approximately 2". C. Provide weepholes in the head joints of the same course of masonry bedded in the flashing mortar. D. Install fleshings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.4 REPAIR, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Unit Masonry 04200-7 B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point-up all joints at corners, openings, and adjacent work, to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly prepared for application of caulking or sealant compounds. C. Clean exposed CMU masonry by dry brushing at the end of each day's work and after final pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Unit Masonry 0992-0187 04200-8 SECTION 05010 - METAL MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. To the maximum extent practicable, and where specifically indicated on the drawings, existing materialslequipment shall be matched to those currently in use by the Owner. Where matching of existing materials/equipment has been determined to be infeasible by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish materials and accessories as specified hereinafter. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings, erection drawings and design calculations signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in Florida, covering fabrication and erection details, shall be furnished and reviewed by the Engineer prior to commencement of work. Connection calculations shall include design assumptions, manual calculations, computer printouts and any other information required to evaluate the connection designs. Welder Qualifications: Shall be submitted for all welders participating in shop and field welding on this project. 2. Mill Test Reports: Shall be submitted for all metals to be used on this project. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials, workmanship and practices, unless otherwise indicated, shall conform to the latest editions of the following standards, as applicable: 1. "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings," American Institute of Steel Construction, Ninth Edition 2. "Specifications for Aluminum Structures," Aluminum Construction Manual of the Aluminum Association, Ninth Edition 3. "Code for Welding in Building Construction," American Welding Society, 1995 4. Standard Building Code, 1994 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Only new and undamaged materials and equipment shall be incorporated in the work, unless the Contract Documents specifically direct the reuse of existing items. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Metal Materials 05010-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Metal Materials 0992-0187 05010-2 SECTION 05030 - METAL FINISHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This Section covers the application of metal finishes to steel and aluminum, and shall be used in conjunction with Section 09900 of these Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Ungalvanized Steel: All ungalvanized steel shall be sandblasted or pickled to remove all rust and mill scale and shall be thoroughly cleaned of grease and oil with an approved solvent. One shop coat shall be applied of zinc chromate or other approved primer as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Galvanized Steel: Galvanized steel shall be by the hot dip method in accordance with ASTM Designation A123, latest revision, with not less than two ounces of zinc per square foot of actual surface coated. C. Aluminum Protection: All aluminum which will be in contact with concrete, plaster, masonry or dissimilar metals shall be isolated with 2 mils dry film thickness of heavy asphaltic paint applied to each surface, by separating the surfaces with neoprene material or asphalt saturated cotton fabric. Before application of the isolator, surfaces shall be cleaned of all dirt, deposits of oil grease and other foreign substances, and primed with zinc chromate, as outlined elsewhere. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Metal Finishes 0992-0187 05030-1 SECTION 05050 - METAL FASTENINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. All necessary fastenings of adequate strength for the purpose intended shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be compatible with the metals being fastened. All fasteners shall be of domestic (USA) manufacture and shall meet all requirements of other appropriate sections of these Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCESSORIES A. Field connections of structural steel shall be made by bolting with heavy structural hex bolts, nuts and washers, in strength grade A325 (Type 3), except as otherwise directed by the Engineer or shown on the Drawings. 2.2 QUALITY CONTROL A. High strength bolts not designated as Slip Critical (SC) Connections on the flans shall be installed in properly aligned holes and tightened to the snug tight conditions, per the AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD), Ninth Edition. B. High strength boles designed as Slip Critical (SC) Connections on the Drawings shall be tightened to the minimum tension specified in Table 4 of the Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Slip Critical (SC) Connections shall be made in conformance to AISE Specifications, using the turn-of-nut tightening method. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Metal Fastenings 0992-0187 05050-1 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes structural steel. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 01300 -Submittals 2. Section 05310 - Steel Deck 3. Section 09900 - Painting 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Engineer structural steel connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by the fabricator to withstand design loadings indicated. B. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a fabricator who utilizes a qualified professional engineer to prepare calculations, Shop Drawings, and other structural data for structural steel connections. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of product specified. C. Shop Drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components. 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop . and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. 3. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field. bolts. Identify high-strength bolted slip-critical, direct-tension, or tensioned shear/bearing connections. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Structural Steel 05120-1 4. Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. D. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. E. Mill test reports signed by manufacturers certifying that their products, including the following, comply with requirements. 1. Structural steel, including chemical and physical properties. 2. Bolts, nuts, and washers, including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 3. Direct-tension indicators. 4. Shop primers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed structural steel work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in fabricating structural steel similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to fabricate structural steel without delaying the Work. 1. Fabricator must participate in the AISC Quality Certification Program and be designated an AISC-Certified Plant as follows: a. Category: Category I, conventional steel structures. b. Category: Category II, complex steel building structures. C. Fabricator shall be registered with and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." 2. AISC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design (LFRD) Specification for Structural Steel Buildings." 3. AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single-Angle Members." 4. AISC's "Specification for Load and Resistance Factor Design of Single- Angle Members." Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Structural Steel 05120-2 5. ASTM A 6 "Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use." 6. Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 7. Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." D. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for projects with structural steel framing that are similar to that indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. E. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 1. Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 1.6 F. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver structural steel to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of installation. B. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and re-lubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 1.7 SEQUENCING A. Supply anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: Carbon Steel: ASTM A 36. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Structural Steel 0992-0187 05120-3 B. Structural Steel Shapes, Carbon Steel: ASTM A 572. C. Cold-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. D. Hot-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Weight Class: Standard. 2. Weight Class: Extra strong. 3. Weight Class: Double extra strong. 4. Finish: Black. 5. Finish: Galvanized. 6. Finish: Black, except where indicated to be galvanized. F. Anchor Rods, Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: As follows: 1. ASTM F1554 - GRADE 50 G. Non-High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 307, Grade A; carbon- steel, hex-head bolts; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot-dip zinc-coating, ASTM A 153, Class C H. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot-dip zinc-coating, ASTM A 153, Class C 2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325. a. Finish: Plain, uncoated. b. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50. C. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50, epoxy coated. 1. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. J. Headed Steel Anchors (HSA) as manufactured by TRW Nelson Division type [H4L] or approved equal conforming to ASTM A108, grade 1015 forged steel headed, uncoated, size as shown on Drawings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Structural Steel 0992-0187 05120-4 2.2 PRIMER A. Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer with good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P-664. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for re-galvanizing welds and repair painting galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 93 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD-P-21035A or SSPC- Paint 20. 2.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, non-corrosive, non-staining grout containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application, and a 30-minute working time. (Minimum compressive strength of 7000 psi after 28 days) 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate structural steel according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section and in Shop Drawings. Camber structural steel members where indicated. 2. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6 and maintain markings until steel has been erected. 3. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 4. Fabricate for delivery a sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of structural steel. 5. Complete structural steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop-priming operations. 6. Comply with fabrication tolerance limits of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded. C. Finishing: Accurately mill ends of columns and other members transmitting loads in bearing. D. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on Shop Drawings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Structural Steel 05120-5 I. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame- cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. 2. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work. 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. Shop install and tighten non-high-strength bolts, except where high-strength bolts are indicated. B. Shop install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without warp. 2. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of backside welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 1/2 inch and larger. Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds. 2.6 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces, except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed-on fireproofing. 5. Galvanized surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to SSPC specifications as follows: 1. SSPC-SP 5 "White Metal Blast Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Structural Steel 0992-0187 05120-6 2. Apply 2 coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. D. Painting: Apply a 1-coat, non-asphaltic primer complying with SSPC's "Painting System Guide No. 7.00" to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 2.7 GALVANIZING A, Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel indicated for galvanizing according to ASTM A 123. (2.0 oz per square foot) 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. 1. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether test specimens comply with or deviate from requirements. 2. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural steel Work is being fabricated or produced so required inspection and testing can be accomplished. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. D. Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1. Direct-tension indicator gaps will be verified to comply with ASTM F 959, Table 2. F. In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be inspected and tested according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at testing agency's option. 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality level '2-2T." 4. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Structural Steel 0992-0187 05120-7 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before erection proceeds, and with the steel erector present, verify elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces and locations of anchorages for compliance with requirements. B. Do not proceed with erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in-place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION A. B. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond- reducing materials and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 1. Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. 3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure. a. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for proprietary grout materials. C D Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 1. Maintain erection tolerances of architecturally exposed structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Structural Steel 05120-8 other surfaces that will be in permanent contact. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure will be when completed and in service. 3.4 E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection. G. Finish sections thermally cut during erection equal to a sheared appearance. H. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. FIELD CONNECTIONS A. Install and tighten strength-strength bolts, except where high-strength bolts are indicated. B. Install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1. Bolts: ASTM A 325 high-strength bolts, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Connection Type: Snug tightened, unless indicated as slip-critical, direct- tension, or tensioned shear/bearing connections. 3. Connection Type: Slip-critical, direct-tension, or tensioned shear/bearing connections as indicated. D. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC specifications referenced in this Section for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without warp. 3. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of backside welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 1/2 inch and larger. Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992.0187 Section IVa Structural Steel 05120-9 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. 1. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested Work complies with or deviates from requirements. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. D. Field-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Field-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1. Direct-tension indicator gaps will be verified to comply with ASTM F 959, Table 2. F. In addition to visual inspection, field-welded connections will be inspected and tested according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at testing agency's option. 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality level "2-2T." 4. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. 3.6 CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using same material as used for shop painting. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on structural steel are included in Division 9 Section "Painting." Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Structural Steel 05120-10 C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint according to ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Structural Steel 0992-0187 05120.11 SECTION 05310 -STEEL DECK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel roof and floor decking. 2. Shear Connectors. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 09900 "Painting" for touch up and repair painting of deck. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of deck, accessory, and product specified. C. Shop drawings showing layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction. For steel deck indicated to comply with certain design loadings, include structural analysis data sealed and signed by the qualified professional engineer who was responsible for its preparation. D. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of steel deck certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. E. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. F. Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence steel deck's compliance with the building code in effect for the Project. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed steel deck similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Steel Deck 0992-0187 05310-1 B. Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to Engineer's satisfaction, based on evaluation of agency-submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work. C. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel" and AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. D. FM Listing: Provide steel roof deck evaluated by Factory Mutual and listed in Factory Mutual "Approval Guide" for Class 1 fire rating and in accordance with wind loading noted on structural drawings. E. Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer legally authorized to practice in Florida and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated that have resulted in the installation of steel deck similar to this Project in material, design, and extent and that have a record of successful in-service performance. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of inserts and fittings in metal roof deck with related units of Work specified in other Sections prior to casting concrete slab. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Epic Metals Corp. 2. Robertson A United Dominion Co. 3. Vulcraft Div. of Nucor Corp. 4. Wheeling Corrugating Co., Div. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corp. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Steel Deck 0992.0187 05310-2 2.2 DECKING A. Steel Deck: Fabricate panels without top-flange stiffening grooves conforming to SDI Publication No. 28 "Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck". B. Decking shall be Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446, Grade A, G 90 zinc coated according to ASTM A 525. C. Steel Decking shall be as defined on Structural drawings. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide accessory materials for steel deck that comply with requirements indicated and recommendations of the steel deck manufacturer. B. Mechanical Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard, corrosion-resistant, low- velocity, powder-actuated or pneumatically driven carbon steel fasteners; or self- drilling, self-threading screws. C. Side Lap Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard, corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon steel screws, No. 10 minimum diameter. D. Rib Closure Strips: Manufacturer's standard vulcanized, closed-cell, synthetic rubber. E. Miscellaneous Roof Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, 0.0359-inch- thick minimum ridge and valley plates, finish strips, and reinforcing channels, of same material as roof deck. F. Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, and Cover Plates: Steel sheet, of same material and thickness as deck panels, unless otherwise indicated. G. Recessed Sump Pans: Manufacturer's standard size, single piece steel sheet 0.071-inch- thick minimum, of same material as deck panels, with 1-1/2-inch- minimum deep level recessed pans and 3-inch- wide flanges. Cut holes for drains in the field. H. Steel Sheet Accessories: ASTM A 446, G 60 coating class, galvanized according to ASTM A 525. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight. J. Preset Inserts: Manufacturer's standard, UL-labeled single-piece preset inserts, fabricated from either steel sheet galvanized according to ASTM A 525, G 60 coating class, or zinc sheet, with removable covers. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Steel Deck 0992-0187 05310-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting framing and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of steel deck. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Do not place deck panels on concrete supporting structure until concrete has cured for a minimum of 7 days. B. Locate decking bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary of SDI Publication No. 28, manufacturer's recommendations, and requirements of this Section. B. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels when required to meet deflection limitations. C. Place deck panels on supporting framing and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting framing before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks. D. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting framing without warp or deflection. E. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to the decking. F. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of decking, and support of other work. G. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 3.04 DECK INSTALLATION A. Fasten deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter indicated or arc seam welds with an equal perimeter, but not less than 1-1/2 inches long, and as follows: B. 1. Weld Diameter and Spacing as indicated on structural drawings. 2. Side Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening as indicated on structural drawings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Steel Deck 05310-4 C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting framing with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches, with end joints as follows: 1. Overlapped 4". D. Roof Sump Pans and Sump Plates: Install over openings provided in roof decking, and weld flanges to top of deck. Space welds not more than 12 inches apart with at least one weld at each corner. E. Miscellaneous Roof Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, cover plates, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's recommendations. Weld to substrate to provide a complete deck installation. F. Flexible Closure Strips: Install flexible closure strips over partitions, walls, and where indicated. Install with adhesive according to manufacturer's instructions to ensure complete closure. G. A continuous welded 4x4xl/4" angle (or equivalent bent plate) shall be installed along the entire perimeter of all deck planes. Unless noted otherwise on the structural drawings the angle shall be welded to the supporting steel framing with an intermittent 1/4" fillet weld of 3" every 12" 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: A qualified independent testing agency employed and paid by Owner will perform field quality-control testing. B. Field welds will be subject to inspection. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work with specified requirements. 3.06 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and the manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure steel decking is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Steel Deck 0992-0187 05310-5 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Loose bearing and leveling plates. 2. Loose steel lintels. 3. Shelf angles. 4. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 5. Miscellaneous steel trim. 6. Cast nosings. 7. Pipe bollards. B. Where applicable, see Section 05520, "Handrails and Guardrails" for handrails and railings. C. Where applicable, see Section 05532 - Aluminum Grating. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Cast nosings and treads. 2. Grout. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details of installation, and attachments to other Work. C. Templates: For anchor bolts. D. Samples: For each type and finish of extruded nosing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. B. Ferrous Metals: 1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. 3. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D. 4. Rolled-Stainless-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 793. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Metal Fabrications 0992-0187 05500-1 5. Steel Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. 6. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. 7. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal channels 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches (41 by 41 mm) with flange edges returned toward web and with 9/16-inch-(14.3-mm-) wide slotted holes in webs at 2 inches (51 mm) o.c. Channels made from galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural quality, Grade 33 (Grade 230), with G90 (Z275) coating; 0.079-inch (2-mm) nominal thickness. 8. Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 (ASTM A 47M, Grade 22010) malleable iron or ASTM A 48, Class 30 (ASTM A 48M, Class 200) gray iron. 9. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 (ASTM A 47M) malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M. C. Aluminum: 1. Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), alloy 6063-T6. 2. Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/6 632M, alloy 6061-T6. 2.2 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: SSPC-Paint 20, organic zinc-rich primer compatible with topcoat. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Carboline Company; Carboline 621. b. PPG Industries, Inc.; Aquapon Zinc-Rich Primer 97-670. C. Tnemec Company, Inc.; Tneme-Zinc 90-97. d. Or approved equal. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20, high-zinc-dust-content paint for re- galvanizing welds in steel. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners: Type 304 or 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc- plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built into exterior walls, of type, grade, and class required by application indicated. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Metal Fabrications 0992-0187 05500-2 B. Non-shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, non-staining, non-corrosive, nongaseous grout. C. Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements in Section 03300, "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa), unless otherwise indicated. D. Cast Nosings And Treads: Fabricated of cast aluminum with an integral abrasive finish and with anchors for embedding in concrete. 1. Available Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. C. d. e. f. g• 2.4 FABRICATION American Safety Tread Co., Inc. Amstep Products. Armstrong Products, Inc. Balco/Metalines, Inc. Granite State Casting Co. Safe-T-Metal Co. Wooster Products Inc. A. Connections, General: Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. 1. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. 2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds smooth and blended. 3. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes. 4. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. B. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Fabricate loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. 1. Galvanize plates after fabrication. C. Loose Steel Lintels: Fabricate loose structural-steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. 1. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Metal Fabrications 0992-0187 05500-3 D. Shelf Angles: Fabricate shelf angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to framing. Fabricate with horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4-inch (19-mm) bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from ends and 24 inches (600 mm) O.C. Galvanize shelf angles to be installed in exterior walls. 2. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast-in-place concrete. E. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Fabricate steel framing and supports that are not a part of structural-steel framework as necessary to complete the Work from structural steel of welded construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. Where indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded anchors at 24 inches (600 mm) o.c. 2. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes. Where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill holes at 24 inches (600 mm) o.c. 3. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction with steel baseplates and top plates welded to pipe with fillet welds the same size as pipe wall thickness. F, Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate units with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed splices where possible. Fabricate cutouts, fittings, and anchorages; coordinate assembly and installation with other work. G. Pipe Bollards: Fabricate from Schedule 40 steel pipe. 1. For removable bollards, cap bollards with 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) minimum steel plate. Fabricate bollards with 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) thick steel baseplates for bolting to concrete slab. Drill baseplates at all four corners for 3/4-inch (19-mm) anchor bolts. Fabricate sleeves for bollard anchorage from steel pipe with 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) thick steel plate welded to bottom of sleeve. 2.5 FINISHES A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Shop prime ferrous-metal items not indicated to be galvanized. Hot-dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153/A 153M as applicable. 2. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Metal Fabrications 05500-4 3. Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for securing metal fabrications to in-place construction. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true. 1. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 2. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections, unless otherwise indicated. Do not weld, cut, or abrade galvanized surfaces. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack with non-shrink, nonmetallic grout. C. Bollards: Anchor in concrete with pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. Fill space between bollard and sleeve solidly with non-shrink, nonmetallic grout. 2. Anchor in place with concrete footings. Support and brace bollards in position in footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. 3. Anchor to existing construction with post installed anchors and bolts. Provide four 3/4-inch (19-mm) anchors at each bollard, embedded at least 4 inches (100 mm) in existing concrete. 4. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface. D. Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection. 1. Painted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and touch up paint with the same material as used for shop painting. 2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump station 0992-0187 Section IVa Metal Fabrications 05500-5 SECTION 05520 - HANDRAILS AND GUARD RAILS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes providing handrails and guard rails as shown on the Drawings and includes miscellaneous handrails and guard rails not included in other metal systems in other sections of these specifications. B. Height for stair rails, handrails, and guard rails shall conform to the applicable codes. C. Handrails and guard rails used to extend existing facilities shall match the existing as closely as possible unless noted otherwise. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. Florida Building Code 2. ANSI A117.1 3. OSHA Part 1920.23 and 1910.24 4. Life Safety Code 101 5. AWS "Structural Welding Code" B. Qualification for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure". C. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of the work. However, do not delay job process; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work. D. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinate installation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Certificates of Compliance with specified requirements. Obtain shop drawings for fabrication and erection. After verifying details and dimensions provide three sets of final drawings and installation instructions to Engineer for use in observing installation and for Record Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221-76; alloy 6061-T6, T6510; except alloy 6061-T6 for pipe; unless otherwise indicated. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Handrails and Guard Rails 0992-0187 05520-1 B. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B108-76; alloy 214 unless otherwise indicated. C. Aluminum Sheet or Plate: ASTM B209-76; alloy 6061-T6, unless otherwise indicated. D. Finish: Clear anodized finish AA C22A41 R1X, medium matte, nondirectional, minimum 0.7 mil clear anodized, clear lacquer coating, unless otherwise indicated. E. Nonshrink, Nonferrous Grout: CE CRD C588. 2.2 FABRICATION A. The Contractor shall provide a "manufacturer's system" using welded connections. B. Exposed work shall be formed true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32-inch, unless otherwise shown. D. Use bent-metal corners formed to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work. E. Welded Connections: Cope intersections of rails and posts, weld joints and grind smooth. Butt weld end-to-end joints of railings or use welding connectors, at fabricator's option. F. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with the recommendations of AWS. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. Discoloration of finished surfaces will not be acceptable. G. Form exposed connections with flush, smooth, hairline joints, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of the type shown, or if not shown, use Phillips flathead (countersunk) screws or bolts. H. Provide anchorage of the type shown, coordinated with the supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices as shown and as required to provide adequate support. 1. Toe Boards: Fabricate toe boards to the dimensions and details shown. If not shown, use 1/4-inch thick x 4-inch plate secured to each post of railing. J. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Provide brackets, flanges, and anchors for railing posts and for handrail supports. Furnish inserts and sleeves as required for anchorage masonry work. K. Furnish cast metal brackets, flanges, and exposed anchors of the same material and finish as rail supports, unless otherwise indicated. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Handrails and Guard Rails 0992-0187 05520-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which handrails and guard rails are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for the installation : of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate the delivery of such items to the project site. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing handrails and guard rail items to in-place construction; including threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts and other connectors as required. B. Use railing manufacturer's standard methods of installation when acceptable to the Engineer. C. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation. Set the work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and touch-up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surface of units which have been coated or finished after fabrication, and are intended for field connections. Adjust railings prior to securing in place to ensure proper matching at butting joints and correct alignment throughout their length. Space posts not more than 6-feet on centers, unless otherwise shown. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and rail ends to building construction as follows: E. Anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves set and anchored into the concrete. Provide sleeves of galvanized, steel pipe, not less than 6-inches long and having an inside diameter not less than 1/2-inch greater than the outside diameter of the inserted pipe post. Provide steel plate closure secured to the bottom of the sleeve and of width and length not less than 1-inch greater than the outside diameter of the sleeve. After the posts have been inserted into the sleeves, fill the annular space between post and sleeve solid with nonshrink, nonferrous grout. Cover anchorage joint with a round metal flange finished to match post. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Handrails and Guard Rails 0992-0187 05520-3 F. Anchor rail ends into concrete and masonry with round flanges welded to rail ends and anchored into the wall construction with lead expansion shields and bolts. G. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for the procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, the appearance and quality of welds made, and the methods used in correcting the work. H. Dissimilar Materials: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or there is a condition such as aluminum against concrete, they shall be protected from each other with a pressure sensitive tape, bitumastic coating or other protective method. Toe Boards: Provide toe boards where shown and as required by code. J. Toe boards shall be provided wherever people can pass or work beneath the open sides or wherever falling material could create a hazard to moving machinery or equipment. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Handrails and Guard Rails 0992-0187 05520-4 SECTION 05532 - ALUMINUM GRATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The extent of aluminum grating is shown on the drawings and shall include all necessary fasteners and accessory items to make a complete system. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Provide the aluminum grating to conform to the following codes and standards per current edition: 1. ASTM B 221: Specification for Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. 2. ANSI/NAAMM MBG 531: Metal Bar Grating Manual 3. ASTM E-448: Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements 4. ASCE 7-88: Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. 5. AWS D1.2: Structural Welding Code - Aluminum 1.3 SUBMITTAL A. Submit manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimensions, diagrams, anchor details and installation instructions. B. On request, furnish reports of load versus deflection tests conducted on assembled grating panels. Such tests shall be certified by an independent, nationally recognized testing laboratory. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all assemblies of work which are not completely shown by the manufacturer's data sheets. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 1. Include setting drawings and templates for location and installation of items anchorage devices. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of the work. However, do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work. B. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units as the project site Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Aluminum Grating 0992-0187 05532-1 1.5 WARRANTY/GUARANTEE A. Manufacturer's Standard Warranty: The grating sections shall be free of defects in material and workmanship for one year from date of shipment. If the materials are defective, the manufacturer shall repair or replace them at no additional cost. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ALUMINUM GRATING A. The Aluminum Grating design shall be manufactured with alloy 6061-T6. B. Loading and Deflection Requirements: The grating shall be designed to support a 100 psf uniform live load with a theoretical design deflection of 0.25 inches or less. C. Walking Surface Finish: The grating surface shall have a plain fluted pattern surface. D. Color: The grating color shall be natural aluminum. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fastener: Provide Type 50 aluminum fasteners with hold down clips for sectional and frame attachment with stainless steel alien wrench screw type by the manufacturer. B. Frame: Provide extruded aluminum alloy 6061-T6 frame by the grating manufacturer. The frame finish shall match that of the specified grating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that the grating installation will not disrupt other trades and verify that the substrate is clean and free of foreign matter. Correct all defects prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install the grating in accordance with the project drawings, specifications, approved shop drawings, and manufacturer's installation standards. B. Grating panels shall be fabricated to be square within manufacturer's tolerances and free from warping and any defect that may affect serviceability and reliability. C. Install the grating with a min. 1-1/2" bearing surface at the frame or support ends. The grating shall be fastened to the frame or support substrate using fasteners and clips supplied by the grating manufacturer. Fastening shall be consistent with the manufacturer's instructions. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Aluminum Grating 0992-0187 05532-2 D. Tolerances between sections shall not exceed the dimensional spacing of the grating style type. Adjacent sections shall line up to form an uninterrupted straight line, where possible. E. Grating sections shall be installed to be removable unless indicated otherwise. F. Openings shall be field cut by the installer where indicated to permit field installation of wiring, equipment, piping, etc. All rectangular cutouts shall be made to the next bearing section past the obstruction. The cutout clearance to obstruction from the edge of the grating shall be no larger than 2". Cutouts shall be done in the field (unless otherwise requested). END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Aluminum Grating 05532-3 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Work included in this section includes the furnishing of labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary for and incidental to the completion of all rough carpentry throughout the entire building, as shown on the drawings and as called for in these specifications. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Painting: Section 09900 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fit carpentry to other work: Scribe and cope as required for accurate fit, correlate location of furring, nailing, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work. B. Factory-mark each piece of lumber and plywood to identify the type, grade, agency providing the inspection service, the producing mill and other qualities as specified herein. C. Comply with requirements of the following standards unless otherwise indicated: 1. U.S. Department of Commerce a. "American Softwood Lumber Standard" (PS 20) b. "National Grading Rule for Dimension Lumber" of the American Lumber Standards Committee (PS 20) C. "Softwood Plywood/Construction and Industrial" (PS 166) 2. American Wood Preservers Institute a. AWPI LP-2 b. AWPI C-20B 3. Underwriters Laboratory a. UL Test 723 4. American Society for Testing & Materials a. ASTM E-84 5. National Forest Products Association a. National Design Specifications for Wood Construction (1977) b. Manual for House Framing (1977). Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Rough Carpentry 06100-1 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit three (3) copies of certification of chemical treatment of wood for water- borne preservatives; include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to a maximum of 15% prior to shipment to project site. B. Include a certification by treating plant that treatment material complies with governing ordinances and that treatment will not bleed through finished surfaces. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials dry during delivery and storage. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and plywood and provide air circulation within stacks. B. Protect installed carpentry work from damage by work of other trades until Owner's acceptance of the work. Advise Contractor of required protection procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. For a lumber standard, for each use, comply with the "American Softwood Lumber Standard" PS 20 by the U.S. Dept. of Commerce. Nominal sizes are shown or specified: Provide actual sizes complying with the minimum size requirements of PS 20 for the moisture content specified for each use. 1. Provide dressed lumber S4S, unless otherwise shown or specified. 2. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at time of dressing and complying with dry size requirements of PS 20, unless otherwise specified. B. Where wood framing from 2" to 5" (but not including 5" in nominal thickness and 2" or more in nominal width) is shown or schedule; provide lumber complying with grading rules which conform to the requirements of the "National Grading Rule for Dimension Lumber" of the American Lumber Standards Committee established under PS 20. 1. For light framing (2" to 4" thick and 2" to 4" wide), provide construction grade. 2. For framing and blocking (6" and wider and from 2" to 4" thick), provide the following, unless noted otherwise on drawings: a. Any species and grade which meets or exceeds the following values: 1) Fb (minimum extreme fiber stress in bending): 1200 psi. 2) E (minimum modulus of elasticity): 1,500,500 psi. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Rough Carpentry 06100-2 C. Where lumber less than 2" in nominal thickness and 2" or more in nominal width is shown or specified, provide boards complying with dry size requirements of PS 20. D. Where boards will be exposed in the finished work provide the following: 1. Moisture Content: 19% maximum, mark boards "S-DRY". 2. For paint finish, where shown or scheduled, provide the following: 3. No. 1 Boards, Southern Pine (SP1 B) E. Where boards will be concealed by other work, provide the following: Moisture Content 19% maximum, mark boards "S-DRY". Species and Grade: Provide Southern Pine (SP1 B) No. 2 boards. F. For a plywood standard, for each use, comply with the requirements for "Softwood Plywood/Construction and Industrial" PS 1 66 by the U.S. Dept. of Commerce. 1. Exposed Plywood: Where plywood will be exposed in the finished work, provide as specified for the type of exposure and finish shown or scheduled, as follows: a. For smooth plywood exposed and to receive a paint finish, provide Grade A on exposed face; Grade D on concealed face with exterior glue. 2. Concealed Plywood: Where plywood will be concealed by other work, provide Interior Type plywood C-D Plugged Grade, unless otherwise specified. Plywood for roof deck and siding to receive metal roofing and siding: Grade C-C exterior index number 48124. a. For backing panels for electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire-retardant treated Standard grade plywood with exterior glue. G. For anchorage and fastening materials for each use, select proper type, size, material and finish complying with the applicable specification and details. H. Where lumber or plywood is indicated as "Treated", or is specified herein to be treated, comply with the applicable requirements of the American Wood Preservers Institute (AWPI). Mark each treated item to comply with the AWPI Quality Mark requirements for the specified requirements. Pressure treat above ground items with waterbourne preservatives complying with AWPI LP-2. Osmose K-33 at 0.45 pcf retention or Wolman CCA at 0.75 pcf retention. After treatment, kiln-dry to a maximum moisture content of 15%. Treat indicated items and the following: a. Wood, nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, vapor barriers and waterproofing. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Rough Carpentry 06100-3 Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 2. Kiln-dry treated items to a maximum moisture content of 15% or less. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Contractor must examine all parts of the supporting structure and the conditions under which the carpentry work is to be installed and assure himself that all support work has been accomplished. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in acceptable manner. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Use only sound, thoroughly seasoned materials of the longest practical lengths and sizes to minimize jointing. Use materials free from warp which cannot be easily corrected by anchoring and attachment. Sort, cut, and discard warped material and material with other defects which would impair the quality of the work. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Securely attach carpentry work to substrates by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. B. Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted. C. Use common wire nails, except as otherwise shown or specified. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed. D. For exterior installations, use hot-dip galvanized or stainless fasteners. E. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking and Sleepers: Provide wherever shown and where required for screening or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true to line and level of work to be attached. Set true to line and level, plumb, with intersections true to required angle. Coordinate locations and other work involved. 2. Attach to substrates securely with anchor bolts and other attachment devices as shown and as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise shown. Build into masonry; anchor or formwork before concrete placement. 3. Provide grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key-beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2" wide and of the thickness required to bring face of ground Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Rough Carpentry 06100-4 to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. F. Set wood framing accurately to required lines and levels. Providing framing members of sizes and on spacings shown, comply with the recommendations of the "Manual for House Framing" of the National Forest Products Association. Cut, join and tightly fit framing around other work. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise detailed. G. Anchor and nail as shown, or if not shown, to comply with the "Recommended Nailing Schedule - Table 1" of the "Manual for House Framing" and other recommendations of the N.F.P.A. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Rough Carpentry 06100-5 SECTION 06193 - PLATE CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Prefabricated wood trusses for roof framing. B. Bridging, bracing, and anchorage. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ALSC - American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standards. B. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and.Strip. C. SI/ASTM A446 - Sheet Steel, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Physical (Structural) Quality. D. PA - American Wood Preservers' Association. E. NFPA - National Forest Products Association. F. SFPA - Southern Forest Products Association. G. TPI - Truss Plate Institute. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Roof Live and Dead Load: Top Chord (20 psf Live Load, 20 psf Gravity Dead Load and 7 psf wind dead load), Bottom Chord (10 psf Dead Load) with deflection limited to 1/240. Wind Load - refer to Structural Drawings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of prefabricated wood trusses with three years minimum experience. B. Design trusses under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in structural framing design of trusses registered in State of Florida. C. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC. D. Truss Plates: In accordance with Truss Plate Institute. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Florida Building code for loads, seismic zoning, and other governing load criteria. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Plate Connected Wood Trusses 0992-0187 06193-1 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings for review prior to fabrication. The submittal shall be signed by the Professional Engineer referenced in 1 A.B. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Transport and store trusses in vertical position resting on bearing ends. B. Protect trusses from moisture, warpage, and distortion during transit and when stored. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: NFPA. B. Steel Connectors: ANSI/ASTM A446 steel, Grade A galvanized; die stamped with integral teeth. C. Fasteners: Galvanized for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish elsewhere; size and type to suit condition. D. Wood Blocking: Southern Yellow Pine, maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 2.2 WOOD TREATMENT A. See 06100 - Rough Carpentry. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. B. Cut members accurately to length to achieve tight joint connections. C. Jig trusses during fabrication to assure accurate configuration. Press connectors into lumber, both sides of joint simultaneously. D, Build camber into truss. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that supports and openings are ready to receive trusses. B. Verify sufficient end bearing area. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Plate Connected Wood Trusses 0992-0187 06193-2 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install trusses in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, at a spacing of 24 inches. B. Place trusses true to line and level. C. Provide temporary bracing to hold trusses in place until permanently secured. D. Place permanent bridging, bracing, and anchors to maintain trusses straight and in correct position before inducing loads. E. Do not field cut trusses. F. Place headers and supports to frame openings required. G. Coordinate placement of sheathing with work of this Section. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/2 inch from true position. 3.4 CERTIFICATION A. Truss design engineer, or his/her duly appointed person, shall certify the truss package complies with his/her original design intent and the intended use as called out on the Project Drawings. Certification shall comply with the requirements of the City Building Department. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Plate Connected Wood Trusses 0992-0187 06193-3 SECTION 06612 - FIBERGLASS GRATING AND TREADS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes fiberglass grating and treads and shall include ail necessary fasteners and accessory items to make a complete system as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from . the following: 1. Duradek Systems, Aligned Fiber Composites, Inc. 2. IKG - Borden 3. Seasafe 4. Fibergrate - Industrial Plastics 5. Chemgrate 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Certificates of Compliance with specified requirements. Obtain shop drawings for fabrication and erection. After verifying details and dimensions provide final drawings and installation instructions (include setting drawings and templates for location and installation of items and anchorage devices) to Engineer for use in observing installation and for Record Drawings. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of the work. However, do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work. B. Shop Assembly. Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PULTRUDED FIBERGLASS GRATING A. Fiberglass grating shall be the pultruded type, fabricated from isophthalic polyester fire retardant Class 1. Grating shall have I-beam shaped bearing bars with cross rods spaced at 6-inches; grating shall be 1-1/2" tall. B. Provide non-skid safety surface to bearing bars. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fiberglass Grating and Treads 0992-0187 06612-1 C. Grating shall carry a uniform distributed load of 100 lbs./sq.ft. on a simple span of 36-inches and not deflect more than 0.25-inch. D. Fire retardant grating shall meet the requirements of ASTM E-84, Class 1, flame spread of 25 or less as well as ASTM D-636. E. Grating reinforcement shall be thoroughly wetted out with fire retardant resin. 2.2 GRATING SUPPORT STRUCTURE A. Proposed grating shall be supported by concrete walls and concrete equipment pads where possible. B. In locations where one side of the grating cannot be supported by concrete walls and pads, the Contractor shall provide and install a fiberglass support frame supported by fixed or adjustable fiberglass legs. 2.3 JOINING AND HOLD-DOWN HARDWARE A. Provide end panel attachment clips and hold-down attachments as required to secure the grating in place. B. The type used shall be as recommended by the grating manufacturer. Fastenings and clips shall be of stainless steel unless the environment precludes their use in which case thermoplastic fasteners may be used. 2.4 FIBERGLASS STAIR TREADS A. Where called for on the Drawings, provide fiberglass stair treads by the same manufacturer as the grating. Material shall be isophathalic polyester resin. COLOR SHALL MATCH GRATING. Treads shall have grit impregnated nosing. Mesh dimensions shall be (nominal) 1-1/2-inches x 1-1/2-inches or 6-inches by 1-1/2-inches. 2.5 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE A. Fiberglass grating and supports shall be chemically resistant to 15% sodium hypochlorite. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for cutting, placing and securing fiberglass grating and treads. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fiberglass Grating and Treads 0992-0187 06612-2 SECTION 07190 - VAPOR BARRIERS/RETARDERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install the vapor barriers as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings and manufactureras data, test reports, material certifications of compliance and written installation instructions shall be submitted for review prior to commencement of the work. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING & ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Deliver materials to the project site in original, sealed packages with the manufacturer's labels thereon, indicating the name of the material and the manufacturer. Materials shall be stored in such a way so as to protect them from any damage. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Plastic Vapor Barrier: Shall be a minimum 6 mil thickness polyethylene sheet plastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate the work of all trades so that all items to be placed under the slab or penetrating the decking are in place prior to the placing of any vapor barriers. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. All materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the Standard Building Code, and be in strict accordance with manufactures' instructions and according to details shown on the Drawings and as indicated herein, B. Install plastic vapor barrier under all concrete slabs where finished interior portions of building are in contact with the ground or where specified. After base for the slab has been leveled and tamped, apply the vapor barrier parallel to the direction of the pour. All joints shall be lapped 6 inches, minimum, and sealed with tape or adhesive. Vapor barrier shall be cut carefully around all projections and fastened with tape and sealed around all openings. At walls and partitions, vapor barrier shall be extended 4 inches, minimum, up the vertical surface and taped. C. Caution shall be maintained to provide a puncture-free vapor barrier. Any minor tears or holes shall be repaired with tape. Any tears or holes, which require more Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Vapor Barriers/Retarders 0992-0187 07190-1 than a 6-inch length of tape to repair, shall be repaired by removing defective sheet and replacing with a new sheet. D. Cleanup: Upon completion of the plastic vapor barrier installation and prior to the placing of the concrete slab, clean up all waste materials and debris resulting from this operation and dispose of in the specified fashion. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Vapor Barriers/Retarders 07190-2 SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Concealed building insulation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated on Drawings or specified elsewhere in this Section as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide insulation products by one of the following: 1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. C. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. d. Schuller International, Inc. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Building Insulation 0992-0187 07210-1 2.2 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing). 1. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke- developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations including removing projections that interfere with insulation placement. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice and snow. C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0167 Section IVa Building Insulation 07210-2 to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill cavities formed by framing members. Where more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3.5 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Building Insulation 07210-3 SECTION 07310 - ASPHALT SHINGLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Asphalt roofing shingles. B. Leak barrier and moisture shedding roof deck protection. C. Metal flashing associated with shingle roofing. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Framing, wood decking and roof sheathing. B. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Sheet metal flashing not associated with shingle roofing; gutters and downspouts. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. B. ASTM D 3018 - Standard Specification for Class A Asphalt Shingles Surfaced with Mineral Granules. C. ASTM D 3161 - Standard Test Method for Wind-Resistance of Asphalt Shingles (Fan-Induced Method). D. ASTM D 3462 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Glass Felt and Surfaced with Mineral Granules. E. ASTM D 4586 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data : Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, showing compliance with requirements. C. Selection Samples: Two complete sets of color cards representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. D. Manufacturer's installation instructions, showing required preparation and installation procedures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the roofing system products specified in this section, with minimum of 25 years experience. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Asphalt Shingles 0992-0187 07310-1 B. Installer Minimum Qualifications: 1. Installer shall be classified as an Authorized contractor as defined and certified by Shingle Manufacturer. C. Final Warranty Inspection: Provide manufacturer's roofing inspector to review completed project for compliance with the conditions of the warranty specified below as well as normal 40-point inspection checklist. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened labeled packaging until ready for installation. B. Store products in a covered, ventilated area, at temperature not more than 110 degrees F (43 degrees C); do not store near steam pipes, radiators, or in sunlight. C. Store bundles on flat surface to maximum height recommended by manufacturer; store rolls on end. D. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Basis of Design: Provide GAF-Elk Weather Stopper Golden Pledge Warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: GAF Materials Corporation, Residential Roofing Products, which is located at: 1361 Alps Rd. ; Wayne, NJ 07470; Toll Free Tel: 888-LEAK-SOS; Tel: 888-532-5767; Fax: 973-628-3866; Email: cfontenot(a)gaf.com; Web: www.gaf.com B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. 1. When submitting request for substitution, provide complete Product Data specified above under Submittals, for each substitute product. 2.2 SHINGLES A. Super-heavyweight, granule surfaced, self sealing asphalt shingle with a strong fiberglass reinforced Micro Weave core and a mineral granule surfacing. Architectural laminate styling provides a wood shake appearance with a 5 inch (127 mm) or 5 5/8 inches (143 mm) exposure. Meets ASTM D 3018, ASTM D 3161, and ASTM D 3462; UL 790 Class A rated with UL 997 Wind Resistance Label. Lifetime warranted Timberline Prestique Lifetime Shingles by GAF-Elk. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Asphalt Shingles 0992-0187 07310-2 2.3 HIP AND RIDGE SHINGLES A. Self sealing hip and ridge cap shingle matching the color of selected roof shingle. Each bundle covers approx. 33 lineal feet (10.06 m). Universal Ridge Cap Shingles by GAF-Elk. 2.4 UNDERLAYMENT A. Leak Barrier: Self-adhering, self sealing, bituminous leak barrier surfaced with fine, skid-resistant granules. Each Roll contains approx. 150 sq ft (14 sqm), 65 lbs (29.9 kg), 36 inches by 50 feet (914 mm by 15.24 m) or 200 sf (23 sqm), 85 lb (38.6 kg), 36 inches by 66.7 feet (914 mm by 20.33 m). 58 mils (1.5 mm) thick. WeatherWatch by GAF-Elk. B, Roof Deck Protection: Water repellent, breather type cellulose/glass fiber composite roofing underlayment. Shingle-Mate by GAF-Elk. 2.5 ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS A. Fasteners Standard round wire shingle type, zinc-coated steel or aluminum; 10 to 12 gauge (3.416 mm to 2.657 mm for steel) (2.588 mm to 2.052 mm for aluminum), barbed or deformed shank, with heads 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) to 7/16 inch (11 mm) in diameter; length sufficient to penetrate at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) into solid wood or just through plywood or oriented strand board. B. Roofing Cement: General purpose asphalt roofing cement meeting the requirements of ASTM D 4586 Type I or II. Matrix Standard Plastic Roof Cement #203 by BMCA. C. Metal Flashing: 1. 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) aluminum sheet, complying with ASTM B 209. 2. Use metal flashings at: a. Eave edges. b. Rake edges. C. Step flashing at chimneys, side walls and dormers. d. Valleys. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Asphalt Shingles 0992-0187 07310-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until roof deck has been properly prepared. B. If roof deck preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean deck surfaces thoroughly prior to installation of leak barrier and underlayment. B. At areas to receive leak barrier, fill knot holes and cracks with latex filler. 3.3 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Install using methods recommended by manufacturer in accordance with Florida Building Code. B. Eaves: 1. Place eave edge metal flashing tight with fascia boards; lap joints 2 inches (50 mm) and seal with plastic cement; nail at top of flange. 2. On roofs with slope between 2:12 and 4:12, install leak barrier up the slope from eave edge to 36 inches from the edge or at least 24 inches (610 mm) beyond the interior face of the warm exterior wall, whichever is greater; lap ends 6 inches (150 mm) and bond. C. Valleys: 1. Install leak barrier at least 36 inches wide centered on valley; lap ends 6 inches (150 mm) and seal. 2. Where valleys are indicated to be "open valleys", install metal flashing over leak barrier before roof deck underlayment is installed; DO NOT NAIL THROUGH flashing; secure by nailing at 18 inches (457 mm) on center just beyond edge of flashing so that nail heads hold down edge. D. Roof Deck: 1. Install one layer of roof deck underlayment over entire area not protected by eave or valley membrane; run sheets horizontally lapped so water sheds; nail in place. 2. On roofs sloped between 2 in 12 and 4 in 12, lap horizontal edges at least 19 inches (480 mm) and at least 19 inches (485 mm) over eave protection membrane. 3. Lap ends at least 4 inches (100 mm); stagger end laps of each layer at least 36 inches (915 mm). 4. Lap underlayment over valley protection at least 6 inches (150 mm). Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Asphalt Shingles 07310-4 E. Penetrations: 1. At vent pipes, install a 24 inch (610 mm) square piece of leak barrier lapping over roof deck protection; seal tightly to pipe. 2. At vertical walls, install leak barrier extending at least 6 inches (150 mm) up the wall and 12 inches (305 mm) on to the roof surface lapping over roof deck protection. 3. At rake edges, install metal edge flashing over leak barrier and roof deck protection; set tight to rake boards; lap joints at least 2 inches (50 mm) and seal with plastic cement; secure with nails. 4. At hips and ridges, install leak barrier along entire lengths. If ridge vents are to be installed, position the leak barrier so that the ridge slots are not covered. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SHINGLES A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of the Florida Building Code. 1. Avoid breakage of shingles by avoiding dropping bundles on edge, by separating shingles carefully (not by "breaking" over ridge or bundles), and by taking extra precautions in temperatures below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C). 2. Handle carefully in hot weather to avoid damaging shingle edges. 3. Secure with 4 to 6 nails per shingle; use number of nails required by manufacturer or by code, whichever is greater. Nails must be long enough to penetrate through plywood or OSB, or 3/4 inch (19 mm) into dimensional lumber. B. Install hip and ridge shingles as required by the manufacturer. At ridges, install hip and ridge shingles over ridge or ridge vent material. C. Make valleys using "open valley" technique: 1. Snap diverging chalk lines on metal flashing, starting at 3 inches (75 mm) each side of top of valley, spreading at 1/8 inch per foot (9 mm per meter) to eave. 2. Run shingles to chalk line. 3. Trim last shingle in each course to match chalk line; do not trim shingles to less than 12 inches (305 mm) width. 4. Apply 2 inches (50 mm) wide strip of plastic cement under ends of shingles, sealing to metal flashing. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Stage work progress so that traffic is minimized over completed roofing. B. Protect installed products until completion of project. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Asphalt Shingles 0992-0187 07310-5 SECTION 07610 - SHEET METAL SOFFIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal soffit panels. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2001. B. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association; 1993. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles and product components, including anchorage, accessories, finish colors and textures. D. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. E. Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Close Out: Warranty documents specified herein. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installer with documented experience in performing work of this section who has specialized in the installation of work similar to that required for this project. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging with identification labels intact until ready for installation. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Sheet Metal Soffit 0992-0187 07610-1 B. Store materials protected from exposure to harmful conditions. Store material in dry, above ground location. 1. Stack pre-finished material to prevent twisting, bending, abrasion, scratching and denting. Elevate one end of each skid to allow for moisture to run off. 2. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration or staining. 3. Do not expose to direct sunlight or extreme heat trim material with factory applied strippable film. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official covering finish, including color, fade, chalking and film integrity. B. Warranty Period: 20 years commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Petersen Aluminum Corp., which is located at: 1005 Tonne Rd. ; Elk Grove Village, IL 60007; Toll Free Tel: 800-323-1960; Tel: 847-228-7150; Fax: 800-722-7150; Email: re uc est info; Web: www.pac-clad.com B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 SHEET METAL SOFFIT A. General: Factory fabricated panels; panels fabricated on site using portable roll former are prohibited. 1. Panel Lengths: As indicated on drawings. 2. Finish: Factory applied PAC-CLAD finish: a. Topside: Full-strength fluoropolymer, 70 percent Kynar 500 or Hylar resin, 1.0 mil (0.025 mm) total dry film thickness. b. Underside: Wash coat of 0.3 to 0.4 mil (0.076 to 0.1 mm) dry film thickness. 3. Panel Fasteners: Non-penetrating type, as required to achieve wind uplift rating per the structural drawings or otherwise as recommended by manufacturer. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Sheet Metal Soffit 07610-2 B. Soffit Panels: Petersen Aluminum Soffit Panels; V-grooved. 1. Type: PAC-850 (Hook and Grab Interlock Profile). 2. Style: Perforated, half of width. 3. Material: 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) aluminum, ASTM B 209 3105-1-114 alloy. 4. Panel Width: 12 inches (305 mm), center to center. 2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Sealant: Elastomeric. B. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphaltic mastic, free of asbestos fibers, sulfur, and other harmful impurities. C. Touch-Up Paint: Approved by panel manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrates are acceptable for roofing installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Owner's Project Representative of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate metal soffit with other work. C. Allow for structural and thermal movement. D. Separate dissimilar metals using bituminous coating to prevent galvanic action. E. Use fasteners recommended by panel manufacturer; conceal fasteners wherever possible; cover and seal exposed fasteners. F. Provide uniform, neat seams; provide sealant-type joint where indicated and form joints to conceal sealant. 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products. C. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to Substantial Completion. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sheet Metal Soffit 0992-0187 07610-3 D. Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of debris. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Sheet Metal Soffit 0992-0187 07610-4 SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sheet metal flashing and trim in the following categories: 1. Roof-drainage systems. 2. Exposed trim, gravel stops, and fascia. 3. Copings. 4. Metal flashing. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing. B. Fabricate and install flashings at roof edges to comply with recommendations of 2004 Florida Building Code with 2007 Supplements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data including manufacturer's material and finish data, installation instructions, and general recommendations for each specified flashing material and fabricated product. C. Shop Drawings of each item specified showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorage details. D. Samples of sheet metal flashing, trim, and accessory items, in the specified finish. Where finish involves normal color and texture variations, include Sample sets composed of 2 or more units showing the full range of variations expected. 1. 12-inch-long Samples of factory-fabricated products exposed as finished Work. Provide complete with specified factory finish. E. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0992-0187 07620-1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experience Installer who has completed sheet metal flashing and trim work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate Work of this Section with interfacing and adjoining Work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance, durability of Work, and protection of materials and finishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher .for type of use and finish indicated and with not less than the strength and durability of alloy and temper designated below: 1. Anodized Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, 5005-1-114, with a minimum thickness of 0.050 inch. 2. Factory-Painted Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, 3003-H14, with a minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coil-Coated Galvanized Steel Sheet: Zinc-coated, commercial-quality steel sheet conforming to ASTM A 755, G 90 coating designation, coil coated with high-performance fluoropolymer coating as specified in "Coil-Coated Galvanized Steel Sheet Finish" Article; not less than 0.0336 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, used with an acid flux of type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer; use a noncorrosive rosin flux over tinned surfaces. B. Asphalt Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type asphalt mastic, nominally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, compounded for 15-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. C. Fasteners: Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. D. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. E. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by sheet metal manufacturer and fabricator of components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0992-0187 07620-2 F. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2-part, noncorrosive, . aluminum seam-cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior and interior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. G. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for waterproof and weather-resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet metal. H. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of Work, matching or compatible with material being installed; noncorrosive; size and thickness required for performance. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Sheet Metal Fabrication Standard: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated. B. Comply with details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. C. Form exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. D. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. E. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in aluminum with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. F. Expansion Provisions: Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). G. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. H. Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of sheet metal exposed to public view. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0992.0187 07620-3 J. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as sheet metal component being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. 1. Size: As recommended by SMACNA manual or sheet metal manufacturer for application but never less than thickness of metal being secured. K. Match material and finish to adjacent metal siding or other metal assembly unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 2.4 SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. General: Fabricate sheet metal items in thickness -or weight needed to comply with performance requirements but not less than that listed below for each application and metal. B. Gutters & Downspouts: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick. C. Exposed Trim, Gravel Stops, and Fasciae: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick. 2. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. D. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Aluminum: 0.040 inch thick. 2. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. 3. Galvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch thick. E. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick. 2. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. 3. Galvanized Steel: 0.0217 inch thick. F. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0156 inch thick. G. Drip Edges: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick. 2. Stainless Steel: 0.0156 inch thick. 3. Galvanized Steel: 0.0217 inch thick. H. Equipment Support Flashing: Other than preengineering roofing specialties fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0992-0187 07620-4 Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch thick. 2.6 ALUMINUM EXTRUSION FABRICATIONS A. Aluminum Extrusion Units: Fabricate extruded-aluminum running units with formed or extruded-aluminum joint covers for installation behind main members where possible. Fabricate mitered and welded corner units. 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. High-Performance Organic Coating Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid chromate-fluoride- phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions. B. Colors: Downspouts, Gutters, & Trim: To be selected by Owner's Project Representative: Tuffclad Kynar 500 from manufacturer's color charts to match the roof color. 2.7 COIL-COATED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FINISH A. High-Performance Organic Coating Finish: Apply the following system by coil- coating process on galvanized steel sheet as recommended by coating manufacturers and applicator. Fluoropolymer 2-Coat Coating System: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured system composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 605.2. a) Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of choices for color and gloss. b) Resin Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fluoropolymer coating systems containing resins produced by one of the following manufacturers: (1) Ausimont USA, Inc. (Hylar 5000) (2) Elf Atochem North America, Inc. (Kynar 500) 2. Coil-Coated Steel Sheet Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a) Atlas Aluminum Corporation. b) Copper Sales, Inc. C) MM Systems Corporation. d) Petersen Aluminum Corporation. e) Vincent Metals. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0992-0187 07620-5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and verify that Work may properly commence. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of Work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Install exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. C. Roof-Edge Flashings: Secure metal fleshings at roof edges according to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone. D. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal. expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). E. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches, except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. Do not solder the following metals: a) Aluminum. b) Coil-coated galvanized steel sheet. 2. Pretinning is not required for the following metals: a) Lead. b) Lead-coated copper. C) Terne-coated stainless steel. 3. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0992-0187 07620-6 F. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. Use joint adhesive for nonmoving joints specified not to be soldered. G. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in aluminum with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. H. Separations: Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. Underlayment: Where installing stainless steel or aluminum directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red-rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment. 2. Bed flanges of Work in a thick coat of roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. Counterflashings: Coordinate installation of counterflashings with installation of assemblies to be protected by counterflashing. Install counterflashings in reglets or receivers. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of snap-in installation and sealant, lead wedges and sealant, interlocking folded seam, or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 2 inches and bed with sealant. Roof-Drainage System: Install drainage items fabricated from sheet metal, with straps, adhesives, and anchors recommended by SMACNA's Manual or the item manufacturer, to drain roof in the most efficient manner. Coordinate flashing and sheet metal items for roof edges with roofing installation. K. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate equipment support flashing installation with roofing and equipment installation. Weld or seal flashing to equipment support member. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate roof-penetration flashing installation with roofing and installation of items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: Seal and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof, other than lead flashing on vent piping. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and trim Work during construction is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 0992-0187 07620-7 SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. B. Sealant and backing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. B. ANSI/ASTM D1565 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Open-Cell Foam). C. ASTM C804 - Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealants. D. ASTM C920 - Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. E. FS TT-S-01657 - Sealing Compound: Butyl Type. F. SWI (Sealing and Waterproofers Institute) - Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, limitations, color availability and intended use. B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum five years documented experience. C. Conform to Sealant and Waterproofers Institute requirements for materials and installation. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. B. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Joint Sealers 0992-0187 07900.1 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with all Sections referencing this Section. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty. B. Warranty: Include coverage of installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve air tight and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. C. In addition, the warranty shall state that all exposed sealants will be guaranteed against any crazing developing on the surface of the material for five years of outdoor exposure, any staining of the adjacent surfaces, by sealant or by primer (yellowing, etc.) caulking, or color change on surface of cured sealant. 1.8 DEFINITIONS A. Regardless of the terminology used on the drawings the following definitions shall be used to identify and clarify the use of materials specified. "Caulking" may apply only to oil based and other organic materials and work in connection with them. Use in the filling or closing of interior joints where expansion or contraction are of no consideration, and where filling and closing of these interior joints is primarily for appearance, or painting. 2. "Sealant" shall apply to all other conditions, interior and exterior, where expansion, contraction, resiliency, and waterproof or weather tight construction are a consideration. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANTS A. Sealant for Exterior Work including perimeter of exterior doors and glazing (except as specified otherwise) Single component polyurethane, ASTM C-920 type W, grade NS, class 25, use NT, M, A: 1. Sonneborn: "Sonolastic" NP1 2. Tremco: "Dymonic" 3. Pecora: "Dynatrol" I B. Polyurethane Sealant for use in concrete control joints and expansion joints: ASTM C920, Class A, single component, chemical curing, non-staining, non-bleeding, self-leveling type; limestone color; manufactured by: 1. Sonneborn: "Sonolastic" SL1. 2. Pecora: "Urexpan" NR-200 C. Butyl Sealant for threshold setting bed: Single component, solvent release, non- skinning, non-sagging, TT-S-01657 type I, manufactured by: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Joint Sealers 0992-0187 07900-2 1. Tremco: "Butyl Sealant". 2. Pecora: "BC158" D. Color: Match adjacent surfaces where not painted, or as otherwise selected by the Owner's Project Representative from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 2.3 JOINT BACKING A. Closed cell polyethylene rod, circular or rectangular dimension as indicated or required; or bond-breaking type coated open cell polyurethane rod similar to "Polytite B" by Sandell Manufacturing. Materials shall be free of oil or other staining elements. Oakum and other types of absorptive materials shall not be used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces, and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing surfaces & substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release, C790 for latex base sealants. E. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Joint Sealers 07900-3 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. C. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. G. Tool joints as detailed. 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. B. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished, installation under provisions of the Supplemental General Conditions. B. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Joint Sealers 0992-0187 07900-4 SECTION 08255 - FRP FLUSH DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP) flush doors with aluminum frames. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08710 - Door Hardware. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AAMA 1503-98 - Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections. B. ANSI A250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcings. C. ASTM B 117 - Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. D. ASTM B 209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. E. ASTM B 221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. F. ASTM D 256 - Determining the Pendulum Impact Resistance of Notched Specimens of Plastics. G. ASTM D 543 - Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents. H. ASTM D 570 - Water Absorption of Plastics. I. ASTM D 638 - Tensile Properties of Plastics. J. ASTM D 790 - Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. K. ASTM D 1308 - Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear and Pigmented Organic Finishes. L. ASTM D 1621 - Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. M. ASTM D 1623 - Tensile and Tensile Adhesion Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. N. ASTM D 2126 - Response of Rigid Cellular Plastics to Thermal and Humid Aging. 0. ASTM D 2583 - Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol I m pressor. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa FRP Flush Doors 0992.0187 08255-1 P. ASTM D 5420 - Impact Resistance of Flat Rigid Plastic Specimens by Means of a Failing Weight. Q. ASTM D 6670-01 - Standard Practice for Full-Scale Chamber Determination of Volatile Organic Emissions from Indoor Materials/Products. R. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. S. ASTM E 90 - Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. T. ASTM E 283 - Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. U. ASTM E 330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. V. ASTM E 331 - Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. W. ASTM F 476 - Security of Swinging Door Assemblies. X. NWWDA T.M. 7-90 - Cycle Slam Test Method Y. SFBC PA 201 - Impact Test Procedures. Z. SFBC PA 203 - Criteria for Testing Products Subject to Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading. AA. SFBC 3603.2 (b)(5) - Forced Entry Resistance Test. 1.4 . PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide door assemblies that have been designed and fabricated to comply with specified performance requirements, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's corresponding standard systems. B. Air Infiltration: For a single door 3'-0" x 7'-0", test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at pressure differential of 6.24 psf. Door shall not exceed 0.90 cfm per linear foot of perimeter crack. C. Water Resistance: For a single door 3'-0" x 7'-0", test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 at pressure differential of 7.50 psf. Door shall not have water leakage. D. Indoor air quality testing per ASTM D 6670-01: GREENGUARD Environmental Institute Certified including GREENGUARD for Children and Schools Certification. E. Hurricane Test Standards, Double Door with Three-Point Latching: 1. In accordance with Manufacturer's Approved Florida Product Approval Installation Instructions and Certification. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa FRP Flush Doors 08255-2 F. Hurricane Test Standards, Single Door with Single-Point Latching: 1. Uniform Static Load, ASTM E 330: Plus or minus 75 pounds per square foot. 2. Forced Entry Test, 300 Pound Load Applied, SFBC 3603.2 (b)(5): Passed. 3. Cyclic Load Test, SFBC PA 203: Plus or minus 53 pounds per square foot. 4. Large Missile Impact Test, SFBC PA 201: Passed. G. Swinging Door Cycle Test, Doors and Frames, ANSI A250.4: Minimum of 25,000,000 cycles. H. Cycle Slam Test Method, NWWDA T.M. 7-90: Minimum 5,000,000 Cycles. 1. Swinging Security Door Assembly, Doors and Frames, ASTM F 476: Grade 40. J. Salt Spray, Exterior Doors and Frames, ASTM B 117: Minimum of 500 hours. K. Sound Transmission, Exterior Doors, STC, ASTM E 90: Minimum of 25. L. Thermal Transmission, Exterior Doors, U-Value, AAMA 1503-98: Maximum of 0.29 BTU/hr x sf x degrees F. Minimum of 55 CRF value. M. Surface Burning Characteristics, FRP Doors and Panels, ASTM E 84: 1. Flame Spread: Maximum of 200, Class C. 2. Smoke Developed: Maximum of 450, Class C. N. Surface Burning Characteristics, Class A Option On Interior Faces of FRP Exterior Panels and Both Faces of FRP Interior Panels, ASTM E 84: 1. Flame Spread: Maximum of 25. 2. Smoke Developed: Maximum of 450. 0. Impact Strength, FRP Doors and Panels, Nominal Value, ASTM D 256: 15.0 foot-pounds per inch of notch. P. Tensile Strength, FRP Doors and Panels, Nominal Value, ASTM D 638: 14,000 psi. Q. Flexural Strength, FRP Doors and Panels, Nominal Value, ASTM D 790: 21,000 psi. R. Water Absorption, FRP Doors and Panels, Nominal Value, ASTM D 570: 0.20 percent after 24 hours. S. Indentation Hardness, FRP Doors and Panels, Nominal Value, ASTM D 2583: 55. T. Gardner Impact Strength, FRP Doors and Panels, Nominal Value, ASTM D 5420: 120 in-lb. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa FRP Flush Doors 08255-3 U. Abrasion Resistance, Face Sheet, Taber Abrasion Test, 25 Cycles at 1,000 Gram Weight with CS-17 Wheel: Maximum of 0.029 average weight loss percentage. V. Stain Resistance, ASTM D 1308: Face sheet unaffected after exposure to red cabbage, tea, and tomato acid. Stain removed easily with mild abrasive or FRP cleaner when exposed to crayon and crankcase oil. W. Chemical Resistance, ASTM D 543. Excellent rating. 1. Acetic acid, Concentrated. 2. Ammonium Hydroxide, Concentrated. 3. Citric Acid, 10%. 4. Formaldehyde. 5. Hydrochloric Acid, 10% 6. Sodium hypochlorite, 4 to 6 percent solution. X. Compressive Strength, Foam Core, Nominal Value, ASTM D 1621: 79.9 psi. Y. Compressive Modulus, Foam Core, Nominal Value, ASTM D 1621: 370 psi. Z. Tensile Adhesion, Foam Core, Nominal Value, ASTM D 1623: 45.3 psi. AA. Thermal and Humid Aging, Foam Core, Nominal Value, 158 Degrees F and 100 Percent Humidity for 14 Days, ASTM D 2126: Minus 5.14 percent volume change. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, including description of materials, components, fabrication, finishes, and installation. C. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's shop drawings, including elevations, sections, and details, indicating dimensions, tolerances, materials, fabrication, doors, panels, framing, hardware schedule, and finish. D. Samples: 1. Door: Submit manufacturer's sample of door showing face sheets, core, framing, and finish. 2. Color: Submit manufacturer's samples of standard colors of doors and frames. E. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports from qualified independent testing agency indicating doors comply with specified performance requirements. F. Manufacturer's Project References: Submit list of successfully completed projects including project name and location, name of architect, and type and quantity of doors manufactured. Sky-crest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa FRP Flush Doors 08255-4 G. Maintenance Manual: Submit manufacturer's maintenance and cleaning instructions for doors, including maintenance and operating instructions for hardware. H. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty. 1. Provide Florida Product Approval number. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: 1. Continuously engaged in manufacturing of doors of similar type to that specified, with a minimum of 15 years successful experience. 2. Door and frame components from same manufacturer. 3. Evidence of a compliant documented quality management system. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying opening door mark and manufacturer. B. Storage: Store materials in clean, dry area indoors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Handling: Protect materials and finish from damage during handling and installation. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warrant doors, frames, and factory hardware against failure in materials and workmanship, including excessive deflection, faulty operation, defects in hardware installation, and deterioration of finish or construction in excess of normal weathering. B. Warranty Period: Ten years starting on date of shipment. In addition, a limited lifetime (while the door is in its specified application in its original installation) warranty covering: failure of corner joinery, core deterioration, delamination or bubbling of door skin. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER A. Special-Lite, Inc., PO Box 6, Decatur, Michigan 49045. Toll Free (800) 821- 6531. Phone (269) 423-7068. Fax (800) 423-7610. Web Site www.special- lite.com. E-Mail infoaspecial-lite.com. B. Or approved equal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa FRP Flush Doors 08255-5 2.2 FRP FLUSH DOORS A. Model: SL-17 Flush Doors with SpecLite3 fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP) face sheets. B. Door Opening Size: As indicated on the Drawings. C. Construction: 1. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. 2. Stiles and Rails: Aluminum Alloy 6063-T5, minimum of 2-5/16-inch depth. 3. Corners: Mitered. 4. Provide joinery of 3/8-inch diameter full-width tie rods through extruded splines top and bottom integral to standard tubular shaped stiles and rails reinforced to accept hardware as specified. 5. Securing Internal Door Extrusions: 3/16-inch angle blocks and locking hex nuts for joinery. Welds, glue, or other methods are not acceptable. 6. Furnish extruded stiles and rails with integral reglets to accept face sheets. Lock face sheets into place to permit flush appearance. 7. Rail caps or other face sheet capture methods are not acceptable. 8. Extrude top and bottom rail legs for interlocking continuous weather bar. 9. Meeting Stiles: Pile brush weatherseals. Extrude meeting stile to include integral pocket to accept pile brush weatherseals. 10. Bottom of Door: Install bottom weather bar with nylon brush weatherstripping into extruded interlocking edge of bottom rail. 11. Glue: Use of glue to bond sheet to core or extrusions is not acceptable. D. Face Sheet: 1. Material: SpecLite3 FRP, 0.120-inch thickness, finish color throughout. 2. Protective coating: Abuse-resistant engineered surface. Provide FRP with SpecLite3 protective coating, or equal. 3. Texture: Pebble. 4. Color: To be selected by Owner's Project Representative from manufacturer's standard colors. 5. Adhesion: The use of glue to bond face sheet to foam core is prohibited. E. Core: 1. Material: Poured-in-place polyurethane foam. 2. Density: Minimum of 5 pounds per cubic foot. 3. R-Value: Minimum of 9. F. Cutouts: 1. Manufacture doors with cutouts for required vision lites, louvers, and panels. 2. Factory install vision lites, louvers, and panels. G. Hardware: 1. Pre-machine doors in accordance with templates from specified hardware manufacturers and hardware schedule. 2. Factory install hardware as scheduled in the Door Hardware Schedule in Section 08710 - Door Hardware. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va FRP Flush Doors 0992-0187 08255-6 2.3 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Members: 1. Extrusions: ASTM B 221. 2. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. 3. Alloy and Temper: As required by manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, application of required finish, and control of color. B. Components: Door and frame components from same manufacturer. C. Fasteners: 1. Material: Aluminum, 18-8 stainless steel, or other noncorrosive metal. 2. Compatibility: Compatible with items to be fastened. 3. Exposed Fasteners: Screws with finish matching items to be fastened. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Sizes and Profiles: Required sizes for door and frame units, and profile requirements shall be as indicated on the Drawings. B. Coordination of Fabrication: Field measure before fabrication and show recorded measurements on shop drawings. C. Assembly: 1. Complete cutting, fitting, forming, drilling, and grinding of metal before assembly. 2. Remove burrs from cut edges. D. Welding: Welding of doors or frames is not acceptable. E. Fit: 1. Maintain continuity of line and accurate relation of planes and angles. 2. Secure attachments and support at mechanical joints with hairline fit at contacting members. 2.5 ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Tubular Framing: 1. Size and Type: As indicated on the Drawings. 2. Materials: Aluminum Alloy 6063-T5, 1/8-inch minimum wall thickness. 3. Applied Door Stops: 0.625-inch high, with screws and weatherstripping. Door stop shall incorporate pressure gasketing for weathering seal. Counterpunch fastener holes in door stop to preserve full metal thickness under fastener head. 4. Frame Members: Box type with 4 enclosed sides. Open-back framing is not acceptable. 5. Caulking: Caulk joints before assembling frame members. 6. Joints: Skyerest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa FRP Flush Doors 0992-0187 08255-7 a. Secure joints with fasteners, b. Provide hairline butt joint appearance. 7. Field Fabrication: Field fabrication of framing using stick material is not acceptable. 8. Applied Stops: For side, transom, and borrowed lites and panels. Applied stops shall incorporate pressure gasketing for weathering seal. Reinforce with solid bar stock fill for frame hardware attachments. 9. Hardware: a. Premachine and reinforce frame members for hardware in accordance with manufacturer's standards and hardware schedule. b. Factory install hardware as scheduled in the Door Hardware Schedule in Section 08710 - Door Hardware. 10. Anchors: a. As specified in Manufacturer's Florida Product Approval Installation Instructions. b. Anchors appropriate for wall conditions to anchor framing to wall materials. C. Door Jamb and Header Mounting Holes: Maximum of 24-inch centers. d. Secure head and sill members of transom, side lites, and similar conditions. 2.6 HARDWARE A. Premachine doors in accordance with templates from specified hardware manufacturers and hardware schedule. B. Hardware Schedule: Refer to Schedule in Specification Section 08710 - Door Hardware. 2.7 VISION LITES A. Factory Glazing: 1-inch glass insulating units. B. Rectangular Lites: 1. Size: Half lite 22 %" W by 36 5/8" H (exposed glass size). 2. Factory glazed with screw-applied aluminum stops anodized to match perimeter door rails. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive doors. Notify Owner's Project Representative of conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent use. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa FRP Flush Doors 0992-0187 08255-8 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Ensure openings to receive frames are plumb, level, square, and in tolerance. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install doors plumb, level, square, true to line, and without warp or rack. C. Anchor frames securely in place. D. Separate aluminum from other metal surfaces with bituminous coatings . E. Set thresholds in bed of mastic and backseal. F. Install exterior doors to be weathertight in closed position. G. Repair minor damages to finish in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. Remove and replace damaged components that cannot be successfully repaired as determined by Owner's Project Representative. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors, hinges, and locksets for smooth operation without binding. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean doors promptly after installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not use harsh cleaning materials or methods that would damage finish. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed doors to ensure that, except for normal weathering, doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa FRP Flush Doors 0992-0187 08255-9 SECTION 08331 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of overhead coiling doors: 1. Service doors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Operation Cycle: One complete cycle of a door begins with the door in the closed position. The door is then moved to the open position and back to the closed position. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide overhead coiling doors, of all types, capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses without evidencing permanent deformation of door components: 1. Wind Load: As indicated on structural drawings. 2. Large Missile Test: In accordance with SSTD 12, ASTM E 1886 and ASTM E 1996. B. Operation-Cycle Requirements: Design overhead coiling door components and operator to operate for not less than 50,000 cycles and for 25 cycles per day. 1. Include tamperproof cycle counter. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coiling door and accessory. Include details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes. Provide roughing-in diagrams, operating instructions, and maintenance information. Include the following: 1. Setting drawings, templates, and installation instructions for built-in or embedded anchor devices. 2. Summary of forces and loads on walls and jambs. 3. Motors: Show nameplate data and ratings; characteristics; mounting arrangements; size and location of winding termination lugs, conduit entry, and grounding lug; and coatings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Overhead Coiling Doors 0992-0187 08331-1 B. Shop Drawings: For special components and installations not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's data sheets. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring and between components provided by door manufacturer and those provided by others. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for units with factory-applied finishes. D. Samples for Verification: Of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below and of same thickness and material indicated for Work. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include Sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. 1. Curtain Slats: 12-inch length. E. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified requirements. F. Product Approval: For each type of door indicated provide: 1. Florida Product Approval number and installation details. 2. Large missile test certification. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is an authorized representative of the overhead coiling door manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain overhead coiling doors through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Obtain operators and controls from the overhead coiling door manufacturer. C. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Overhead Coiling Doors 08331-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Alpine Overhead Doors, Inc. 2. The Cookson Company. 3. Cornell Iron Works Inc. 4. Mahon Door Corp. 5. Overhead Door Corporation. 6. Wayne-Dalton Corp. 2.2 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Door Curtain: Fabricate overhead coiling door curtain of interlocking slats, designed to withstand wind loading indicated, in a continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of material thickness recommended by door manufacturer for performance, size, and type of door indicated, and as follows: Steel Door Curtain Slats: Structural-quality, cold-rolled galvanized steel sheets complying with ASTM A 653, with G90 (ASTM A 653M, with Z275) zinc coating. 2. Insulation (where scheduled on drawings): Fill slat with manufacturer's standard rigid cellular polystyrene or polyurethane-foam-type thermal insulation complying with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 75 and 450, respectively, according to ASTM E 84. Enclose insulation completely within metal slat faces. 3. Inside Curtain Slat Face: To match material of outside metal curtain slat and as follows: a. Galvanized Steel Sheet Thickness: Not less than 0.028 inch. B. Endlocks: Malleable-iron castings galvanized after fabrication, secured to curtain slats with galvanized rivets, or high-strength nylon. Provide locks on not less than alternate curtain slats for curtain alignment and resistance against lateral movement. C. Windlocks: Malleable-iron castings secured to curtain slats with galvanized rivets or high-strength nylon, as required to comply with wind load as indicated on structural drawings. D. Bottom Bar: Manufacturer's standard continuous channel or tubular shape, either stainless-steel or aluminum extrusions to suit type of curtain slats. Astragal: Provide a replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible gasket of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene, between angles or fitted to shape, as a cushion bumper for interior door. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Overhead Coiling Doors 0992-0187 08331-3 2. Provide motor-operated doors with combination bottom astragal and sensor edge. E. Curtain Jamb Guides: Fabricate curtain jamb guides of angles, or channels and angles of material and finish to match curtain slats, with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain, to allow curtain to operate smoothly, and to withstand loading. Provide continuous integral wear strips to prevent metal-to-metal contact and minimize noise of travel and removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain. 2.3 HOODS AND ACCESSORIES A. Hood: Form to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism at opening head and act as weatherseal. Contour to suit end brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce top and bottom edges for stiffness. Provide closed ends for surface-mounted hoods and fascia for any portion of between- jamb mounting projecting beyond wall face. Provide intermediate support brackets as required to prevent sag. 1. Fabricate steel hoods, for steel doors, of not less than 0.028-inch thick, hot-dip galvanized steel sheet with G90 (Z275) zinc coating, complying with ASTM A 653 (ASTM A 653M). 2. Include automatic drop baffle to guard against passage of smoke or flame. 3. Shape: Round. B. Integral Frame, Hood, and Fascia: Provide welded assemblies of the following sheet metal: 1. Fabricate of not less than 0.064-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick, hot-dip galvanized steel sheet with G90 (Z275) zinc coating, complying with ASTM A 653 (ASTM A 653M). C. Integral Sills: Fabricate sills as integral part of frame assembly of same sheet metal, but not less than 0.078 inch thick. D. Weather seals: Provide replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible weather-stripping gaskets fitted to bottom and at top of exterior doors, unless otherwise indicated. At door head, use 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) thick, replaceable, continuous sheet secured to inside of curtain coil hood. 1. Provide motor-operated doors with combination bottom weather seal and sensor edge. 2. Provide replaceable, adjustable, continuous, flexible, 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) thick seals of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene at door jambs for a weather tight installation. 3. Provide Brush type seal at door head. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Overhead Coiling Doors 0992-0187 08331-4 SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Commercial door hardware. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware, including wiring diagrams. C. Samples: For each exposed finish. D. Product certificates and test reports. E. Other Action Submittals 1. Door Hardware Sets: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. a. Format: Use same scheduling sequence, format, and door numbers as in the Contract Documents. b. Content: Include the following information: 1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, and material of each door and frame. 2) Type, style, function, size, quantity, and finish of each door hardware item. Include description and function of each lockset and exit device. 3) Complete designations of every item required for each .door or opening including name and manufacturer. 2. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by lock manufacturer. B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Iva Door Hardware 0992-0187 08710-1 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion, except as follows: a. Exit Devices: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section and door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and products equivalent in function and comparable in quality to named products. B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article. 2.2 HINGES, GENERAL A. Template Requirements: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units. B. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Door Hardware 0992-0187 08710-2 2. Interior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. 3. Hinges for Fire-Rated Assemblies: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. C. Non-removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for outswinging exterior doors. D. Fasteners: Comply with the following: 1. Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped holes. 2. Screws: Phillips flat-head; machine screws (drilled and tapped holes) for metal doors. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges. 2.3 HINGES A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH). 2. Bommer Industries, Inc. (BI). 3. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP). 4. Hager Companies (HAG). 5. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB). 6. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MCK). 7. PBB, Inc. (PBB). 8. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). 2.4 LOCKS AND LATCHES, GENERAL A. Accessibility Requirements: Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 Ibf (22 N). B. Latches and Locks for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Latches shall not require more than 15 Ibf (67 N) to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. C. Lock Trim: 1. Levers 2. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons. D. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors. E. Backset: 2-3/4 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated. F. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latchbolt or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Door Hardware 08710-3 2.5 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Lock Functions: Function numbers and descriptions indicated in door hardware sets comply with the following: 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Accurate Lock & Hardware Co. (ALH). b. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM). C. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW). d. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). e. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP). f. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). g. Folger Adam Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (FAS). h. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (FAL). i. Marks USA (MKS). j. PDQ Manufacturing (PDQ). k. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). 1. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH). M. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). 2.6 AUXILIARY LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Auxiliary Locks: 1. Available Manufacturers: a. ABLOY Security, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ABL). b. Accurate Lock & Hardware Co. (ALH). C. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM). d. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW). e. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). f. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP). g. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (FAL). h. Marks USA (MKS). i. Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (M ED). j. PDQ Manufacturing (PDQ). k. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). I.. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH). M. Weiser Lock; a Masco Company (WEI). n. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Door Hardware 08710-4 2.7 DOOR BOLTS A. Bolt Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM). b. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO). C. Door Controls International (DCI). d. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ). e. Hager Companies (HAG). f. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS). g. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). h. Trimco (TBM). B. Manual Flush Bolts 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM). b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM). C. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO). d. Door Controls International (DCI). e. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ). f. Hager Companies (HAG). g. Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA). h. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS). i. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). j. Trimco (TBM). 2.8 EXIT DEVICES A. Accessibility Requirements: Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 Ibf (22 N). B. Exit Devices for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Exit devices shall not require more than 15 Ibf (67 N) to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. C. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. D. Fire Exit Devices: Devices complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire and panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305 and NFPA 252. E. Outside Trim: Lever with cylinder; material and finish to match locksets, unless otherwise indicated. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Door Hardware 08710-5 1. Match design for locksets and latchsets, unless otherwise indicated. F. Through Bolts: For exit devices and trim on FRP doors and fire-rated FRP doors. 2.9 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Standard Lock Cylinders: B. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: Number of Pins: Six. C. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; with interchangeable cores. D. Construction Keying: Comply with the following: 1. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys. 2. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores. Provide 10 construction master keys. a. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation. E. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locks and latches. F. Available Manufacturers: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9. 10 2.10 KEYING ABLOY Security, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ABL). Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW). ASSA, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ASA). Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (FAL). Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MED). SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH). Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference into master key system. 1. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Door Hardware 08710-6 B. Keys: Nickel silver; permanently inscribed with a visual key control number and including the notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE." 1. Quantity:. In addition to one extra key blank for each lock, provide three cylinder change keys and five master keys. 2.11 OPERATING TRIM A. Materials: Fabricate from stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. B. Available Manufacturers: 1. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM). 2. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO). 3. Forms + Surfaces (FS). 4. Hager Companies (HAG). 5. Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA). 6. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS). 7. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM). 8. Trimco (TBM). 2.12 CLOSERS A. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements: 1. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 Ibf (22.2 N) applied perpendicular to door. a. Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Door Closers for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Door closers shall not require more than 30 Ibf (133 N) to set door in motion and not more than 15 Ibf (67 N) to open door to minimum required width. C. Hold-Open Closers/Detectors: Coordinate and interface integral smoke detector . and closer device with fire alarm system. D. Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force, E. Surface Closers: Provide type of arm required for closer to be located on non- public side of door, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARV). b. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). C. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America (DAH). Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Door Hardware 0992-0187 08710.7 d. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (DOR). e. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LCN). f. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (NDC). 9. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (RIX). h. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). i. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). 2.13 PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS A. Size: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) less than door width on push side and 1/2 inch (13 mm) less than door width on pull side, by height specified in door hardware sets. 2.14 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Stops and Bumpers: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders. B. Silencers for Door Frames: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1; neoprene or rubber; fabricated for drilled-in application to frame. Available Manufacturers: a. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. (ABH). b. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH). C. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM). d. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP). e. Don-Jo Mfg,, Inc. (DJO). f. Door Controls International (DCI). g. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA North America (DAH). h. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (DOR). i. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ). j. Hager Companies (HAG). k. HES, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (HES). 1. Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA). M. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS). n. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY company (RIX). o. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM). P. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY company (SGT). Group Group Group q. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). r. Trimco (TBM). Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Door Hardware 08710-8 2.15 DOOR GASKETING A. General: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. 2. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. 3. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. B. Smoke-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke-control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784. 1. Provide smoke-labeled gasketing on 20-minute-rated doors and on smoke-labeled doors. C. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency, for sound ratings indicated, based on testing according to ASTM E 1408. D. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. E. Gasketing Materials: ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702. F. Available Manufacturers: 1, Hager Companies (HAG). 2. M-D Building Products, Inc. (MD). 3. National Guard Products (NGP). 4. Pemko Manufacturing Co. (PEM). 5. Reese Enterprises (RE). 6. Sealeze; a unit of Jason Incorporated (SEL). 7. Zero International (ZRO). 2.16 THRESHOLDS A. Accessibility Requirements: Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. B. Thresholds for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Maximum 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. C. Available Manufacturers: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Door Hardware 0992-0187 08710-9 1. Hager Companies (HAG). 2. M-D Building Products, Inc. (MD). 3. National Guard Products (NGP). 4. Pemko Manufacturing Co. (PEM). 5. Reese Enterprises (RE). 6. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (RIX). 7. Sealeze; a unit of Jason Incorporated (SEL). 8. Zero International (ZRO). 2.17 FABRICATION A. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified standard. B. Fasteners: Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NFPA 80 for fasteners of door hardware in fire-rated applications. DART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI Al 15 Series. Drill and tap doors and frames for surface-applied door hardware according to ANSI A250.6. B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames." 3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." C. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. D. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Door Hardware 0992-0187 08710-10 E. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close freely from an open position of 30 degrees. 2. Door Closers: Unless otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction, adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. 3.2 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: Owner will engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Door Hardware Set No. 1 Door Nos. 101, 103; each to have the following: No. Item Description Mfr. Finish 1 Set Hinges SL-11HD Continuous Hinges Special-Lite 1 Entrance Lock L9453P 06A Schlage ANSI 626 1 Mortise Cylinder 20-787 Schlage ANSI 626 1 Surface Closer TS93-5PTHO DORMA ANSI 689 1 Kick Plate K1050 8" x 34" Rockwood ANSI 630 1 Wall Bumper 409 Rockwood ANSI 630 1 Set Weatherstripping 347A, 68AR, 488N Pemko AL 1 Door Sweep 345AV Pemko Nylon 1 Threshold 568 Zero AL Door Hardware Set No. 2 Door Nos. 104, 107; each to have the following: No. Item Description Mfr. Finish 1 Set Hinges SL-11HD Continuous Hinges Special-Lite 1 Passage Latch ND10S F75 RHO Schlage ANSI 626 1 Mortise Cylinder 20-787 Schlage ANSI 626 1 Surface Closer TS93-1 PTHO DORMA ANSI 689 1 Kick Plate K1050 8" x 34" Rockwood ANSI 630 1 Set Weatherstripping S88C Pemko Clear Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Door Hardware 08710-11 Door Hardware Set No. 3 Door No. 105; each to have the following: No. Item Description Mfr. Finish 2 Sets Hinges SL-11 HD Continuous Hinges Special-Lite 2 3 Pt Lock Exit Device 9957L Von Duprin ANSI 626 1 Removable Mullion 4954 Special-Lite Paint 1 Astragal 305CN Pemko AL 2 Surface Closer TS93-5PTHO DORMA ANSI 689 2 Kick Plate K1050 8" x 34" Rockwood ANSI 630 2 Sets Weatherstripping 315CR,347A, 68AR, Pemko AL 2 Door Sweep 345AV Pemko AL 2 Threshold 568 Zero AL Door Hardware Set No. 4 Door Nos. 102, 106; each to have the following: No. Item Description Mfr. Finish 1 Slide Locking Bolt Door Mfr. 1 Key Padlock . Rekeyable 2'/2" Padlock Master END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992.0187 Section IVa Door Hardware 08710-12 SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Portland cement plaster, plastic accessories and stucco finishes. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B, Product Data for each product specified. C. Samples for initial selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units at least 12 inches square showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for type of finish indicated. 1. Include similar Samples of material for joints and accessories involving color selection. 2. Provide samples of finish textures available for selection by the Owner. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver cementitious materials to Project site in original packages, containers, or bundles, labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name, and lot number. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after plaster application. B. Cold-Weather Requirements: Provide heat and protection, temporary or permanent, as required to protect each coat of plaster from freezing for at least 24 hours after application. Distribute heat uniformly to prevent concentration of heat on plaster near heat sources; provide deflection or protective screens. C. Warm-Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural and artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions to prevent dry out during Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Portland Cement Plaster 0992-0187 09220-1 cure period. Provide suitable coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these, as required. D. Exterior Plaster Work: Do not apply plaster when ambient temperature is below 40 deg F. E. Protect contiguous work from soiling and moisture deterioration caused by plastering. Provide temporary covering and other provisions necessary to minimize harmful spattering of plaster on other work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Plastic Trim and Accessories: a. Plastic Components, Inc. b. Or approved equivalent. 2. Stucco: a. California Stucco Products Corp. b. Florida Stucco Corp. C. Highland Stucco. d. IPA Systems, Inc. e. United States Gypsum Co. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with material provisions of ASTM C 1063 and the requirements indicated below; coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. 1. PVC Casing beads, corner beads, corner reinforcement, control joints, and all associated trim and accessories shall be as manufactured by Plastic Components Inc. or approved equivalent. 2.3 PLASTER MATERIALS A. Base-Coat Cements: Type as indicated below: 1. Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Factory-Prepared Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory-packaged blend of Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or III; hydrated lime, Type S, ASTM C 206 or. ASTM C 207; aggregate, ASTM C 897; and compatible with base coat and finish texture indicated; in color indicated below: 1. Provide color selected by Owner's Project Representative from manufacturer's full range of colors. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Portland Cement Plaster 0992-0187 09220-2 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable. B. Dash-Coat Material: 2 parts Portland cement to 3 parts fine sand, mixed with water to a mushy-paste consistency. C. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening metal lath to steel members 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. 2.5 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard non-sag, paintable, non-staining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following requirements. B. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, non-hardening, non-skinning, non-staining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce airborne sound transmission. C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, acoustical sealants that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: a. PL Acoustical Sealant; ChemRex, Inc., Contech Brands. b. AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant; Pecora Corp. C. SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant; United States Gypsum Co. 2.6 PLASTER MIXES AND COMPOSITIONS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for base- and finish-coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, materials, and other requirements indicated. B. Base-Coat Mixes and Compositions: Proportion materials for respective base coats in parts by volume per sum of cementitious materials for aggregates to comply with the following requirements for each method of application and plaster base indicated. Adjust mix proportions below within limits specified to attain workability. C. Three-Coat Work over CMU: Base-coat proportions as indicated below: 1. Scratch Coat: 1 part Portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime, 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate. 2. Brown Coat: 1 part Portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime, 3 to 5 parts aggregate. D. Factory-Prepared Finish Coats: Add water only; comply with finish coat manufacturer's written instructions. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Portland Cement Plaster 09220.3 2.7 MIXING A. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING A. Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster, removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work. B. Install temporary grounds and screeds to ensure accurate rodding of plaster to true surfaces; coordinate with scratch-coat work. C. Flashing: Refer to Division 7 Sections for installing flashing as indicated. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PLASTERING ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with referenced installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Miter or cope accessories at corners; install with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and in alignment during plastering. Install accessories of type indicated at following locations: 1. External Corners: Install corner reinforcement at external corners. 2. Stucco Trim Bands: Install casing beads to achieve reveals indicated on theDrawings. 3. Terminations of Plaster: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Control Joints: Install at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by the Owner's Representative. 5. Where an expansion or contraction joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind plaster membrane. a. Distance between Control Joints: Not to exceed 18 feet in either direction or a length-to-width ratio of 2-1/2 to 1. b. Wall Areas: Not more than 144 sq. ft. C. Horizontal Surfaces: Not more than 100 sq. ft. in area. d. Where plaster panel sizes or dimensions change, extend joints full width or height of plaster membrane. 3.3 PLASTER APPLICATION A. Plaster Application Standard: Apply plaster materials, composition, and mixes to comply with ASTM C 926. B. Do not use materials that are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty, or contaminated by foreign materials. C. Do not use excessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Portland Cement Plaster 0992-0187 09220-4 D. Flat Surface Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot straightedge placed at any location on surface. E. Sequence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will be damaged by installation of other. F. Plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated. G. Corners: Make internal corners and angles square; finish external corners flush with corner beads, square and true with plaster faces on exterior work. H. Number of Coats: Apply plaster of composition indicated, to comply with the following requirements: 1. Three Coats: Over the following plaster base: Finish Coats: Apply finish coats to comply with the following requirements: 1. Trim Bands: a. Light Dash Coat Finish: Apply finish coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch (3 mm) to completely cover base coat, uniformly floated to a true even plane with fine-textured finish. 2. Field: a. Light Knock-Down Finish: Apply finish coat with hand-troweled- textured finish. 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, patch, replace, repair, and point up plaster as necessary to accommodate other work. Repair cracks and indented surfaces. Point-up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, excessive pinholes, and similar defects. Repair or replace work as necessary to comply with required visual effects. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not to be plastered. Repair surfaces stained, marred or otherwise damaged during plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers, equipment, and plaster debris. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure plaster work is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Portland Cement Plaster 09220-5 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND COATINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work includes furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to complete the painting and coatings as indicated on the Drawings and in these specifications. B. Surface preparation, paint and coatings materials, and their application shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take all health and safety precautions necessary to prevent accidents during the storage, handling, application, and drying of any of the coatings described. C. Paints and coatings used to furnish the surfaces of structures or vessels which come into contact with potable water shall meet the applicable requirements of the County Health Department and the State Department of Environmental Protection or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Section 09902 - Pipe Painting 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor is responsible for a satisfactory paint application which will adhere without peeling, flaking, blistering or discoloration. Before application of any painting materials, the Contractor shall submit a letter of Certification from the manufacturer of the materials selected for the application proposed. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are limited to the following: 1. Ameron - Corrosion Control Division 2. Carboline Company 3. Glidden - Durkee Division of SCM Corporation 4. Indurall Coatings, Inc. 5. Koppers Company, Inc. 6. Mobil Chemical Company 7. Porter Coatings - Division of Porter Paint Company 8. Royston Laboratories, Inc. 9. Rust-Oleum Corporation 10. Tnemec Company, Inc. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Data Sheets and Color Charts: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Painting and Coatings 09900-1 I. The full name of each product and descriptive literature shall be submitted along with a list of water and wastewater plants in Florida where the product has been used. 2. Within a minimum of 30 days prior to application of paints and coatings, the Contractor shall submit six sets of color charts and data sheets for selection by the Owner. Before work is commenced, the Contractor shall prepare samples as required until the color and textures are satisfactory to the Owner. 3. Resubmit samples as requested until required sheen, color and texture is achieved. 4. On 12-inch x 12-inch hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material, with texture to simulate finish conditions. On actual wood surfaces, provide two 4-inch x 8-inch samples for stained wood finish. On concrete Masonry, provide two 4-inch square samples of masonry for each type of finish and color, defining filler, prime and finish coats. On actual wall surfaces and other building components, duplicate painted finish of acceptable samples, as directed by the Engineer. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. Store where directed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All paint materials used on the job shall be kept in a single place which shall be kept neat and clean. All oily rags, waste or debris shall be removed every night and all precautions taken to avoid the danger of fire. B. Extra Stock: At the conclusion of the project, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with a minimum of one quart from each 50 gallons or fraction thereof for each paint system used on the project. The paint or coating container shall indicate the applicable paint system as indicated in these specifications. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Painting or coating and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Paint all new construction and portions of existing facilities disturbed by new construction. 2. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not colors are designated. If not designated colors will be selected by the Engineer from standard colors available for the coatings required. 3. Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Painting and Coatings 09900-2 4. Painting shall be done at such times as the Contractor and Engineer may agree upon in order that dust-free and neat work be obtained. Painting shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 5. "Shop" painting as referred to defines the paint coat which shall be applied in the shop or plant immediately after manufacturer, fabrication or assembly and prior to shipment to the site of installation. "Field" painting defines the paint coats to be applied at the project site where the structure or equipment is completed, erected, or installed in place as specified. B. Materials and Application: Obtain painting materials from one manufacturer. Painting materials not obtainable from the prime manufacturer shall be obtained from a second source recommended by the prime manufacturer. 2. There shall be a perceptible difference in shades of successive coats of paint so that the application of successive coats of paint can be properly and uniformly spread and inspected. Pipes, sheet metal ducts and other metal items which are to be installed in inaccessible locations shall be painted prior to installation. 3. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for the period of time recommended by the manufacturer before the next coat is applied. C. Equipment, Machinery, and Shop Fabricated Items: Pumps, motors, machinery, equipment and other manufactured items shall have surfaces prepared, primed and finish-coated in accordance with the standard practice of the manufacturer. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the Engineer. 2. Shop-fabricated items and components for field assembly shall have surfaces prepared and shop-primed. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the Engineer. Items for submerged service shall be field sandblasted and primed per Paint System B-3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ALL SYSTEMS A. The film thickness designated and/or the number of coats to be applied shall not be decreased and shall be increased where required to meet other manufacturer's recommendations. B. There shall not be a change from the generic type of coating specified. C. Manufacturer's recommendations as to which finish coat should be used with a particular primer shall be observed. In all cases, the prime coat and finish coat shall be from the same manufacturer. All paint shall be mildew resistant. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Painting and Coatings 0992-0187 09900-3 D. Tnemec products are given as examples of painting and coating systems identified in the following paragraphs. The products of other manufacturer's (listed in Paragraph 1.2.B.) may be used as long as they are of the same quality. 2.2 GROUP A - CONCRETE AND MASONRY A. System A-1. For use on above grade interior walls and ceilings and architectural surfaces not subject to high moisture, corrosion, splashing or fumes. 1. Surface Preparation: Level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. 2. First Coat: a) Concrete and dense block - Acrylic latex coating, matte finish, 2-3 mils of Tnemec 6 Tneme - Cryl, or Equal. b) Lightweight or porous concrete block surfaces - acrylic latex block filler of sufficient thickness to fill pores and voids, Tnemec Series 27WB 165 S.F./Gal., or Equal. 3. Second Coat a) Concrete and dense block - Acrylic latex coating, semi-gloss type, minimum 2 mils dry thickness of Tnemec 1029 Tuf - Cryl, or Equal. b) Lightweight or porous concrete block surfaces - acrylic latex coating, matte finish, 2-3 mils DFT, Tnemec 6 Tneme - Cryl, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: a) Concrete and dense block - None. b) Lightweight or porous concrete block surfaces - acrylic latex coating, semi-gloss type, 2-3 mils DFT, Tnemec 1029 Tuf - Cryl SG, or Equal. B. System A-2. For use on above and below grade - interior walls, inside surfaces of tanks, ceilings, and non-traffic slabs, and subject to high moisture, corrosion, splashing or fumes. Use for immersion and non-immersion exposures. 1. Surface Preparation: a) Concrete - Brush off blast (if the exposure is severe). Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. b) Concrete Block Surfaces - Clean and dry, level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. 2. First Coat: a) Concrete - Two-component, polyamide cured epoxy, semi-gloss 4- 6 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Painting and Coatings 09900-4 b) Concrete Block Surfaces - epoxy masonry filler, 60-80 27WB, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: two component, polyamide cured S.F./Gal - Tnemec Masonry Filler a) Concrete - Two-component, epoxy filler and surfacer used to fill the voids created by brush-off blasting as required - Tnemec Series 218 Filler & Surfacer, or Equal. b) Concrete Block Surfaces - High performance two component polyamide epoxy coating, 4-6 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: Concrete and Concrete Block Surfaces - high performance two component polyamide epoxy coating, 4-6 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. C. System A-3. For use on exterior walls above grade to a point six inches below finish grade. 1. Surface Preparation. Fill voids with grout; remove loose protrusions and mortar splatter. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. 2. First Coat: a) Concrete: Acrylic latex coating, matte finish, 2-3 mils dry thickness of Tnemec 6 Tneme - Cryl, or Equal. b) Concrete Block: Acrylic latex block filler of sufficient thickness to fill pores and voids, 165 S.F./Gal., Tnemec 27WB Masonry Filler, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: a) Concrete: Acrylic latex coating, semi-gloss type, 2-3 mils DFT of Tnemec 1029 Tuf - Cryl SG, or Equal. b) Concrete Block: Acrylic latex coating, matte finish, 2-3 mils DFT - Tnemec 6 Tneme - Cryl, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: a) Concrete: None. b) Concrete Block: Acrylic latex coating, semi-gloss type, 2-3 mils DFT-Tnemec 29 Tuf - Cryl SG, or Equal. D. System A-4: For use on exterior walls below a point six inches below finish grade. Surface Preparation: Brush-off blast. 2. First Coat: Asphalt base high build coal tar epoxy foundation coating, 8- 10 mils DFT Tnemec 46H-413 hi-Build Tneme - Tar, or Equal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Painting and Coatings 09900-5 3. Second Coat: Asphalt base high build coal tar epoxy foundation coating applied at right angles to First Coat, 8-10 mils DFT Tnemec 46H-413 hi- Build Tneme - Tar, or Equal. E. System A-5. For use on interior concrete block walls. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry, level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. 2. First Coat: High performance block filler used with acrylic epoxy systems, 60-80 S.F./Gal - Tnemec 130 Enviro fill, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: High performance acrylic epoxy, 4-6 mils DFT - Tnemec Series 113 H.B. Tneme-Tufcoat, or Equal. F. System A-6: For use on exterior walls and domes of concrete tank. 1. Surface Preparation: Per manufacturer's recommendations. 2. First Coat: One coat of modified waterborne acrylic from 4.0-6.0 mils DFT, Tnemec Enviro-Crete Series 156 or equal 3. Second Coat: One coat of modified waterborne acrylic from 4.0-6.0 mils DFT, Tnemec Enviro-Crete Series 156 or equal 2.3 GROUP B - STRUCTURAL STEEL; CONCRETE AND STEEL TANKS; EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. System B-1. For use on exposed structural and miscellaneous steel, both interior and exterior - not exposed to corrosion, splash, fumes, or immersion conditions. 1. Surface Preparation: Commercial blast-clean per SSPC SP-6. 2. First Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 3.0-5.0 mils DFT-Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. If shop coat is damaged, re-prime .base areas in field, Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 4.0-6.0 mils DFT-Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: Interior: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 3.0-5.0 mils DFT- Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. Exterior Exposure: One coat of semi-gloss acrylic polyurethane, 2.0-4.0 mils DFT-Tnemec Series 73 Endurashield, or Equal. B. System B-2 (1). For use on piping, equipment and tanks - non-submerged, not exposed to splash, spray or corrosive atmosphere. 1. Surface Preparation: Commercial blast bare metal per SSPC SP-6. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Painting and Coatings 09900-6 2. First Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 3.0-5.0 mils DFT-Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. If shop coat is damaged, re-prime base areas in field, Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 3.0-5.0 mils DFT-Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: Interior: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 3.0-5.0 mils DFT- Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. Exterior Exposure: One coat of semi-gloss acrylic polyurethane, 2.0-4.0 mils DFT-Tnemec Series 73 Endurashield, or Equal. C. System B-2 (2). For use on bituminous coated cast iron or steel pipe. 1. Surface Preparation: Hand or power tool clean, scarify or wire brush per SSPC SP-2 and SP-3. 2. First Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 3-5 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: Same as first coat. 4. Third Coat (exterior exposure only): One coat of semi-gloss acrylic polyurethane finish, 2-3 mils DFT - Tnemec 73 Endura - Shield, or Equal. D. System B-3 (1) For use on interior walls of steel tanks, piping and equipment, submerged or non-submerged, exposed to spray, splash or corrosive atmosphere, excluding chains and sprockets and similar items. This system shall be used for all materials submerged or in contact with wastewater. 1. Surface Preparation. FIELD sandblast to a near white metal blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP10. 2. First Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 3-5 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: One coat of high solids coal-tar epoxy coating, 8-10 mils DFT - Tnemec 46H-413, Hi-Build Tneme-Tar, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: Same as second coat. E. System B-3 (2) For use on interior walls of concrete tanks, submerged or non- submerged, exposed to spray, splash or corrosive atmosphere, and/or in contact with wastewater. 1. Surface Preparation. Brush-off blast. 2. First Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 4-6 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second and Third Coats: Two coats of high solids coal-tar epoxy coating, 8-10 mils DFT each coat - Tnemec 46H-413, Hi-Build Tneme-Tar, or Equal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Painting and Coatings 0992-0187 09900-7 G. System B-3 (3) For all other submerged metals. 1. Surface Preparation. Shop Prime Tnemec Series N-140 3-5 mils DFT. 2. First Coat: If shop coat is damaged, re-prime bare areas in field. One coat of high performance polyamide epoxy coating, 4-6 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: Same as first coat. If exposed to severe wastewater conditions (high level of H2S) provide three coats of Tnemec Series 446 or Equal at 7.0-9.0 mils DFT per coat in lieu of the 3 coats of Series 66. 1. Surface Preparation. Field sandblast to a near white metal blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP10. 2. First Coat: One coat of high performance polyamide epoxy, 3-5 mils DFT - Tneme 66 HB Epoxoline or Equal. If shop coat is damaged, re-prime bare areas in field. 3. Second Coat: One coat of high performance polyamide epoxy coating, 4- 6 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: Same as second coat. H. System B-4. For use on structural steel, tanks, equipment and piping subject to severe abrasion, corrosive atmosphere, splash or spray, not in contact with wastewater or where a color finish is desired. 1. Surface Preparation: Submerged surfaces, near white metal blast according to SSPC-SP 10. Non-submerged surfaces, commercial blast according to SSPC-SP 6. 2. First Coat: One coat of high performance polyamide epoxy, 3-5 mils DFT Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. If shop coat is damaged, re-prime bare areas in field. 3. Second Coat: One coat of high performance polyamide epoxy coating, 4- 6 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: Interior - Same as second coat. Exterior Exposure - One coat of semi-glass polyurethane, 2-4 mils DFT - Tnemec 73 Endura - Shield, or Equal. System B-5: For use on hollow metal (steel) doors and frames, steel embedments, and steel lintels: 1. Surface Preparation: Pre-primed with alkyd primer. 2. First Coat (touch-up only): Universal alkyd primer, 2-4 mils DFT, Tnemec 37H Chem-Prime HS, or Equal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Painting and Coatings 0992-0187 09900-8 3. Second Coat: One coat of high-gloss alkyd finish, 1.5-2.5 mils DFT - Tnemec Series 1028 Hi-Build Tnemec-gloss, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: Same as second coat. J. System 13-6: For use on interior walls and ceiling of concrete wetwells, submerged or non-submerged, exposed to spray, splash or corrosive atmosphere, and in contact with wastewater. Surface Preparation: Per manufacturer's recommendations, abrasive blast clean to remove laitance, fines, form release oils, curing compounds, and establish as surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 4-CSP 5. 2. First Coat: One coat of Tnemec Series 434 PermaSheild H2S Modified Aliphatic Amine Epoxy Mortar at 1/8" DFT, or Equal. Application shall be by manufacturer's certified applicator (letter of certification from the manufacturer shall be required). 3. Testing: Coating shall be spark tested. 2.4 GROUP C - GALVANIZED AND NON-FERROUS METALS A. System C-1: For use in interior corrosive areas, submerged or non-submerged surfaces, non-potable water applications, galvanized steel and aluminum, including ductwork. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent cleaning followed by brush-off blast to provide a 1 to 2 mil profile suitable for mechanical adhesion per SSPC- SP1. 2. First Coat: One coat of high performance two component polyamide epoxy, 2.5-3.5 mils DFT, Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: Same as first coat, except 2.5-4 mils DFT. B. System C-2: For use in interior dry galvanized steel and aluminum, including ductwork. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1. 2. First Coat: One coat of high performance two compartment polyamide epoxy, 2-3 mils DFT, Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: Same as first coat. C. System C-3: For use in exterior non-corrosive areas, galvanized steel and aluminum materials, including ductwork. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent cleaning followed by brush-off blast to provide a 1 to 2 mil profile suitable for mechanical adhesion per SSPC- SP7. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Painting and Coatings 09900-9 2. First Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, 2.5-3.5 mils DFT, Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: One coat of polyurethane finish, 2.5-3.5 mils DFT -Tnemec 73 Endura - Shield, or Equal. 2.5 GROUP E - WOOD A. System E-2. For use on interior surfaces not exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions. 1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, seal knots with white shellac (fill holes with vinyl putty after prime). 2. First Coat: One coat of white pigmented, non penetrating alkyd-based primer, 2-3 mils DFT - Tnemec 10 Undercoater, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: One coat of matte finished acrylic coating, 2-3 mils DFT - Tnemec 6 Tneme - Cry[, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: One coat of semi-gloss acrylic, 2-3 mils DFT, Tnemec 1029 Tuf - Cryl SG, or Equal. B. System E-3: For use on interior surfaces exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions, exterior wood, and exterior wood surfaces. 1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, seal knots with white shellac (fill holes with vinyl putty after prime). 2. First Coat: One coat of high performance polyamide epoxy, 2.5-3.5 mils DFT, Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: Same as first coat. C. System E-5 for use on interior wood paneling and trim. 1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, seal knots with white shellac (fill holes with vinyl putty after prime). 2. First Coat: One coat of white pigmented non-penetrating alkyd based primer, 2-3 mils DFT, Tnemec 10 Undercoater, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: One coat of semi-gloss acrylic finish, 1.5-2.5 mils DFT, Tnemec 1029 Endurtone, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: Same as second coat. 2.6 GROUP J - WATER TANKS AND SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER A. The interior tank paint system shall be certified in accordance with ANSI/NSF Standard 61, and shall meet USDA, FDA and Florida Department of Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Painting and Coatings 09900-10 Environmental Protection health standards for use in potable water service. A letter of acceptance by the FDEP shall be furnished to the Engineer for the system selected prior to paint application. B. System J-1 For use on steel, cast iron and ductile iron (interior and exterior exposed, immersion service, below ground) in contact with potable water. Surface Preparation: a. Steel, Cast or Ductile Iron Surfaces: SSPC-SP10 near white metal blast cleaning. 2. First Coat (Steel, Cast or Ductile Iron): One coat polyamidoamine epoxy primer, 3 to 5 mils dry film thickness, Tnemec Pota Pox Plus Series N 140 (ANSI/NSF Std. 61 certified by UL), or Equal. 3. Second Coat (Steel, Cast or Ductile Iron): One coat polyamide epoxy, 3 to 5 mils dry film thickness, Tnemec Pota-Pox Series 20 (NSF International certified in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61), or Equal. 4. Third Coat (Steel, Cast or Ductile Iron): Same as Second Coat. 5. Total Dry Film Thickness: 9 to 15 mils. 2.7 GROUP K - METAL EXPOSED TO CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERE (EXTERIOR OF NEW STEEL TANKS); EXPOSED INTERIOR OF OPEN TOP STEEL TANKS; STRUCTURAL STEEL, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. System K-1. For use on the exterior of new steel tanks and support structures; interior of open top steel tank surfaces - above a point six inches below the water line; and other exposed structural steel, equipment and piping subject to a corrosive atmosphere. Surface Preparation: Commercial blast according to SSPC-SP-6 and clean. 2. First Coat: One coat of high performance two component polyamide epoxy, 3-5 mils DFT, Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: Same as first coat, except 4-6 mils DFT. 4. Third Coat: One coat of high gloss polyurethane finish, 2.5-3.5 mils DFT - Tnemec 1074 (gloss) Endura - Shield. 2.8 GROUP L -WALLS OF CONCRETE TANKS A. System L-1. For use on exterior of concrete tank walls below a point 6 inches below finish grade. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Painting and Coatings 09900-11 1. Surface Preparation: Fill voids with grout, remove loose protrusions and mortar splatter, brush-off blast. 2. One coat of high build coal tar epoxy, 14-20 mils DFT, Tnemec 46 H-413 Hi-Build Tneme-Tar, or Equal. B. System L-2. For use on the interior of open top concrete tanks to point 6-inches below liquid level and similarly exposed concrete or masonry surfaces in a corrosive atmosphere. 1. Surface Preparation: Level protrusions, fill tie rod holes with grout, brush blast to 6-inches below water line (if required), hose wash and let dry. 2. First Coat: One coat of high performance two component polyamide epoxy, 4-6 mils DFT, Tnemec 66 HB Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: Same as first coat. 2.9 GROUP M - SPECIAL COATINGS A. System M-1. For use as barrier between dissimilar materials and metals. 1. Prime: None 2. Finish: Tnemec Series 46-465 at 8.0-10.0 B. System M-2. For use as a primer - sealer for coloring asphaltic and tar surfaces. 1. Prime: None. 2. Finish: Tnemec Series 66 for the prevention of discoloring of the finish coat. Apply at a rate of 3.0-5.0 mils dry film thickness. C. System M-3. For sealing concrete floors where concrete is shown as natural in the Finish Schedules and on all exposed concrete floors where no finish has been shown. 1. Surface Preparation: Mechanically abrade floor to achieve a medium grip sandpaper profile. 2. First Coat: One coat of clear epoxy floor sealer, 8-10 mils DFT, Tnemec 201 Epoxoprime, or Equal. 2.10 GROUPS -SECONDARY CONTAINMENT COATINGS A. System S-1: For use on interior concrete floors and walls and miscellaneous steel items in secondary containment areas in contact with 15% sodium hypochlorite, submerged or non-submerged, exposed to spray, splash, or corrosive atmosphere, suitable for continuous contact with 15% sodium hypochlorite for up to 72 hours. 1. Concrete Surfaces a) Surface Preparation (1) Brush off blast. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Painting and Coatings 0992-0187 . 09900-12 (2) Fill voids with Tnemec Series 218 MortarClad. b) First Coat: One coat of Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy, 8 to 12 mils DFT, Tnemec Series 61 Tneme-Liner, or Equal. C) Second Coat: One coat of Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy, 8 to 12 mils DFT, Tnemec Series 61 Tneme-Liner, or Equal. d) Total Thickness: 16 to 24 mils DFT. 2. Steel Surfaces a) Surface Preparation (1) Field sandblast to a near white metal blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP10. b) First Coat: One coat of Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy, 8 to 10 mils DFT, Tnemec Series 61 Tneme-Liner, or Equal. c) Second Coat: One coat of Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy, 8 to 10 mils DFT, Tnemec Series 61 Tneme-Liner, or Equal. d) Total Thickness: 16 to 20 mils DFT. 2.11 FINISH COAT OVER EXISTING FINISH A. The required painting shall consist of one coat of the system "Finish Coat" to provide continuity of texture and color over previously painted surfaces. 2.12 THINNING A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products for the particular purpose and by the manufacturer furnishing the paint shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the full knowledge and approval of the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SHOP PAINTING A. All ferrous and non-ferrous surfaces shall be solvent cleaned before priming. Primer shall be applied in the shop to protect surfaces from rust during shipment and storage. B. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 3.2 FIELD PREPARATION A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of obtaining a smooth, clean and dry surface. No painting shall be done before the prepared surfaces are approved by the Engineer. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Painting and Coatings 0992-0187 09900-13 B. Surface preparation for miscellaneous surfaces to be painted, not specifically covered in these specifications, shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the paint selected for use and as approved by the Engineer. 3.3 C. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition. D. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-applied protection. Reinstall removed items after painting is completed. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes to masonry walls unless moisture content of surfaces are below 12 percent. APPLICATION A. Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. C. Workmanship for applying paint shall be of professional quality. The painter shall apply each coat at the rate recommended by the manufacturer smoothly without runs, sags, or holidays. If the material has thickened or must be diluted for use with a spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same thickness as achieved with undiluted materials. In other words, one gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a great square foot area when applied by spray gun than when applied by brush. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coat or coats of paint. On masonry, application rates will vary according to the surface texture; however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of paint. Before succeeding coats are applied to a surface, the preceding coat shall have been approved by the Engineer. D. Drying time shall be construed to mean "under normal conditions". Where conditions are other than normal because of the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be placed in service, until paints are thoroughly dry. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Painting and Coatings 09900-14 TABLE 09900-1 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Reclaimed Water Storage Tank 1. Exterior concrete walls - System A-6. 2. Exterior miscellaneous metals - System B-1. 3. Internal submerged ductile iron pipe and fittings, steel supports, and miscellaneous iron and steel items in potable water - System B-3 (3). B. High Service Pump Station 1. Interior masonry walls - System A-1. 2. Pipe trench concrete - walls and floor - System A-2. 3. Exterior masonry/stucco walls, above grade - System A-3. 4. Exterior masonry and concrete walls, below grade - System A-4. 5. Misc. steel - System B-1. 6. Ductile iron pipe, valves, fittings, pumps and motors and supports - System 13-4. 7. Galvanized conduit - System C-2. 8. Interior exposed wood, including ceilings - System E-2. 9. Exterior exposed wood - System E-3. 10. Interior/Exterior concrete slab and housekeeping pads - System M-3. 11. Chemical Room secondary containment areas concrete walls and floor - System S-1. C. Steel Canopy Structure 1. Structural steel and decking - System B-1. D. Exterior Pipe and Valves 1. Exterior above ground exposed ductile iron pipe, valves, fittings, supports, flowmeters, valve box covers and meter box covers - System B-4. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Painting and Coatings 09900-15 E. Push/Pull Handles: For push-up-operated or emergency-operated doors, provide galvanized steel lifting handles on each side of door. 1. Provide pull-down straps or pole hooks for doors more than 84 inches high. F. Slide Bolt: Fabricate with side locking bolts to engage through slots in tracks for locking by padlock, located on both left and right jamb sides, operable from coil side. G. Fabricate locking device assembly with lock, spring-loaded dead bolt, operating handle, cam plate, and adjustable locking bar to engage through slots in tracks. Locking Bars: Single-jamb side, operable from inside and outside. H. Chain Lock Keeper: Suitable for padlock. Where door unit is power operated, provide safety interlock switch to disengage power supply when door is locked. 2.4 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM A. General: Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable-tension steel helical torsion spring, mounted around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel connected to door curtain with required barrel rings. Use grease-sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. B. Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot-formed, structural-quality, welded or seamless carbon-steel pipe, of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled-up curtain without distortion of slats and to limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03 in./ft. (2.5 mm/m) of span under full load. C. Provide spring balance of one or more oil-tempered, heat-treated steel helical torsion springs. Size springs to counterbalance weight of curtain, with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel. Provide cast-steel barrel plugs to secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft. D. Fabricate torsion rod for counterbalance shaft of cold-rolled steel, sized to hold fixed spring ends and carry torsional load. E. Brackets: Provide mounting brackets of manufacturer's standard design, either cast-iron or cold-rolled steel plate with bell-mouth guide groove for curtain. 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Overhead Coiling Doors 08331-5 in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.6 STEEL AND GALVANIZED STEEL FINISHES A. Powder-Coat-Applied Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard powder-coat- applied finish consisting of primer and topcoat(s) according to coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, thermosetting, and minimum dry film thickness. Color and Gloss: As selected by Owner's Project Representative from manufacturer's full range of colors and glosses. 2.7 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General: Provide electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer for door and operational life specified, with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, starter, gear- reduction unit, solenoid-operated brake, clutch, remote-control stations, control devices, integral gearing for locking door, and accessories required for proper operation. B. Disconnect Device: Provide hand-operated disconnect or mechanism for automatically engaging sprocket-chain operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting motor, without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount disconnect and operator so they are accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged. C. Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit-switch adjustment and without affecting emergency auxiliary operator. D. Provide control equipment complying with NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6, with NFPA 70 Class 2 control circuit, maximum 244, ac or dc. E. Door-Operator Type: Provide wall-, hood-, or bracket-mounted, jackshaft, gear- head hoist-type door operator unit consisting of electric motor, enclosed worm- gear running-in-oil primary drive, chain and sprocket secondary drive, and auxiliary chain-hoist and floor level disconnect. F. Electric Motors: Provide high-starting torque, reversible, continuous-duty, Class A insulated, electric motors, complying with NEMA MG 1, with overload protection, sized to start, accelerate, and operate door in either direction, from any position, at not less than 2/3 fps (0.2 m/s) or more than 1 fps (03 m/s), without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. Type: Polyphase, medium-induction type 2. Service Factor: According to NEMA MG 1, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Coordinate wiring requirements and electric characteristics of motors with building electrical system. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Overhead Coiling Doors 0992-0187 08331-6 4. Provide open drip proof type motor, and controller with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure. G. Remote-Control Station: Provide momentary-contact, 3-button control station with push-button controls labeled "Open," "Close," and "Stop." 1. Provide interior units, full-guarded, surface-mounted, heavy-duty type, with general-purpose NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure. H. Obstruction Detection Device: Provide each motorized door with indicated external automatic safety sensor able to protect full width of door opening. Activation of sensor immediately stops and reverses downward door travel. 1. Photoelectric Sensor: Manufacturer's standard system designed to detect an obstruction in door opening without contact between door and obstruction. a. Self-Monitoring Type: Provide self-monitoring sensor designed to interface with door operator control circuit to detect damage to or disconnection of sensing device. When self-monitoring feature is activated, door operates to close only with constant pressure on close button. 2. Sensor Edge: Provide each motorized door with an automatic safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom bar. Contact with sensor immediately stops and reverses downward door travel. Connect to control circuit using manufacturer's standard take-up reel or self-coiling cable. a. Provide electrically actuated automatic bottom bar. 1) Self-Monitoring Type: Provide self-monitoring, 4-wire configured device. Limit Switches: Provide adjustable switches, interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop door at fully opened and fully closed positions. J. Provide electric operators with ADA-compliant audible alarm and visual indicator lights. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install door and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head mold strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's written instructions, and as specified. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Overhead Coiling Doors 08331-7 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist, or distortion and fitting weather tight for entire perimeter. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Startup Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services and to train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below: 1. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. a. Test door closing when activated by detector or alarm connected fire-release system. Reset door-closing mechanism after successful test. 2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance, and procedures for testing and resetting release devices. 3. Review data in the maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 4. Review data in the maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section 01300 - Submittals. 5. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days' advance notice. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Overhead Coiling Doors 08331-8 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each assembly shipped and shall include instruction leaflets, instruction bulletins and renewal parts lists where applicable, for the complete assembly and each major component. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTALLATION A. The listing of specific manufacturers below does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. The manufacturers listed below are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. Products in compliance with the specification and manufactured by others not named will be considered only if pre-approved by the Engineer ten (10) days prior to bid date. 1. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer 2. General Electric 3. Square-D 2.2 RATINGS A. Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies assembly shall be rated to withstand mechanical forces exerted during short-circuit conditions when connected directly to a power source having available fault current 65kA symmetrical as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Voltage ratings to be as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. The Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assembly shall consist of a bussed system to Cam-Lock connectors to connect a back-up generator as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.4 BUS A. All bus bars shall be silver-plated copper. Bus ampacity of 400A to 4000A shall be based on NEMA standard temperature rise criteria of 65 degrees C over a 40 degrees C ambient (outside the enclosure). B. Provide a full capacity neutral bus where a neutral bus is indicated on the Contract Drawings. C. A copper ground bus (minimum 1/41N x 21N) shall be furnished firmly secured to each vertical section structure and shall extend the entire length of the enclosure. D. All hardware used on conductors shall be high-tensile strength and zinc-plated. All bus joints shall be provided with conical spring-type washers. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies 0992-0187 16430-2 SECTION 16430 - PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLIES PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated, a wall-mounted, dead-front type low voltage Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assembly, utilizing cam- lock type generator lugs and receptacle connections as specified herein, and as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. The low voltage distribution switchboards and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable following standards: National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a) NEMA PB-2, Dead-front Distribution Switchboards 2. Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL): a) UL 498, Attachment Plugs and Receptacles b) UL 891, Standard for Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less 1.3 SUBMITTALS - FOR CONSTRUCTION A. The following information shall be included in the submittal: Final as-built drawings and information for Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies including all changes made during the manufacturing process. 2. Wiring Diagrams 3. Certified production test reports 4. Installation instructions 5. Seismic certification and equipment anchorage details as specified. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies shall be UL labeled. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies 0992-0187 16430-1 3.4 TRAINING A. An on-site training course of a minimum of 2 training days shall be provided by a representative of the AC Drive manufacturer plant and/or maintenance personnel. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-11 H. An escape key will allow a parameter to return the existing value if adjustment is not required and the value is displayed. The escape function will also return to a previous menu display. A RUN key and a STOP key will command a normal starting and stopping as programmed when the AC Drive is in keypad control mode. The STOP key must be programmable for active in all control modes. J. The keypad interface shall have three backlight colors to indicate functional status. A green color backlight will verify that the AC Drive is running. A red color backlight will indicate an AC Drive fault. An orange color backlight color will designate and idle or drive ready status. K. The keypad and all door mounted controls must be Type 12 rated. 2.15 HARMONIC MITIGATION EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS A. The AC Drive shall be provided with a 5% rated line reactor mounted inside the enclosure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that the location is ready to receive work and the dimensions are as indicated. B. Do not install AC Drive equipment until the building environment can be maintained within the service conditions required by the manufacturer. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Before and during the installation, the AC Drive equipment shall be protected from site contaminants and debris in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall comply with manufacturer's instructions, drawings and recommendations. B. The AC Drive manufacturer shall provide a factory certified technical representative to supervise the contractor's installation, testing and start-up of the AC Drive(s) furnished under this specification as required. The technical representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The Contractor shall provide the manufacturer's representative's certification. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-10 1 N.O contract to indicate AUTOMATIC MODE 1 N.O. Contract to indicate BYPASS MODE 2.13 COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING REQUIREMENTS A. A Communication Mode Relay (CMR) shall close when operator controls are in the communication position. Contacts from the CMR relay shall pick up the run command relay if all safety conditions are met. Contacts from the CMR relay shall also provide pilot light indication when the AC Drive is in the communication mode. The CMR relay shall allow monitoring using network communication in any operator control mode. Network communication of start, stop, and speed control shall be limited to the communication mode when operator controls are in the communication position. B. A DeviceNet communication card and protocol shall be mounted and wired within the enclosed AC Drive. 2.14 MESSAGE DISPLAY CENTER REQUIREMENTS A. The message display center / keypad display shall be menu based and offer the modification of AC Drive adjustments via a touch keypad. All electrical values, configuration parameters, 1/0 assignments, application and activity function access, faults, local keypad control, and adjustment storage will be in plain English. B. The display will be a high-resolution, backlit LCD screen capable of displaying 4 lines of 20 alphanumeric characters. C. The AC Drive model number, torque type, software revision number, horsepower, output current, motor frequency and motor voltage shall all be listed on the drive identification display as viewed on the LCD display. D. The keypad interface shall be configured to display selectable outputs such as speed reference, output frequency, output current, motor torque, output power, output voltage, line voltage, DC voltage, motor thermal state, drive thermal state, elapsed time, motor speed, machine speed reference and machine speed. E. The operator terminal shall provide a main menu consisting of status, programming, drive configuration, and keypad operation. A hardware jumper lock shall protect drive setup from unauthorized personnel by limiting access to the programming and drive configuration menus. A software password shall be configured to limit access to all menus except status. The status menu shall show meters, 1/0 map, fault history and drive identification. F. There will be arrow keys that will provide the ability to scroll through menus and screens, select or activate functions or increase the value of a selected parameter. G. A data entry key will allow the user to confirm a selected menu, numeric value or allow selection between multiple choices. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370.9 4. COMM - The COMM mode shall allow start, stop and speed control over network communication. (See Communication and Network Requirements.) 5. START-STOP - START / STOP pushbuttons shall provide 3-wire start - stop control when the drive is in the HAND position. The STOP push button shall only be active in the HAND mode of operation. 6. LOCAL REMOTE - LOCAL / REMOTE selector switch shall provide speed reference control between a manual speed potentiometer and the remote speed reference when in the AUTO mode of operation. B. The AC Drive shall include door-mounted "POWER ON", "AFC RUN", "AFC FAULT", AUTO/COMM mode and BYPASS pilot lights. All pilot lights except "POWER ON" shall be Push-to-Test configurations. 2.11 AC DRIVE SEQUENCING REQUIREMENTS A. All Enclosed AC Drives shall have 115VAC interface and control sequencing. A Run Command Relay (RCR) shall function as a "request to run / run permissive" and close only when all customer wired safeties and control operator conditions calling for run are satisfied. The RCR relay shall prevent drive operation in any operating mode including network communication if the RCR relay conditions are not satisfied. A Drive Run Relay (DRR) shall provide run indication and interfacing to bypass (if used) and other system control sequencing as specified. 2.12 SYSTEM CONTROL AND INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS A. The following additional controls and interface requirements shall be provided: Flow Switch -- The AC Drive shall provide a circuit that shuts down the drive whenever a user supplied flow switch does not open within a specified time. This circuit shall provide an illuminated reset push button to indicate improper sequence. 2. Motor Space Heater - The AC Drive shall provide 120VAC to operate a motor space heater whenever the motor is de-energized. 3. Motor Elapsed Time Meter - The AC Drive shall provide and elapsed time meter which operate whenever the motor runs. 4. Auxiliary Contacts - The AC Drive shall provide the following auxiliary contacts to indicate the following conditions: 2 N.O. contacts to indicate DRIVE RUN 1 N.C. contact to indicate DRIVE RUN 1 N.O. contact to indicate DRIVE FAULT 2 N.C. contacts to indicate DRIVE FAULT 1 N.O. contact to indicate BYPASS RUN 1 N.O. contact to indicate AUTO/COMM MODE Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station . Section /Va Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-8 F. The volts per frequency ratios shall be user selectable to meet variable torque loads, normal and high-torque machine applications. G. The memory shall retain and record run status and fault type of the past eight faults. H. Slip compensation shall be a software-enabled function. The software shall have a NOLD (no load) function that will reduce the voltage to the motor when selected for variable torque loads. A constant volts/Hz ratio will be maintained during acceleration. The output voltage will then automatically adjust to meet the torque requirement of the load. The AC Drive shall offer programmable DC injection braking that will brake the AC motor by injecting DC current and creating a stationary magnetic pole in the stator. The level of current will be adjustable between 50-150% of rated current and available from 0.0-30 seconds continuously. For continuous operation after 30 seconds, the current shall be automatically reduced to 50% of the nameplate current of the motor. K. Sequencing logic will coordinate the engage and release thresholds and time delays for the sequencing of the AC Drive output, mechanical actuation and DC injection braking in order to accomplish smooth starting and stopping of a mechanical process. 2.10 OPERATOR CONTROLS A. Industrial rated 22mm type control operators and pilot devices shall be door mounted and used independently of the keypad display to select operator control modes of Hand-Off-Auto, Communication-Auto-Off-Hand, Hand-Off-Auto Start Stop, Hand-Off-Auto, Local-Remote as required. A door mounted manual speed potentiometer shall be used to control speed in the Hand mode of operation. Control modes shall function as follows: HAND - The HAND mode shall allow manual operation of start, stop and speed control. The AC Drive shall start when the control operator is in the HAND mode and run and at low speed setting of the drive or higher as required by the position of the manual speed potentiometer. This mode shall function as 2-wire control and automatically restart after a power outage or auto restart after fault. 2. OFF - The OFF position of the control operator shall stop the AC drive and prevent it from restarting while in the OFF position. This position shall also reset the AC Drive after a fault condition has occurred. 3. AUTO - The AUTO mode shall receive an auto start contact rated 115VAC to control start and stop of the AC Drive. This contact shall also start and stop bypass (if used) when both the AUTO mode and BYPASS modes of operations are selected. In AUTO mode the user shall remotely reset the AC Drive by opening and closing the auto-start contact. Speed control shall be from a customer supplied [4-20mA, 0-10Vdc] signal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-7 E. The Power Converter shall be protected against short circuits, between output phases and ground; and the logic and analog outputs. F. The AC Drive shall have a minimum AC under voltage power loss ride-through of 200 milliseconds. The AC Drive shall have the user-defined option of frequency fold-back to allow motor torque production to continue to increase the duration of the power loss ride-through. G. The AC Drive shall have a selectable ride through function that will allow the logic to maintain control for a minimum of one second without faulting. H. For a fault condition other than a ground fault, short circuit or internal fault, an auto restart function will provide up to 255 programmable restart attempts. The programmable time delay before restart attempts will range from 1 second to 999 seconds. The deceleration mode of the AC Drive shall be programmable for normal and fault conditions. The stop modes shall include free-wheel stop, fast stop and DC injection braking. J. Upon loss of the analog process follower reference signal, the AC Drive shall fault and/or operate at a user-defined speed set between software programmed speed settings or last speed. K. The AC Drive shall have solid state thermal protection that is UL Listed and meets UL 508C as a Class 20 overload protection and meets IEC 947. The minimum adjustment range shall be from .25 to 1.36% of the current output of the AC Drive. L. There shall be three skip frequency ranges with a bandwidth of 5 Hz. The skip frequencies shall be programmed independently, back to back or overlapping. 2.9 ADJUSTMENTS AND CONFIGURATIONS A. The AC Drive shall self-configure to the main operating supply voltage and frequency. No operator adjustments will be required. B. Upon power-up, the AC Drive will automatically send a signal to the connected motor and store the resulting resistance data into memory. The inductance data will be measured during no-load operation when operating at a frequency between 20-60 Hz. The AC Drive shall automatically optimize the operating characteristics according to the stored data. C. The AC Drive will be factory pre-set to operate most common applications. D. A choice of three types of acceleration and deceleration ramps will be available in the AC Drive software; linear, S curve and U curve. E. The acceleration and deceleration ramp times shall be adjustable from 0.1 to 999.9 seconds. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section iVa Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-6 F. The AC Drive shall meet the IEC 60068-2 Operational Vibration Specification. 2.7 RATINGS A. The AC Drive shall be designed to operate from an input voltage of and 460 ± 10% VAC. B. The AC Drive shall operate from an input voltage frequency range of 60 Hz ± 2% C. The displacement power factor shall not be less than .95 lagging under any speed or load condition. D. The efficiency of the AC Drive at 100% speed and load shall not be less than 96%. E. The variable torque rated AC Drive overcurrent capacity shall be 110% for one minute. F. The output carrier frequency of the AC Drive shall be randomly modulated and selectable at 2, 4, or 10 kHz depending on the AC Drive rating for low noise operation. No AC Drive with an operable carrier frequency above 10 kHz shall be allowed. G. The output frequency shall be from 0.1 to 400 Hz for AC Drives up to 75HP. For . horsepower ratings above 75HP, the maximum output frequency will be 200 Hz. H. The AC Drive will be able to develop rated motor torque at 0.5 Hz (60 Hz base) in a sensorless flux vector (SVC) mode using a standard induction motor without an encoder feedback signal. 2.8 PROTECTION A. Circuit breaker coordination and short circuit protection shall eliminate the need for current-limiting and semiconductor fuses. B. The AC Drive shall be UL 508C listed for use on distribution systems with a minimum of 44,000A RMS available fault current. The AC Drive shall have a coordinated short circuit rating designed to UL 508C and NEMA ICS 7.1 and listed on the nameplate. The AC Drive shall not create a hazard in the event of a short circuit at any point within the AC Drive when it is connected to a power source as specified on the nameplate and protected as specified in the instruction bulletin C. Provisions shall be made to padlock the circuit breaker in the off position when the enclosure door is open. D. Upon power-up the AC Drive shall automatically test for valid operation of memory, option module, loss of analog reference input, loss of communication, dynamic brake failure, DC to DC power supply, control power and the pre-charge circuit. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-5 E. A mechanical interlock shall prevent personnel from opening the AC Drive door when the disconnect is in the "ON" position. It shall be possible for authorized personnel to defeat this interlock. Provisions shall be provided for locking all disconnects in the off position with up to three padlocks. Provisions shall also be made for accepting a padlock on the circuit breaker disconnect, preventing movement of the disconnect to the "ON" position when the door is open. F. Provisions shall be made for both top and bottom conduit entry. Conduit knockouts shall be provided for wall mounted enclosures. Removable conduit entry plates shall be provided for floor mounted enclosures. G. All fans within an enclosed AC Drive including the AC Drive heatsink fans shall be front accessible and removable without removal the AC Drive power converter to facilitate maintenance and or fan replacement. H. Control wiring shall have permanent wire markings on printed on the wire insulation. Both ends of the control wiring shall contain wire markings per the as built control elementary diagram. Red control wiring shall be used for 115VAC control circuits and blue control wiring shall be used for 24V control circuits. All AC Drive enclosures shall be painted ANSI 49 Gray. The enclosure interior shall include a white mounting surface for control and power component mounting for improved visibility. 2.4 MOTOR DATA A. The AC Drive shall be sized to operate motors as shown on the Contract Documents. 2.5 APPLICATION DATA A. The AC Drive shall be sized to operate a Variable Torque load. B. The speed range shall be from a minimum speed of 0.5 Hz to a maximum speed of 70 Hz. 2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL RATINGS A. The AC Drive shall be of construction that allows operation in a pollution Degree 3 environment. The AC Drive shall meet IEC 60664-1 and NEMA ICS 1 Standards. AC Drives that are only rated for Pollution Degree 2 environment shall not be allowed. B. The AC Drive shall be designed to operate in an ambient temperature from 0 to + 40 °C (+32 to 104 °F). C. The storage temperature range shall be -25 to + 70 °C. D. The maximum relative humidity shall be 95% at 40 °C, non-condensing. E. The AC Drive shall be rated to operate at altitudes less than or equal to 3,300FT. For altitudes above 3,300FT, de-rate the AC Drive by 1.2% for every 300FT. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-4 E. All AC Drive door mounted pilot devices shall be tested to verify successful operation. Documentation shall be furnished upon written request of the engineer. F. The AC Drive shall undergo QA test procedures and be submitted to a Hi-Pot test with all enclosed devices mounted and wired, prior to shipment. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The AC Drive shall be provided by Allen-Bradley or approved equal. B. Alternate control techniques other than pulse width modulated (PWM) are not acceptable. 2.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The AC Drive shall convert the input AC mains power to an adjustable frequency and voltage as defined below. 1. The AC Drive manufacturer shall use a 6-Pulse bridge rectifier design with line reactors for effective harmonic mitigation. The diode rectifiers shall convert fixed voltage and frequency, AC line power to fixed DC voltage. The power section shall be insensitive to phase rotation of the AC line. B. The output power section shall change fixed DC voltage to adjustable frequency AC voltage. This section shall use insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBT) or intelligent power modules (IPM) as required by the current rating of the motor. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. AC Drives rated 25 Hp and less shall be supplied in wall mounted enclosures unless compartmentalized, floor mounted enclosures are required for Barriered Bypass construction. (See Emergency Full Speed Requirements.) AC Drives rated 30Hp and above shall be supplied in floor mounted enclosures. B. Seismic ratings and certifications shall be provided for all floor mounted enclosures. The seismic ratings shall meet IBC 2000, NFPA 5000, ASCE 7-02, UBC zone 4, CDC zone 4 and the 1995 NBCC with exceptions for application in the British Columbia area and the New Madrid Hazard Zone. Verification of testing shall be in accordance with ICC AC156 Acceptance Criteria testing procedures. Enclosures shall exhibit a certification label on the inside enclosure door stating compliance to these requirements. C. The AC Drive shall have an external operated disconnect device and mounted within a NEMA Type 12 or Type 1 G ventilated enclosures with gaskets and filters are acceptable. D. There shall be no restriction on space requirements between floor mounted enclosures. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-3 J. IEC 61800-2 "Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems" - Part 2: General requirements - rating specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency AC power drive systems K. IEC 61800-3 "Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems" - Part 3: EMC product standard including specific test methods L. IEC 61800-5-1 "Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems" - Part 5-1: Safety requirements - Electrical, thermal and energy M. IEC 61800-6 "Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems" - Part 6: Guide for determination of types of load duty and corresponding current ratings N. EGSA 101 P "Engine Driven Generator Sets - Performance Standard" 0. IEEE 519 "Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems" 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Approval drawings shall be furnished for Engineer's approval prior to factory assembly of the AC Drives. These drawings shall consist of elementary power and control wiring diagrams and enclosure outline drawings. The enclosure drawings shall include front and side views of the enclosures with overall dimensions and weights shown, conduit entrance locations and nameplate legend details. B. Standard catalog sheets showing voltage, horsepower, maximum current ratings and recommended replacement parts with part numbers shall be furnished for each different horsepower rated AC Drive provided. 1.6 WARRANTY A. An 18-month parts warranty shall be provided on materials and workmanship from the date of invoice from an authorized distributor, 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of the AC Drive shall be a certified ISO 9001 facility. B. The AC Drive and all associated optional equipment shall be UL LISTED according to UL508C Power Conversion Equipment. A UL label shall be attached inside each enclosure as verification. C. The AC Drive shall be designed constructed and tested in accordance with NEMA, NEC, VDE, IEC standards. D. Every power converter shall be tested with an actual ac induction motor, 100% load and temperature cycled within an environmental chamber at 104 7. Documentation shall be furnished to verify successful completion at the request of the Engineer. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract i Booster Pump Station Section /Va Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-2 SECTION 16370 - VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Variable Frequency Drives shall be provided by the pump supplier in accordance with Specification Section 11309. B. This section provides specification requirements for Variable Frequency Drives herein identified as AC Drives for use with NEMA B design AC motors. C. The AC Drive manufacturer shall furnish, field test, adjust and certify all installed AC Drives for satisfactory operation. D. Any exceptions/deviations to this specification shall be indicated in writing to the specifying engineer and submitted with the quotation. E. AC Drives shall fit in locations as shown in the contract documents. F. AC Drives shall operate auxiliary equipment such as seal water valves, motor space heaters, and include safety and equipment protection interlocks as shown in the Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 11309 - Booster Pumps B. Section 16150 - Motors 1.3 REFERENCES A. NFPA-70 "National Electric Code" (NEC) B. ANSI C84.1 "Electric Power Systems and Equipment - Voltage Ratings" C. CSA? C22.2 No.14-95 "Industrial Control Equipment" D. UL508A "Standard for Safety for Industrial Control Panels" E. UL508C "Standard for Safety for Power Conversion Equipment" F. NFPA 79 "Electrical Equipment of Industrial Machines/Industrial Machinery G. NEMA ICS7 "Industrial Control and Systems: Adjustable Speed Drives H. NEMA ICS7.1 "Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation, and Operation of Adjustable Speed Drive Systems I. NEMA 250 "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment" (1000V maximum) Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Wa Variable Frequency Drives 0992-0187 16370-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Motor Connections: All motors shall be connected to the conduit system by means of a short section of flexible conduit, 18IN minimum and 60IN maximum, unless otherwise indicated. For all motor connections, the Contractor shall install a grounding conductor in the conduit and terminate at the motor control center with an approved grounding clamp. B. Connection to motor leads shall be compression type with heat shrink boot. 3.2 TESTS AND CHECKS A. The following tests shall be performed on all motors after installation but before putting motors into service. 1. The Contractor shall megger each motor winding before energizing the motor, and, if insulation resistance is found to be low, shall notify the Engineer and shall not energize the motor. The Contractor shall check direction of rotation of all motors and reverse connections if necessary. The following table gives minimum acceptable insulation resistance in megohms at various temperatures and for various voltages with readings being taken after one minute of megger test run. TABLE 2 Degree Winding Temperature Voltage EF EC 115V 230V 460V 37 3.9 60 108 210 50 10 32 60 120 68 20 13 26 50 86 30 5.6 11 21 104 45 2.4 4.5 8.8 122 50 1 2 3.7 140 60 .5 .85 1.6 2. The Contractor shall check each motor for correct clearances and alignment and for correct lubrication, and shall lubricate if required in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVe Motors 0992-0187 16150-4 3. All motors shall be totally enclosed fan-cooled construction with 1.15 service factor unless otherwise noted. 4. Outdoor motors shall be mill and chemical duty suitable for operation in moist air with hydrogen sulphide gas present. 5. The output shaft shall be suitable for direct connection or belt drive as required. 6. Motors shall have a Class B nonhygroscopic insulation system. Class F insulation may be used but shall be limited to Class B temperature rise. 7. All motors shall have a final coating of chemical resistant corrosion and fungus protective epoxy fortified enamel finish sprayed over red primer over all interior and exterior surfaces. Stator bore and rotor of all motors shall be epoxy coated. 8. All fittings, bolts, nuts, and screws shall be 316 stainless steel. Bolts and nuts shall have hex heads. 9. All machine surfaces shall be coated with rust inhibitor for easy disassembly. 10. Conduit boxes shall be gasketed. Lead wires between motor frame and conduit box shall be gasketed. 11. Totally enclosed motors shall be provided with condensate drain hole and epoxy coated motor windings to protect against moisture. 12. Nameplates shall be stainless steel. Lifting lugs or "0" type bolts shall be supplied on all frames 254T and larger. Enclosures will have stainless steel screen and motors shall be protected for corrosion, fungus and insects. 13. Low voltage, three phase motors shall be manufactured by U.S. Motors, and no approved equals. 14. Space heaters shall be provided on motors 25HP and larger for moisture control. Space heaters shall operate at 120VAC, single-phase with leads brought out to terminal blocks enclosed within a NEMA-12 accessory box. Motors shall be provided with a metallic or plastic warning plaque, permanently fixed to motor casing, with red background and white letters which has the following legend: WARNING-ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Motor Equipped with Strip-Heaters Strip-Heater remains Energized when Local Disconnect is Off Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section iVa Motors 0992-0187 16150-3 motors 125 horsepower through 300 horsepower shall be rated 460 volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, and motors below 2 horsepower shall be rated 115/230 volt, 1 phase, 60 Hertz A.C. 2.3 THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTORS A. Unless specifically noted in other sections of these specifications, all motors shall have efficiency as indicated in the table below. Motors shall be "premium efficiency" type. TABLE 1 Motor HP Min. Eff. Max. dba Motor HP Min. Eff. Max. dba 1-2 84.0% 74 25-30 92.0% 92 3-5 86.5%, 79 40-50 93.0% 97 7.5-10 90.2% 84 60-75 94.0% 100 15-20 91.0% 89 100 94.1% 102 B. Motors operating with Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) shall indicate on the nameplate that they are suitable for their intended applications (inverter duty rated) and they shall be provided with an integral temperature switch that opens on high temperature. Motors operating with VFD shall meet the requirements of NEMA MG1 Part 31. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION A. General: 1. All motors shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC). 2. Squirrel-cage rotors shall be made from high-grade steel laminations adequately fastened together and to the shaft, or shall be cast aluminum or bar-type construction with brazed end rings. B. Low Voltage, Three Phase Motors: 1. Motors shall be of the squirrel-cage induction type, NEMA design B. Horizontal, normal thrust and shall be furnished as specified herein. All motors shall be built in accordance with current NEMA, IEEE, ANSI and AFBMA standards where applicable. Motors shall be of the type and quality described by these Specifications, fully capable of performing in accordance with manufacturer's nameplate rating, and free from defective material and workmanship. 2. Motors shall have normal or high starting torque (as required), low starting current (not to exceed 600 percent full load current), and low slip. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Motors 0992-0187 16150-2 SECTION 16150- MOTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Motors shall be provided by the pump supplier in accordance with Specification Section 11309. B. Install motors as hereinafter specified and as called for in other sections of these specifications. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 11309 - Booster Pumps B. Section 16370 - Variable Frequency Drives 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Motors shall be sufficient size for the duty to be performed and shall not exceed their full-rated load when the driven equipment is operating at specified capacity. Unless otherwise noted, motors driving pumps shall not be overloaded at any head or discharge condition of the pump. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The motor manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer certified dimension prints showing nameplate data and outline dimensions within three weeks of the date they receive the order. B. Guarantee: All equipment furnished and installed under this Section shall be guaranteed against defects of workmanship, materials and improper installation for a period of one year from date of acceptance. All such equipment or parts proven defective, due to the above noted causes, shall be replaced in the machines by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. C. Provide equipment warranty in accordance with specification section 01700. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES A. Motors shall be as manufactured by US Motors. There shall be no approved equal. 2.2 RATING A. Unless otherwise noted, all motors shall be of the low voltage type. All motors 2 through 100 horsepower shall be rated 230/460 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hertz A.C.; Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Motors 0992-0187 16150-1 1. Explosionproof, UL listed for Class I, Division 1 and 2,Groups B, C, and D; and Class ll, Division 1 and 2 areas, Groups E, F, and G. 2. EDS factory sealed. 3. Malleable iron body and cover. 4. Aluminum sealing chamber. 5. Front operated handle with stainless steel shaft. 6. Rated 20A, 125VAC. 7. With grounding screw. Explosion-proof Receptacles for Use in Hazardous Areas: 1. Explosion-proof, UL listed for Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D; and Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F and G. 2. Factory-sealed malleable iron receptacle with spring-loaded cover. 3. Malleable iron mounting box. 4. Rated 20A, 125VAC. 5. "Dead-front" construction requiring plug to be inserted and rotated to activate receptacle. J. Thermostats: 1. Contacts close on falling temperature to cycle unit heater on rising temperature to cycle exhaust fan motor. 2. Rated 20A, 120VAC. 3. Range: 46-84 DegF scale. 4. Switch: AUTO/OFF/ON. 5. Provide subbase and mounting plate. 6. Provide standard outlet box for mounting thermostat. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mount devices where indicated on the Contract Drawings and as scheduled in Section 16010 -Electrical, Basic Requirements. C. In masonry, concrete and frame construction, recess mount receptacles and light switches unless device precludes recessed mounting or unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. D. Where more than one receptacle is installed in a room, they shall be symmetrically arranged. E. Set switches and receptacles plumb and vertical to the floor. F. Set recess-mounted switches and receptacles flush with face of walls. G. Provide blank plates for empty outlets. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Wiring Devices 16140-4 1. Straight blade, grounding type, GFIC specification grade. 2. Back and side wired with wrap around bridge. 3. Rated 20A, 125VAC. 4. UL listed. 5. Color: IVORY. 6. Wall plate: Weatherproof, cast aluminum, UL listed "IN USE" cover. E. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacles: 1. Straight blade, grounding type, specification grade. 2. Rated 20A, 125VAC. 3. UL listed. 4. Test and reset buttons. 5. Wall plate: Indoor or weatherproof "IN USE" as required. 6. Feed-thru type. F. Light Switches for Corrosive Areas: Corrosion-resistant NEMA 4X enclosure with switch consisting of: a. Fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosure. b. Fiberglass reinforced polyester gasketed wall plate with built-in toggle lever switch with stainless steel shaft. C. Grounding bushing. d. Rated 20A, 125VAC. e. UL listed. f. Color: YELLOW. 2. Optional: Corrosion-resistant enclosure and switch consisting of: a. Cast copper-free aluminum "FS" or "FD" ridge type hub box. b. Toggle type, quiet action, and specification grade with grounding terminal. C. Rated 20A, 125VAC with solid silver cadmium oxide contacts. d. UL listed. e. Neoprene gasket. f. Cast aluminum cover with stainless steel screws and lever to activate switch. g. Color: YELLOW. G. Receptacles for Corrosive Areas: 1. Corrosion-resistant straight blade, grounding type, GFIC specification grade. 2. Back and side wired with Wrap-around Bridge. 3. Rated 20A, 125VAC. 4. UL listed. 5. Color: YELLOW. 6. Box: "FS" or "FD" ridge type cast hub box of copper-free aluminum, 7. Gasket: Neoprene. 8. Wall plate: Weatherproof, PVC, UL listed "IN USE" cover. H. Explosion-proof Light Switches for Use in Hazardous Areas: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Wiring Devices 16140-3 3. Door switches: a. General Electric. b. Slater. C. P&S. d. Arrow Hart. e. Micro-switch. 4. Receptacles (except explosion proof): a. Hubbell. b. Slater. C. P&S. d. Arrow Hart. e. General Electric. f. Leviton. B. Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Section 01640 -Quality Control. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Light Switches for Unclassified Areas: 1. Toggle type, quiet action, and specification grade with grounding terminal. 2. Back and side wired. 3. Solid silver cadmium oxide contacts. 4. One-piece switch arm rated 20A, 120/277VAC. 5. UL listed. 6. Color: Ivory. 7. Wall plate: Type 304 stainless steel. B. Receptacles for Unclassified Areas: 1. Straight blade, grounding type, GFIC specification grade. 2. Back and side wired with Wrap-around Bridge. 3. Rated 20A, 125VAC. 4. UL listed. 5. Color: a. For use on normal power: IVORY. b. For use on UPS systems: RED. C. For use on isolated ground systems: ORANGE. 6. Wall plate: Type 304 stainless steel. C. Light Switches for Wet Areas: 1. Presswitch type, quiet action, specification grade, with grounding terminal. 2. Back and side wired. 3. Solid silver cadmium oxide contacts. 4. One-piece switch arm rated 20A, 120/277VAC. 5. UL listed. 6. Color: IVORY. 7. Wall plate: GREY weatherproof press-switch type. D. Receptacles for Outdoor and Wet Areas: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Wiring Devices 16140-2 SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Light switches, receptacles and device plates. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract and Conditions. 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 3. Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Refer to Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Refer to Section 01300 - Submittals and Section 16010 -- Electrical, Basic Requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Light switches (except explosion proof): a. Hubbell. b. Slater. C. P&S. d. Arrow Hart. e. General Electric. f. Leviton. 2. Explosion proof light switches: a. Crouse-Hinds, b. Appleton Electric Co. C. Killark Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVe Wiring Devices 0992-0187 16140-1 F. Use outlet boxes sized to accommodate quantity of conductors enclosed. G. Use boxes sized to accommodate conduit tying into box. M. Install pull boxes or junction boxes in conduit runs where indicated or required to facilitate pulling of wires or making connections. 1. Make covers of boxes accessible. J. Install pull boxes or junction boxes rated for the area classification. K. Install rigid conduit squarely into boxes that do not have hubs or are drilled and tapped. L. Install with locknut on the inside and outside with insulating bushing on inside. M. Install conduit into boxes with hubs, or that are tapped, using thread lubricant. N. Do not use back-to-back boxes on this Project. 0. Seal all points of conduit entry into fiberglass cable-pulling enclosures for a waterproof installation. P. Support outlet boxes for incandescent fixtures and other ceiling-mounted devices in lay-in acoustical tile ceilings by bar hangers anchored to ceiling construction members which do not interfere with tile removal. Q. Do not use meter boxes for junction boxes. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Outlet Pull and Junction Boxes 0992-0187 16130-4 a. Material: Cast gray iron alloy or copper-free cast aluminum. b. Drilled and tapped openings or tapered threaded hub equipped. C. Flat bolted-down or threaded cover with neoprene gasket. d. Stainless steel hex head screws. e. Explosionproof, UL listed for Class 1 Groups C and D. 5. Large Pull and Junction Boxes (100 CU IN and larger): a. Located in wet and corrosive areas: 1) NEMA 4X with stainless steel screws. b. Type 304L welded stainless steel: 1) Constructed of 14GA 304L stainless steel with seams continuously welded, ground smooth with no knockouts. 2) Rolled lip around all sides. 3) Rigid handles for covers larger than 9SF or heavier than 25LBS. 4) Split covers when heavier than 25LBS. 6. Terminal Boxes: a. Galvanized 16GA steel box provided with plain blank screw cover, subpanel, and terminal points. b. Refer to Drawing for dimensions and number of terminals. C. Terminal blocks shall be screw-post barrier-type with white marker strip. d. Rated 20 ampere, minimum 600V. 7. Fiberglass Cable-Pulling Enclosure: a. Use: Access points to facilitate pulling of electrical cables in buried conduit runs. b. Size and quantity: As shown on Drawings. C. Type: Rectangular fiberglass composite, suitable for direct burial pedestrian traffic on top, -50 DegF, chemical, sunlight, and weather resistant. d. Provide matching top with "ELECTRIC" logo. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use cast metal boxes with threaded conduit hubs in hazardous areas. C. Use Type FS and FD boxes in wet areas and where exposed rigid aluminum conduit is required. D. Use epoxy resin coated, stainless steel, cast aluminum or fiberglass boxes for corrosive areas. E. Fill unused punched-out, tapped, or threaded hub openings with insert plugs of like material to maintain enclosure NEMA rating. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Outlet Pull and Junction Boxes 0992-0187 16130-3 1. Hoffman Engineering Co. 2. Crouse-Hinds. C. Hazardous location boxes (Class I, II & III): 1. 2. 3. 4. D. R? 1. 2. Appleton Electric Co. Crouse-Hinds. Killark. O-Z/Gedney. iintight and watertight boxes: Appleton Electric Co. Crouse-Hinds. E. Terminal boxes: 1. Hoffman Engineering Co. F. Exposed switch and receptacle boxes: 1. Appleton Electric Co. 2. Crouse-Hinds. 3. Killark. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Pull and Junction Boxes for Wet Areas: 1. Material: 14GA steel with polyester powder coating inside and out over phosphatized surfaces. a. Seams continuously welded, ground smooth, no knockouts. b. Stainless steel clamps on four sides. C. Flat cover with oil resistant gasket. d. NEMA 4 classification. e. UL listed. 2. Pull and Junction Boxes for Corrosive Areas: a. Material: 14GA steel with powdered epoxy resin coating inside and out or fiberglass reinforced polyester material. 3. Fiberglass-reinforced polyester boxes: a. Hinged door with latch and lockout. b. Neoprene door gasket. C. Grounding bushing(s). d. NEMA 4X classification. e. UL listed. 4. Pull and Junction Boxes for Hazardous Areas: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Outlet Pull and Junction Boxes 0992-0187 16130-2 SECTION 16130 - OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Outlet, pull and junction boxes. B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Contract and Bidding Requirements. 2. Section 16010 -Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Refer to Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Refer to Section 01300 - Submittals 2. Refer to Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Contract and Bidding Requirements. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 16010 -Electrical, Basic Requirements. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Galvanized steel boxes: 2. Appleton Electric Co. 3. Steel City. 4. Raco. B. Corrosion-resistant boxes: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Outlet Pull and Junction Boxes 0992-0187 16130-1 manufacturer's plant. Other cable and wiring shall be tested in accordance with the applicable ICEA Standards. Six copies of certified test data sheets shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation at the site. Subsequent shipment of each.size of wire shall be covered by certificates of compliance which shall list Contractor's name, point of delivery, reel numbers, size of wire, length of wire, and date of shipment. Certificates shall attest the wires and cables comply with specification requirements and that wires and cables are equal in every respect to wires and cables which have been successfully tested. b. All test data or certificates shall be notarized and submitted. 2. Field Tests a. Field testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements specified in the General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. b. After installation, all wires and cables shall be tested for insulation levels and continuity. Insulation resistance between conductors of the same circuit and between conductor and ground shall be tested. Testing for insulation levels shall be as follows: 1) For 600V rated power and control cable, apply 1,000VDC from a Megaohmeter for all 600V wires and cables installed in lighting, control, power, indication, alarm and motor feeder circuits. Testing for continuity shall be "test light" or "buzzer". 2) 600V rated instrumentation signal cable shall be tested from conductor to conductor, conductor to shield, and conductorto ground using a volt-ohmmeter. The resistance value shall be 200 megaohms or greater. B, Low voltage wires and cables shall be tested before being connected to motors, devices or terminal blocks. C. Voltage tests shall be made successively between each conductor of a circuit and all other conductors of the circuit grounded. D. If tests reveal defects or deficiencies, the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs or shall replace the cable as directed by the Engineer, without additional cost to the Owner. E. All tests shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor who shall supply all testing equipment. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 0992.0187 16120-8 g) Equipment Grounding Conductor: All wiring - GREEN 2. Conductors #4AWG and smaller shall be factory color coded with a separate color for each phase and neutral, which shall be used consistently throughout the system. Larger cables shall be coded by the use of colored tape. 3.2 INSTRUMENTATION / DATA CABLE INSTALLATION A. Grounding of cable shield shall be accomplished at one end point only. B. A raceway containing instrumentation / data cable shall be installed to provide the following clearances: Raceway installed parallel to raceway conductors energized at 480 through 208 volts shall be 18 IN and 208/120 volts shall be 12 IN. 2. Raceway installed at right angles to conductors energized at 480 volts or 120/208 volts shall be 6 IN. C. Where practical, raceways containing instrumentation / data cable shall cross raceway containing conductors of other systems at right angles. D. Where instrumentation / data cables are installed in panels, etc., the Contractor shall arrange wiring to provide maximum clearance between cables and other conductors. Instrumentation/ data cables shall not be installed in same bundle with conductors of other circuits. E. Additional pullboxes shall be furnished and installed for ease of cable pulling and the cable manufacturer's recommended conduit fill factor shall be followed. Where required for specifically directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall moisture seal the cables at all connections with OZ Gedney Type "CSB'", or equal, sealing bushings. F. All cable, insulation and jacket shall have adequate strength to allow for it to be pulled through the conduit systems. Sufficient conductors shall be installed to provide space and serve future equipment where shown and specified. All conductors shall be color coded and all wires shall be suitably tagged with permanent markers at each end. 3.3 TESTING A. All testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1. The following tests are required: Shop Test a. Prior to the first shipment of each size of power, control, and telephone / data. cable to be furnished and installed under this Contract, samples of each size of cable shall be subjected to complete physical and electrical factory production tests at the Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 0992-0187 16120-7 devices make 7-strand, #12AWG, wire terminations impractical, the Contractor shall terminate external circuits in an adjacent junction box of proper size and shall install #14AWG stranded wires from the device to the junction box in a conduit. The #12 AWG field wiring shall also be terminated in the same junction box to complete the circuit. L. Pulling Temperature 1. Cable shall not be flexed or pulled when the temperature of the insulation or of the jacket is such that damage will occur due to low temperature embrittlement. When cable will be pulled with an ambient temperature within a three day period prior to pulling of 40°F or lower, cable reels shall be stored during the three day period prior to pulling in a protected storage area with an ambient temperature not lower than 55°F and pulling shall be completed during the work day for which the cable is removed from the protected storage. M. Color Coding 1. Conductor insulation shall be color coded as follows: a) 480V AC Power: Phase A - BROWN Phase B - ORANGE Phase C - YELLOW Neutral -- GREY b) 120/208V or 120/240V AC Power: Phase A - BLACK Phase B - RED Phase C - BLUE Neutral - WHITE C) 120VAC Control: Ungrounded conductors -- RED Ungrounded conductors, foreign source - YELLOW. d) 24VAC Control: All wiring - ORANGE e) 24VDC Power: Positive Lead - RED Negative Lead - BLACK f) 24VDC Control: Ungrounded conductors - BLUE Grounded conductors - BLUE w/ WHITE stripe Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 0992-0187 16120-6 G. Wiring Identification The Contractor shall meet with the Owner and/or Engineer to come to an agreement regarding wire and cable identification prior to developing a wire and cable schedule. 2. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a wire and cable schedule in an electronic spreadsheet type file format indicating the wire and cable tag number, to and from destinations, size, usage description, and device terminals. 3. All wiring shall be identified with a unique wire or cable tag number and shall be labeled at each termination. Tag numbers shall correspond with the accepted wire and cable schedule and shall not be duplicated. 4. Wire identification shall be accomplished through the use of a printer with white, polyolefin heat shrinkable wire marking sleeves. 5. All single-phase and three-phase wiring shall be color coded at each termination. The color coding is applicable to all power, control, alarm, signal, and instrumentation cables, and conductors. H. Cable Installation All interior cable not protected by a compartment enclosure shall be run in conduit. Wiring Supplies Only electrical wiring supplies manufactured under high standards of production and meeting the approval of the Engineer shall be used. 2. Rubber insulating tape shall be in accordance with ASTM Des. D119. Friction tape shall be in accordance with ASTM Des. D69. Training of Cable The Contractor shall furnish all labor and material required to train cables around cable vaults within buildings and in manholes in the outdoor underground duct system. Sufficient length of cable shall be provided in each manhole and vault so that the cable can be trained and racked in an approved manner. In training or racking, the radius of bend of any cable shall be not less than the manufacturer's recommendation. All manhole cables shall be arc and fire-proofed. The training shall be done in such a manner as to minimize chaffing. K. Connections at Control Panels, Limit Switches, and Similar Devices Where stranded wires are terminated at panels, and/or devices, connections shall be made by solderless lug, crimp type ferrule or solder dipped. 2. Where enclosure sizes and sizes of terminals at limit switches, solenoid valves, float switches, pressure switches, temperature switches, and other Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 0992-0187 16120-5 B. Instrumentation cables to be direct buried shall be UL labeled for direct buried service. 2.7 DATA CABLE (CAT-6e) A. All data cables shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 (Category 6e), #24AWG copper, plenum B. rated and ETL Type-CMP. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 600V CABLE INSTALLATION A. The cable and wires shall be installed as specified herein and shown on the Drawings. B. The cables shall be terminated in accordance with the cable and/or termination product manufacturer's instructions for the particular type of cable. C. To minimize oxidation and corrosion, wire and cable shall be terminated using an oxide-inhibiting joint compound recommended for "copper-to-copper" connections. D. Splices shall not be allowed in the underground duct, manhole and handhole systems. If splices are required, the Contractor shall obtain approval in writing from the Engineer prior to splicing. Exterior splicing material shall be heat shrink insulation HDT or equal. No "Butt-Splicing" of AC or DC circuit control conductors or instrumentation cable shall be allowed. E. Wire and Cable Sizes The sizes of wire and cable shall be as shown on the Drawings, or if not shown, as approved by the Engineer. If required due to field routing, the size of conductors and respective conduit shall be increased so that the voltage drop does not exceed 3%. 2. Minimum wire size within control panels, motor control centers, switchboards and similar equipment shall be #12AWG for power and #14AWG for control. F. Number of Wires The number of wires indicated on the Contract Drawings for the various control, indication, and metering circuits were determined for general schemes of control and for particular indication and metering systems. 2. The actual number of wires installed for each circuit shall, in no case, be less than the number required; however, the Contractor shall add as many wires as may be required for control and indication of the actual equipment selected for installation at no additional cost to the Owner. The addition of conductors shall be coordinated with and approved by the Engineer to avoid violations of the NEC regarding conduit fill. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 0992-0187 16120-4 proper identification. Color coding shall be equal to ICEA S-68-514, Table K-1. Cables shall meet requirements of IEEE-383. B. Conductors shall be stranded copper per ASTM B-8 and B-33 or B-189, Class B or C stranding contingent on the size unless otherwise specified. Minimum wire size shall be #14AWG. 2.4 600V SHIELDED MOTOR POWER CABLE FOR VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES A. Where indicated on the Contract Drawings, the power connection between the variable frequency drive (VFD) and the associated motor shall utilize a shielded three-conductor plus ground conductor VFD output cable. B. Shielded motor power cables with #2AWG and smaller conductors shall have an overall polyvinyl chloride jacket, utilize XLPE conductor insulation with 100 percent rated ground conductor, overall foil shield, 85% TC braid and drain wire. C. Shielded motor power cables with #1AWG and larger conductors shall have an overall polyvinyl chloride jacket, utilize XLPE conductor insulation with three- symmetrical BC grounds, two spiral copper tape shields. D. Shielded Motor cable shall meet the following requirements. 1. Utilize high-strand tined copper conductors. 2. Lower capacitance suitable for longer runs 3. Sunlight and oil resistant. 4. Suitable for Class I and 11; Division 2 hazardous locations. 5. Rated for 90 Deg. C temperature for wet or dry locations. 6. Pass UL 1685 vertical tray flame test E. 600V rated shielded motor power cable shall be Belden 29500 series, or equal. 2.5 LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE WIRE AND CABLE A. The lighting and receptacle branch circuit wire shall consist of stranded, copper conductors with insulation rated THWN, 75°C for wet locations and THHN, 900C for dry or damp locations. B. Conductors shall be stranded copper per ASTM-B8, B-33 and B-189, Class B or C stranding contingent on the size unless otherwise specified. Minimum size wire shall be #12AWG. C. Lighting and receptacle cables and wire shall be manufactured by the General Cable Company, Southwire Cable Company or equal. 2.6 INSTRUMENTATION SIGNAL CABLE (STP) A. The instrumentation cable for analog signals shall be individually shielded twisted pair cable (STP) or individually shielded twisted multi-pair cable. Conductors shall be tin or alloy coated, soft, annealed copper, #16AWG minimum with a minimum of 19 strands with 600V rated insulation for 750C. Pairs shall have 100% coverage foil shields with a #18AWG tinned copper drain wire. Outer jackets shall be chromed polyvinyl chloride. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 0992-0187 16120-3 Material specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. 2. Cable pulling calculations. 3. Wiring identification methods and materials. 1.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Each cable shall be identified as specified in Part 3, EXECUTION, of this Specification. 1.6 CABLE PULLING LUBRICANTS A. The Contractor shall submit a list with a minimum of four manufacturers standard lubricants which may be used interchangeably for each type of lubricant required. Lubricant shall be non-hardening type. 1.6 CABLE PULL CALCULATIONS A. The Contractor shall submit cable pulling calculations and shall be performed by a currently registered professional electrical engineer. The calculations shall define pulling tension and sidewall loading SWBP (sidewall bearing pressure) values for all cable installations rated 600V with #1/OAWG conductors and larger greater than 200 feet in length. The calculations for straight horizontal cable installations rated 600V with #1/OAWG conductors and larger less than 200 FT are not required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The wire and cable covered by this Specification is intended to be standard equipment of proven performance. Wire and cable shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as specified herein and shown on the Contract Drawings. Only one manufacturer for each cable type shall be permitted. 2.2 600V POWER WIRE AND CABLE A. 600V rated cable and wire shall consist of stranded, copper conductor with insulation rated XHHW-2, 90°C for wet locations and THHN, 9011C for dry or damp locations. B. Conductors shall be stranded copper per ASTM-138, B-33 and B-189, Class B or C stranding contingent on the size unless otherwise specified. Minimum size wire shall be #12AWG. 2.3 600V CONTROL CABLE A. 600V rated control cable shall consist of stranded, copper conductor with insulation rated THWN, 75°C for wet locations and THHN, 90°C for dry or damp locations. The individual conductors of the multiple conductor cable shall be color coded for Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 7 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 0992-0987 16120-2 SECTION 16120 - WIRE AND CABLE: 600 VOLT AND BELOW PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, connect, test, and place in satisfactory operating condition, ready for service, all cables and wires indicated on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein or required for proper operation of the installation, with the exception of internal wiring provided by electrical equipment manufacturers. The work of connecting cables to equipment, machinery, and devices shall be considered a part of this Section. All hardware, junction boxes, bolts, clamps, insulators, and fittings required for the installation of cable and wires system shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and other material required to substantiate conformance with the requirements set forth on the Contract Drawings and in Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements, and Section 01300 - Submittals. Shop drawings shall include, but not be limited to, detailed specifications and product data sheets for the power, control, and instrumentation cable required for this project. C. The wire and cable to be furnished and installed for this project shall be the product of manufacturers who have been in the business of manufacturing wire and cable for a minimum of ten (10) years. D. Reference Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Section 01300, SUBMITTALS, the Contractor shall obtain from the wire and cable manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Reports of Certified Shop and Field Tests 3. Wiring Identification Methods. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable specification section. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required for evaluation of the proposed material's compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Partial, incomplete, or illegible Submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. C. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Wire and Cable: 600 Volt and Below 0992-0187 16120-1 2) Terminate PVC-RGS conduits in insulated bushings. D. Warning Tape: 1. Place warning tape in trench directly over ductbanks, direct-buried conduit, and direct-buried wire and cable. a. 61N below finished grade where conduit or ductbank is 121N or more below finished grade. b. 31N below finished grade where conduit or ductbank is less than 121N below finished grade. 2. Provide warning tape as follows: a. Electrical trenches and ductbanks or directly buried conduit: 1) Legend: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION" (1st line), "BURIED ELECTRIC LINE" (2nd line). 2) Letters: 1-1/41N minimum. 3) Interval: Continuous. 4) Color: Red and black letters. b. Trenches and direct-buried or conduit encased telephone lines: 1) Legend: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION" (1st line), "BURIED TELEPHONE LINE" (2nd line). 2) Letters: 1-1/41N minimum. 3) Interval: Continuous. 4) Color: Orange with black letters. C. Tren ches with direct-buried or conduit encased computer or SCADA system communications lines: 1) Legend: "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION" (1st line), "BURIED COMPUTER LINE" (2nd line). 2) Letters: 1-1/41N minimum. 3) Interval: Continuous. 4) Color: Orange with black letters. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide the Owner with two sets of precast cable trench cover removal tools. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992-0187 16115-10 C. Provide conduit supports and separators of concrete, plastic, or other suitable nonmetallic, non-decaying material designed for that purpose. 1) Concrete encasement supports shall provide a uniform minimum clearance of 21N between the bottom of the trench and the bottom row of conduit. 2) Separators shall provide a uniform minimum clearance of 21N between conduits. 3) Place supports and separators for PVC conduit on maximum centers as indicated for the following trade sizes: a) 11N and less: 2FT. b) 1-1/4 to 31N: 4FT. C) 3-1/2 to 61N: 6FT. 4) Place supports and separators for RGS conduit on maximum centers as indicated for the following trade sizes: a) 11N and less: 8FT. b) 1-1/4 to 2-1/21N: 10FT. C) 31N and larger: 12FT. 5) Securely anchor conduits to supports and separators to prevent movement during placement of concrete or soil. 6) Do not place concrete or soil until conduits have been observed by the Engineer. d. Stagger conduit joints at intervals of 61N horizontally. e. Make conduitjoints watertight and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1) Make plastic conduit joints by uniformly brushing a plastic solvent cement on inside of plastic coupling fitting and outside of conduit ends. Slip conduit and fitting together with a quick one-quarter turn twist to set joint tightly. f. Accomplish changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of 5 degrees by long sweep bends having a minimum radius of 251N. 1) Sweep bends shall be made up of one curved section. g. Furnish manufactured bends at end of runs. 1) Minimum radius of 181N for conduits less than 31N trade size and 361N for conduits 31N trade size and larger. h. After the conduit run has been completed, pull a standard flexible mandrel having a length of not less than 121N and a diameter approximately 1/41N less than the inside diameter of the conduit through each conduit. Then pull a brush with stiff bristles through each conduit to remove any foreign material left in conduit. i. Pneumatic rodding may be used to draw in pull-cords. 1) Install a 1/81N polypropylene pull-cord free of kinks and splices in all unused new ducts. 2) Extend pull-cord 3FT beyond ends of conduit and fasten to prevent loss of pull-cord in conduits. j. Transition from PVC to RGS conduit with a minimum of 3FT prior to entering a structure or going above ground. 1) Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2) PVC conduit may be extended directly to pull, junction and transformer boxes; manholes and handholes. k. Where conduits enter transformer boxes; manholes and handholes: 1) Terminate PVC conduits in end bells. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992-0187 18115-9 C. Underground Conduits: 1. Concrete encased ductbank: a. Provide electrical duct system consisting of conduits completely encased in minimum 21N of concrete. b. For circuits 600V and below, install so that top of concrete encased duct, at any point, is not less than the minimum depths established by the NEC (Table 300-5 and exceptions): 1) PVC-RGS conduit: 241N. 2) PVC sch-40 conduit: 241N. 3) Under areas subject to vehicular traffic: a) All applications: 241N. 4) Unless a greater depth is detailed on the Contract Drawings. C. Under traffic areas (roadways, parking lots, etc.) and for a distance 1 OFT either side of the traffic area, and elsewhere as defined on the Contract Drawings or specified, the concrete shall be reinforced in accordance with Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Direct-buried duct bank: a. Provide electrical duct system consisting of conduits directly buried in earth. 1) Lay conduits on minimum 21N sand base completely encased by 21N of selected backfill containing no stones or other hard material larger than 1/21N diameter. b. For circuits 600V and below, install so that the top selected backfill at any point, is not less than the minimum depths established by the NEC (Table 300-5 and exceptions). 1) PVC-RGS conduit: 241N. 2) PVC sch-80 conduit: 241N. 3) Under areas subject to vehicular traffic: a) All applications: 241N. 4) Unless a greater depth is detailed on the Contract Drawings. 3. Direct-buried conduit: a. Provide electrical duct system consisting of conduits directly buried in earth. 1) Lay conduit on minimum 21N sand base completely encased by 21N of selected backfill containing no stones or other hard material larger than 1/21N diameter, b. For circuits 600V and below, install so that top of the selective backfill, at any point, is not less than the minimum depths established by the NEC (Table 300-5 and exceptions). 1) PVC-RGS conduit: 241N. 2) PVC sch-80 conduit: 241N. 3) Under areas subject to vehicular traffic: a) All applications: 241N, 4) Unless a greater depth is detailed on the Contract Drawings. 4. Underground conduits and ductbanks shall comply with the following: a. Minimum grade shall be 41N per 10OFT or as detailed on the Contract Drawings. 1) Low point shall be at one end of the conduit run. b. During construction and after conduit installation is complete; plug the ends of all conduits. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992-0187 16115-8 6. Provide minimum 121N of tamped crushed rock or gravel prior to setting manhole, handhole or pull box. 7. Construct manholes, handholes and pull-boxes approximately where shown on the Contract Drawings. Determine the exact locations after careful consideration has been given to location of other utilities, grading, and paving. a. Locations are to be approved by the Engineer prior to excavation and construction of manholes, handholes and pull-boxes. 8. Grout or seal all joints: a. For precast construction, comply with the manufacturer's instructions. b. For cast-in-place construction, comply with Section 03300 - Cast-in- Place Concrete. 9. Set frames and covers: a. For manholes, handholes and pull-boxes located in roadways, paint with two coats asphaltic paint before setting and set top of covers flush with finished surface of paving. b. For manholes, handholes and pull-boxes not located in roadways, set top of covers 21N above finished grade. Slope surrounding grade away from edge to insure water drains away from opening. C. Install sufficient number of concrete extensions between top of manhole, handhole or pull-box frame as required to elevate cover to existing grade level. 10. Support cables on walls by cable racks: a. Equip cable racks with adjustable hooks: 1) Quantity of hooks as required by the number of conductors. 2) Minimum of (2) cable hooks per rack. b. Install a minimum of (2) racks on each wall in each manhole, handhole and pull-box. C. Space cable racks so that both ends of cable splices will be supported horizontally. d. In manholes, install (1) spare hook on each rack. e. Install a cable-pulling iron in each wall opposite each ductb.ank entrance. 11. Grounding: In each manhole, drive copper ground rod into the earth and extend ground rod approximately 61N above finished floor. a. In precast structures, drill openings in floor for ground rod. b. Connect all metallic conduits, racks, and other metallic components to ground rod by means of#8AWG minimum tinned copper wire and approved grounding clamps. 12. Provide an 181N DIA sump in the bottom of each manhole and hand hole. 13. After installation is complete, backfill and compact soil around manholes and hand holes. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992-0187 16115-7 K. Warning Tape: 1. Approved manufacturers and catalog numbers: a) W H Brady Company, Catalog S-10, #91296. 2. Material: Polyethylene. 3. Thickness:3.5MIL. 4. Tensile strength: 1750PS1. 5. Size: 61N wide (minimum). 6. Legend: Preprinted and permanently imbedded: a) Message continuously printed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Comply with Section 16050 - Materials and Methods, for trenching, backfilling and compacting. 3. Buried conductor warning tape: a. See Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. B. Manholes, Handholes and Pull-Boxes: 1. Shape: Manholes, handholes and pull-boxes may be either square or rectangular. 2. Size: a. Manholes shall have minimum interior dimensions of 48 x 481N with a minimum interior height of 721N unless other dimensions are detailed on the Contract Drawings. b. Handholds shall be sized for the number of conduits entering unless other dimensions are detailed on the Contract Drawings. 1) Minimum interior dimensions shall be 24 x 171N with a minimum depth of 361N. C. Pull-Boxes shall be sized for the number of conduits entering unless other dimensions are detailed on the Contract Drawings. 3. Precast or cast-in-place: a. Optional unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings or Specifications. 4. Precast manholes, handholes and pull-boxes shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for "subject to occasional heavy vehicles." a. Do not use precast manholes handholes, pull-boxes in roadways. 5. For cast-in-place construction, comply with Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992-0187 16115-6 a) Rectangular - 261N x 221N b) Round - 261N Diameter 2) Heavy-duty type frames and covers made of cast iron, suitable for H-20 loading, and having machined bearing surfaces shall be used. 3) The covers shall be of indented type with solid top design. 4) The upper side of each cover shall have the letters "Electrical", "Control", or "Communication" cast in integral letters no less than 21N high as indicated on the Contract Drawings. D. Cable Racks: 1. Hot-dipped galvanized hot-rolled steel; or Lexan. 2. 120LBS minimum loading capacity. 3. Three-point locking to resist twisting. E. Cable Pulling Irons: 1. Hot-dipped galvanized steel. 2. 6000LBS minimum pulling load. F. Ground Rods and Grounding Equipment: 1. See Section 16450 -Grounding and Bonding. G. Ground Wire: 1. See Section 16120 - Wire and Cable. H. Duct Terminators: 1. Window type. 2. ABS plastic. 3. Proide for conduit entrance. 4. Designed for installation into manhole, handhole or pull-box walls for a watertight seal. 5. Sufficient space between terminator walls to allow for placement of rebar and concrete. 1. Conduit: 1. See Section 16111 - Conduit and Raceway. J. Duct Spacers: 1. High density polyethylene or high impact polystyrene. 2. Interlocking. 3. Provide 21N minimum spacing between conduits. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992-0187 16115-5 3) The upper side of each cover shall have the letters "Electrical", "Control", or "Communication" cast in integral letters no less than 21N high as indicated on the Contract Drawings. d. Shall have an AASHTO live load rating of H-20, unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings or Specifications. B. Manholes: Pre-Cast steel reinforced concrete: a. Boxes are required to meet ASTM C 858 with 4000PS1 minimum compressive strength concrete and designed for AASHTO H-20 loading unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. b. Tongue-and-grove double sealed joints on mating edges of pre-cast components. The joints shall firmly interlock adjoining components and provide waterproof junctions and adequate shear transfer. Joints shall be sealed with approved watertight joint sealant as prescribed in the manufacturer's installation specifications and conforming to AASHTO M198, Type B. Sealing material shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Knockout panels or pre-cast individual conduit openings may be used. Blockout panels are not acceptable. d. Minimum interior dimensions shall be 4FT Wide x 4FT Long x 6FT Tall. e. Cover: 1) Minimum access opening dimensions: a) Rectangular - 261N x 221N b) Round - 261N Diameter 2) Heavy-duty type frames and covers made of cast iron, suitable for H-20 loading, and having machined bearing surfaces shall be used. 3) The covers shall be of indented type with solid top design. 4) The upper side of each cover shall have the letters "Electrical", "Control", or "Communication" cast in integral letters no less than 21N high as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. Cast-In-Place: a. Comply with Section 03300 unless otherwise specified herein. b. Constructed as detailed on the Contract Drawings. C. Shall have an AASHTO live load rating of H-20, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. d. Minimum interior dimensions shall be 4FT Wide x 4FT Long x 6FT Tall. e. Cover: 1) Minimum access opening dimensions: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992-0187 16115-4 2.2 MATERIALS A. Handholes and Pull-Boxes: Fiberglass reinforced polymer concrete: a. Boxes and covers are required to conform to all test provisions of ANSI/SCTE 77 "Specification For Underground Enclosure Integrity" for Tier 15 applications at a minimum unless otherwise noted on the drawings. b. In no assembly can the cover design load exceed the design load of the box. C. All components in an assembly (box & cover) are manufactured using matched surface tooling, d. All covers are required to have a minimum 0.50 coefficient of friction in accordance with ASTM C 1028. 2. Pre-Cast steel reinforced concrete: a. Boxes are required to meet ASTM C 858 with 4000PS1 minimum compressive strength concrete and designed for AASHTO H-20 loading unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. b. Tongue-and-grove double sealed joints on mating edges of pre-cast components. The joints shall firmly interlock adjoining components and provide waterproof junctions and adequate shear transfer. Joints shall be sealed with approved watertight joint sealant as prescribed in the manufacturer's installation specifications and conforming to AASHTO M198, Type B. Sealing material shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Knockout panels or pre-cast individual conduit openings may be used. Blockout panels are not acceptable. d. Cover: 1) Heavy-duty type frames and covers made of cast iron, suitable for H-20 loading, and having machined bearing surfaces shall be used. 2) The covers shall be of indented type with solid top design. 3) The upper side of each cover shall have the letters "Electrical", "Control", or "Communication" cast in integral letters no less than 21N high as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3. Cast-In-Place: a. Comply with Section 03300 unless otherwise specified herein. b. Constructed as detailed on the Contract Drawings. C. Cover: 1) Heavy-duty type frames and covers made of cast iron, suitable for H-20 loading, and having machined bearing surfaces shall be used. 2) The covers shall be of indented type with solid top design. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992-0187 16115-3 a) Dimension spacing between conduits. b) Dimension concrete envelope and reinforcing, where applicable. 2. Provide ductbank and direct-buried conduit profile. a) Dimension from grade to ductbank and direct buried conduit. b) Dimension from ductbank and direct buried conduit to other utilities in the route. 3. Certifications. 4. Test reports. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: See Section 01300. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Precast manholes, handholes and pull-boxes: a) Oidcastle Precast b) Utility Vault Co. 2. Manhole and handhole covers: a) Neenah. b) Utility Vault Co. 3. Cable racks: a) Unistrut. b) B-Line. C) Condux International, Inc. d) Underground Devices, Inc. 4. Cable pulling irons: a) Condux International, Inc. 5. Ground rods and grounding equipment: a) See Section 16450 - Grounding and Bonding. 6. Ground wire: a) See Section 16450 - Grounding and Bonding. 7. Duct terminators: a) Condux International, Inc. 8. Conduit: a) See Section 16111- Conduit and Raceway. 9. Duct spacers: a) Underground Devices, Inc. b) Condux International, Inc. 10. Precast cable trench: a) Concast b) Trenwa. 11. Warning Tape: a) W. H. Brady Company. b) Seton Nameplate Company. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992.0187 16115-2 SECTION 16115 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT, MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes manholes; handholes; pull-boxes; and underground power, control, and instrumentation conduits and ductbanks. B. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM): a) A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a) NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC), 2008 Edition. B. Miscellaneous: 1. Contract Drawings indicate the intended location of manholes, handholes and pull-boxes; and routing of ductbanks and direct buried conduit. Field conditions may affect actual routing. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Direct-buried conduit means individual (single) underground conduits without concrete encasement. B. Direct-buried ductbank means multiple underground conduits, in a common trench, without concrete encasement. C. Concrete encased ductbank means any underground conduit or combination of underground conduits encased in a common concrete envelope. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Submittals and Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. B. Fabrication and layout drawings: 1. Provide cross-sectioned sketch of each ductbank. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa UG Conduit, Manholes and Handholes 0992-0187 16115-1 3. Swab conduit by pulling a clean, tight-fitting rag through the conduit. 4. Tightly plug ends of conduit with tapered wood plugs or plastic inserts until power cables are pulled. 5. Only nylon or polyethylene rope shall be used to pull power cables in rigid non-metallic conduit systems. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Conduit and Raceway 0992-0187 16111-11 b. Side: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats or approved cable gland fittings. C. Bottom: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats or approved cable gland fittings. 7. NEMA 7/8/9 enclosures: a. Enclosures shall be provided with integral conduit hubs. Conduit Seal Installation: In each conduit entering or leaving a Class I area. 2. In each conduit in a Class I Division 1 area entering or leaving an enclosure containing switches, circuit breakers, fuses, relays, resistors or other apparatus which may produce arcs, sparks or high temperature. 3. In each conduit 21N or larger in a Class I Division 1 area entering or leaving an enclosure containing terminals, splices and taps. 4. In each conduit in a Class I Division 2 area entering or leaving an enclosure required to be approved for use in Class I environments. 5. In each conduit in a Class 11 location between an enclosure required to be dust ignition-proof and an enclosure that is not required to be dust ignition-proof. 6. In each conduit in a corrosive area entering or leaving that area and entering or leaving an electrical equipment enclosure in that area. 7. So that the filler plug and drain is accessible. 8. Complete with approved sealing fiber and compound. K. Conduit Coatings: The protective coating of conduits, fittings, and accessories shall be maintained. a. Repair PVC-RGS utilizing a patching compound, of the same material as the coating, provided by the manufacturer of the conduit; or a self-adhesive, highly conformable, cross-linked silicone composition strip, followed by a protective coating of vinyl tape. 1) The total nominal thickness: 40MIL. 2. Repair surfaces that will be inaccessible after installation prior to installation. L. Power Cable Pulling Preparation Remove moisture and debris from conduit before power cables are pulled. 2. Pull mandrel with diameter nominally 1/41N smaller than the interior of the conduit, to remove obstructions. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Conduit and Raceway 0992-0187 16111-10 e. Do not run against reinforcing steel. f. Provide 21N minimum of spacing between conduits. g. Install expansion/deflection fittings wherever conduit spans structural or expansion joint. G. Field Bending of Conduits: 1. Utilize tools, equipment, methods and recommendations by the manufacturer to make all field bends. 2. The internal diameter of conduit shall not be reduced or distorted. H. Field Cutting and Threading Conduits: Utilize tools, equipment, methods and recommendations by the manufacturer to field cut and thread conduit. 2. All field cut conduit shall be smooth and evenly chamfered on the inside. 3. All field threaded conduit shall be clean and degreased before applying a zinc rich paint. Terminating Conduits: 1. NEMA 1 enclosures: a. Top: Locknuts and insulated bushings, b. Side: Locknuts and insulated bushings. C. Bottom: Locknuts and insulated bushings. 2. NEMA 2/12112K enclosures: a. Top: Sealing locknuts and insulated bushings. b. Side: Locknuts and insulated bushings. C. Bottom: Locknuts and insulated bushings. 3. NEMA 3/3R/3S/13 enclosures: a. Top: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats. b. Side: Sealing locknuts and insulated bushings. C. Bottom: Locknuts and insulated bushings. 4. NEMA 4/4X enclosures: a. Top: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats. b. Side: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats. C. Bottom: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats. 5. NEMA 5 enclosures: a. Top: Sealing locknuts with insulated throats. b. Side: Sealing locknuts and insulated bushings. C. Bottom: Locknuts and insulated bushings. 6. NEMA 6/6P enclosures: a. Top: Threaded conduit hubs with insulated throats or approved cable gland fittings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Conduit and Raceway 0992-0187 16111-9 2. Conduits shall not be smaller than 11N for underground installations and 3/41N elsewhere, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. D E Types of Conduits and Raceways: 1. Shall be installed as defined in the Contract Drawings. 2. As required by NFPA. 3. LFMC: a. Install as the final conduit to motors, electrically operated valves, primary elements (instrumentation), and electrical equipment that is liable to vibrate. b. Shall not be used as a conduit run. C. Maximum length shall not exceed: 1) 361N to motors. 2) 241N to all other equipment. Provide all required openings in walls, floors, and ceilings for conduit penetration. 1. New construction: a. Sleeves and block outs: Set in masonry walls during erection. b. Sleeves and block outs: Set in concrete during forming. 1) Material: Not harmful to the concrete. 2) Not considered to replace structurally the displaced concrete. F. Conduit Runs: 1. All conduits within a structure shall be installed concealed unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. 2. Total of Bends in a Conduit Run: a. Less than 270 degrees. -b. Provide pull boxes, condulets, or pulling elbows or tees as needed. 3. Run in straight lines parallel to or at right angles to structural members or building lines. 4. Maintain minimum 21N separation between all conduits. 5. Maintain minimum 61N separation between instrumentation and power conduits. 6. Maintain minimum 121N separation from process, gas, air and water pipes. 7. Conduits and accessories embedded in concrete: a. Shall not be larger in outside diameter than one-third the thickness of the slab, column or beam. b. Place conduit and accessories after reinforcing steel has been laid. C. Shall not displace the reinforcement steel. d. Provide a minimum of 1-1/21N of concrete cover around conduit. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Conduit and Raceway 0992-0187 16111-8 b. Ferrule: Steel, zinc-plated. C. Locknuts and compression nuts: Malleable iron, zinc-plated. d. Sealing ring: Neoprene. 2. Standard: UL 514. 2.7 STRUT CHANNEL SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Allied Power-Strut Products b. B-Line Systems C. Rob-Roy Industries d. Thomas & Betts e. Unistrut Building Systems B. All strut channel, clamps, fittings and fastener materials shall conform to those as shown on the Contract Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. All conduit, raceway, wireway and associated fittings shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations and shall not be stored exposed to sunlight or other UV rays. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall plan the layout of conduit and raceway systems so that when the work is complete it will exhibit good workmanship practices in accordance with N ECA-1. B. Routing of Conduits and Raceways: Conduit and Raceway runs, where shown, indicate the preferred location, Site conditions may affect actual routing. Contractor shall coordinate routing and measurement with other trades and with equipment suppliers. 2. Shall not interfere with, or prevent access to, piping, valves, ductwork, or other equipment for operation, maintenance and repair. 3. Wherever possible avoid routing conduits and raceways through areas of high ambient temperature or radiant heat. C. Size of Conduits and Raceways: The size of conduits and raceways are normally shown on the Contract Drawings. If a size is not shown on the Contract Drawings, or if a minimum size is not stated in the Specifications, then the size of conduits and raceways shall be in accordance with the NEC. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Conduit and Raceway 16111-7 4. Straight couplings: Same material and finish as the conduit with which they are used. 5. Expansion and/or Deflection couplings: a. 2 or 41N nominal straight-line conduit movement in either direction. b. 30-degree nominal deflection from the normal in all directions. C. Watertight, d. Insulating bushing. e. End couplings/hubs - bronze; or steel zinc-plated with aluminum cellulose lacquer finish. f. Outer jacket-neoprene. g. Jacket clamps-stainless steel. h. Inner sleeve (when used) - molded plastic. 6. Serv ice entrance heads: a. Weather resistant. b. Body: Malleable iron, hot-dipped galvanized or copper-free aluminum. 7. Mog ul pulling elbows and tees. a. Die cast copper free aluminum. b. Rain tight. 8. Conduit seals: a. Drain and breather: Stainless steel or brass. b. Fiber and sealing compound: UL listed for use with the sealing fitting. 9. Standards: a. UL 6. b. UL 467. C. UL 5148. d. UL 1242. D. Fittings for Use with PVC-RGS: The same material and construction as those fittings listed under paragraph "Fittings for Use with RGS and IMC"; and coated as defined under paragraph "PVC-RGS." E. Fittings for Use with PVC: 1. Fittings shall be of the same material, thickness, and construction as the conduits with which they are used. a. Standards: 1) UL 651. 2) NEMA TC-2-1978. 2. Solvent cement for welding fittings shall be supplied by the same manufacturer as the conduit and fittings. a. Shall not be more than 1 year past date of manufacture. b. Standard: ASTM D2564. F. Fittings for Use with LFMC: Fittings shall meet the following minimum requirements unless otherwise noted: a. Body: Malleable iron, zinc-plated. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Conduit and Raceway 16111-6 3. Crouse-Hinds. 4. Killark. 5. OZ Gedney Company. 6. Perma-Cote. 7. RACO. 8. Rob-Roy Ind. 9. Steel City. 10. Thomas and Betts. 11. Western Plastics Company. B. Fittings for Use with RAC: Materials: Following minimum requirements unless otherwise noted. C a. Body: Copper-free aluminum with aluminum lacquer or aluminum enamel finish. b. Covers: Copper-free aluminum and gasketed. C. Gaskets: Neoprene or PVC. d. Insulators-phenolic, thermosetting: minimum 105 Deg C UL rating. e. Grounding saddles tin-plated copper or bronze suitable for use with copper and aluminum conductors. f. Bonding jumpers: Tinned copper flexible braid. g. Locknuts: Malleable iron, zinc plated. 2. All fittings: Threaded unless otherwise noted. 3. Conduit Hubs shall be cast aluminum with insulated throat. 4. Straight couplings: Same material and finish as the conduit with which they are used. 5. Mogul pulling elbows and tees: a. Die cast copper free aluminum. b. Rain tight. 6. Conduit seals: a. Drain and breather: Stainless steel or brass. b. Fiber and sealing compound: UL listed for use with the sealing fitting. 7. Standards: a. UL 467. b. UL 514B. Fittings for Use With RGS and IMC: 1. Materials: Following minimum requirements unless otherwise noted. a. Body: Malleable iron, zinc- or cadmium-plated; steel, hot-dipped galvanized; or steel zinc plated with aluminum lacquer or aluminum enamel finish. b. Covers: Malleable iron, zinc plated and gasketed. C. Gaskets: Neoprene or PVC. d. Insulators-phenolic, thermosetting: minimum 105 Deg C UL rating. e. Grounding saddles tin-plated copper or bronze suitable for use with copper and aluminum conductors. f. Bonding jumpers: Tinned copper flexible braid. g. Locknuts: Malleable iron, zinc plated. 2. All fittings: Threaded unless otherwise noted. 3. Conduit Hubs shall be cast aluminum with insulated throat. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Conduit and Raceway 16111-5 C. Female ends shall have a plastic sleeve extending a minimum of 1 pipe diameter or 21N, whichever is less beyond the opening. The inside diameter of the sleeve shall be the same as the outside diameter of the conduit to be used with it. D. Standards: 1. ANSI C80.1. 2. NEMA RN-1. 2.4 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CONDUIT (PVC) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation 2. Carlon 3. Cantex B. PVC shall be either Schedule 40 or Schedule-80. The polyvinyl-chloride plastic compound shall meet, as a minimum, ASTM D1784 cell classification PVC 12233-A, B, or C. PVC shall be rated for direct sunlight exposure, 90°C wire, and fire retardant with low smoke emission. C. Standards: 1. ANSI C33.91. 2. NEMA TC-2. 3. UL 651. 2.5 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Anamet, Inc. 2. Electri-Flex Company. 3. International Metal Hose Company. B. LFMC shall have a core formed of continuous, spiral wound, hot-dip galvanized steel strip with successive convolutions securely interlocked, contain an interwoven copper strip suitable as a grounding means, and have an extruded vapor and liquid tight polyvinyl chloride outer jacket positively locked to the steel core. C. Standard: 1. UL 360. 2.6 CONDUIT FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Appleton. 2. Carlon. Skycrest Reciaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Conduit and Raceway 0992-0187 16111-4 3. Proposed routing of conduits buried under floor slabs. 4. Proposed routing and details of construction, including conduit and rebar, of conduits embedded in floor slabs, columns, etc. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The material covered by this Specification is intended to be standard material of proven performance as manufactured by reputable firms. Raceways and appurtenances shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Drawings. B. All equipment shall be UL listed and labeled for its intended service. C. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the listed manufacturers are acceptable. 2.2 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT (RAC) A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation 2. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 3. Wheatland Tube Company. B. RAC and associated fittings shall be manufactured from 6063 aluminum alloy in temper designation T-1. C. Standards ANSI C80.5 2.3 PVC-COATED RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (PVC-RGS) A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Thomas & Betts. 2. Perma-Cote. 3. Rob-Roy Ind. B. PVC-RGS shall have a minimum 40MIL polyvinyl chloride exterior coating. The coating shall be bonded to hot-dipped galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to ANSI C80.1. The bond between the polyvinyl chloride coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the coating. PVC-RGS shall have a nominal 2MIL, minimum, urethane interior coating and a urethane coating on threads. The RGS conduit: shall have an epoxy prime coating prior to application of polyvinyl chloride and urethane coatings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Conduit and Raceway 0992-0187 16111-3 i. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. j. D1788, Standard Specification for Rigid Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastics. k. D2564, Solvent Cements for (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings. 1. F512, Standard Specification for Smooth-Wall Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Conduit and Fittings for Underground Installation. 3. ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc (ETL). 4. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. RN-1, Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. b. TC-2, Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80). C. TC-6, PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation. 5. National Electric Contractors Association: a. NECA 1: Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70, National Electric Code (NEC). b. 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 7. Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL): a. 1, Flexible Metal Conduit. b. 6, Rigid Metal Conduit. C. 6A, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit -Aluminum. d. 209, Cellular Metal Floor Raceways and Fittings. e. 360, Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. f. 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment. g. 514, Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush-Device Boxes, and Covers. h. 514B, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. i. 651, Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. j. 797, Electrical Metallic Tubing. k. 870, Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings. 1. 886, Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. M. 1242, Intermediate Metal Conduit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: See Section 01300-Submittals and 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 2. Proposed routing of all site conduits including direct buried, concrete encased, and long run above ground conduits. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992.0187 Section lVa Conduit and Raceway 16111-2 SECTION 16111 -- CONDUIT AND RACEWAY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for furnishing, installing, connecting, testing and placing into service all raceway to include all conduits, conduit fittings, wireway, supports, etc. as required for a complete electric installation as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Conduit home runs for lighting, receptacle and other misc. circuits are not necessarily indicated on the Contract Drawings; however, the circuit numbers are shown. Conduit shall be furnished and installed for these circuits. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements, and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. B. Additional raceway from what is shown on the Contract Drawings may be required. Coordinate with the requirements of equipment provided under other Divisions of the specifications. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Raceway shall comply with the following applicable codes and standards as well as any others within the specifications and drawings. In the event of any conflict between these codes, regulations, standards, and Contract Documents, the most restrictive shall apply. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. C80.1, Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc-Coated. b. C80.3, Electrical Metallic Tubing - Zinc-Coated. C. C80.4 Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. d. C80.5 Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit. e. C80.6 Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Structural Steel. b. A153, Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. C. A307, Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners, d. A563,.Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Nuts. e. A569, Steel Carbon, Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality. f. A570, Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality. g. A575, Merchant Quality Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars. h. A635, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy-Thickness Coils, Carbon, Hot-Rolled. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section Iva Conduit and Raceway 16111-1 D. Support Fastening and Locations All equipment fastened to structural steel; columns, beams, and trusses shall be made by approved clamps or welded. No holes shall be drilled in structural steel. 2. Where supports or hangers are required for heavy electrical equipment units exceeding 75LBS, a registered professional engineer shall check the structural members. Where required, additional sections shall be provided for a safe installation. 3. All holes in hung ceilings for support rods, conduits, and other equipment shall be made adjacent to ceiling supports where possible, to facilitate removal of ceiling panels. 4. For interior dry areas, a bracket and channel type support of galvanized steel construction shall be provided wherever required for the support of starters, switches, panels, and miscellaneous equipment. 5. For outdoor service or in indoor damp/wet process areas, the support system shall be made of either stainless steel, PVC coated rigid galvanized steel, aluminum or as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 6. All fastening hardware (bolts, nuts, washers, etc.) shall be approved stainless steel materials or as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 7. All supports shall be rigidly bolted together and braced to make a substantial supporting framework. Where possible, control equipment shall be grouped together and mounted on a single framework. Wherever this occurs, a provision shall be made for ready access to the wiring for connections to the equipment by means of boxes with screw covers. 8. Aluminum support members shall not be installed in direct contact with concrete. Stainless steel or non-metallic "spacers" shall be used to prevent contact of aluminum with concrete. 9. The Contractor is responsible for the design of supporting structures and shall submit design details to the Engineer for acceptance before proceeding with the fabrication and installation. 10. Wherever dissimilar metals come into contact, the Contractor shall isolate these metals as required with nylon washers, 9MIL polyethylene tape, or gaskets. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Materials and Methods 16050-5 G. Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18IN of column or wall footings and which are carried below bottom of such footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of adjacent footing. H. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling authorized by the Engineer. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of conduit systems. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE WORK A. Refer to Specification Section 03300 -- Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Miscellaneous Concrete Work Concrete Grouting: Grout openings and recesses as indicated on the Contract Drawings and around all electrical work and other work that penetrates or adjoins all concrete work. Provide formwork where required, and tamp, screed and trowel surfaces. Cure grout as specified for concrete work. 2. Refer to Specification Sections for grouting of equipment base plates on foundations (with high-strength, non-shrinking grout), and similar grouting requirements not defined herein. 3.6 C. Clean-Up: Upon completion of work, clean excess concrete and grout from adjacent areas and surfaces. Remove excess concrete and grout by proper methods of removal, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. SUPPORT AND FASTENERS A. The Contractor shall furnish and install structural supports and fasteners for mounting and installing all electrical, lighting, alarm systems, instrumentation, communications and other equipment furnished under this Contract. B. Where the weight of equipment exceeds 75LBS and is supported from walls, ceilings, columns and/or beams, such structural supports, methods, and locations shall be approved in writing by a professional engineer currently registered in the State of the projects location. C. Concrete or Masonry Inserts The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing and installation of all conduit sleeves, anchor bolts, masonry inserts, and similar devices required for installation of equipment furnished under this Contract. 2. The Contractor shall furnish leveling channels for all switchgear, switchboards, motor control centers, and similar equipment. The leveling channels shall be provided for installation in the equipment supporting pads. Coordination of the installation of these channels with the concrete pad is essential and required. Pad height shall be as required to maintain coverage of the reinforcement bars while not exceeding the maximum mounting heights requirements of the NEC. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Materials and Methods 16050-4 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. B. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or run-off areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. C. Maintain dry excavations for electrical work, by removing water. Protect excavations from inflow of surface water. Pump minor inflow of groundwater from excavations; protect excavations from major inflow of ground water, by installing temporary sheeting and waterproofing. Provide adequate barriers that will protect other excavations and below-grade property from being damaged by water, sediment or erosion from or through electrical work excavations. 3.3 BASE PREPARATION A. Install subbase material to receive electrical work, and compact by tamping to form a firm base for the work. B. Provide finely-graded subbase material for equipment to be buried. C. Tamp fill to uniform compacted density. D. Where conduit crosses over areas which have been previously excavated to depths greater than required for conduit installation, provide suitable support that comply with details shown and Contract requirements. 3.4 BACKFILLING A. Backfill with approved backfill materials. B. Backfill with finely-graded subbase material to 6 IN above equipment to be buried. Backfill materials shall be soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 3/41N, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter. C. Condition backfill material by either drying or adding water uniformly, to whatever extent may be necessary to facilitate compaction to required densities. Do not backfill with frozen soil materials. D. Backfill simultaneously on opposite sides of electrical work, and compact simultaneously; do not dislocate the work from installed positions. E. Backfill excavations in 121N high courses of backfill material uniformly compacted using power-driven hand-operated compaction equipment. F. When backfilling excavations for electrical work, backfill to elevations matching finished grades. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Materials and Methods 16050-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK A. General: Do not excavate for electrical work until the work is ready to proceed without delay, so that total time lapse from excavation to completion of backfilling will be minimized. B. Excavate with vertical-sided excavations to greatest extent possible, except where otherwise indicated. Where necessary, provide sheeting and cross-bracing to sustain sides of excavations. Remove sheeting and cross-bracing during backfilling wherever such removal would not endanger the work or other property. Where not removed, cut sheeting off at sufficient distance below finished grade to not interfere with other work. C. Depth for sub-base Support: Unless otherwise noted, provide installation of sub- base material(s). Excavate, for installation of sub-base material in depth indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, 6 IN below bottom of work to be supported. D. Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross-braces, in good serviceable condition. Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. E. Excavate trenches to the uniform dimensions required for the particular item(s) to be installed and provide sufficient working clearances. Dig trenches to approximate depth and hand grade bottom to accurate elevation as required. F. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation 61N below required elevation and backfill with a 6 IN layer of sand prior to installation of conduit. G. Where soil conditions at bottom of indicated excavation are unsatisfactory, excavate additional depth as directed to reach satisfactory soil-bearing condition. Backfill with sub-base material compacted as directed, to indicated excavation depth. H. Unless otherwise noted in the Contract Drawings, store excavated material (temporarily) near excavation, in manner that will not interfere with or damage excavation or other work. Do not store under trees (within drip-line). Retain excavated material that complies with requirements for backfill material. Dispose of excess or unsatisfactory excavated material(s) as directed by the Contract requirements and site conditions. K. Refer to the Contract requirements and site conditions for removal of large subsurface materials. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Materials and Methods 0992-0187 16050-2 SECTION 16050 -- MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. B. Specification Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit shop drawings. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable Specification Section. B. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: 1. Equipment specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. 2. Complete assembly, layout, installation, and foundation drawings with clearly marked dimensions. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of products for electrical related work of sizes, types, ratings, and materials required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than three (3) years. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protect property from any and all damage that might result from excavating and . backfilling. B. Protect persons from injury at excavations, by barricades, warnings and illumination. C. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions, to minimize possibility of washouts, settlements and other damages and hazards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Materials and Methods 0992-0187 16050-1 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from all interior and exterior surfaces. B. Apply touch-up paint as required to repair scratches, etc. C. Replace nameplates or wire and cable markers damaged during installation. D. Thoroughly vacuum the interior of all enclosures to remove dirt and debris. Do NOT use pressurized air systems to blow out dirt and debris. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate equipment in accordance with. Contract Requirements. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-14 B. Make all penetrations through roofs prior to installation of roofing. C. All penetrations required after installation of roofing, shall be completed by an authorized roofer to maintain the roof warranty. D. Make all penetrations of electrical work through walls water and weather-tight. E. Equipment furnished under this Contract for use on future work and all concealed equipment, including conduits, shall be dimensioned, on the Record Drawings, from visible and permanent building features. F. After installation, all equipment shall be tested as recommended by the manufacturer. G. Verify all components are operational. H. Perform ground-fault performance testing as required by NEC Article 230-95(c). 1. Test Equipment Interface: 1. Verify systems coordination and operation. J. Set all adjustable trip protective devices as required for system protection and coordination. K. Verify all system and equipment ground continuity. L. Adjust installed equipment for proper operation of all electrical and mechanical components. M. Replace equipment and systems found inoperative or defective and re-test. 1. If equipment or system fails re-test, replace it with products that conform to Contract Documents. 2. Continue remedial measures and re-tests until satisfactory results are obtained. 3. Remedial measures and re-tests will be done at no cost to the Owner. N. The Engineer shall be notified of tests and Engineer may witness individual tests. 0. Required certificates of testing and test reports shall be presented to the Engineer upon completion of the tests. P. At Completion of Installation: 1. Test to ensure all equipment is free of short circuits and improper grounds. 2. Test to ensure all equipment is operational. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Wa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-13 D. Each instrument shall be identified with a stamped stainless-steel tag system. Instrument tags shall be permanently attached to each individual instrument and stamped with the appropriate tag number per the instrument specification section. E. Each cable shall be identified with a heat-shrinkable polyolefin label printing system. Instrumentation cables shall be labeled with the appropriate instrument tag (Example: FIT-200-1). Multiplex cables, power and control cables shall be labeled with the appropriate cable tag number per the equipment tag number (Example: PP 1-CKT-9). F. All motor control centers, power panels, lighting panels, control panels, control cabinets, etc., shall be identified with permanently mounted nameplates. G. All power and lighting panels shall have typed schedules mounted on panel doors. H. Identification Types: Equipment Nameplates: a. Phenolic Resin or Thermoplastic Elastomer 1) Thickness: 3/32IN minimum. 2) Size: As required by text. 3) Letters:. White letters on Black background. 4) Mount with stainless-steel screws. 2. Wire and Cable Labels: a. Heat shrinkable Polyolefin 1) Size: As required by wire or cable. 2) Letters: Black letters on White background. 3) Heat-shrink after termination. 4) Replace damaged or illegible labels. 3. Raceway Tags: a. Material: Stainless-Steel b. Size: As required by text. C. Attach with stainless-steel wire and permanent crimp sleeve. 4. Instrument Tags: a. Material: Stainless-Steel b. Size: As required by text. C. Attach with stainless-steel wire and permanent crimp sleeve. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not remove or damage fireproofing materials. Install hangers, inserts, supports, and anchors prior to installation of fireproofing. 2. Repair or replace fireproofing removed or damaged. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-12 N. Provide concrete foundations or pads required for electrical equipment as indicated or specified. Floor-mounted equipment shall be mounted on a 41N high concrete housekeeping pad. Pad shall be poured on top of the finished floor or slab. 0. Material that may cause rusting or streaking on a building surface shall not be used. P. Perform excavation and backfill in accordance with Section 02210. Q. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of the conduit and wire associated with the HVAC equipment supplied under this Contract. R. Enclosed electronic equipment located outdoors shall be provided with sun/rain shields and oriented to minimize sun exposure. S. Device Mounting: Dimensions are to top of item unless otherwise indicated. 2. Mounting heights as indicated below unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings: a. Light switch: 481N. b. Receptacle in offices and other finished areas: 161N. C. Receptacle in all other locations: 481N. d. Telephone outlet for desk-mounted phone: 161N. e. Telephone outlet for wall-mounted phone: 641N. f. Bracket light above lavatory: 801N to bottom of fixture. g. Disconnect / Safety-Switch: 641N to top of enclosure. h. Panelboard: 721N to top of enclosure. i. Motor starter: 641N to top of enclosure. j. Pushbutton motor control station: 481N to top of enclosure. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify all major items of equipment including controls, panels, switches, contactors, motor starters/controllers, junction boxes and metering by permanent nameplates, with wording approved by the Engineer. Secure nameplates to equipment with stainless-steel screws or rivets. Adhesives may be used in conjunction with mechanical fasteners. B. Nameplates after installation shall be easily visible and shall bear notations corresponding to those shown on the Record Drawings. C. All conduits shall be identified with a stamped stainless-steel tag system. Conduit tags shall be permanently attached to each exposed end of conduit runs such as in man-holes, pull-boxes, panels, motor control centers, junction boxes, etc., and at each point of entry into a structure or building. Each tag shall be stamped with the appropriate conduit number per the conduit and cable schedules. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section iVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010.11 Screen or seal all openings into outdoor equipment to prevent the entrance of rodents and insects. K. Equipment fabricated from aluminum shall not be placed in direct contact with earth or concrete. L. Provide all necessary anchoring devices and supports. Use supports as detailed on the Drawings and as specified. Where not detailed on the Drawings or specified, use supports and anchoring devices rated for the equipment load and as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Supports and anchoring devices shall be rated and sized based on dimensions and weights verified from approved equipment submittals. 3. Hardware shall be malleable type, corrosion resistant and shall be supported by heavily plated machine screws or brass, bronze or stainless steel bolts. 4. Do not cut, or weld to, building structural members without written approval by the Engineer. 5. Do not mount safety switches and external equipment to other equipment enclosures, unless enclosure-mounting surface is properly braced to accept mounting of external equipment. M. Contractor shall verify exact rough-in location and dimensions for connection to electrical items to be installed under this Contract. Shop drawings shall be secured from those furnishing the equipment. 2. Proceeding without proper information may require the Contractorto remove and replace work that does not meet the conditions imposed by the equipment supplied. 3. Provide sleeves wherever openings are required through new concrete or masonry members. Place sleeves accurately and coordinate locations with the Engineer. 4. Should any cutting and patching be required on account of failure of the Contractor to coordinate penetrations, such cutting and patching shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. a. Contractor shall not endanger the stability of any structural member by cutting, digging, chasing, or drilling and shall not, at any time, cut or alter the work without the Engineer's written consent. 1) Provide additional reinforcing if required. 2) Cutting shall be done neatly using proper tools and methods. b. Subsequent patching to restore walls, ceilings, or floors to their original condition shall be done by workmen skilled in their particular field. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Ma Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-10 b. Unless other enclosures are approved and UL listed for the application. 6. NEMA 9: a. Use in all Class II, Division 1, 2, Group E, F, G and Class III, Division 1, 2 locations. b. Unless other enclosures are approved and UL listed for the application. 7. Exceptions: a. As modified in other Division 16 sections. b. As otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings. C. Coordinate the installation of electrical equipment with other trades. 1. Arrange for the building in of equipment during structure construction. 2. Where equipment cannot be built-in during construction, arrange for sleeves, box-outs, openings, etc., as required to allow installation of equipment after structure construction is complete. D. Verify that equipment will fit support layouts indicated. E. Equipment Dimensions and Clearances: 1. Equipment shall fit in the locations shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. Do not use equipment or arrangements of equipment that reduce required clearances or exceed the space allocation. F. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. G. Equipment Access: 1. Install equipment so it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance. 2. Equipment shall not be blocked or concealed. 3. Do not install electrical equipment such that it interferes with normal maintenance requirements of other equipment. H. Equipment shall be installed plumbed, square and true with the building construction and shall be securely fastened. I. Outdoor wall-mounted equipment and indoor equipment mounted on earth orwater bearing walls shall be provided with corrosion-resistant spacers to maintain 1/4 IN separation between the equipment and the wall. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-9 2. If no other manufacturer is listed then any manufacturer of equal equipment may be acceptable. B. Listed: Where UL test procedures have been established for the product type, electrical equipment shall be approved by UL or ETL and shall be provided with the UL or ETL label. 2.3 FABRICATION A. When equipment is shop fabricated for the Project, the electrical devices and enclosures utilized shall be UL or ETL listed and labeled or shall be UL recognized. B. Shop or Factory Finishes: Interiors of other painted equipment shall be white. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Equipment shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. B. Enclosures for Use with Electrical Equipment unless specifically shown or specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents: 1. NEMA 1/12: a. Acceptable in unclassified indoor locations. 2. NEMA 3/3R: a. Acceptable in damp or wet indoor/outdoor non-corrosive locations. 3. NEMA 4X: a. Use in wet indoor/outdoor corrosive locations. b. Enclosures shall be 304-Stainless-Steel minimum. Enclosures constructed of 316-Stainless Steel may be required in extremely corrosive areas as shown on the Contract Drawings. C. Nonmetallic enclosures shall not be used in areas subject to physical damage or sunlight. Nonmetallic enclosures may be used in interior locations. 4. NEMA 6P: a. Use in "Accidental Submergence" locations. 5. NEMA 7: a. Use in all Class I, Division 1, 2, Group A, B, C, D locations. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-8 b. When such storage would present an unreasonable building space or volume requirement, the equipment or materials may, when acceptable to the Engineer, be stored under weatherproof coverings on shoring or platforms. 3. All small loose items that could be easily lost, stolen, broken, or misused shall not be stored on open platforms or shoring. 4. All storage methods and schedules shall be acceptable to the Engineer. C. Ensure that equipment is not used as steps, ladders, scaffolds, platforms, or for storage-either inside or on top of enclosures. D. Protect nameplates on electrical equipment to prevent defacing. E. Repair, restore or replace damaged, corroded and rejected items at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Record Drawings: 1. The Contractor shall maintain a marked up set of Document Drawings showing actual installed circuit numbers, conduit sizes, cable tray routing, number of conductors, conductor sizes (other than #12AWG) and all other deviations from the design drawings. 2. All underground conduit and concealed items shall be dimensioned on the Document Drawings from permanent, visible, building features. 3. Provide actual motor size, starter size, and heater size, along with all other protective equipment for all motor circuits as part of the one-line record drawings. 4. Revise all wire/cable identification schedules to indicate as installed conditions. 5. Revise all panelboard schedules to indicate as installed conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to related Division 16 sections. All equipment of a similar type shall be by one manufacturer unless otherwise noted in the Specifications. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Trade names and catalog numbers may be used in the Contract Drawings or Specifications to establish quality standards and basics of design. 1. Other listed manufacturers in the applicable specification sections with equal equipment may be acceptable. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-7 6. Ensure that all submittals clearly indicate the equipment is UL or ETL listed. 7. For all equipment, provide manufacturer's installation instructions. B. When a quality standard has been established by identification of a specific manufacturer or catalog number, submittals for proposed alternates and substitutions shall include: Alternate and substitute equipment cross-referenced to the equipment it is replacing. Submittal shall be marked to show how differences will be accommodated. 2. Calculations and other detail data to allow determination of alternate and substitute equipment equivalency to the equipment it is replacing. Data supplied shall allow detailed comparison of all significant characteristics upon which the design equipment is based. 3. Dimensioned drawings, of the same or larger scale as the Contract Drawings, for all alternate and substitute equipment, which differs in size, configuration, service accessibility or in any significant way from the equipment it is replacing. a. Complete system layout, except that portion which is identical to the Contract Drawings. b. Redesign and modifications to all work required by the alternate or substitute equipment. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall unload and handle materials using methods, rigging, and equipment that will prevent damage to the materials. Care shall be used to prevent damage to painted and galvanized surfaces. Bare wire rope slings shall not be used for unloading and handling materials and equipment, except with the specific written permission of the Engineer. B. Equipment and materials, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, shall be stored, supported and protected to prevent damage. Stored materials and equipment shall not be allowed to contact the ground. 2. Equipment and materials which incorporate electrical equipment or which have finished painted surfaces, and other items which would be damaged by outdoor exposure, shall be stored indoors. a. Provide covering and shielding for all equipment to protect from damage. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-6 3. Prior to submittals of shop drawings, coordinate electrical equipment, particularly motor control equipment, control panels, and instrumentation, with all applicable equipment and systems interfacing with that equipment. 4. Submittals shall be made in the following combinations: a. Conduits, raceways, cable trays, ductbank details, wire and cable 600V and below, medium voltage cable, boxes and fittings. b. Medium voltage switchgear, medium voltage motor starters, distribution transformers and secondary substations. C. Motor control centers and control equipment, low voltage switchboards, safety switches, dry-type (specialty) transformers, panelboards, power factor correction capacitors, grounding. d. Lamps, interior lighting, exterior building lighting, site lighting. e. Wiring devices. Alarm systems, communication systems and telephone systems. Provide a wire or cable identification schedule for all power, control, signal, process and protective circuits. The schedule shall be submitted in an electronic spreadsheet type Excel compatible file format and include the following information: 1) Wire or Cable tag number. 2) Number of conductors. 3) Conductor size and type. 4) Wire or Cable usage description. 5) Conduit tag number 6) Conduit routing (to and from). 7) Conduit size and type. 8) Additional notes 5. For each product, clearly identify manufacturer by name. When general data sheets are provided as part of the submittal, specifically identify the products to be used on this Project. Provide manufacturer's technical information on products to be used, including: a. Product descriptive bulletin. Electrical data pertinent to the Project and necessary to assure compliance with Specifications and Contract Drawings. C. Equipment dimensions, where applicable. d. Evidence that the products submitted meet the requirements of the standards referenced. e. Specify part number with explanation of options selected. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-5 7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum) b. ICS 6, Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). b. 70E, Standard for Electric Safety in the Workplace c. 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery d. 820, Standard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Facilities 9. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): a. 508, Industrial Control Equipment b. 508A, Industrial Control c. 698, Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations. 6. When a specific code or standard has not been cited, the applicable codes and standards of the following code-making authorities and standards organizations shall apply: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 3. American National Standard Institute (ANSI). 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 5. ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc (ETL). 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 7. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 8. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES). 9. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 10. Lightning Protection Institute (LPI). 11. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 12. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 13. Occupational, Health and Safety Administration (OSHA). 14. Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL). C. In case of conflict or disagreement between codes, standards, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, drawings and specifications, or within either document itself, the more stringent condition shall govern. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be arranged and labeled according to specification section and Contract Drawing. 2. Submit shop drawings prior to purchase or fabrication of equipment. See individual Division 16 sections for additional specific requirements. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-4 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Outdoor Areas: 1. Those locations on the Project site where the equipment is normally exposed to wind, dust, rain, snow, etc. Outdoor areas include areas protected by a roof or rain/sun shields but not enclosed within a structure. B. Indoor Areas: 1. Those locations on the Project site where the equipment is normally protected from wind, dust, rain, snow, etc. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): a. Steel Products Manual - Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. C2, National Electrical Safety Code. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A36, Specification for Structural Steel. b. A153, Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. C. D698, The Moisture-Density Relations of Soils using a 5.51-6 Rammer and a 121N Drop. 4. Factory Mutual System (FM): a. A Guide to Equipment, Materials and Services. 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): a. 141, Recommended Practice for Electrical Power Distribution for Industrial Plants. b. 242, Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. 6. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA): a. NECA 1, Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction. b. NECA 200, Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Temporary Electrical Power at Construction Sites. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-3 Mount and wire electric heaters, and heat tracing furnished under other Divisions of this Specification. K. All power interruptions to existing equipment shall be at the Owner's convenience. Each interruption shall have prior approval. L. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical system shall be suitable in every way for the service required. All material and all work which maybe reasonably implied as being incidental to the work of this Section shall be furnished at no extra cost. M. Provide all temporary power as required to facilitate the Contract phased construction . plan. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: Division 0 - Bidding, Contract and Conditions 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 4. Section 13300 -- Controls and Instrumentation 1.3 AREA CLASSIFICATIONS A. Outdoor locations may contain wet, corrosive and hazardous areas: Corrosive and hazardous areas are identified on the Contract Drawings. Areas not identified as such shall be considered wet. B. Indoor locations may contain unclassified, damp, wet, corrosive and hazardous areas: Damp, wet, corrosive and hazardous areas are identified on the Contract Drawings. Areas not identified as such, but provided with heating shall be considered unclassified. Areas not identified as such, but provided without heating shall be considered damp. C. Hazardous Locations: Hazardous locations shall be as defined in NFPA 70 NEC, NFPA 820 Standard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Facilities, and other applicable standards or codes governing the classification of a particular type of facility or location. In addition, areas are classified as shown on Contract Drawings and as follows: a. Class I Division 1 b. Class I Division 2 C. Class II Division 1 d. Class II Division 2 Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-2 SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL BASIC REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for a complete electrical installation for the Work associated with the Contract Documents, as hereinafter specified and shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Provide functioning systems in compliance with manufacturer's instructions, performance requirements specified or shown on the Contract Drawings and modifications resulting from reviewed shop drawings and field coordinated drawings. C. The work, apparatus and materials which shall be furnished under these Specifications and accompanying Contract Drawings shall include all items listed hereinafter and/or shown on the Contract Drawings. Certain equipment will be furnished as specified in other sections of these Specifications which will require wiring thereto and/or complete installation as indicated. All materials necessary for the complete installation shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor to provide complete power, lighting, communication systems, instrumentation, wiring, and control systems as indicated on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified herein. D. Provide complete grounding systems for all equipment as specified herein, shown on the contract documents, and as required for specific pieces of equipment per manufacturer. E. The Contractor shall furnish and install the necessary cables, transformers, motor control centers, protective devices, conductors, exterior electrical system, etc., to serve motor loads, lighting loads and miscellaneous electrical loads as indicated on the Contract Drawings and/or as specified hereinafter. F. The work shall include complete testing of all equipment and wiring at the completion of the work and making any connection changes or adjustments necessary for the proper functioning of the system and equipment. G. Mount and wire control panels and process instruments furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications unless specifically stated otherwise. Mount and make all field connections to process instrument panels and other control panels furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications. For process instrumentation, furnish and install all conduit, wire and interconnections between primary elements, transmitters, local indicators, surge protection devices and receivers. H. Mount and wire isolation transformers, operator's stations, and power conversion equipment for all variable speed drive systems furnished under other Divisions of these specifications. Install and wire all thermostats, aqua-stats and other devices furnished under other Divisions of this Specification directly controlling HVAC equipment or fan motors. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Electrical and Basic Requirements 0992-0187 16010-1 SECTION 15990 - HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems and components as follows: 1. All heating and cooling units and associated ductwork, accessories, air outlets, inlets, and exhaust fans. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01655 - Starting of Mechanical Systems. B. Section 15781 - Split System Heating and Cooling Units. C. Section 15891 - Ductwork and Accessories. D. Section 15932 - Air Outlets and Inlets. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) AABC National Standards for Total System Balance, Fourth Edition, 1982. Requirements applicable to certifying member agencies. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit test reports in accordance with Section 01400 and in accordance with AABC National Standards requirements. B. Submit certified test reports signed by supervisor who performed the work. Provide at least six (6) certified copies to the architect for distribution. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engage an agency certified by the State of Florida which specializes in those testing and balancing disciplines similar to those required for this project. B. Comply with AABC National Standards specifications applicable for testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems and components indicated. C. Keep copy of AABC National Standards in field office for duration of project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa HVAC Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 0992-0187 .15990-1 F. Damper Types: Opposed Blade: Adjustable opposed blade assembly; key operated from register or grill face. Multi-shutter type dampers will not be accepted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CEILING DIFFUSER SCHEDULE A. Consult Plans For Schedule END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Air Outlets and Inlets 15936-3 shall be of steel or aluminum with rubber flange gasket to seal grille to ceiling mounting surface. Refer to schedule. E. Mounting Types: 1. Lay-in: Diffuser housing sized to fit between ceiling exposed suspension tee bars and rest on top surface of tee bar. F. Pattern Types: 1. Fixed: Fixed position core with concentric rings or louvers for radial air flow around entire perimeter of diffuser. 2. Adjustable: Blades shall be adjustable within the frame with patterns per Air Distribution Schedule. G. Damper Types: 1. Opposed Blade: Adjustable opposed blade assembly; key operated diffuser face. 2. Butterfly: 2 semicircular flaps connected to linkage adjustable from diffuser face with straightening grid. 2.3 REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. Provide registers and grilles with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling or wall systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into the applicable construction with accurate and adequate support. B. Provide stamped sheet steel (or extruded aluminum) frames and adjustable blades with factory applied enamel finish. C. Provide registers and grilles in compliance with the requirements specified in Air Distribution Schedule on drawings and provide register and grille face, pattern and damper types as indicated in Schedule. D. Face Types: 1. Horizontal Straight Blades: Horizontal blades, individually adjustable. 2. Vertical Straight Blades: Vertical blades, individually adjustable. E. Pattern Types: 1. Single Deflection: 1 set of blades in face. 2. Double Deflection: 2 sets of blades in face; rear set at 90 degrees to face set. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Air Outlets and Inlets 0992-0187 15936-2 SECTION 15936 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ceiling Diffusers. B. Registers and Grilles. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) 650 Standard for Air Outlets and Inlets. B. Air Diffusion Council (ADC) Requirements applicable to air outlets and inlets Certified Ratings Seal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Per Schedules on Plans 2.2 CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Provide diffusers with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. B. Provide steel or aluminum diffusers with factory applied enamel finish, per plan schedule. C. Provide diffusers in compliance with the requirements specified in Schedule at end of this Section and provide diffuser face, mounting pattern, and damper types as indicated in Schedule. D. Face Types: 1. Step-down type. Minimum three cone, rectangular or square housing panel in frame. Construction shall be of either steel or aluminum. Consult drawings for Air Distribution Schedule. 2. Side wall mount. Grille shall have vertical front blades and horizontal rear, for double deflection. Construction shall be of steel with rubber flange gasket to seal grille against mounting surface. Provide opposed blade damper if so noted on schedule. 3. Ceiling grilles. Grille shall have adjustable curved blades with deflection according to Air Distribution schedule, or plan flow arrows. Construction Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Air Outlets and Inlets 0992-0187 15936-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Assemble and install ductwork to provide air tight systems with maximum 2 percent leakage and to provide systems with no objectionable noise. B. Install ductwork using manufacturer's recommended adhesives, cement, sealant, and installation accessories. C. Install each ductwork run with minimum of joints. D. Align ductwork accurately at connections with internal surfaces smooth and within 1/8 inch misalignment tolerance. E. Unless otherwise indicated, run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access to any portion of building or to equipment for normal operating and maintenance activities. F. Conceal ductwork in ceilings in office complex rooms, unless otherwise indicated. G. Where ducts pass through partitions or walls, seal space around duct with non-combustible material and conceal space with sheet metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening by at least 1-1/2 inches. 3.2 CLEANING A. Clean each piece of ductwork of dust and debris, as it is installed. B. Provide temporary closures at ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Ductwork and Accessories 0992-0187 15910-4 2. Tables allow for duct weight, 1 Ib./sf insulation and normal reinforcement and trapeze weight, but no external loads. 1 For custom design of hangers, designers may consult SMACNA's rectangular industrial duct standards, the AISI Cold Formed Steel Design Manual and the AISC Steel Construction Manual. 4. Straps are galvanized steel; other materials are uncoated steel. 5. Allowable loads for P/2 assume that ducts are 16 ga. maximum, except that when maximum duct dimension (w) is over 60" then P/2 maximum is 1.25w. 6. 12,10 or 8 ga. wire is steel of black annealed, bright basic or galvanized type. C. Fibrous Glass Ductwork: Flexible and rigid Glass 0 and Glass 1 duct materials may be used when installed in accordance with the conditions of the listing. Ducts shall be type 800, 1.5" thick, equal to Johns-Manville, unless so noted in General Notes. Joints and seams shall be securely fastened and made substantially air tight. Where tape is used for sealing joints, it shall not be more combustible than flameproof fabric. D. Flexible Ducts: Flexible wire wrapped Class One Duct with flexible fiberglass insulation and enclosed by reinforced aluminum foil equal to Johns-Manville, Atco. Minimum "R" value of 6.0. Maximum length: 16-0". Balance over this length shall be round, insulated spiral or'"Snap-lok" duct. F. Access Doors: Galvanized steel, rigid and close fitting doors of same or thicker gage as ductwork served; flush frames for uninsulated ductwork, insulated doors for insulated ductwork with extended frames for externally insulated duct; sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices; two hinges and two sash locks for sizes up to 18 inches, two hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles for larger sizes. F. Dampers: Galvanized steel, minimum 16 gauge; with quadrants or adjustment rod and lock screw. G. Flexible Connections: Neoprene coated flameproof fabric, approximately 2 inches wide. H. Adhesive, Cement, Sealant, and Installation Accessories: As recommended by duct manufacturer applications indicated. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate ductwork wherever possible. B. Machine fabricate ducts and fittings. Make only minor on site manual adjustments. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Ductwork and Accessories 0992-0187 15910-3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fibrous glass ductwork. All supply and return ductwork shall be equal to Johns-Manville or Owens Corning. Install and suspend in accordance with latest SMACNA standards. Fiberglass duct may be used only if so stated on drawings in General Notes. B. Metal Ducts: Galvanized sheet steel, ASTM A527 lock forming quality; zinc coating of 1.25 ounces per square foot for each side. Seal all joints and connections with an approved mastic. FABRICATE AND INSTALL PER BELOW RECTANGULAR GAUGES OF SHEETS ROUND SIZED FOR DUCT SIZES DIAMETER 13 to 30 in. 24 13 to 30 in. 31 to 42 in. 22 31 to 40 in. 43 to 60 in. 20 41 to 60 in. 61 and over 18 61 in. and over RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGERS MINIMUM SIZE MAXIMUM Pair at Pair at Pair at HALF OF 8 ft. spacing 5 ft. spacing 4 ft. spacing PERIMETER STRAP WIRE/ROD STRAP WIRE/ROD STRAP WIRE/ROD 10 ga. 12 ga. 12 ga. P/2=30" 1 "X22 ga. ( 135") VX22 ga. (.106") 1 "X22 ga. (.106") P/2=72" V X20 ga. 1/4" 1"X22 ga. 1/4" 1 "X22 ga. P/2=96" 1"X18 ga. 3/8" 1"X20 ga. 3/8" 1"X22 ga. P/2=120" 1"X16 ga. 3/6" 1"X18 ga. 3/8" 1"X20 ga. P/2=168" 1"X16 ga. 1/2" 1"X16 ga. 3/8" 1"x18 ga. P/2=192" 1"X16 ga. 1/2" 1"X16 ga. 3/8" VX16 ga. P/2=193" up SPECIAL ANALYSIS REQUIRED WHEN STRAPS ARE LAP JOINED USE MINIMUM FASTENERS: 1"X18,20,22 ga. -two # 10 or one 1/4" bolt 1"X16 ga.-two 1/4" dia. 1"X16 ga. -two 3/8" dia. Place fasteners in series, not side by side. NOTES: 1"X22 ga.-260 Ibs 1"X20 ga.-320 Ibs. 1"X18 ga.-420 Ibs 1"X16 ga.-700 Ibs. 1 1/2"X16 ga.-1100 Ibs. Dimensions other than gauge are in inches. SINGLE HANGER USE THESE MAX ALLOWABLE LOAD 0.106"-80 lbs. 0.135"-120 Ibs. 0.162"-160 Ibs. 1/4"-270 Ibs 3/8"-680 Ibs 1/2"-1250 Ibs. 5/8"-2000 Ibs. 3/4"-3000 lbs. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Ductwork and Accessories 0992-0187 15910-2 SECTION 15910 - DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ducts. B. Duct Liner. C. Access Doors. D. Dampers. E. Flexible Connections. F. Adhesive, cement, sealant, and installation accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) A527-80 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-dip Process, Lock-Forming Quality. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems (1981) 90B Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems (1980) C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA) Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, latest edition. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards for fabrication and installation of low pressure ductwork. B. Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 9013, as applicable. C. Keep copy of SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B in field office for duration of project. D. Maintain inside clear dimensions for duct sizes indicated. For internally lined or insulated ducts, maintain sizes inside lining or insulation. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Ductwork and Accessories 0992-0187 15910-1 C. Housing: The fan housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum mounted on a rigid support structure. The shroud shall have a rolled bead and internal structure members for added strength. D. Fan: The fan wheel shall be of the aluminum backward curved, centrifugal type with a well designed inlet venturi for maximum performance. E. Motor: Motors shall be isolated from the exhaust airstream. Air for cooling the motor shall be taken into the motor compartment from a location free from contaminants. Motors shall be readily accessible for maintenance. F. Electrical: Electrical voltage and phase shall be as specified on the plan schedule. A disconnect switch shall be factory installed and wired from the fan motor to the disconnect junction box. A conduit chase shall be provided for running electrical wiring through the curb cap into the power compartment. All electrical wiring and conduit shall be by the electrical contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fans plumb, level, and firmly anchored. 3.2 FAN SCHEDULE A. Consult drawings for schedule. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fans 0992-0187 15870-3 B. Fan Blades: Aluminum or steel propeller type. Refer to schedule. C. Motors: UL approved. 2.3 CEILING EXHAUST/VENTILATOR FANS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Per Plan Schedule B. Type: Centrifugal fan, direct driven or belt drive as per schedule. C. Housing: Galvanized steel lined with acoustical insulation, specifically designed and manufactured for ceiling installation; integral backdraft damper fan discharge; removable inlet grille. D. Fan: Forward curved centrifugal wheel mounted on motor shaft with fan shrouds. E. Motor: Permanent split-capacitor permanently lubricated; grounded, overload protected and vibration isolated. F. Electrical: Junction box for electrical connection on housing; receptacle for motor plug-in. 2.4 POWER WALL EXHAUSTERSNENTILATORS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Per Plan Schedule. B. Type: Centrifugal fan (belt) driven. C. Housing: Spun Aluminum, weatherproof. D. Motors: Capacitor-start, induction-run type; grounded, overload protected and vibration isolated. E. Electrical: Factory-wired non-fusible type disconnect switch at motor in fan housing; conduit chase within unit for electrical connection. F. Dampers: Gravity actuated louvered type. 2.5 ROOF EXHAUST FANS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Per plan schedule. B. Type: Centrifugal.fan, with drive as indicated by model number, or schedule. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fans 0992-0187 15870-2 SECTION 15870 - FANS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Air Circulator Fans B. Ceiling Exhaust/Ventilators. C. Power Wall Exhausters/Ventilators. D. Roof Exhaust Fans 1.2 REFERENCES A. Air Movement and Control Association, Inc. (AMCA Requirements applicable to product Certified Ratings Seal. B. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UP) Requirements applicable to product listing and labeling. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide ceiling exhaust fans and roof and wall exhausters/ventilators bearing AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. B. Provide fans which have been UL listed and labeled. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide fans that have been factory assembled, wired and tested. B. Provide fans in compliance with the performance and electrical requirements specified in Schedule at end of this Section. C. Fan Performance: Based on sea level conditions. D. Statically and dynamically balance fans to eliminate vibration or noise transmission to occupied areas of the building. E. Provide belt guards on belt driven fans. F. Provide safety screen/guard where inlet or outlet is exposed. 2.2 AIR CIRCULATOR FANS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Per Schedule Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fans 0992-0187 15870-1 1.6 ELECTRIC CONTROLS A. Controls shall include 24 volt control transformer with a minimum of 75 VA rating. External disconnects shall be furnished by the contractor. 1.7 ELECTRIC RESISTANCE HEATERS A. Electric resistance heaters shall be furnished and factory installed within unit. All internal wiring shall be completed at the factory, with single point termination requiring only one field connection for power wiring. Heater operation shall be factory tested with the unit in operation. All required compressor or heater branch circuit fusing shall be factory installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Wall Mounted Packaged Air Conditioners 0992-0187 15781-2 SECTION 15781 - WALL MOUNTED PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONERS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Furnish and install per plans and specifications packaged side discharge air conditioners. Unit design shall be certified to conform to appropriate UP Standards by applied Research Laboratories of Florida, Inc. or other nationally recognized testing laboratory. The units shall be shipped completely factory assembled, precharged, piped, and internally wired. 1.2 CABINET A. The single zone air conditioners shall be self contained and designed specifically for wall mounted horizontal flow applications. The cabinet shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel, with acrylic lacquer finish, stainless steel fasteners, and shall have vinyl coated fan guards. The interior of the unit base pan shall be coated with hot tar for maximum corrosion protection. The cabinet shall be thermally insulated with 1-1/2 pound density glass, R-8.0 minimum fiber insulation. The supply fans shall be forward curved type mounted on solid steel shafts supported in sealed ball bearings. Fan drive shall be belt type with adjustable pulley. Air filters shall be 1" or 2" thick throwaway type. The filters shall be installed within the unit and easily removable for service. 1.3 FRESH AIR DAMPERS, MANUAL A. Manual dampers shall be aluminum with opposed blades, rain hood and screen. 1.4 FACTORY HANGING KIT A. A structural steel hanging kit shall be provided by the manufacturer for mounting of the air conditioner to the wall of the building. 1.5 REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS A. The heating and cooling capacities and steps of capacity control shall be as stated in the equipment schedule. The refrigerant system (s) shall include compressor, crank heaters, hi-lo pressure controls, filter drier, oil pressure failure protection on accessible hermetic compressors above 10 tons, copper tube-aluminum plate fin coils, direct drive condenser fans with inherently protected sealed ball bearing fan motors and thermal expansion valve. The air conditioner refrigerant compressor shall be warranted by the manufacturer for 5 years from the date of installation. B. Temperature Controls: The air conditioning units shall have temperature controls as standard with the manufacturer, or 7-day programmable if specified, as follows: Heat-Off/Cool switch with heating and cooling stages as indicated. 2. Fan-Auto-On switch. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Wall Mounted Packaged Air Conditioners 0992-0187 15781-1 SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART I -GENERAL 1.1 PLUMBING MATERIALS, FIXTURES, AND INSTALLATION A. Plumbing materials, fixtures, and installation shall comply with Florida State Board of Health Sanitary Code, Chapter 17C, entitled "Plumbing", as well as codes noted on the Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical work. 1.2 ALARMING TAPE Fixtures shall be provided as shown on the plan. All fixtures shall be "first quality" as defined and set forth in Commercial Standard CS-36 as promulgated by the United States Department of Commerce. Fixtures shall be by American Standard, Crane, Eljer or Kohler, Briggs, or other approved equivalent A. Fixtures shall be made in America. B. Fixtures shall all be made from one Manufacturer, and be of similar character in any one room or location. C. Fixtures shall be vitreous china. D. The color of the fixtures shall be white, unless another color is specified on the plan. Verify all colors with the Architect and Interior Designer prior to ordering. 1.3 TRIM FOR FIXTURES Trim for fixtures shall be provided as shown on the plan. Trim shall be by Beneke, Bemis, Delany Kohler, Moen or Sloan as applicable. A. Trim shall be made in America. B. Trim (faucets, handles, sets, etc.) shall all be from one manufacturer and be of similar character in any room or location. C. All exposed metal, not otherwise specified, shall be polished chrome, on either brass or bronze. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVe Plumbing Fixtures 15440-1 E. Interior, stack base cleanouts in block walls shall be cast iron "T" branch tee with plated cast iron counter-sunk plug, lead steel, stainless steel round access cover plate, secured with counter-sunk screws. Josam 58970-3-15 or equal. F. Interior, stack base cleanouts in plaster wall shall be coated cast iron counter-sunk plug, lead steel, cast brass round access cover with anchor lugs, satin cover secured with counter-sunk screws. Josam 58750-3-15 or equal. G. Exterior heavy duty cleanouts shall be cast iron, inside caulk outlet, brass internal plug, ductile iron scoriated heavy duty cover. Josam 56040-5-15 or equal. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS Shop drawings shall be submitted prior to ordering plumbing material. A. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions for Mechanical Work. B. Shop drawings shall be submitted on the following: 1. Fixtures 2. Trim 3. Pipe & Fittings 4. Pipe Installation 5. Piping Specialties 6. Valves 7. Cleanouts 8. Floor Drains PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Piping Specialties 15430-5 Normal Pipe Size Maximum Span 3/4" and under 5 feet ill 6 feet 1 1/4" 7 feet 1 1/2" 9 feet 2" 10 feet Normal Pipe Size_ Maximum Span 2 Y211 11 feet 3" 12 feet 4" 14 feet 1.4 VALVES Valves shall be located as shown on the plan, and as required to provide a complete working system. A. Gate valves shall have a rising stem, iron wheel, rough brass body, solid wedge disc, screwed or union bonnet and finished gland nut. Valve shall be 150 pound service. Equal to Crane 431-UB or Nibco-Scott T-131. B. Globe valves shall be 125 pound, screwed, all brass, Crane No. 1, or equivalent. C. Water ball valves shall be only used on 2 inch and smaller and be one piece body, 120 pound CWP with brass body and trim, reinforced Teflon seals, and solder ends. Equivalent to Stockham S-127-BR-S. D. Plumbing stops shall be with chrome plated brass renewable stops, and stem seals. Equivalent to Eastman SM-12. 1.5 CLEANOUTS Cleanouts shall be located as shown on the plan, as required by code, and as required to provide a complete serviceable system. Size shall be full pipe sizes up to 4 inches, cleanout for larger sizes. Plugs shall be cast brass. Ferrules shall conform to thickness of pipe & fittings specified. Threads for ferrules and plugs shall conform to ANSI standards. Cleanouts shall be Josam, Smith, Wade or Zurn. A. Interior, floor, finished room cleanouts shall be cast iron, adjustable, inside caulk outlet, brass internal counter-sunk plug, with Nikaloy secured scoriated cover plate. Provide carpet marker in carpeted areas. Josam 56030-15-22 or equal. B. Interior, vinyl floor cleanouts shall be cast iron, inside caulk connection, satin bronze top, and recessed for use with tile. Josam 56000-12-2 or equal. C. Interior, unfinished floor or ceiling cleanouts shall be cast iron, for caulking into pipe hub, with threaded counter-sunk plug. Josam 58500-21 or equal. D. Interior, wall cleanouts shall be cast bronze, polished chrome plated, square frame and cover. Size shall be 8 inches x 8 inches opening or larger as required. Josam 58640-3 or equal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Piping Specialties 95430-4 E. Caulk all piping penetrations of floor and full-height walls. Fire-rated floors and walls shall be caulked and fire stopped with UL listed Dow-Corning 3-6548 Silicone RTV Foam, 3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP25, or Nelson Flame Seal Putty 303 approved fire stop materials subject to Fire Marshall approval. F. Use escutcheon plates on all piping penetrations of walls, floors, or ceilings finishes areas. G. Install under-ground water main in accordance with local utility company requirements and specifications. H. Shock absorbers shall be installed in an upright position at all quick closing valves such as hot and cold water supply and solenoids. Trap primers shall be provided from under lavatory or flush valves per manufacturers instructions as shown on the plans and as required by code, to trap adjacent floor drain. J. Flashings shall be provided at all roof vents. Flashing shall be furnished by the Plumbing Subcontractor and installed by the roofing subcontractor. Flashing shall be not less than 20 inches on the roof, and extend up the pipe and down into the vent a minimum of 2 inches below the end of the pipe. K. Disinfecting and sterilization of hot and cold water systems shall be conducted on the complete system. L. Testing of piping systems shall be performed by the plumbing subcontractor and witnessed by the Building Department inspector. 1. Potable hot and cold water supply piping shall be hydrostatically tested at 125 PSIG for a period of 24 hours. 2. Soil, waste and vent piping and roof piping shall be filled with water to the top of the system for a period of 24 hours. M. Cleanouts shall be located as shown on the plan and as required by code, to include all changes in direction of more than 45 degrees, at the base of any piping stack, and at not more than 50 foot intervals in horizontal sanitary runs. Cleanouts shall be open in a direction opposite to the direction of drainage or at right angles to the direction of drainage. Line Cleanouts, which can be rodded both ways, shall be provided wherever possible. N. Piping supports shall be provided to support both the static weight of the piping and the dynamic loads on the piping during fluid flows. 1. Piping shall be supported at all tees, valves and changes in direction. 2. Distance between supports shall be sufficient to prevent sagging in the piping and pulsations of the piping during operation. Maximum spacing between piping supports shall be as follows: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Piping Specialties 0992-0187 15430-3 Escutcheons shall be provided where piping passes through an exposed wall, floor or ceiling. Escutcheons for flush sleeves shall be chrome plated brass equal to Beaton & Caldwell #3A. Escutcheons for sleeves which extend beyond the wall of floor shall be Beaton & Caldwell #36 or equal. K. Corrosion protection shall be provided on copper tubing which is underground masonry or concrete walls. Protections shall be either a heavy coating of coal tar varnish, vinyl sleeve or a full length PVC enclosure, L. Roof flashings shall be furnished for all vents thru the roof. Flashing shall be 4 pound/square feet. lead or 16 ounce/square feet copper, and shall extend up the vent and turn down inside the vent a minimum of 2 inches below the top of the pipe. Flashings shall be furnished by the plumbing subcontractor and installed by the roofing subcontractor. M. Hose bibs shall be provided with vacuum breakers, bare brass for exterior and chrome plated brass for interior applications. 1.2 FLOOR DRAINS A. Floor drains shall be located iron body, inside caulk botto brass trap primer at locations code. Drains in floors with clamping rings. as shown on the plans. Drains shall have a cast m outlet, and adaptor for trap installation. Provide shown on the plans and at locations required by membrane or lead pans shall be provided with 1.3 INSTALLATION Installation of all plumbing systems shall be in accordance with good commercial practice. A. Excavating, backfilling and dewatering that are incidental to the plumbing work shall be performed by the plumbing subcontractor. The underground installation must be inspected and approved by the Building Department inspector and Architect prior to backfilling and tamping. Care shall be exercised in preparing the bottom of the trench to accept the piping, and it should be uniformly tamped and be free from high spots. B. Piping installation shall be run straight plumb and graded in a direction to permit proper drainage. Route piping as close as possible to the routing shown on the plans. C. All cut pipe shall be cut squarely with a non-chip forming process, where possible. The cut shall be properly reamed to remove all constriction and burrs before making the joint. All exposed threads shall be painted or otherwise coated to prevent corrosion. D. Pipe joints shall be liquid tight. Sweat solder joints in copper piping systems so that the solder ring is completely visible all around the joints. No acid core shall be used. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Piping Specialties 15430-2 SECTION 15430 - PIPING SPECIALTIES PART I -GENERAL 1.1 PIPING SPECIALTIES Piping specialties shall be located as shown on the plan, as required by code, and as required to provide a complete working system. A. Air chambers shall be provided in hot and cold water piping at each fixture or group of fixtures. Air chambers shall be 20 pipe diameters long (minimum of 18 inches), one size larger diameter of the pipe to which it is connected. B. Shock absorbers and water hammer arrestors shall be stainless steel, bellows type and per ASME standard 1010. C. Unions or flanges shall be located at all connections to fixtures or equipment which are serviceable or replaceable. D. Dielectric unions shall be provided at all connections between dissimilar metal piping materials copper and ferrous piping. Unions shall be Epsco Sale Company, Capital or equal. E. Traps shall be provided as shown on the plan and as required by code. Traps for lavatories and sinks shall be chrome plated brass. Traps for service sinks shall be cast iron with enameled inside. Traps for floor drains shall not be integral with the floor drain. F. Trap primers shall be as required by code. 1. One half inch primers shall be cast brass, chrome plated, female union connection, female outlet, with integral vacuum breaker. Josam 88250-10-91 or equal Wade or J.R. Smith, or Sloan F-72-A1. Where approved by local code, an approved alternate is water saver type J.R. Smith 2698. G. Pipe hangers shall be split ring type, galvanized, with threaded rod support from structures above by Grinnell or equal. Provide a sheet metal saddle between the support and the insulation on any insulated piping. H. Hanger support inserts shall be provided in concrete form prior to pouring of the concrete. Hanger support insets required after the pouring shall be power driven studs. Fasteners shall be expansion type. Sleeves shall be provided in concrete forms prior to pouring of the concrete. Sleeves shall be galvanized Schedule 40 pipe or 14 gage sheet metal. Fire stop all penetrations of fire rated walls or floors with Nelson "Flame Seal" or equal approved by the Building Official and Fire Marshall. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Piping Specialties 15430-1 C. Fixtures shall all be made from one Manufacturer, and be of similar character in any one room or location. D. Fixtures shall be Vitreous China, unless noted otherwise. E. Fixtures shall be white, unless another color is specified on the plans. Verify all special colors with the Architect and Interior Designer prior to ordering. 1.5 TRIM FOR FIXTURES Trim for fixtures shall be provided as shown on the plan. Trim shall be by Beneke, Bemis, Delany, Kohler, Moen or Sloan as applicable. A. Trim shall be made in America. B. Trim (faucets, handles, sets, etc.) shall all be from one manufacturer and be of similar character in any room or location. C. All exposed metal, not otherwise specified, shall be polished chrome, on either brass or bronze. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section iVa Plumbing Piping 0992-0187 15410-2 SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING PIPING PART I -GENERAL 1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS Pipe and fittings shall be as follows: A. Under-ground sanitary piping shall be schedule 40 PVC unless not allowed by local jurisdiction. In this case, cast iron piping shall be used. B. Above-ground sanitary piping shall be schedule 40 PVC or cast iron, as per plan, soil piping and fittings. PVC piping/fittings shall not be used in return-air plenums. C. Interior, hot and cold water shall be type "L" hard temper copper per ASTM-1388, with wrought copper fittings per ANSI B16.22 and soldered with 95/5 silver solder. D. Interior sanitary piping within fire rated walls or in plenum spaces, shall be cast iron, or other code accepted material. E. Process piping (oil, anti-freeze, etc.) shall be schedule 40 black steel. 1.2 PIPE INSULATION A. Pipe insulation shall be provided as shown on the plan and on all above ground water piping systems. Insulation shall be fiber-glass, 3/4 inch thick, with flame retardant jacking. Exposed insulation shall be one piece type. An approved alternate for insulation on 2 inch and under sizes, is flexible foam insulation equal to Armaflex. The flexible foam insulation shall not be split, '/z inch thick and taped at the butt joints. Either insulation material shall have a flame spread rating of 25 and a smoke generated rating of 50 for approved use in return air plenums, where piping is located in return air plenums. B. Insulate domestic hot water piping underground using 1 %2 inch foamglass insulation. 1.3 PLUMBING MATERIALS, FIXTURES, AND INSTALLATION A. Plumbing materials, fixtures, and installation shall comply with Florida State Board of Health Sanitary Code, Chapter 17C, entitled "Plumbing", as well as codes noted on the Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical Work. 1.4 FIXTURES A. Fixtures shall be provided as shown on plans. All fixtures shall be "first quality" as defined and set forth in Commercial Standard CS-36 as promulgated by the United States Department of Commerce. Fixtures shall be American Standard, Kohler, or Briggs. B. Fixtures shall be made in U.S.A. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Plumbing Piping 0992-0187" 15410-1 SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK The scope of work shall include the complete installation of the following systems 9extended to within 5 feet of the perimeter of the building, unless shown otherwise on the plan). A. A complete sanitary system, to include soil, waste and vent piping, and grease waste if indicated. B. A complete water system to include cold water and hot water shown on the plans. The water meter shall be provided by the Water Utility Company. Provide backflow prevention check valves and/or bypass valves as required by the Water Utility Company unless provided for under the site contractor's scope. Consult local plumbing official prior to bid for exact requirements. C. Furnish and install (defined as "provide") all fixtures shown on the fixture schedule. D. Plumb services, shown on the plan to equipment furnished by owner PART 2 -- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Plumbing 0992-0187 15400-1 H. After erection of piping systems, and prior to pipe testing and flushing, inspect for adequacy of clearance for piping and supports. 1. Support pipes for lateral movement with clamps or brackets. J. Provide 20-gauge galvanized steel pipe saddle for fiberglass and plastic support points to insure minimum contact width of 4 In. 3.2 SUPPORT SPACING A. General: Locate pipe supports at maximum spacing scheduled unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Provide at least one support for each length of pipe, at each change of direction and at each valve. B. Steel, stainless steel, cast-iron, and ductile iron support schedule: Pipe Sizes - In. Maximum Span - Ft.* 1-'/2 and less 5 2 thru 4 10 5 thru 8 15 10 and greater 20 C. Schedule 80 PVC support schedule: Pipe Sizes - In. Maximum Soan - Ft.* 1-1/2 and less 4%2 2 thru 4 6 5 thru 8 9 10 and greater 10 3.3 WELDING A. Identify welding rods clearly identified meeting the requirements of ASTM and American Welding Society Standards. B. Integral attachments include welded-on ears, shoes, plates, and angle clips. Ensure material for integral attachments is of good weldable quality. Have preheating, welding, and postheat treating in accordance with Chapter V of ANSI 1331.3. 3.4 PAINTING A. Comply with Section 09900 - Paintings and Coatings. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Pipe Support Systems 0992-0187 15141-3 at concentrated loads and in accordance with minimum suggested by MSS SP- 69-66. 2.2 PIPE SADDLES A. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, provide pipe support saddles for pipe supported from the floor, Pipe saddles equal to B-Line Figure B3092, or equal. B. Use Schedule 40 galvanized steel support pipe risers and floor plate recommended by saddle manufacturer. 2.3 WALL BRACKETS A. Provide wall bracket supports for pipe located near walls and 8-feet or more above floor elevation or as indicated on the drawings. Wall Brackets shall be B- Line Figure B3148 SS and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install supports capable of supporting the pipe for all service and testing conditions. Allow free expansion and contraction of the piping to prevent excessive stress resulting from service and testing conditions or from weight transferred from the piping or attached equipment. B. Install pipe support system in accordance with highest industry practices, and in full accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Adjust supports and hangers to allow for proper pitch of pipes. C. Ensure design, materials of construction, and installation of pipe hangers, supports, guides, restraints, and anchors for chemical and waste piping are in accordance with ANSI B31.3, and MSS Standard SP-58 and SP-69, except where modified by this specification. D. Check all physical clearances between piping, support system, and structure. Provide for vertical adjustment after erection. E. Provide piping system exhibiting pulsation, vibration, swaying, or impact with suitable constraints to correct the condition. Movements from trap discharge, water hammer, and similar internal forces are included in this requirement. No system will be accepted until the adequacy and safety of the system is assured under all anticipated conditions of operation. F. Weld supports in accordance with the requirements of AWS Code D1.1 Structural Welding. G. Locate piping and pipe supports as to not interfere with open accesses, walkways, platforms, and with maintenance or disassembly of equipment. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-018x' Section IVa Pipe Support Systems 15141-2 SECTION 15141 - PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. General 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for all pipe support and anchor systems, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. The layout of pipe supports is the responsibility of the Contractor, and must take into consideration pipe material, joint type, location, and other requirements of these specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 1.3 SUBMITTALS American National Standards Institute (ANSI). American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). ASTM A575 Merchant Quality Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars. American Welding Society (AWS). Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS). MSS SP-58-67 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials and Design. MSS SP-69-66 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. National Bureau of Standards (NBS) NBS Handbook H-28. A. See Section 01300. B. Submit itemized list of wall sleeves, anchors, support devices and all other items related to pipe support system. C. Submit scale drawings showing guides, hangers, supports, anchors, structural members and appurtenances to describe the pipe support system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Galvanize all structural steel angles, rods, channels, special devices integral to pipe support systems. Locate supports and accessories to support pipe system Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Pipe Support Systems 0992-0187 15141-1 2.3 GAGE PROTECTORS A. Gage protectors shall consist of two parts: Upper housing and diaphragm. An attached 4-inch pressure gage shall indicate the pressure. Gage outlet in the spool or ring shall be threaded, 1/4-inch, per ANSI B2.1. For test pressures 200 psi and less, use Class 150 flanges, ANSI B16.5. For test pressures greater than 200 psi, use Class 300 flanges, ANSI B16.5. Winters #70 Diaphragm Seal or equivalent. Materials of construction shall be as follows: Item Material Specification 1. Upper Housing Stainless steel AISI 316 2. Diaphragm Stainless steel (welded) AISI 316 3. Nuts and Bolts Stainless steel AISI 316 2.4 PIPE NIPPLES AND FITTINGS A. Nipples for connecting gages to piping shall be Schedule 80S, Grade TP 304 seamless stainless steel, conforming to ASTM A 312. Fittings shall conform to ASTM A 403, Class WP (304). Threads shall conform to ANSI B2.1. Size of pipe nipple shall match the gage connection size. 2.5 TOOLS FOR GAGES A. Provide one gage tool kit, containing a hand jack set, screwdriver, five reamers (minimum), two pin vise holders, wiggler, tweezer, and carrying case. 2.6 GAGE COCKS A. Gage cocks shall be SS 316. End connections shall be NPT, female. Cocks shall be Crane 306, Lunkenheimer 573, or equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install gages before conducting pressure tests. Do not disassemble gages from the factory-assembled diaphragm seals or isolation sleeves or rings. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Pressure Gages 0992-0187 15131-2 SECTION 15131 - PRESSURE GAGES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing and installing the RCW pump discharge pressure gages in the locations shown on the Drawings. B. Gages shall be the following type: 1. Pressure Gages 2. Accessory Items 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers catalog data and descriptive literature. Call out materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GAGE DESIGN A. Gages shall incorporate the following features: 1. 4" or larger dial 2. Accuracy 1 % ANSI/ASME Grade 1A 3. Solid or open front with side or rear blowout relief. 4. Pressure tight. 5. 270-degree arc with adjustable pointer. 6. %a" NPT bottom connection. 7. Liquid Filled (glycerin or silicone) 8. Pressure range (0-150 psi) 9. CRN registered B. Winters LF Series or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Materials of construction shall be as shown in the following table Item Material Specification 1. Case Stainless steel AISI 304 2. Bourdon Tube Stainless steel AISI 316 1 Windows Polycarbonate --- ----- 4. Ring Stainless steel AISI 304 5. Stem Stainless steel AISI 316 6. Pointer Aluminum, anodized black 7. Dial face Aluminum with clear 6061-T6, baked on acrylic coating ASTM B209 Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Pressure Gages 0992-0187 15131-1 A. Completed pipe shall be subjected to hydrostatic pressure test for two hours at 150 psi. All leaks shall be repaired and lines retested as approved by the Owner's Project Representative. Prior to testing, the gravity pipelines shall be supported in an approved manner to prevent movement during tests. Also ee Section 01660. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Valves and Appurtenances 0992-0187 15100-9 C. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected, and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the Contractor shall check all plans and figures which have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures. D. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in the respective pipe sections in Division 15. E. Flanged joints shall be made with high strength, low alloy Corten bolts, nuts and washers. Mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy steel bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the pipe. All buried bolts and nuts shall be heavily coated with two (2) coats of bituminous paint comparable to Inertol No. 66 Special Heavy. All valves and joints to be wrapped with 8 mil. color coded poly wrap. F. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8 inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the substantial completion date unless otherwise requested by the Owner. G. Valve boxes with concrete bases shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. Mechanical joints shall be made in the standard manner. Valve stems shall be vertical in all cases. Place cast iron box over each stem with base bearing on compacted fill and top flush with final grade. Boxes shall have sufficient bracing to maintain alignment during backfilling. Knobs on cover shall be parallel to pipe. Remove any sand or undesirable fill from valve box. 3.2 RESTRAINING CLAMPS AND TIE RODS ON PIPE RUN A. Restraining clamps and tie rods shall be used on all pipe runs, as directed by the Engineer and/or shown on the Drawings. Restraining devices shall be JCM Industries, Inc. - Sur-Grip, Ebba Iron, Inc. - Megalug or approved equal. Other types shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 3.3 SHOP PAINTING A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of rust-inhibitive primer. All pipe connection openings shall be capped to prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation. 3.4 FIELD PAINTING A. All metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and exposed to view will be painted per Sections 09900 and 09902. 3.5 INSPECTION AND TESTING Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Valves and Appurtenances 0992-0187 15100-8 A. Air Cushioned Swing Check Valves shall be constructed of heavy cast iron body, having integral flanges (not Wafer) and a centrifugal cast stainless steel ring, suitable for a working pressure of 125 psi. The seat ring shall be locked in place with stainless steel lock screws and be field replaceable, without use of special tools. The shaft shall be single and continuous stainless steel, extending both sides of the body with a lever and weight and cushion cylinder mounted on the side. B. The cushion cylinder assembly shall be externally attached to either or both sides of the valve body and will permit adjustability to cushion the closure of the valve. The cushioning shall be by air and the cushion cylinder shall be fitted with a one way control check for adjustable air compression to prevent slamming. C. This valve shall prevent backflow of the media on normal pump shut-off or power failure, at zero velocity and be watertight. D. The disc shall be cast iron, utilizing a double device hinge connected to a cast bronze, malleable iron, or ductile iron disc arm. The disc arm assembly shall be suspended from a stainless steel shaft which passes through a stuffing box on both sides of the valve body. E. Valve exterior to be painted for high resistance to corrosion in accordance with Section 09900. F. All materials of construction shall be certified in writing to conform to. ASTM specifications as follows: Body, Cover, Disc Cast Iron ASTM A126, Class B Disc Arm Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Seat Aluminum, Bronze ASTM B148 or stainless steel ASTM A276 Disc Seat Buna-N or Metal to suit Cushion Cylinder Cast Bronze or Steel Commercial G. Valve to be APCO Series 6000 Air Cushioned Swing Check Valve, as manufactured by Valve & Primer Corporation, Schaumburg, Illinois, or Golden Anderson Valve Specialty Company, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Figure 250-D or equal. H. See Section 13300 for check valve limit switch requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the location shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed. B. After installation, all valves and appurtenances shall be tested at least two hours at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Valves and Appurtenances 0992-0187 15100-7 2.8 DUCKBILL ELASTOMERIC CHECK VALVES A. Function. When line pressure inside of the valve exceeds the backpressure outside the valve by a certain amount, the line pressure shall force the bill of the valve open, allowing flow to pass. When backpressure exceeds the line pressure by the same amount, the bill of the valve shall be forced closed. B. Check valves shall be made from EPDM rubber, and the flow operated check type shall have a flanged end connection. The port area shall contour down to a duckbill which shall allow passage of flow in one direction while preventing reverse flow. The flange and flexible duckbill sleeve shall be one piece rubber construction with nylon reinforcement. In sizes 20-inch and larger, the bill portion shall be thinner and more flexible than the valve body, and formed into a curve of 180°. C. The flange drilling shall conform to ANSI B16.1 Class 125/ANSI B16.5, Class 150 standards. The valve shall be furnished with SS back-up rings for installation. Nuts and bolts shall be SS. D. Manufacturer shall have available flow test date from an accredited hydraulics laboratory to confirm pressure drop data. Company name, plant location, valve size and serial number shall be bonded to the check valve. Valves shall be manufactured in the USA. E. Manufacturer. Valve shall be Series 35, Catalog Number 134, as manufactured by the Red Valve Co., Inc. of Carnegie, PA or approved Equal. F. Quality Assurance. Supplier shall have at least ten (10) years experience in the manufacture of "duckbill" style elastomeric valves, and shall provide references and list of installations upon request. 2.9 RESTRAINING CLAMPS A. Restraining clamp assemblies as detailed in the drawings for use at hydrant connections to water mains, or at fittings where shown on the drawings, shall be Megalug as manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales, Inc., Eastland, TX. Retainer glands shall conform to AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10) and AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11). Restraint units shall be shear type torque design. All restraints shall be UL listed and FM approved for fire service. Retainer glands shall be provided with Cor-Ten bolts and nuts. 2.10 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Sleeve seals shall be the modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates,which cause rubber sealing and elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. Bolts shall be stainless steel. 2.11 AIR CUSHIONED CHECK VALVES Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Valves and Appurtenances 0992-0187 15100-6 3. Materials of Construction a. Body & cover: Cast iron, ASTM A126 Class B b. Trim: Bronze ASTM B584 C83600 4. The surge-suppression valve shall be Model #204 CSS as manufactured by Val-Matic Corp., Elmhurst, Illinois or approved equal. 2.5 FLANGE ADAPTER COUPLINGS A. Flange adapter couplings shall be of the size and pressure rating required for each installation and shall be suitable for use on either cast iron or ductile iron pipe. They shall be similar or equal to Dresser Company, Style 128. All couplings shall have a sufficient number of factory installed anchor studs to meet or exceed the test pressure rating for this project, 230 psi minimum. The flange adaptor couplings shall be Factory Mutual Approved (FM) or Underwriter Laboratory Listed (UL). B. Approved Products: EBAA Iron Series 1,000, 2,000 PV, 1,500, 3,500; Uni- Flange Series 200, 400, 900; Smith-Blair 981 & 982. 2.6 DUCTILE IRON SOLID SLEEVE COUPLINGS A. Ductile Iron Solid Sleeves shall be provided with mechanical joints with ductile iron retainer glands. B. Ductile Iron Solid Sleeves shall be used with both above ground and buried piping. The sleeves shall be of ductile iron and shall be U.S. Pipe Fitting No. U514 or U528, as shown on the Drawings, or equal. The coupling shall be provided with hot dipped galvanized steel bolts and nuts unless indicated otherwise. C. Ductile iron solid sleeves shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. 2.7 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Expansion joints on pump suction and discharge shall consist of an inner tube, body, and outer cover, and shall have flanged ends. The tube shall be Viton. The body shall consist of fabric and rubber compounds reinforced with steel wire for strength. The body materials shall be compatible with the tube and shall be suitable for the specified service conditions. The cover shall be formed from natural or synthetic rubber suitable to external service to resist weather, ozone, and corrosive fumes. Flanges shall be constructed integrally with the body to resist stresses. Flanges shall be full-pattern drilled to ANSI B 16.5, Class 150. Expansion joints shall have a single opening arch design and be rated for an operating pressure of 190 psi. Joint shall be manufactured in the U.S.A. and manufacturer shall be a member of the Fluid Sealing Association. B. Expansion joints shall be Redflex Type J-1 as manufactured by the Red Valve Company, Inc. of Carnegie, PA, or approved equal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVe Valves and Appurtenances 0992-0187 15100-5 A. See Section 13300 for pressure control valve requirements. 2.4 AIR VALVES Provide and install air valves as shown on the drawings or determined by Owner's Representative. A. Air Release Valves (for use with RCM 1. The air release valve shall be of the simple lever type or float operated, compound leverage type, and capable of automatically releasing accumulated air from a fluid system while that system is in operation and under pressure. 2. To assure drop tight shut off, a viton orifice button having an adjustable feature shall be used to seal the valve discharge orifice. The orifice diameter must be sized for use within a given operating pressure range to insure maximum discharge capacity. 3. The float shall be of all stainless steel construction and capable of withstanding a pressure of 1,000 P.S.I. 4. The body and cover shall be of cast iron construction with all internal trim to be of stainless steel or viton, consistent with the following specifications: a. Body & cover: Cast iron, ASTM A48 Class 35 b. Float: Stainless steel, ASTM A240 C. Orifice button: Viton d. Leverage mechanism: Stainless steel, ASTM A240 & ASTM A276 5. The air release valves shall be manufactured by Val-Matic Corp., Elmhurst, Illinois; Watts or approved equal. 6. Valve Schedule: a. Pump 2 - Model 25.5 with 1/8" orifice (quantity -1) b. Pumps 3 & 4- Model 22.4 with 3/32" orifice (quantity -2) B. Surge-Suppression Valves(for use with RCM 1. The surge-suppression valve shall be an automatic float operated valve designed to exhaust large quantities of air during filling and open during draining or when negative pressures occur. When pressure recovers, and any water column rejoins, air is expelled through the valve which lifts the restrictor plate. This action regulates the discharge airflow creating an air pocket that cushions the surge effect of the returning water column. The valve shall also release accumulated air from the system while the system is in operation. 2. The valve shall be provided with tapping saddle and 4" gate valve for isolation. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Valves and Appurtenances 0992.0187 15100-4 G. In general, the butterfly valve operators shall conform to the requirements of Section 11 of the AWWA Standard Specifications for Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves, Designation C504, insofar as applicable and as herein specified. H. Gearing for the operators shall be totally enclosed in a gear case in accordance with the above mentioned AWWA Standard Specification. Operators shall be capable of seating and unseating the disc against the full design pressure of velocity, as specified for each class, into a dry system downstream and shall transmit a minimum torque to the valve. Operators shall be rigidly attached to the valve body. All valve operators shall conform to Section 11 of the AWWA Standard Specification and shall be manual unless otherwise shown or specified and shall have permanently lubricated, totally enclosed gearing with handwheel and gear ratio sized. on the basis of actual line pressure and velocities. Operators shall be equipped with handwheel, position indicator, and mechanical stop-limiting locking devices to prevent over travel of the disc in the open and closed positions when valve is located above grade. They shall turn counterclockwise to open valves. Manual operators shall be of the traveling nut, self-locking type and shall be designed to hold the valve in any intermediate position between fully open and fully closed without creeping or fluttering. Operators shall be fully enclosed and designed to produce the specified torque with a maximum pull of 80 pounds on the handwheel or chainwheel when valve is located above grade. Operator components shall withstand an input of 450 foot pounds for 30" and smaller and 300 foot pounds for larger than 30" size valves at extreme operator position without damage. Valves located above grade shall have handwheel operators, and valves located below grade shall be equipped with a two-inch (2") square AWWA operating nut located at ground level and cast iron extension type valve box. Valve operators shall conform to AWWA C504, latest revision. K. The manufacturer shall certify that the required tests on the various materials and on the completed valves have been satisfactory and that the valves conform with all requirements of the specifications and the AWWA standard. L. Where indicated on the Drawings, extension stems, floor stands, couplings, stem guides, and floor boxes as required shall be furnished and installed. 2.2 PVC BALL VALVES A. PVC ball valves shall be of PVC Type 1 with union, socket, threaded or flanged ends as required. Ball valves shall be full port, full flow, all plastic construction, 150 psi rated with teflon seat seals and T-handles. PVC ball valves shall be as manufactured by Celanese Piping Systems, Inc., Wallace and Tiernan, Inc., Plastiline, Inc., or equal. B. All valves shall be mounted in such a position that valve position indicators are plainly visible when standing on the floor. C. PVC ball valves for sodium hypochlorite shall have vented balls. 2.3 PRESURE CONTROL VALVES Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Valves and Appurtenances 0992-0187 15100-3 A. Complete shop drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted for approval in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals and the General Conditions. 1.5 TOOLS A. Special tools, if required for normal operation and maintenance shall be supplied with the equipment. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Butterfly valves shall conform to the AWWA Standard Specifications for Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves, Designation C504, except as hereinafter specified. Valves shall be Class 150A or B, and equal to those manufactured by Henry Pratt Company, DeZurik, American, Mueller, or approved equal. The valve discs shall be constructed of cast iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 for Class 150 or less. B. The face-to-face dimensions of flanged end valves shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard Specification C504 for short-body valves. Adequate two-way thrust bearings shall be provided. Flange drilling shall be in accordance with ANSI B16.1. Mechanical Joint end valve dimensions shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard Specifications C504. C. Valve seats shall be an EPDM elastomer. Valve seats 24 inches and larger shall be field adjustable and replaceable without dismounting operator disc or shaft and without removing the valve from the line. All retaining segments and adjusting devices shall be of corrosion resistant material with stainless Nylock screws and be capable of a 1/8 inch adjustment. Valves 20 inches and smaller shall be bonded or mechanically restrained seats as outlined in AWWA C 504. Where rubber seat is mounted on the valve body, the mating edge of the valve disc shall be 18-8 stainless steel or Nickel-Chrome, 80-20%. Where rubber seat is mounted on the valve disc, the valve body shall be fitted with an 18-8 stainless steel seat offset from the shaft, mechanically restrained and covering 360 degrees of the peripheral opening or seating surface. D. The valve body shall be constructed of ductile iron or close grain cast iron per ASTM A126, Class B with integrally cast hubs for shaft bearing housing of the through boss-type. Butterfly valves of the "wafer" or "spool" type will not be accepted. E. The valve shaft shall be turned, ground, and polished, constructed of 18-8, ASTM A-276, Type 304 stainless steel and designed for both torsion and shearing stresses when the valve is operated under its greatest dynamic or seating torque. Shaft shall be of either a one piece unit extending full size through the valve disc and valve bearing or it may be of a stub shaft design. Shaft bearings shall be teflon or nylon, self-lubricated type. F. All valves shall be subject to hydrostatic and leakage tests at the point of manufacture. The Class 150 valves shall be tested in conformance with AWWA C504. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Valves and Appurtenances 0992-0187 15100-2 SECTION 15100 - VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and to the extent possible, all equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer. C. All valves shall be the manufacturer's standard design for the service intended and shall bear the maker's name, pressure rating, size and flow direction arrow cast on the body. Valves shall open left (counter clockwise) with an arrow cast in the metal of operating hand wheels or nuts indicating the direction of opening. D. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Butterfly Valves 2. PVC Ball Valves 3. Pressure Relief / Sustaining Valves 4. Air Valves 5. Flange Adapter Couplings 6. Ductile Iron Solid Sleeve Couplings 7. Expansion Joints 8. Duckbill Elastomeric Check Valves 9. Restraining Clamps 10. Mechanical Sleeve Seals 11. Air Cushioned Check Valves 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. All of the equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard for use in controlling the flow of potable water, reclaimed water, chemicals, wastewater, etc., depending on the applications. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well established firms who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these Specifications as applicable. 1.4 SUBMITTALS Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Valves and Appurtenances 0992-0187 15100-1 2.4 HOSE BIBBS (NON-POTABLE) A. Hose bibbs shall be brass, polished chromium plated, as manufactured by Chicago Faucet Company or approved equal. Contractor shall install a non- potable water sign over every hose bibb connected to a non-potable water line. Signs shall be as shown in the Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVe Hose Rack, Hose and Hose Bibbs 0992-0187 15090-2 SECTION 15090 - HOSE RACK, HOSE AND HOSE BIBBS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing and installing a hose rack and hose and various accessories at the locations shown on the Drawings and as specified. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from the following: 1. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. 2. Or approved equal 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data or catalog sheets showing compliance with specifications and drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HOSE RACK A. Fabricate the hose rack from 1/4-inch thick aluminum (ASTM 13209-Type as 5052 alloy-1-134 Temper). B. Front and rear plates shall be welded to the curved center portion. C. Anchor to concrete or masonry with two stainless steel anchor bolts in expansion shields or to handrail with four stainless steel bolts and nuts and two stainless steel pipe clamps. 2.2 HOSE A. Lightweight, flexible, general duty water service hose. B. Construction. Tube: SBR rubber; Reinforcement: braided, high-tensile strength cotton cord; Cover: SBR rubber, weather resistant, semi-oil resistant, smooth finish. 2.3 NOZZLE A. Three-adjustment (solid jet; heavy spray; pin-point) nozzle with fingertip control, rubber inner seal, leakproof, solid brass in combination with a plastic shut-off valve. Valve and knob to be of plastic with die cast chrome plated metal parts. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Hose Rack, Hose and Hose Bibbs 0992-0187 15090-1 Film Legend Electric line below Telephone line below Water line below Sewer line below Nonpotable water below Reclaimed water below Film Color Red Orange Blue Green Brown Purple (Pantone 522C) Install tape directly above each buried utility at a depth of 18-inches below final grade. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape 0992-0187 15066-2 SECTION 15066 - TRACER WIRE AND ALARMING TAPE PART I -GENERAL 1.1 TRACER WIRE A. Each length of mainline pipe installed by open cut shall have two (2) 12-gauge minimum solid or stranded copper locator wire wound around the pipe forming one complete spiral per joint of pipe. B. Any length of mainline pipe installed by directional bore shall have two (2) 10- gauge minimum solid or stranded copper locator wires duct taped to top center of pipe. C. The locator wires shall have colored insulation matching the type of service provided in the main and be acceptable for direct burial, D. The wire is to be tied to all valves, tees and elbows. E. The locator wires shall be brought up into all valve boxes through a separate PVC pipe with enough slack provided to extend 12-inches out of each box. F. The wires shall each be continuous throughout the project, with splices made only by methods approved by the Owner's Project Representative. G. All splices of the wires shall be made with watertight connections, utilizing Direct Bury Splice Kits as manufactured by 3M or approved equal. Bury Splice Kits shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. H. Contractor shall perform a 12 volt DC electrical continuity test on the wires. No more than one volt of loss per 1000 feet of mainline pipe will be acceptable. At least one wire of the locator wire system shall pass the 12 volt DC electrical continuity test prior to final acceptance of the pipeline. Any cuts or breaks in the wire shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. The locator wire shall be tested by the Owner at the time of pressure testing. If this test fails, the Contractor is responsible for repairing the locator wire and the pressure test will be reschedule when the wire will pass. J. Contractor shall install tracer wire on all services to be installed from a main under the roadway within a cul-de-sac, The tracer wire should be tied into the wire on the main as per the specs and looped into the RCW meter box. 1.2 ALARMING TAPE A. Provide underground warning tape constructed of heavy gage 0.004-inch polyethylene film to identify all buried utilities except 3-inch and smaller irrigation pipe. Provide 6-inch wide tape as follows: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape 0992-0187 15066-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Pipe shall be examined for defects, damage, dirt and debris in pipe. Clean if necessary. Discard and remove defective materials. Reject materials found unsatisfactory. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install PVC, CPVC, PVDF, and HDPE pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Allow solvent weld joints to cure at least 24- hours at temperatures above 40° F before placing in use. Install insulation per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Pipe shall be installed in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to prevent strain on joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress. 3.3 TESTING A. Test completed piping system in accordance with the requirements of Section 01660 - Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Plastic Pipe 0992-0187 15064-2 SECTION 15064 - PLASTIC PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing and installing small diameter (2 inch and less) plastic pipe and fittings for interior use in pressure or process streams as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings shown fabrication of piping to fit equipment, valves and fittings to be used. Indicate gasket and joint allowances, working clearance necessary and supports required. B. Submit certificate from manufacturer showing compliance with specified standards. Inspect for defects and damage at delivery. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. PVC Plastic Pipe. ASTM D1784, Type 1, Grade 1, Cell Classification 12454-8, Schedule 80, for working pressures to 300 psi, threaded, solvent weld, flanged. Pipe shall bear the National Sanitation Foundation seal for potable water pipe and be marked with Schedule number. B. CPVC Plastic Pipe. ASTM F 441, Schedule 80 CPVC pipe, threaded and socket weld. Pipe shall bear the National Sanitation Foundation seal for potable water pipe and shall be marked with SDR and/or Schedule number. C. Fittings for CPVC Plastic Pipe. ASTM F-437 threaded fittings and ASTM F-439 socket fittings for Schedule 80 CPVC pipe with ASTM F-493 solvent cement. D. PVDF Plastic Pipe. ASTM D-3035, Schedule 80 PVDF pipe, threaded and socket weld. Pipe shall bear the National Sanitation Foundation seal for potable water pipe and shall be marked with SDR and/or Schedule number. E. Fittings for PVDF Plastic Pipe. ASTM D-2657 threaded and socket fittings for Schedule 80 PVDF pipe. F. High Density Polyethylene Tubing. PE-3408, for potable water. Plastic tubing shall be manufactured from N.S.F. approved prime virgin PE-3408 high density polyethylene resin compound and meet the applicable standards of ASTM D2737, NSF-14 and AWWA C901. All tubing supplied shall be DR-9, C.T.S., with a 200 psi operating pressure at 73.4°F. G. Piping used with the Sodium Hypochlorite System shall utilize Oatey Lo-Voc PVC Industrial Heavy duty Gray Solvent Cement or equal suitable for 15% sodium hypochlorite solution. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Plastic Pipe 0992-0187 15064-1 3.8 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING A. All piping and fittings exposed to view shall have its surface prepared and be painted with a prime coat as specified above. Surface preparation and shop priming is a part of the work of this Section. It shall be part of the work of this Section to assist as required by the Owner in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper marking of pipe. All exposed pipe shall be given a finish coat of paint as specified in Sections 09900 and 09902. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 0992-0187 15062-8 Representative to supply the test pressure of 150 psi. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor. The gauges used shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon request of the Project Representative, furnish to the Utilities Department certified test data for pressure gauges used for pressure testing. 4. Pipe shall be tested valve to valve. 5. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. Permanent air relief valves shall be located as shown on the plans. If air relief valves are not furnished the Contractor shall install corporation cocks for this purpose. 6. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves, joints and appurtenances shall be carefully examined during the open-trench test. Any cracked or defective pipe, fittings, valves or appurtenances discovered in consequence of this test shall be removed and replaced with acceptable material and the test shall be repeated to the satisfaction of the Project Representative. B. Leakage Test: A leakage test may be conducted at the same time as the pressure test. The Contractor shall, as before, furnish all pumps, pipe, connections and other items required to satisfactorily complete the leakage test. The leakage test shall have a duration of two hours at the pressure specified for the pressure test. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the formula for mechanical and push-on joints: SD p1/2 L= Allowable leakage [gph] L= ---------- S= Length of pipe tested [feet] 133,200 D= Nominal diameter of pipe [inches] P= Average pressure during test [psig] 2. The Project Representative, or his duly authorized representative, shall witness these tests. The Contractor shall be responsible for finding and repairing leaks. No additional cost may be incurred by the Owner due to repairs because of failure of either test. The Project Representative has the authority to determine the number of repairs that will be made within a given length of pipe and has the right to request the Contractor to remove and relay a section of pipe if such does not comply with the established leakage rates. C. Notice of Test: The Contractor shall give the Owner 48 hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 3.7 DISINFECTION A. Reclaimed water mains shall not be disinfected. See Section IV Article 41.5 for disinfection requirements for water mains. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 0992-0187 15062-7 entire assembly with 8-mil thick, loose polyethylene film in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105. L. All ductile iron pipe shall be installed with solid or stranded copper tracer wire and underground alarming tape of the type specified. 3.4 ABOVE GROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Install pipe in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to prevent strain on joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress. 3.5 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. All mains and distribution lines shall be pigged, cleaned and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water used for pigging and flushing without causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of flushing water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Flushing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered source. The water utility will provide the meter and designate the source. Flushing water shall be at the Contractor's expense. C. The cleaning of the new piping system shall be accomplished by the controlled and pressurized passage of a series of hydraulic or pneumatic polyurethane plugs of varying dimensions coatings, and densities; which shall be selected by the pipe cleaning Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a means to enter the pig into the system, control and regulate flow, monitor flows and pressures, and to remove the pig from the system. The Contractor shall maintain a constant surveillance of the system and immediately report to the proper authority any in- line problems encountered or any malfunctions discovered in the piping system. A record of pig models, sizes, styles, and other pertinent information shall be kept by the Contractor and turned over to the Owner. 3.6 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS A. Pressure Testing: The Contractor shall backfill all pipe and restraints before pressure testing unless the Project Representative directs certain joints or connections left uncovered. 2. All newly laid pipe, including fittings and valves shall be pressure tested in accordance with AWWA C-600. The duration of each such test will be at least two hours. The Contractor shall furnish all gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to test the line. 3. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and a pump shall be hooked to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Project Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 0992-0187 15062-6 B. All pipe fittings, valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective materials shall be marked and removed from the project site. C. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and be free from dirt, sand, grit, or any foreign material before the pipe is laid. D. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. E. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. F. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Owner's Project Representative. When practical, the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation should the trench fill with water. G. Trench width at the top of pipe, bedding conditions, and backfill placement and compaction shall be such that design loadings on the pipe will not be exceeded. H. Joint Assembly: Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C600. Pipe Deflection: When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed that shown in ANSI/AWWA C600. Pipe Cutting: Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating damage to the pipe or lining. Ductile cast iron may be cut using an abrasive pipe saw, rotary wheel cutter, guillotine pipe saw, milling wheel saw, or oxyacetylene torch. Cut ends and rough edges shall be ground smooth and for push-on joint connections, the cut end shall be beveled. K. Thrust Restraint: All plugs, caps, tees, and bends shall be suitably restrained by attaching metal rods, clamps or restrained joints as specified. 2. Thrust-restraint design pressure shall be equal to the test pressure of the line. 3. Restrained push-on joints or mechanical joints utilizing approved joint restraints shall be used in place of concrete backing. Tie rods clamps, or other components of dissimilar metal shall be protected against corrosion by hand application of.a bituminous coating or by encasement of the Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 0992-0187 15062-5 Q. Pipe and fittings shall be provided with underground alarming tape and tracer wire as specified in Section 15066 - Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe or coatings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings shall be examined before installation, and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe coatings shall be repaired as directed by the Owner. B. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and hammer test just prior to being installed. C. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no additional expense to the Owner. 3.2 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Alignment and Grade: The pipelines shall be laid and maintained to lines and grades established by the Drawings and Specifications, with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Valve-operating stems shall be oriented to allow proper operation. Hydrants shall be installed plumb. B. Underground Conflicts: Prior to excavation, investigation shall be made to the extent necessary to determine the location of existing underground structures and conflicts. Care shall be exercised to avoid damage to existing structures. When obstructions that are not shown on the drawings are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere so that an alteration of the Drawings is required, the Engineer will alter the Drawings or order a deviation in line and grade or arrange for removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. When crossing existing pipelines or other structures, alignment and grade shall be adjusted as necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, to provide clearance as required by federal, state, or local regulations or as deemed necessary by the Engineer to prevent future damage or contamination of either structure. C. Trench Construction - See Section 02210 - Excavation and Trenching. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipeline material and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped off or dumped into the trench. The trench should be dewatered prior to installation of the pipe. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 0992-0187 15062-4 mechanical joint fittings and valves shall be ROMAC Industries Grip Ring, EBAA Iron MEGALUG, or approved equal. Restrained joints for straight lengths of push-on ductile iron pipe shall be the locking gasket type such as Fast-Grip by American Ductile Iron Pipe, Field Lok by U.S. Pipe, or approved equal. H. Flanged ductile-iron pipe shall conform to current ANSI A21.15/AWWA C115 with factory applied screwed long hub flanges except as otherwise specified hereinafter. Flanges shall be faced and drilled after being screwed on the pipe with flanges true to 90 degrees with the pipe axis and shall be flush with end of pipe conforming to ANSI B16.1, 125 pounds standard. Full face type 1/16-inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111. Mechanical joints consisting of bell, socket, gland, gasket, bolts and nuts shall conform to ANSI Standard A21.11. Bolts shall be high strength low alloy steel, such as "Corten," or "U.S. Alloy," T-head type having hexagonal nuts. Bolts and nuts shall be machined true and nuts shall be tapped at right angles to a smooth bearing surface. Pipe for use with split-type flexible coupling joints shall have radius grooved ends. K. Fittings shall be ductile as specified herein. Flanges and flanged fittings shall be flat face and shall conform to ANSI A21.10 for 250 psi pressure rating. Full face type 1/16-inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111. L. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, either push-on, restrained, or flanged joints shall be used. Prior to commencing work, jointing systems for pipe shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. M. All buried ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be provided with a 4-mil thick cross laminated high density polyethylene encasement or an 8-mil thick polyethylene encasement per ANSI/AWWA C105. Polyethylene casing shall be: 1. Reclaimed Water Service- Solid purple color (Pantone S22C) with the following repeated message printed in white or black, "Reclaimed Water - Do Not Drink." 2. Potable Water Service- Blue N. Pipe and fittings exposed to view in the finished work to be painted shall not receive the standard tar or asphalt coat on the outside surfaces but shall be shop primed on the outside with one coat of Koppers No. 621 Rust Inhibitive Primer or approved equal. 0. Should portions of the pipe inadvertently be given the outside coating of coal tar enamel instead of the rust inhibitive primer as required for exposed piping the surfaces shall be sealed with a non-bleeding sealer coat such as Inertol Tar Stop, or Mobil Anti-Bleeding Aluminum Sealer. Sealing shall be a part of the work of this Section. P. Bolts and nuts on flanged fittings shall be Grade B, ASTM A-307, cadmium plated and conform to ANSI B16.1 for Class 125. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 0992-0187 15062-3 B. Unrestrained joint pipe shall be supplied in lengths not in excess of 21-feet. Unrestrained joint pipe shall be the rubber-ring type push-on joint pipe as manufactured by the American Cast Iron Pipe Company, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company or approved equal. 1. Push-on Joints: Single seal gasket push-on type joints shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11 and shall be U.S. Pipe "Tyton," Ameri- can Cast Iron Pipe Company "Fastite," CLOW Corporation "Super Bell Tite," or approved equal. C. Pipe for buried service shall have an exterior bituminous coating in accordance with ANSI A21.51. Pipe interior shall have a cement mortar lining with an asphaltic seal coat conforming to ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. The weight and class designation shall be painted in white paint on the exterior surface of each pipe section. Manufacturer code or serial number shall be provided on the bell of each pipe joint. Ductile iron pipe for potable water shall be spirally wrapped by blue tape with adhesive backing. Ductile iron pipe for reclaimed water shall be spirally wrapped by purple tape with adhesive backing. D. Pipe and fitting gaskets, conforming to ANSI A21.11, shall be made of viton (fluorocarbon elastomer), EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) or SBR (Styrene-Butadiene Rubber), and shall be suitable for intended use. E. Fittings for buried service from 4" through 24" in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Fittings for buried service shall have an exterior bituminous coating in accordance with ANSI A21.51. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. F. All fittings, furnished by the approved manufacturer(s), shall be cast and machined at one foundry location to assure quality control and provide satisfactory test data. Fittings shall have distinctly cast on them the pressure rating, nominal diameter of openings, manufacturer's identification, the country where cast, and number of degrees or fraction of the circle. Ductile-iron fittings shall have the letter "DI" or "Ductile" cast on them. Cast letters and figures shall be on the outside body of the fitting and shall have dimensions no smaller than those shown in ANSI/AWWA C110 and C153. The list of approved fitting manufacturers is as follows: 1. American Cast Iron Pipe Company 2. Clow Pipe Company 3. Tyler Pipe Industries, Inc. 4. United States Pipe and Foundry Company 5. Union Foundry Company. G. Restrained joints shall be provided for all buried ductile iron pipe as required on the drawings. Restrained joints shall not be of the type that requires field welding or grooves cut into the pipe barrel for restraint. The restraining joints for Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 0992-0187 15062-2 SECTION 15062 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Install within the project site all materials and incidentals including flanged joint, mechanical joint, push-on joint, and restrained joint ductile iron pipe and/or ductile iron restrained, flanged, or mechanical joint fittings, complete, as shown on the project drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall transmit (from the related Vendor) for submittal to the Owner's Project Representative a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the appropriate shop drawings for all ductile iron pipe and fittings. B. All ductile iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. Furnish in duplicate to the Owner's Project Representative sworn certificates of such tests and their results. In addition, all ductile iron pipe and fittings to be furnished under this Contract may be inspected at the foundry for compliance with these Specifications by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner. The manufacturer's cooperation shall be required in these inspections. The cost of foundry inspection of all pipe approved for this Contract, plus the cost of inspection of a reasonable amount of the disapproved pipe, will be borne by the Vendor. C. Shop Drawings including layout drawings shall be submitted to the Owner's Project Representative for approval and shall include dimensioning, methods and locations of supports and all other pertinent technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. D. The Contractor shall transmit from the Vendor to the Owner's Project Representative, the pipe manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable sections of the Specifications. E. The Contractor shall coordinate all submittals with the related Vendor in a manner not to impede construction on individual projects. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Ductile iron pipe pressure classes shall be a minimum of Class 350 for 4 to 12- inch, Class 250 for 14 to 20-inch, Class 200 for 24-inch, and Class 150 for 30 to 64-inch, except flanged or other unburied pipe which shall be thickness Class 53 and bridge crossing pipe which shall be thickness Class 54. Pressure class shall be greater if required by load conditions or called out on the plans. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 0992-0187 15062-1 installation, testing, startup, and operation and maintenance training. See Section 01660 - Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 3.3 TESTING A. Factory Testing: The crane shall be assembled, wired completely, and given running tests at manufacturer's plant before shipment. Running tests shall be performed with the control that will operate the crane in service. B. Prior to plant startup, all equipment described herein and elsewhere in the specifications shall be inspected for proper alignment, quiet operation, proper connection, and satisfactory performance by means of a functional test and satisfactory performance by means of a functional test and a load test at 125% of rated capacity. The Contractor, assisted by the crane manufacturer's representative, shall conduct field tests to demonstrate conformance to the service conditions specified herein. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Bridge Cranes 0992-0187 14630-5 cable or monorail system that will dispense and retrieve the flexible conductor cable during bridge or trolley travel without twisting or tangling. Cranes shall be equipped with a pendant control having momentary contact pushbuttons, and shall be provided with a device which will disconnect all motors from the line on failure of power and will not permit any motor to be restarted until the controller handle is brought to the off position, or reset. Overload and undervoltage protection shall be provided. Control transformers shall supply 120 volts ac to the pushbutton control stations. The pushbutton control stations shall be of heavy-duty, oil-tight construction and suspended from the trolley or bridge. The pushbutton enclosure shall be supported with chain or wire rope. The control wire cable shall be attached to the enclosure support at not more than 6-foot intervals. B. Equipment weighing 100 pounds or more shall be fitted with lifting lugs sufficient of the purpose. C. Spare Parts and Tools: One set of any special tools required for servicing. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Finishes: All equipment and accessories shall be factory coated. Reference is made to the appropriate painting sections of these specifications for additional requirements.. Shop and field painting shall be in accordance with and as specified elsewhere, however, prior to installation and startup, any touch up and repair of damaged coatings shall be completed and fully cured per manufacturer's specifications or those of these contract documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. All crane equipment shall be designed to occupy the space provided as shown on the Drawings. All dimensions shall be verified at the site. All buildings clearances shall be as specified in CMAA Specifications. Where bridge span exceeds 40 feet, the clearances shall be increased to 6 inches. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Crane erection, including crane rail installations, crane assembly, field wiring, and installation; and starting shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. The contractor shall secure the services of the crane manufacturer's representative to advise on field assembly and installation. B. The equipment shall be provided with all necessary lubrication fittings and lubrication. Before initial startup at final installation, all bearings, gears, etc. shall be lubricated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Guidelines: Installation shall be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and in conjunction with other construction activities affected. A manufacturers representative for the equipment specified herein shall be present at the jobsite for installation assistance, inspection and confirmation of the correctness of the Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Bridge Cranes 0992-0187 14630-4 B. Electrical equipment required to complete the work under this section shall conform to the applicable requirements of the electrical and instrumentation divisions of these contract documents. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Bridges: The crane girders shall be structural steel sections, as specified or as required by the manufacturer to resist all vertical, lateral, and torsional forces. End trucks, stops, wheels, brakes, etc. shall be in accordance with CMAA requirements. End trucks shall be provided with rail sweeps and impact absorbing bumpers or other automatic stopping features. Runway stops shall be attached to resist the forces applied when contacted and shall be located at the limits of travel of the bridge. B. Wheels and Axles: Wheels shall be rolled or. forged steel, or cast iron with a minimum Brinell hardness of 300. Wheel axles shall be made of alloy steel, accurately machined, and keyed to the wheel. Wheels shall have lifetime lubricated anti-friction bearings. C. Driving Machinery: Dual motor driven bridge travel shall be accomplished by delivery of power to each end truck by its own drive motor. Each motor drive shall be equipped with an adjustable travel brake and thermal overload motor protection. D. Trolleys: The trolley frame shall be welded steel, cast steel, or ductile iron construction and shall be of rigid construction, so that the load is transmitted to the running surface without undue deflection. Axle failure shall not cause a drop of more than 1 inch. The trolley shall be driven by an electric motor though a gear reduction unit to wheels which are keyed to the axles. Braking shall be as required for the particular equipment furnished. Stops for the trolleys shall be attached to the bridges. E. Hoists: Hoists shall be electric wire rope type, driven through suitable gear reductions by an electric motor or chainwheel operator. The rope drum and its surrounding members shall be constructed so as to minimize abrasion, crushing or jamming of the hoist rope. Load blocks. shall be of the enclosed type and shall guard against jamming. Hooks shall have sufficient ductility to open noticeably before hook failure as a result of abuse or overload. The load hood shall be equipped with safety latch and shall be free to rotate 360 degrees with rated load, and shall be positively held in place with locknuts, collars, or other suitable devices. Hoisting rope shall be extra flexible, improved plow steel wire rope made especially for hoist service. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Electrical Equipment: The crane manufacturer shall furnish and assemble all electrical equipment on the crane including motors, starters, controls, conductors, and conduit. Bridge conductors may be removed for shipment. Motors shall be built in accordance with NEMA Standards, with high starting torque, low starting current and high slip at full load. Controls shall be housed in NEMA 4X enclosures and have contactors of sufficient size and quantity for starting, accelerating, reversing, and stopping duty under the conditions anticipated. Bridge and trolley conductors shall be of the festooned tag line type. Festooned tag line conductors shall consist of a flexible conductor cable, supported by a Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVA Bridge Cranes 0992-0187 14630-3 D. All hoists shall be designed as described in Hoist Manufacturers' Institute (HMI) Specifications and specified hereinafter. Hoist design requirements: 1. Type: Electric wire rope 2. Service Class: Class H3 per HMI Specifications 3. Speed: 20/3 fpm, 2 speed 4. Motor: 2 HP, minimum 5. Hook Lift: 2 ton - pump/motor E. All electrical components shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC), state and local codes, and the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals. Shop drawings shall include descriptive information as required to fully describe the cranes, trolleys, hoists, controls, electrical system, and overall performance and to state deviations from specified requirements. Submittals shall include, but shall not be limited to the following: Data showing, capacity, horsepower, materials, installation, connections, anchorage, etc. B. Submit O & M manual in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Services: A manufacturer's representative for the equipment specified shall be present at the jobsite for inspection, certification, testing, startup, and training. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING AND ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. All components of the crane systems shall be suitably packaged, transported, handled and stored so that damage is avoided. Unless otherwise stated herein, manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed for specific products. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Runway beams, brackets, and associated framework shall be furnished and installed as specified elsewhere. Specific service ratings shall be as shown or as recommended by the manufacturer. Rails, crane stops, and conductors shall be provided by the crane manufacturer. All materials shall be properly selected for the stresses to which they will be subjected. Design stresses and safety factors shall be in accordance with CMAA Specifications. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Bridge Cranes 0992-0187 14630-2 SECTION 14630 -BRIDGE CRANES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install the bridge crane in the Booster Pump Station, complete and ready for operation as shown on the Drawings. The bridge crane is intended to be used to lift pumps, motors, and associated piping. Items of equipment provided shall be the products of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's service. 1.2 ALTERNATIVES A. Alternative Bridge Crane Manufacturers: Cranes, Trolleys, Hoists, etc., will be limited to the following manufacturers: 1. American Chain & Cable Co. 2. R&M 3. Duff-Norton 4. Yale-Lift Tech 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: The hoist and trolley system shall be installed as shown and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and shall include an electric motor driven trolley, wire rope hoist, hoist control and disconnect, trolley stops, cord, reel, lift bar, beams and all necessary suspension hardware for a complete installation. All hardware shall be designed with a safety factor of five, and shall comply with all OSHA and State of Florida safety standards. The completed assembly shall clear all fixtures and other equipment between the limits of travel. 1. Equipment Capacity: 2 ton, minimum 2. Main Power Supply: 460 volts ac, 3-phase, 60-Hz B. All top running multiple girder overhead traveling cranes shall conform to the latest edition of Crane Manufacturers' Association of America (CMAA) Specification No. 70, except as modified herein. Top running single girder overhead traveling cranes shall conform to CMAA Specification. No. 74, except as modified herein. All top running cranes shall be designed for service as specified in the following paragraphs. C. All trolleys shall be designed as described in the Monorail Manufacturers' Association (MMA) Specifications and specified hereinafter. Trolley design requirements: 1. Type: Motor-driven 2. Trolley Service Class: Class C per MMA Specifications 3. Speed: 65 fpm with inverter 4. Motor: Y/2 HP, minimum 5. Electric Conductors: flat cable festoon system Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Bridge Cranes 0992-0187 14630-1 B. The Engineer shall provide modifications to the Citect HMI located at the Northeast and Marshall Street plants to include the Skycrest Pump Station. Modifications shall include graphic screen and controls, database development, system alarms, historical data collection and system trends similar to the software provided at the local station and following existing Owner software standards. C. Additional software shall be provided to incorporate the new points from the Skycrest Pump Station into the existing Plant2l3usiness and SQL Databases located on the SQL Server at the Marshall Street plant. 1.7 EXISTING SCADA SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING A. Software modifications shall be required at the various reclaimed water stations to support the revised Operational Protocol developed as part of the project. B. Modifications shall include Citect HMI graphic screens, database and alarming associated with the Reclaimed Water System located at the Marshall Street, Northeast and East Plant. C. The Engineer shall also make modifications to the pumping system operations at the East, Marshall Street and Northeast Plants as well as the Drew and Union Pump Stations to incorporate the new operational protocol. 1.8 TRAINING A. The Engineer shall provide the Owner with a Control Narrative following successful completion of the software services described herein. The Control Narrative shall be used in conjunction with the training and shall define the new control strategies in operation at each Reclaimed Water facility. B. The Engineer will coordinate all training activities and schedules with the Owner to accommodate the Owner's staff schedules. C. In addition to the training provided by the Systems Integrator as part of Section 13300, a one (1) hour training session will be provided at the Skycrest Pump Station. This session will discuss the operation of the programming and software services for the station with an emphasis on local station operation. D. A one (1) hour training session will be provided at each plant (East, Marshall Street and Northeast) to discuss the remote operating of the pump station and the new functions in the HMI for the Reclaimed Water System, PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Programming Services 13330-2 SECTION 13330 - PROGRAMMING SERVICES PART 1 - EXECUTION 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. As an allowance item to this project the Engineer shall provide software services to the Owner as described herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Section 13300 - Controls and Instrumentation 1.3 OPERATIONAL PROTOCOL A. The Engineer shall develop a new Reclaimed Water System Operational Protocol to define the reclaimed system operation as impacted by the addition of the Skycrest Station. B. The details of the Operational Protocol for the Reclaimed Water System will be defined in meetings with the Owner. C. A Control Narrative will be produced from the results of the meeting which will define the operating conditions for each reclaimed water station. 1.4 SKYCREST PUMP STATION PROGRAMMING A. The System Integrator shall calibrate and test all instruments and equipment as described in Section 13300. Once the systems integrator has completed testing and demonstrated the system performance, the Engineer shall provide the programming for the pump station as developed per the operational protocol. B. The Engineer shall provide controls programming for the local PLC and graphic screen, database development, trending, communications and control logic for the local Operator Interface (OPI). C. The Citect HMI software license shall be provided by the System Integrator as described in Specification section 13300. 1.5 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAMMING A. The radio communications between Skycrest and Marshall Street shall be tested and proven by the Systems Integrator as described in Specification Section 13310. Documentation indicating successful communications with adequate parameter results shall be submitted to the Owner for review. B. After successful completion of the radio system installation provided by the Systems Integrator, the Engineer shall program the PLC located at the Marshall Street Plant to incorporate the Skycrest pump station additions into the existing radio communications system programming. 1.6 SCADA HMI PROGRAMMING A. It will be possible to remotely monitor and control the operations of the Skycrest Station from either the Northeast of Marshall Street facilities. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Programming Services 0992-0187 13330-1 connectors. Patch cables shall be heavy grade construction, designed for rugged handling. Provide two (2) spare fiber optic patch cables of the type provided with the project. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Fiber Optics 0992-0187 13320-6 G. A written, and dated, report shall be prepared by the technician for each fiber test, troubleshooting, or maintenance event. The report should identify the fiber serviced, define procedures, describe the results of the testing, identify witnesses, and provide conclusions. H. All reports shall be forwarded to the ENGINEER for review, and a copy shall be kept in a permanent file on-site, for future reference 3.4 TRAINING AND TEST EQUIPMENT A. FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION KIT: The CONTRACTOR/CABLE INSTALLER shall provide one complete kit for fiber optic terminations. The Kit shall be capable of terminating 62.5 micron fibers, using a crimp and cleave cable termination method. The CONTRACTOR/CABLE INSTALLER shall be permitted to use this kit to terminate the installed fibers, but the kit must be turned over to the CITY in good working condition at the end of the project. Provide spare termination supplies sufficient to make 30 future terminations. B. TRAINING: The FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLER shall make available the services of a factory trained and authorized representative to provide training to the plant staff on the installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the fiber optic system. The classes shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Installing ST Connectors on Fibers. 2. Calculation of Optical Budgets. 3. Testing fibers using a Power Meter. 4. Installation techniques. 5. Maintenance and Troubleshooting. 6. Field Splicing and Emergency Repairs. C. Training shall be formally prepared and conducted, and shall be tailored to the appropriate plant personnel. Scheduling of the training session shall be coordinated with the OWNER. Provide one session, 4-hour duration or until all topics above are discussed. 3.5 SPARE PARTS A. Spare parts shall be provided to allow the operators to recover and return to service after any of a wide variety of system failures. Unless otherwise noted, one of each type of component or accessory shall be provided, identical to the ones installed. B. Fiber Optic patch cables shall be provided for connection of each device to the patch panels.. Patch cables shall be pre-manufactured cable sets designed to provide connectivity between the patch panels and the customer equipment. Cables shall be pre-terminated and tested, and utilize ST-style termination Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Fiber Optics 0992-0187 13320.5 G. Wherever new cable is pulled, include pull-strings along with new cable, for future use. Secure ends of pull-strings at termination points. H. Fiber optic patch panel shall be located as specified in the Contract Drawings. If a location is not indicated in the Contract Drawings, contact the ENGINEER for clarification, Provide pre-manufactured fiber optic patch cords at each fiber optic patch panel, as specified on the Contract Drawings or a minimum of (3) three per patch panel. Patch cords shall be multi-mode fiber, compatible with the installed fiber optic cable, dual channel and terminated with ST-style connectors. Length shall be as required to reach from patch panel termination connectors to media converter. 3.2 CABLE ROUTE AND CONTINUITY A. Fiber optic cable shall be installed un-broken and un-spliced for the entire distance from one designated termination point to the next. B. Each strand of every cable shall be terminated at a fiber optic patch panel. If the fiber cable is "passed through" any panel, the cable shall be provided with two coils of excess cable, neatly secured in the perimeter of the panel, and shall proceed to the intended destination un-broken. 3.3 FIBER AND TERMINATION TESTING A. Terminations shall be made in a manner in keeping with the recommended practices of the fiber optic cable manufacturer. B, Accurate and appropriate test equipment, and industry standard test procedures shall be used to demonstrate that the equipment operates within it's expected tolerance of accuracy, at various points throughout it's operating range. C. The technician shall be fully familiar, trained, and qualified, to service and support the items which are being serviced. D. All terminations shall be neatly and properly made, tested and immediately booted or placed in their final termination, so that they are fully protected from damage. Each fiber, including those designated as spares, shall be terminated and tested. E. The installed cables must be tested and ALL fibers within the cable must provide full light transmission to be accepted. IF ANY FIBER CONDUCTOR WITHIN ANY CABLE FAILS THE TESTING CRITERIA, THE ENTIRE CABLE MUST BE REPLACED. This applies even if the failed conductors are not currently being utilized. F. Each finished cable shall be tested, under actual connected loading conditions, using a light source and a calibrated digital power meter, or OTDR. The theoretical power loss for the cable system, including all terminating connectors, shall be calculated and compared to the actual field measurements. Any significant visual defects or any power loss in excess of 2 dB over the theoretical calculation shall be reason to fail the test. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Fiber Optics 0992-0187 13320-4 points for every fiber in every cable. The installer shall terminate, test and secure every fiber within every cable, even if the additional fibers are designated as "spare" or "future by others". C. Patch panel termination connectors shall be ST-style. Connectors are to remain individually booted until used. D. Where fibers are to be connected to local equipment, a pre-terminated fiber jumper of suitable length shall be provided to make the connection between the patch panel and the equipment. At no time shall the fiber cable connect directly to the local equipment. E. COMMUNICATION PANELS (field mounted) Fiber optic patch panels shall be provided with a door, which would normally be kept closed, and a clamping system and winding area for the cable ends so that the cable connections are not strained. The cable jacket shall be stripped in such a manner that NONE of the stripped outer jackets are exposed outside of the patch panel. Patch panels shall be sized and configured for installation inside each of the panels. 2. Fiber optic patch panels shall be a intended purpose, as manufactured Leviton or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL. INSTALLATION standard product designed for the by Corning Cable Systems, ADS, A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and expertise required to carry out the installation, calibration, termination, testing and start-up of all cables, connectors, patch panels and related equipment, in a manner in keeping with the best standard practices available and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Cables must be installed so that rated pull force and rated bend radius, while pulling, are never exceeded. C. Where cable must be routed above ground, it shall be installed in conduit. Conduit shall be as specified in section 16. D. Existing concrete slabs or paving may be cut to facilitate the installation of conduit and cable. However, all modifications to existing slabs or paving and structures shall be patched and repaired in accordance with the other sections of this specification. E. All work shall be coordinated with the OWNER's staff. All cabling systems shall be carefully documented and included in the as-built documentation to be delivered at the end of the project. F. Careful attention should be paid to provide installations at each location, which are both functional and attractive. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fiber Optics 0992-0187 13320-3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIBER OPTIC CABLES A. Fiber optic cables shall be heavy-duty, multi-fiber breakout style cable, designed for high tensile strength and durability and suitable for installation in aerial runs and for long pulls through conduit. Cables shall be specially designed for outdoor environments. B. Cables shall be suitable for installation with a rated pull strength capability in excess of 340 lbs. The contractor shall use procedures, measurements and precautions so that no more than 50% of the maximum rated pull strength capability of the cable is ever applied during any point in the installation procedure. C. Cables shall be suitable for installation with a minimum bend radius of 3 inches or less. The contractor shall use procedures, measurements and precautions so that the cable is never exposed to a bend radius of less than 6-inches during any point in the installation procedure. D. Jacketing shall be polyethylene, with high abrasion and cut-through resistance. Outer jacket shall be UV stabilized for outdoor use and overall ruggedness. Jackets shall have low friction resistance and high strength so that long pulls in conduit will not cause damage. E. Fibers shall have a 62.5-micron core, with a 0.275 numerical aperture. Multimode fiber shall utilize low loss core, with atypical maximum attenuation of 3.0 dB/km @ 850nm. F. Each sub-channel shall be tight buffered with a 2.5 mm PVC jacket, and internal strength fibers. Subchannels shall be breakout style, for ease of handling by inexperienced plant staff personnel. G. Fibers shall have a glass core, surrounded by a layer of glass cladding. Core and cladding shall be buffered to 900-microns. H. Cables shall have Kevlar ripcord and all subchannels shall be color-coded. Cables shall have a minimum of six (6) fibers with additional fibers as shown in the contract drawings. All fibers shall be terminated and shall be color coded. Fiber-optic cables shall be manufactured by OCC DX Series, Corning Freedom One or approved equal. 2.2 FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANELS A. Fiber Optic cables shall ALWAYS be terminated at protected fiber optic patch panels, which shall be designed to protect the terminated cables and provide a fiber-termination terminal strip for connections to local equipment. B. Each control panel or termination area which connects to fiber optic cables shall be provided with one or more fiber optic patch panels, with sufficient termination Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Fiber Optics 13320-2 SECTION 13320 - FIBER OPTICS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for the work described in this section and related sections. Refer to Section 13100 for a list of the related sections. B. This section provides requirements for the installation, termination and testing of fiber optic cables, patch panels, and related equipment. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the work with the CONTRACTOR and with the cable supplier, and the cable shall be installed so that the system installation is complete and operational. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide all equipment, materials, labor, installation, troubleshooting, testing, and training required, providing a complete fiber optic communication network at the Skycrest Booster Station site. B. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall install Fiber Optic cable in conduit at the Skycrest Booster Station Site. The fiber optic cable shall be installed from the Radio Communications Panel at the ground storage tank to the Pump Control Panel located inside the Booster station. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The CONTRACTOR, with concurrence of the owner, shall select and oversee the services of an appropriate, well established, contracting firm, which is local to west central Florida and is experienced in all facets of fiber optic cable installation. B. This sub-contractor, designated herein as the FIBER OPTIC INSTALLER, shall provide installation technicians who are trained, experienced and qualified, and who shall provide all of the appropriate installation, termination, testing and maintenance of the fiber optic communications medium. These technicians shall install the cable in accordance with the best-recommended standards and practices of the manufacturer and the fiber optic cable industry. C. The FIBER OPTIC INSTALLER shall have a Registered Communications Distribution Designer on staff, who is currently registered with BICSI, (Building Industry Consulting Services International). The designer shall oversee the project installation. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fiber Optics 0992-0187 13320-1 END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Spread Spectrum Radio Communications 13310-5 N. Antenna Pigtail Cable (Antenna Surge Protector to Radio) 1. N-Male to N-Male 2. (1) required for each Master and Remote site 0. Remote Antenna Mounting hardware 1. Shall be: Rohn, Andrew or approved equal 2.2 120VAC TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTION 1. 120 VAC, single channel per module 2. Shall be: Dehn, DG M TN 150. 2.3 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURE 1. NEMA 4X, 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure with a white powder epoxy coating and sunshields 2. The panel shall be sized to enclose the equipment described herein and with 25% spare room for future equipment. Refer to the contract drawings for additional equipment and space requirements. 3. Quick Release Luggage Type Latches 4. Shall be Hoffman Enclosures or approved Equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and expertise required to carry out the installation, calibration, testing and start-up of all equipment, in a manner in keeping with the best standard practices available, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for each piece of equipment supplied. B. All interface work shall be scheduled, coordinating with the City's staff, to minimize down time of any system. All modifications to existing and proposed wiring systems shall be carefully documented and included in the as-built documentation to be delivered at the end of the project. C. Careful attention should be paid to provide installations at each location that are both functional and esthetically acceptable. D. All conduits used in conjunction with control panels, or instrumentation of any kind shall be sealed using a suitable duct-sealing compound to minimize the possible damage caused by vapors or wetness. It shall be the responsibility of the System Integrator to verify that this is accomplished early in the project, so that corrosion damage does not occur during the time of construction. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Spread Spectrum Radio Communications 0992-0187 13310-4 2. Shall be: Phoenix Contact, PSM-EG-RS 232, or approved equal. 3. Provide (1) in the Radio Communications Panel and (1) in the PCP-100 panel. 4. Provide RS-232 cables for both ends. 1. Fiber Optic Patch Panel 1. Refer to Specifications Section 13320 - Fiber Optics for details. J. Radio Power Supply 1. 120 VAC Input 2. Regulated 24 VDC Output 3. Rated at 5 Amps minimum 4. Shall be Phoenix Contact, model: QUINT-PS-100-240AC/24DC/5, or approved equal. K. Spread Spectrum YAGI Antenna (Remote Site): 1. 6 dB gain minimum, type N connector. 2. Shall be: Maxrad, Andrew or approved equal. 3. Antenna Mounting Bracket shall be included. L. Antenna Cable: 1. Run length of 100 ft and less: a. 1/2", foam dielectric, 50 ohm, type N connectors b. Attenuation: < 2.17 dB / 100 ft at 900MHz. c. Shall be: Andrew, Heliax, LDF4-50A, No approved equals. 2. Run length longer than 100 feet: a. 7/8", foam dielectric, 50 ohm, type N connectors b. Attenuation: < 1.23 dB / 100 ftat 900MHz. c. Shall be. Andrew, Heliax, LDF5-50A, No approved equals. M. Antenna Cable Surge Protector: 1. Selected for application, frequency and cable size. 2. Shall be: Dehn, DGA AG N and mounting & grounding bracket 106 310. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Spread Spectrum Radio Communications 0992-0187 13310-3 3. One (1) antenna cable surge arrestor B. The Systems Integrator shall verify the part numbers as needed, so that the equipment provided represents identical replacement inventory for the installed SCADA hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SPREAD SPECTRUM TELEMETRY EQUIPMENT A. Radio systems installed under this contract shall be designed and configured to provide a minimum of 20dB fade margin over the manufacturers published minimum requirements. The Systems Integrator shall be responsible for implementing necessary measures to insure this capability. B. The Systems Integrator shall perform signal strength testing and submit documentation confirming the performance of the final installation. C. Provide new antenna, antenna mounting hardware, cabling, connectors, surge protection and grounding, as specified at the Skycrest Booster Station. The Marshall Street Plant has an existing Master Communication System that will poll the new Booster Station system. D. The Spread Spectrum Radio shall be provided with the correct firmware to allow network wide diagnostics and configuration. The radio will be configured to match the existing system parameters. E. Antenna coaxial cable shall be attached to the mounting structures using stainless tie-down straps. No nylon or plastic tie-downs shall be used for installation. F. Spread Spectrum Radio 1. 1 Watt Output Power, 24 VDC input power 2. Spread Spectrum Transceiver with Data and Diagnostics ports. 3. Shall be: Microwave Data Systems, Model: MDS 9810. No approved equals. G. PLC to Radio Serial Cable 1. Provide and install serial cables (1) from the radio to the fiber optic serial converter (radio panel) and (1) from the fiber optic serial converter to the PLC (SLC-5/05 at Pump Control Panel). 2. Shall be Microwave Data Systems, Allen-Bradley, or approved equal. H. RS-232 Serial Fiber Optic Converter: 1. Compatible with 850nm fiber optic cable, ST connectors on fiber optic side. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Spread Spectrum Radio Communications 0992-0187 13310-2 SECTION 13310 - SPREAD SPECTRUM RADIO COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. The Systems Integrator shall be responsible for the work described in this section and related sections. Refer to Section 13100 for a list of the related sections. B. This section provides requirements for the installation, configuration and testing of a wireless communications system between the Skycrest Reclaimed Water Booster Pump Station and the Marshall Street Advanced Pollution Control facility 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Systems Integrator shall provide all equipment, materials, labor, installation, troubleshooting, testing and training required to provide a complete wireless communications system for the Skycrest Booster Pump Station. B. The wireless communications system will allow remote monitoring and control capability of the Booster Station from the remote SCADA system. C. The System Integrator shall verify the radio path from the Marshall Street facility to the Booster Station before permanently mounting the antenna per the contract drawings. D. The SCADA system utilizes standard industrial Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) and wireless Spread Spectrum communications between the above sites. The PLCs shall be linked using Allen-Bradley DF1 protocol and unlicensed 900 MHz Spread Spectrum Radios, to provide a secure and reliable communications link between the Skycrest Booster Station and the Marshall Street Plant. The System Integrator shall provide and install each part of the communications systems as shown or specified herein, with required software and accessories. E. The System Integrator shall provide various levels of training, and spare parts, as described in these specifications. Training shall be included on the operation, maintenance and programming of all communication hardware, troubleshooting of all related components and systems. F. PLC limits of Responsibility: The System Integrator shall provide the Pump Control Panel and PLC hardware per section 13300 along with the wiring, installation, and communications equipment described herein. The System Integrator will not be responsible for the PLC programming, tag name dictionary, or control algorithms. These tasks will be provided as a separate task outside of the scope of this project. 1.3 SPARE PARTS A. The Systems Integrator shall provide the following spare equipment. All parts shall be provided sealed in the original boxes, and shall include all user manuals, mounting brackets, terminal blocks and accessories. 1. One (1) Spread Spectrum radio 2. One (1) radio power supply Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Spread Spectrum Radio Communications 0992-0187 13310-1 B. The SAT shall repeat loop and functional testing done during the ORT, in order to demonstrate to the Engineer and the Owner that the system has been started, is operating, and is in compliance with the Contract Documents Specifications. Each specified function shall be demonstrated on a paragraph-by-paragraph, loop-by-loop and site-by-site basis. C. The following documentation shall be made available during the test: All Contract Drawings and Specifications, addenda, and change orders. 2. Master copy of the test procedure. 3. One copy of all O&M Manuals shall be made available at the job-site, both before and during testing. D. Any malfunction during the tests shall be analyzed, and corrections made by the System Integrator. The Owner will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently serious to warrant a repeat of this test. E. After all functions have been tested and all corrections made, the system shall operate continuously for 15 days without failure before this test will be considered successful. F. The total availability of the system shall be greater than 99.5 percent during this test period. Availability shall be defined as "Avail. = (Total Time-Down Time,) / Total Time x 100%". Down times due to power outages or other factors outside the normal protection devices or back-up power supplies provided, shall not contribute to the availability test times above. G. Substantial completion of this system will be contingent upon the successful completion of the System Acceptance Test. 3.7 TRAINING: A. The System Integrator shall provide comprehensive training for designated Owner's staff. Training sessions shall be formally structured and shall cover the configuration, operation, and maintenance of all installed equipment. Presented information shall be tailored to project and presented on-site. Training outlines shall be for review prior to scheduling sessions. . B. Scheduling for the training sessions shall be specified by, and at the convenience of, the Owner. The System Integrator shall coordinate the scheduling, and shall provide written notice of available training dates, with a minimum of (2) two weeks prior notice. Candidates for training will be selected by the Owner. C. Training shall be provided to familiarize operators with the system as a whole and to instruct on the function and operation of each component installed as part of the system. Training shall consist of the day-to-day operation of the system and all other site specific functions for this project. Instruction shall include a site walk- down of installed equipment. D. To facilitate the Owner's operations staff scheduling, training shall be conducted in two (2) four-hour sessions, a morning session and an afternoon session. Morning and afternoon sessions will cover the same material on a given day. The training shall consist of one (1) day minimum with (2) sessions per day. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-26 E. The System Integrator shall provide a written calibration sheet for each instrument, certifying that it has been calibrated to its published specified accuracy. The System Integrator shall submit proposed calibration sheets for various types of instruments for approval, prior to the start of calibration. This sheet shall include but not be limited to date, instrument tag numbers, calibration data for the various procedures described herein, name of person performing the calibration, a listing of the published specified accuracy, permissible tolerance at each point of calibration, calibration reading as finally adjusted within tolerance, defect noted, corrective action required, and corrections made. F. If doubt exists as to the correct method for calibrating or checking the calibration of an instrument, the manufacturer's printed recommendations shall be used as an acceptable standard, subject to the approval of the Owner. G. Upon completion of calibration, calibrated devices shall not be subjected to sudden movements, accelerations, or shocks, and shall be installed in permanent protected positions, not subject to moisture, dirt, and excessive temperature variations. Caution shall be exercised to prevent such devices from being subjected to over-voltage, incorrect voltages, overpressure or incorrect air. Damaged equipment shall be replaced and recalibrated at no cost to the CITY. H. After completion of instrumentation installation and calibration, the System Integrator shall perform a loop check. The System Integrator shall submit final loop test results with all instruments listed in the loop. Loop test results shall be signed by all representatives involved for each loop test. Loop/Component Inspections and Tests: The entire system shall be checked for proper installation, calibrated, and adjusted on a loop-by-loop and component-by-component basis to ensure that it is in conformance with related submittals and the Contract Documents. The Loop/Component Inspections and Tests shall be implemented using approved forms and check lists. 2. The System Integrator shall maintain the Loop Status Reports and Components Calibration sheets at the project site and make them available at any time. 3. These inspections and tests do not require witnessing. However, the Engineer and Owner will review and initial all Loop Status Sheets and Component Calibration Sheets and spot-check their entries periodically and upon completion of the Operational Readiness Tests. Any deficiencies found shall be corrected. 3.6 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT) A. Successful completion of the Operational Readiness Test (ORT), as determined by the Owner, shall be the basis for starting the witnessed System Acceptance Test (SAT). The Engineer and Owner shall be given sufficient notice prior to the start of the System Acceptance Testing to allow scheduling of appropriate personnel. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-25 D. All tests shall be conducted in accordance with prior approved procedures, forms, and check lists. Each specific test to be performed shall be described, and a space provided after it for sign off by the appropriate party after its satisfactory completion. Copies of these sign off test procedures, forms, and check lists will constitute the required test documentation. E. Provide all special testing materials and equipment. Wherever possible, perform tests using actual process variables, equipment, and data. Where it is not practical to test with real process variables, equipment, and data; provide suitable means of simulation. Define these simulations techniques in the test procedures. F. The System Integrator shall coordinate all testing with affected subcontractors and the Owner's Representative. G. The Owner's Representative reserves the right to test, or retest, all specified functions whether or not explicitly stated in the prior approved test procedures. The Owner's Representative's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and completeness of all testing. H. The System Integrator shall furnish the services of technicians, all special calibration and test equipment and labor to perform the field tests. 3.5 OPERATIONAL READINESS TESTING (ORT) A. The entire system shall be certified (inspected, calibrated, tested, and documented) that it is ready for operation. Each specified function shall be verified on a paragraph-by-paragraph, loop-by-loop, and site-by-site basis. B. The Owner, or his designated representative(s), reserves the right to witness any test, inspection, calibration, or start-up activity. Acceptance of any plan, report, or documentation, relating to any testing or commissioning activity specified herein, shall not relieve the System Integrator of his responsibility for meeting all specified requirements. C. The System Integrator shall provide the services of factory trained technicians, and all required tools and equipment, to field calibrate, test, inspect, and adjust, each instrument to its specified performance requirement, in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and instructions. Any instrument which fails to meet any contract requirements, or any published manufacturer's performance specification for functional and operational parameters, shall be repaired or replaced, at the discretion of the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner. The System Integrator shall bear all costs and provide all personnel, equipment and materials necessary to implement all installation tests and inspection activities for equipment specified herein. D. Each instrument shall be calibrated at 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent of span, using test instruments to simulate inputs and read outputs. Test instruments shall be rated to an accuracy of at least five (5) times greater than the specified accuracy of the instrument being calibrated. Where applicable, such test instruments shall have accuracies as set forth by the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST.) Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-24 3.2 EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION A. Every analog instrument, limit switch, control or related device shall be properly calibrated, tuned, adjusted and commissioned so that the accuracy and operation of the device equals the highest level of performance which that device can achieve. B. Accurate and appropriate test equipment and industry standard test procedures shall be used to demonstrate that the equipment operates within its expected tolerance of accuracy at various points throughout its operating range. C. Whenever calibration adjustments are to be made, the System Integrator supplied technician(s) shall notify the Owner's electrical/instrumentation staff so they may witness the procedure as an educational process. The technicians shall assist the operator in any way possible in becoming well versed in the start-up, operation, maintenance and calibration of the equipment provided. D. The technician(s) shall be fully familiar, trained and qualified to service and support the items which are being serviced. 3.3 CALIBRATION & SERVICE REPORTS A. The System Integrator shall prepare a written, dated, report for each start-up, calibration, troubleshooting or maintenance event. This report shall identify the instrument serviced, define the procedures used and provide conclusions. B. A report shall be provided for each instrument or system provided in this project and shall apply to every visit by equipment suppliers and system subcontractors. The reports shall also document each wiring modification, warrantee repair and problem analysis. C. All reports shall be distributed to the Engineer, the Contractor and the Owner's staff. A copy of each report shall be kept in a permanent file on site for future reference. 3.4 TESTING, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The System integrator shall test all equipment hardware at the factory prior to shipment. Unless otherwise specified in the individual specification sections, all equipment provided by the System Integrator shall be tested at the factory as a single fully integrated system. B. As a minimum, testing shall include the following: Unwitnessed Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT) 2. Operational Readiness Testing (ORT). 3. System Acceptance Testing (SAT). C. Each test shall be in the cause and effect format. The person conducting the test shall initiate an input (cause) and, upon the system's or subsystem's producing the correct result (effect), the specific test requirement will have been satisfied. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-23 metal conduit then you must use a shielded cable. The shield must not come in contact with the conduit at any point. C. Ambient Temperature. The ambient temperature of the environment must be considered in specifying the cables and connectors to be installed. Some Ethernet cables cannot survive and/or will not perform to specification in the extreme hot and cold temperatures of industrial environments. Route cable a minimum distance from noise sources of these strengths: 0.08m (3") Category 1 conductors of less than 20 amps 0.15m (6") ac power lines of 20 amps or more, up to 100 KVA 0.6m (24") ac power lines greater than 100 KVA Cable in a contiguous metallic wire way or conduit: Route your cable at least this distance from current noise sources of this strength: 0.08m (3") Category 1 conductors of less than 20 amps 0.15m (6") ac power lines of 20 amps or more, up to 100 KVA 0.3m (12") ac power lines greater than 100 KVA No 0.15m (6") Category 1 conductors of less than 20 amps 0.3m (12") ac power lines of 20 amps or more, up to 100 KVA 0.6m (24") ac power lines greater than 100 KVA Voltage Level Minimum Distance 0 - 100 V = 3 inches 101 - 200 V = 4 inches 201 - 300 V = 5 inches 301 - 400 V = 6 inches K. Surge Suppression Transient Electro-Magnetic Interference (EMI) can be generated when inductive loads such as relays, solenoids, motor starters, or motors are operated by "hard contacts" such as pushbutton or selector switches. These wiring guidelines require you guard your system against the effects of transient EMI by using surge-suppressors to suppress transient EMI at its source. Inductive loads switched by solid-state output devices alone do not require surge suppression. However, inductive loads of ac output modules that are in series or parallel with hard contacts require surge-suppression to protect the module output circuits as well as to suppress transient EMI. L. Use of Ferrite Beads Ferrite beads provide additional suppression of transient EMI. Fair-Rite Products Corporation manufactures ferrite beads, which can be slipped over category-2, 3, 5 and category-6 (type cable) conductors. Secure them with heat-shrink tubing or tie-wraps. A cable transient EMI induced onto the cable can be suppressed by a ferrite bead located near the end of the cable. The ferrite bead will suppress the EMI before it enters the equipment connected to the end of the cable. The correct device may be determined by contacting the manufacturer with the system design information. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-22 gauge. Cables shall be installed in a separate conduit and junction box system from any other conductor type. F. Cables shall be wire numbered to a unique and consistent numbering system, and referenced on the as-built documentation. Cables shall extend the entire length, with no intermediate splicing permitted. G. General Wiring Guidelines: Ethernet Cables should not be routed near equipment that generates strong electric or magnetic fields. The major concern is with routing near and around: Lights Motors Drive controllers Arc welders Conduit H. There are three categories of conductors: 1. AC Power Lines a. High-power digital ac 1/0 b. High-power digital do 1/0 C. Power connections (conductors) from motion drive to Motors 2. Analog 1/0 lines and do power lines for analog circuits a. Low-power digital ac/dc 1/0 lines b. Low-power digital 1/0 lines 3. Ethernet UP a. Low-voltage do power lines b. Communication cables to connect between systems c. components within the same enclosure The System integrator must plan the cable routing. The following guidelines coincide with the guidelines for "the installation of electrical equipment to minimize electrical noise inputs to controllers from external sources" in IEEE standard 518-1982 and Rockwell Publication ENET-IN001A-EN-P - January 2001, Planning Your Ethernet/IP/Serial Cable System. For more information on general wiring guidelines, see Rockwell publication 1770-4.1, Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines and the Telecommunications Industry Association publication TIA/EIA-607, Grounding and Bonding Requirements. Follow these guidelines for wiring all Ethernet/IP/Serial cables: a. If a cable must cross power lines, it should do so at right angles. Route at least 1.5m (5 ft) from high-voltage enclosures, or sources of rf/microwave radiation. If the conductor is in a metal wireway or conduit, each section of the wireway or conduit must be bonded to each adjacent section so that it has electrical continuity along its entire length, and must be bonded to the enclosure at the entry point. b. Only shielded Ethernet cables should be placed into metal conduit. If you need to protect or route your Ethernet cable in a Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-21 C. Each PLC rack Power Supply shall be over-sized so that it can operate any combination of equipment, which may be installed if the 1/0 rack(s) were fully loaded. Calculations shall be provided in the shop drawings to support the selected power supply. D. Analog input modules shall be equipped with eight 16-bit differential current analog inputs, configured for operation as 4-20 ma inputs. Modules shall be Allen Bradley Model 1746-N18. E. Analog output modules shall be equipped with four 16-bit differential current analog outputs, configured for operation as 4-20 ma outputs. Modules shall be Allen Bradley Model 1746-NO41. F. Discrete inputs and discrete outputs shall operate on 120V AC and be equipped with 16-points per card. Input modules shall be Allen Bradley Model 1746-IA16. Output modules shall be Allen Bradley Model 1746-OW16. G. The PLC shall be equipped with a Devicenet Scanner Module, which is designed to mount directly in the PLC rack and to communicate directly between the PLC, VFDs and Remote 1/0 as a standard product. Module shall be Allen Bradley Model 1747-SDN. H. Communications to the wireless system shall occur through the processor serial port using DF1 protocol. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment and expertise required to carry out the installation, calibration, testing and start-up of all equipment, in a manner in keeping with the best standard practices available, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for each piece of equipment supplied. B. All interface work shall be scheduled and coordinated with the City's staff, to minimize down time of any system. All modifications to existing and proposed wiring systems shall be carefully documented and included in the as-built documentation to be delivered at the end of the project. C. Careful attention should be paid to provide installations at each location that are both functionally and esthetically acceptable. D. All conduits used in conjunction with control panels or instrumentation of any kind shall be sealed using a suitable duct-sealing compound to minimize the possible damage caused by vapors or moisture. It shall be the responsibility of the System Integrator to verify that this is accomplished early in the project so that corrosion damage does not occur during the time of construction. E. All analog wiring shall be installed using twisted, shielded multi-conductor cables appropriate for the service intended. Cables shall have heavy protective PVC jackets and full braided shield. Conductors shall be multi-stranded, minimum 16- Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-20 G. Field 2-wire Analog Instrument Surge Protection 1. 4-20 mA dc, 24 VDC signal 2. Shall be: Dehn, DPI ME 24 N A2G H. Panel Line Power Surge Protection 1. 120 VAC, single channel per module 2. Shall be: Dehn, DG M TN 150. All electronic systems, equipment and devices provided in this contract shall be protected from surges. These protective devices shall be external to and installed in addition to the protective devices built into the equipment. Power and signal protection shall be installed in either in a NEMA 4X enclosure or in the enclosure which houses the equipment to be protected. 2.19 SIGNAL ISOLATORS A. Signal Isolators shall be provided to accept a 4-20 mA do signal from a process device and provide two isolated. proportional 4-20 mA signal output signals. B. The Signal Isolator shall provide a regulated power source as well as signal isolation and protection to the analog measurements. Signal Isolators shall be adjustable and fully configurable. C. The manufacturer shall guarantee signal isolators for a minimum of 3 years. Signal isolators shall be as manufactured by AGM, Phoenix Contact or approved equal. 2.20 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE OPTIONS A. Provide the Booster Pump Variable Frequency Drive Options per the specification section 16370 Variable Frequency Drives and per the Instrumentation & Controls P&ID contract drawings. B. The Sodium Hypochlorite Feed Pump VFDs (ABB 150 series drives) shall be provided by the Sodium Hypochlorite System Supplier and installed into the PLC Control cabinet by the Systems Integrator. The Integrator shall provide the necessary breakers and circuitry to power the VFDs and provide the specified functionality. See instrumentation drawings for the necessary controls associated with the VFDs. 2.21 PLC EQUIPMENT A. The programmable controller at the Pump Control Panel/SCADA Panel shall be an Allen Bradley SLC-5/05, CPU Model 1747-1-552, with local racks and with analog and discrete inputs and outputs as required to fulfill the SCADA requirements of this project. All components of the PLC system shall be of a single manufacturer. B. The PLC processor memory shall be backed by an EEPROM provided as part of this contract. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-19 O. All enclosures shall be Hoffman, Stahlin or approved equal. 2.17 ANALOG LOOP SUPPLY AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION A. Each analog instrument and system shall be provided with an appropriate modular, regulated power supply with sufficient power to drive all loop components, conductors and accessories. Analog signals shall be communicated using twisted, shielded stranded signal cable with braided shield and waterproof jacket, suitable for the service intended. The Instrumentation System Integrator shall coordinate the installation of the signal wiring and provide appropriate installation procedures. B. All signal wiring shall be installed in metallic conduit, which is physically separated from power conduits. Shields shall be wired to drain only at one end, and terminated to a proper ground connection. Bare drains shall not contact the metallic conduit at any point. The cable shall be tested after installation for verification of total isolation of the drain to the conduit. Signal loops shall be provided with signal line surge protection at every panel or at any instrument or device which is separated from the panel by more than 20 feet. Signal isolation shall be as described below. 2.1$ SURGE AND TRANSIENT PROTECTION - POWER, CONTROL AND ANALOG SIGNAL A. General: All electronic systems, equipment and devices provided in this contract shall be protected from surges. B. Analog instruments, such as analyzers, flow meters, etc. shall be protected from power spikes and surges at each end of the signal cable. C. Provide surge protection on the line side of instruments, Motor Control Centers, local control panels and unit control panels. Protection shall be provided at panel entry points for power and signals. D. Field mounted 4-20 mADC two wire transmitters shall be equipped with field mounted transient protectors. Field mounted four wire transmitters shall be equipped with appropriately rated transient protectors on both line and load side. Discrete signals (PLC 1/0) shall be connected to surge compensated terminals. Field instruments and networks with specialty protocol require compatible data rated surge and lightning protectors to function. All communications lines using a coaxial or other metallic wired interface, such as DH+ (Blue Hose), DeviceNet (Yellow Hose) or Remote 1/0 (Blue Hose) shall be protected from surges using appropriate low voltage, multi-conductor devices. E. Discrete Input Surge Protection: 1. 120 VAC, single channel per module 2. Shall be: Dehn, DR M 2P 150. F. Analog Input Surge Protection: 1. 120 VAC, single channel per module 2. Shall be: Dehn, DCO RK ME 24 and End Plate 919 979. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-18 H. The Pump Control Panel/SCADA panel shall be a two-door, floor-mounted enclosures. Enclosure component layout shall be designed for ease of troubleshooting and maintenance. Each SCADA panel shall be designed to accept a minimum of 20% expansion and future Input-output requirements (double the initial installation). Incoming wiring terminal strips shall be provided to accommodate 20% spare terminals. All surge arrestors, control relays and related devices shall be din-rail mounted. Din rails shall be installed with sufficient room to double the initial installed component list. PLCs shall be installed using the initial rack configuration shown. Space shall be provided on the back plane for an 1/0 expansion rack. J. There shall be generally three type conductors used on this project: power conductors, communications conductors and signal conductors. Each shall be installed in separate conduits, and separated from the others, to minimize the effect of noise. K. All panel-mounted controls shall be corrosion resistant NEMA 4X. Selector switches, push buttons, pilot lights, and other pilot devices, shall be push-to-test, heavy duty oil-tight units, Allen Bradley Bulletin 800H or approved equal. L. Discrete signals to pilot lights and analog signals to digital indicators shall be provided so that isolated signals will also provide simultaneous input to the PLC. M. Devices for monitoring and control of each Sodium Hypochlorite Pump (typical of two) and monitoring process flow and pressure shall be located on the Pump Control Panel door for operator access as follows and where X represents the pump number: 1. HS-10XA - Hand-Off-Remote Hand Switch. (Qty. 2) 2. SIC-10XB - Manual Speed Potentiometer (Qty. 2) 3. Hand position starts pump and allows VFD speed control by use of the potentiometer. 4. Remote position allows PLC control of pump start/stop and VFD speed. 5. Pilot Light OL-10XB Pump RUN status from VFD (Qty. 2) 6. Pilot Light OA-10XA VFD FAIL signal from VFD (Qty. 2) 7. PI-116 - Analog Indication of Discharge Pressure from PIT-116 8. FI-111 - Analog Indication of Discharge Flow from FIT-111 9. FI-112 - Analog Indication of Tank Inlet Flow from FIT-112 L. Other controls shall be provided as required to accomplish the required operation and controls. All devices shall be heavy-duty industrial quality appropriate for the service intended and designed to provide many years of service under the conditions and usage of this application. M. Each panel shall contain appropriate surge protection for both the power line system feeding the instruments and the signal lines to and from various locations. N. Enclosures in environmentally controlled areas shall be NEMA 12, painted ANSI 61 Gray. Enclosures in non-environmentally controlled areas shall be NEMA 4X, 316 Stainless Steel, powder epoxy coated white with sunshields Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVe Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-17 2.15 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES A. In addition to the power and signal line surge protection described in these specifications, each panel shall be provided with an Uninterruptible Power Supply for ride-through of momentary loss of station power. B. The UPS shall be suitable for mounting on a shelf installed within the control panel and shall provide a minimum of 20 minutes of operation of all protected components plus 20% spare capacity. Where a shelf is not suitable the UPS shall be din rail mounted. C. A power failure control relay, not powered by the UPS, shall be installed in the control panel. A normally open contact of the power failure control relay shall be wired as a discrete input to the PLC to indicate a "POWER FAILURE" to the PLC. D. The wiring of the control panel shall be configured to provide UPS power to all PLC and Devicenet Components, as well as providing UPS power for all of the various instruments and devices powered remotely from the Pump Control Panel, each on a separate breaker E. UPS shall be Powerware, APC or Sola Industrial brand and shall be installed on a stand or Backpanel mounted via din rail. 2.16 CONTROL PANEL DESIGN & FABRICATION A. All control panels shall be as shown in the contract drawings. Panels shall have stainless steel hinges and hardware. Control panels shall be provided with quick release, luggage type latches, and a lock hasp suitable for a standard sized external pad-lock. B. All panels shall be slightly over-sized to provide uncrowded mounting of all devices for ease of troubleshooting and maintenance. All devices shall be mounted and wired in a neat and workmanlike manner. Each component shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved legend plates. C. Wiring shall be color-coded and numbered in a manner that promotes ease of system understanding. Each panel shall be provided with a detailed wiring schematic and component schematic, which shall be laminated and permanently installed in the inside of the enclosure. Additional schematic copies shall be provided in the as-built documentation. D. Wiring which enters or leaves the enclosure shall be terminated to large lug type terminal strips, designed to accommodate minimum 16 AWG wiring, and permanently numbered consistent with the component schematic. These wiring termination strips shall be located with ample room to allow field wiring to be terminated in a neat and workmanlike manner. E. Appropriate panel mounting hardware shall be provided and installed in order to assure that the panel is rigidly installed. F. Panel locations shall be individually selected for best operational and aesthetic considerations. Wherever practical, panels shall be mounted inside a building. G. Outdoor enclosures shall utilize wall mounted or stanchion mounting rack support systems using stainless steel mounting hardware and stainless steel Unistrut. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-16 D. Provide Ethernet Patch cables for the Operator Interface and the PLC connection to the switch. See Contract Drawings for details. 2.13 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS PANEL A. In addition to the equipment listed in the 13310 - Spread Spectrum Radio Communications section, the equipment listed in this section shall be provided in the Radio Communications Panel. B. FLEX 1/0: Devicenet Communications Adapter: Shall be: Allen-Bradley 1794-ADN. C. FLEX 1/0: Analog Input Module (Al): 1. Four (4) point, isolated analog input. 2. Shall be: Allen-Bradley, 1794-IF41. D. Devicenet to Fiber Optic Media Converter: 1. Compatible with 850nm fiber optic cable, ST connectors on fiber optic side. 2. Integral link termination resistor. 3. Utilize base and expansion modules as required. 4. Shall be: Phoenix Contact, PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO 850/BM(or EM.) 5. Provide (1) for the Radio Communication Panel and (1) for the PCP-100 Panel. 2.14 PROCESS VARIABLE INDICATORS A. Digital Indicators shall be provided to indicate rates and readings in digital format in true Engineering Units. Indicators shall accept a 4-20 MA signal and shall be programmable through the front panel to provide scaling, calibration, options and accessories. B. All digital indicators shall be identical in features and accessories, for commonality of spare parts. Digital indicators shall provide an isolated 4-20 ma retransmission output with a range which is user configurable over any portion of the indicated value. C. Indicators shall be installed on the front panel of the enclosure, and shall be accompanied with an engraved nameplate describing the measurement application, range and units. The final As-Built documentation shall be provided with a tabulation of the Programming Setpoints used in each digital indicator, so that the initial calibration can be re-produced when a spare is installed. D. Digital Indicators shall be RED LION, Model, IMP-23-167, no approved equals. E. SPARE PARTS: The System Integrator shall provide one spare digital indicator equal to those installed. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-15 A. A network communications system shall be provided, which links the PLC panel with the VFDs and the Ground Storage Tank Level (located in the Radio Communications Panel) using Devicenet. B. Each Devicenet channel shall consist of a scanner module at the PLC, special "yellow-hose" Devicenet communications cable, a dedicated Devicenet power supply, approved surge arrestors at each drop, terminators and appropriate accessory components and connectors. C. The Systems Integrator shall be responsible for providing the system components and configuration, addressing, communications links and related engineering required to provide a complete and working system. 2.11 OPERATOR INTERFACE (OPI) A. An Operator Interface panel shall be provided at the SCADA panels as shown in the drawings, to provide system status and control information at the local Pump Control Panel. Each OPI shall be a XP Professional Industrial Workstation with 15-inch flat panel TFT XGA (1024 x 768) color display and an Analog Resistive touch screen. B. The industrial operator interface shall be designed to operate directly on Ethernet and able to provide real time updates from PLCs linked to that data highway. The OPI shall provide sufficient memory for more than 200 pages of process graphics and 500 real and discrete data points. C. The OPI shall be industrially hardened, for usage 24 hours per day, and shall be rated NEMA 4. The unit shall be mounted in the door of the Pump Control Panel enclosure. D. The Systems Integrator shall provide OPI hardware, operating system and Citect software, drivers, power supplies and accessories required for a complete system. The OPI shall be configured with CitectSCADA 500 pt. runtime software. All documentation shall be provided. Application programming for the OPI will be provided as a separate task outside of this contract. E. The software shall be licensed to the City of Clearwater Department of Public Utilities with a contact person to be designated by the Owner. The software license shall be delivered to the Owner's project representative separate from any other deliverable items. F. Operator Interface shall be the XYCOM Model PS371OA-512-XP40 with 15.0" XGA color flat panel display, touch screen, Intel@ Pentium@ M 1.6 GHz CPU, Graphics Controller (64 MB video RAM), 1 GIG DRAM, 40 GB hard drive, DVDW, Floppy, 4 D-sub serial, 2 USB, Ethernet, Audio, AC Power, NEMA 4. 2.12 ETHERNET SWITCH A. Provide and install an unmanaged Ethernet switch to connect the Operator Interface and the PLC in an Ethernet network. B. The switch shall provide a minimum of 5 TP-RJ45, 10/100 mbps autonegotiation ports C. The switch shall be: Phoenix Contact, FL SWITCH SFN 5TX or approved equal. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-14 G. The unit shall be provided with the necessary mounting hardware and shall be installed at the location specified by the contract drawings. H. The point level control system shall be AMETEK Drexelbrook Series Z02-X- Series or approved equal. 2.8 SMOKE AND HEAT DETECTOR A. Smoke/heat detector sensors shall be installed in the ceiling of each room (2 in pump room) of the pump station for remote notification of alarm conditions. B. The unit shall meet the following minimal requirements 1. Photoelectric with heat sensor type 2. Compliant with UL 217 as a minimum 3. Operating voltage shall be 24 VDC 4. Alarm output through a Normally Open Contact 5. Two-color LEAD to indicate operating state 6. Integral test button and electronic horn 7. Operating temperature of 100 F 8. Relative humidity of up to 95% 9. Mounting to a 4-inch octagon or gang box C. Interposing relays shall be used as necessary to interface with the PLC. The PLC Control Panel shall supply the sensors with the required 24 VDC for operation utilizing a separate power supply. D. Unit shall be System Sensor, Model 2151T with B112LP Plug-in Detector Base or approved equal. 2.9 CHECK VALVE LIMIT SWITCH A. General: Limit switches shall sense the position of the booster pump discharge check valves to determine pump flow and operate a SPDT switch to actuate alarms or control circuits. The switch contacts shall be rated for up to 10-ampere maximum load at 120 VAC, 60 Hz. B. The Limit Switch shall consist of a lever sensor and operating head. The lever sensor shall be 316 stainless steel or other material suitable for the application. The lever sensor shall be a roller type or pushpin arm to allow reaction to the movement of the check valve arm and as required based on the specific requirements of the installation. The operating head shall be housed in a NEMA 4 enclosure with an electrical conduit connection. C. Operating Conditions: The switch shall be field adjusted for correct operation. Repeatability of sensing shall be within 1.0 percent of full switch range. D. Manufacturer: Lever type limit switch shall be model 802T type as manufactured by Allen Bradley or approved equal. 2.10 DEVICENET COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-13 E. The Residual Chlorine Monitor shall provide a display of residual chlorine concentration directly in PPM on a backlit LCD display. The overall display range shall be programmable for ranges of either 0-2.000 PPM or 0-20.00 PPM using the keys on the front of the unit. In the low range, the display shall show residual chlorine concentrations with a resolution of 1 PPB. F. For remote monitoring, an isolated 4-20 mA output shall be provided, capable of driving loop loads up to 600 ohms. The 4-20 mA output shall be programmable for any span from a minimum of 0-0.1 PPM to a maximum of 0-20 PPM. For alarm purposes, the monitor shall contain two independent alarm relays, which shall be programmable for setpoint, hysteresis, and time delay. G. The Residual Chlorine Monitor shall be housed in a compact NEMA 4X wall- mount enclosure. All programming and calibration functions shall be done through the front panel keys and a keyboard software lock shall be included to avoid unauthorized tampering with alarm or calibration settings. H. The complete Residual Chlorine Monitor shall be Model Al 5/79 as manufactured by Analytical Technology, Inc., no approved equals. 2.7 NaOCI LEAK DETECTOR A. A point level admittance-type switch shall be provided for monitoring the chemical storage area sump for indication of chemical leaks. B. The point level control shall consist of a 120 VAC, 60 Hz electronic unit and a rugged NPT sensing element. The electronic unit shall be integrally mounted to the sensing element. C. The sensing element shall be of rigid design and shall have an injection molded pressure seal suitable for handling pressures to 200psi and temperatures to 250°F. The pressure seal must maintain integrity in applications where temperatures and pressure are cycled. The sensing element shall not use compression type packing gland to maintain pressure seal. The sensing element shall be abrasion-resistant and or shall be made of a material that resists chemical attack. D. The electronic unit shall be a radio frequency admittance type, with circuitry designed to ignore errors generated by coating "build-up" on the sensing element, and shall be immune to changes in product density and ambient temperature. The electronic unit shall have 100 Amp static protection built in. E. Ambient temperature limits of the electronic unit shall be -40°F to 140°F. Output signals shall be DPDT relay contacts rated 120 Vac, 5A non-inductive, 3A inductive. A single calibration control point shall be provided. The electronic unit shall be furnished in a fail-safe configuration and be field convertible for low or high level. Operating response time shall not exceed 200 milliseconds. The electronic unit shall have a time delay adjustment with up to 60 seconds response time. The time delay shall be field selectable for forward or reverse action to provide a delay into alarm or on recovery from an alarm condition. F. The electronic unit shall be mounted in a weatherproof/explosion proof housing, which shall meet NEMA 1-5 and 12 area classifications. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-12 actuator shall contain two defined control chambers that can be removed as one distinct assembly. C. Each valve shall be equipped with a solenoid valve, with 120 VAC coil. Normally, the valve shall operate to maintain an upstream pressure set on the pilot valve (pressure sustaining). When energizing the solenoid, the main valve shall close. When de-energizing, the valve shall operate normally in the pressure relief / pressure-sustaining mode to prevent over-pressurization with relief into the tank. The valve shall be equipped with a rising stem indicator and limit switch to indicate valve position. The valve shall be equipped with an oversized strainer to promote low maintenance. D. The valve shall operate. at a pressure ranging from 60 - 100 PSI, therefore, the valve shall be equipped with a V-port throttling plug to promote control with a high range of differential control. E. Valves shall be Bermad, series 735, with special components and accessories as described herein or approved equal. 2.6 TOTAL CHLORINE RESIDUAL. ANALYZER A. On-line residual chlorine monitors shall be provided to continuously measure total residual chlorine. Each Chlorine Monitor shall consist of a residual chlorine chemistry module and an electronic monitor housed in a NEMA 4X surface mount enclosure. B. Chlorine monitors shall measure total residual chlorine using the EPA recommended method of reaction of the sample with potassium iodide and measurement of the iodine released by the chlorine in solution. The released iodine shall be measured by air stripping the iodine out of the treated sample and passing the air/iodine gas stream past a special gas phase iodine sensor. This method shall insure that the residual chlorine concentration can be read continuously without contact between the sensor and the wastewater sample. C. The chemistry module component shall provide the sample conditioning and air stripping components required for chlorine measurement. Peristaltic pumps shall provide sample and reagent metering, with quick-load pump heads to facilitate tube changes. Air stripping of the iodine shall occur in a special stripping chamber with air supplied from an internal diaphragm pump. Airflow shall be controlled at a fixed flowrate using a precision metering valve, and an internal rotameter shall provide flow indication. A sample overflow assembly shall be provided on the outside of the chemistry module. This, assembly shall allow high sample flowrates (10-20 GPH) to the analyzer to reduce sample transport time to a minimum. D. The sensor for the total chlorine measurement shall be a special gas phase iodine sensor which plugs into the side of the stripping chamber. Air passages in the stripping chamber shall direct the airflow from the sample column directly to the sensor. The sensor shall generate a current signal linearly proportional to measured iodine concentration, and a 25-foot sensor cable shall be supplied for connection to the chlorine monitor. The sensor shall have a quick-disconnect plug at the back to facilitate sensor replacement when necessary. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-11 digital signal superimposed on the 4-20 mA output signal, with a remote interface device. Output signal damping shall be provided, with an adjustable time constant of 0-36 seconds. M. Where scheduled, gage pressure indicating transmitters shall be calibrated in feet of liquid for liquid level service. Refer to the Contract Drawings for installations and applications. N. Pressure indicating transmitters shall be Rosemount Model 3051 CG or approved equal. 2.4 PRESSURE SUSTAINING VALVE A. Self-contained Y-pattern control valves shall be installed as shown to control the pressure in the system by allowing reclaimed water to flow into the reclaimed water storage tank. The System Integrator shall coordinate the control and wiring interface to these valves to provide an appropriate control interface as described herein. B. The valve shall consist of a wide Y-pattern body, hydrodynamically designed with semi-straight flow, a double-chambered diaphragm actuator, hydraulically actuated. The body shall have a single removable seat with full flow opening free of bottom stem guide and a resilient sealing disc for drip-tight closing. The valve diaphragm actuator shall contain two defined control chambers that can be removed as one distinct assembly. C. Each valve shall be equipped with a solenoid valve, with 120 VAC coil. Normally, the valve shall operate to maintain an upstream pressure set on the pilot valve (pressure sustaining). When de-energizing the solenoid, the main valve shall close. When energized, the valve shall operate normally in the pressure-sustaining mode, allowing the tank to fill. The valve shall be equipped with a rising stem indicator and limit switch to indicate valve position. The valve shall be equipped with an oversized strainer to promote low maintenance. D. The valve shall operate at a pressure ranging from 20 to 75 PSI, therefore, the valve shall be equipped with a V-port throttling plug to promote control with a high range of differential control. E. Valves shall be Bermad, series 735, with special components and accessories as described herein or approved equal. 2.5 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE A. Self-contained Y-pattern control valves shall be installed as shown to prevent the system from over pressure by allowing reclaimed water to flow into the reclaimed water storage tank under over pressure conditions. The System integrator shall coordinate the control and wiring interface to these valves to provide an appropriate control interface as described herein. B. The valve shall consist of a wide Y-pattem body, hydrodynamically designed with semi-straight flow, a double-chambered diaphragm actuator, hydraulically actuated. The body shall have a single removable seat with full flow opening free of bottom stem guide and a resilient sealing disc for drip-tight closing. The valve diaphragm Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-10 L. The INTEGRATOR shall install the.transmitter for the Ground Storage Tank in the Radio Comm Panel located at the base of the Ground Storage Tank. This panel shall also include Flex 1/0 using Devicenet communications to integrate the level signal into the PLC system. M. Spare parts: Provide one (1) spare Ultrasonic Level Transmitter and one (1) spare transducer of each type used. Supply transducer with the longest cable utilized in the project for that type sensor. 2.3 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS A. Pressure transmitters shall be of the capacitance type, with a process isolated diaphragm with silicone oil fill, microprocessor based "smart" electronics, and a field adjustable 30:1 input range. B. Span and zero shall be continuously adjustable externally over the entire range. Span and zero adjustments shall be capable of being disabled internally. C. Transmitters shall be NEMA 4X weatherproof and corrosion resistant construction with low copper aluminum body and 316 stainless steel process wetted parts. D. Accuracy, including nonlinearity, hysteresis, and repeatability errors shall be plus or minus 0.10 percent of calibrated span, zero based. The maximum zero elevation and maximum zero suppression shall be adjustable to anywhere within sensor limits. E. Output shall be linear isolated 4-20mA, 24 VDC. Power supply shall be 24 VDC, two wire design. F. Each transmitter shall be furnished with a 4 digit LCD indicator capable of displaying engineering units and/or milliamps, and mounting hardware as required. G. Overload capacity shall be rated at a minimum of 25 MPa. Environmental limits shall be 40 to 85 °C at zero to one hundred percent (0-100%) relative humidity. H. Each transmitter shall have a stainless steel tag with calibration data, attached to body. The capacitance pressure sensor shall be mechanically, electrically and thermally isolated from the process and the environment, shall include an integral temperature compensation sensor, and shall provide a digital signal to the transmitters electronics for further processing. J. Factory set correction coefficients shall be stored in the sensors non volatile memory for correction and linearization of the sensor output in the electronics section. K. The electronics section shall correct the digital signal from the sensor, and convert it into a 4-20 mA analog signal for transmission to receiving devices. L. The electronics section shall contain configuration parameters and diagnostic data in non volatile EEPROM memory, and shall be capable of communicating, via a Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-9 E. Level transmitters shall be provided with optional integral analog signal isolators, as part of the transmitter assembly. All conduit connections shall be sealed to prevent damage or corrosion due to vapors or wetness. F. Ultrasonic Level Transmitters shall be Milltronics Hydroranger Plus with Echomax XPS-15 sensors. Transmitters shall be installed using the appropriate level transducer, suitable for the range of the installation. The cable provided with the transducer shall be of sufficient length to provide installation without splicing the cable at any point. G. . The Integrator shall provide mounting hardware components and appropriate mounting assistance to install and secure the transducers in a manner in keeping with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the equipment and in keeping with the general details provided in the drawings. All hardware shall be fabricated from corrosion resistant materials and shall utilize stainless steel hardware. The mounting system shall be secure and permanent and shall allow easy access to the sensor for servicing. All cables shall be installed in suitable rigid conduit with only short lengths of flexible conduit allowed to complete the installation. H. In cases where the transducer is used to monitor a covered wetwell, the transducer shall be installed using a hinged protective enclosure. The enclosure shall be a special corrosion resistant instrument enclosure made of polyurethane, and stainless steel hardware. Enclosures shall be model C-6, as provided by O'Brien Corp, St. Louis, Missouri. The case shall be secured to the slab using heavy anchors over an appropriately sized hole cored through the slab. The enclosure shall also have a hole in the bottom to match the hole in the slab so that the transducer can be easily installed from above. The transducer shall be installed on a heavy aluminum plate which would lie in the bottom of the enclosure and allow the transducer to extend into the cored hole. In cases where the transducer is used to monitor a water storage tank or other type of location, the Integrator shall provide a mounting design and mounting hardware to provide an installation which is appropriate for the operation of the device and easily maintained. For storage tanks, the transducer shall be mounted above the tank or a suitable bracket extending out far enough from the tank sides to receive an accurate signal over the entire level range without reflections off the tank sides. The transmitter shall be mounted at a convenient ground-level working height as noted on the system drawings. In cases where the transducer is used on a chemical storage tank, the transducer shall be provided with a flange mounted arrangement to match the connection point on the storage tank. Flange sizes and type will be coordinated with that equipment supplier. K. In cases where the transducer is used in a highly turbulent area, the sensor shall be flange mounted to a stilling well to minimize incorrect responses to wave action in the liquid. The stilling well shall be a six (6) inch PVC pipe which shall extend the entire depth of the measured range and to below the normal low liquid level. The stilling well shall have holes drilled periodically along the length sufficient to allow adequate response to changes in liquid level. The stilling well shall be supported in a manner which produces a rigid installation minimizing the movement due to the turbulent liquid. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-8 B. The propeller meters shall be designed -to operate continuously at any flow rate within the rated range. The propeller meter shall be able to operate at 150% of the maximum for short periods of time not greater than 10% - 15% of the time. C. Flowmeters shall be in-line propeller-type meter, sized according to the contract drawings and specifications. The meter tube shall be constructed of epoxy- coated carbon steel coated inside and out with 12-15 mils of NSF approved fusion bonded epoxy. The impeller shall be manufactured of high-impact plastic and the shaft shall be 316 stainless steel with 440C stainless ball bearings. Straightening vanes shall be utilized as required by flow conditions. The tube shall be provided with 150# ANSI flanges. D. Standard registers shall be hermetically sealed and provide an instantaneous flow rate indicator and six-digit straight-reading totalizer. Accuracy shall be 2% of reading and repeatability shall be 0.25% or better. E. The meter shall include a two-wire 4-20 mA DC transmitter interface proportional to flow rate. The transmitter shall be compatible with the mechanical register and shall not require meter tube removal to replace or repair. Supply voltage shall be 24 VDC. F. Meters shall be as manufactured by M cCro mete r/Water Specialties, model ML- 04-5G, equipped with the model TR15 flow transmitter for 4-20 mA DC SCADA interface. 2.2 LEVEL TRANSMITTER, ULTRASONIC TYPE A. Ultrasonic transmitters shall be provided to measure the Reclaimed Water Ground Storage and Sodium Hypochlorite Bulk Storage tank levels. Equipment shall be provided with features and accessories as described herein, suitable for the application. B. Ultrasonic level transmitters shall meet the following specifications as a minimum: 1. NEMA 4X enclosure 2. 120VAC, 60Hz input power 3. Process display with keypad for menu driven configuration 4. One (1) isolated 4-20ma output 5. One (1) alarm relay output 6. Non-volatile memory 7. Accuracy: 0.25 % C. The Integrator shall provide all mounting hardware and coordinate the details of the installation so that the instruments are installed in keeping with the best standard and recommended practices of the manufacturer and conforming to the requirements set forth by the Engineer. D. Level transmitters shall be fully programmable and configurable using a key pad. The final As-Built documentation shall be provided with a tabulation of the Programming Parameters used in each level transmitter so that the initial calibration can be re-produced if a spare transmitter is installed. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-7 15. The maintenance instructions shall describe the detailed preventive and corrective procedures required, including environmental requirements during equipment storage and system operation, to keep the System in good operating condition. All hardware maintenance documentation shall make reference to appropriate diagnostics, where applicable, and all necessary wiring diagrams, component drawings and PCB schematic drawings shall be included. 1.7 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS IN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. In some cases, schematics have been included in the contract drawings to clarify the intended control function and to explain typical interactions of system components. B. These schematics are "simplified" versions of the required systems. These schematics provide recommended details for various aspects of the system design. They do not purport to include all of the details and components of the total system design. It shall be the responsibility of the system supplier to design the entire control system in compliance with the purposes intended, and the functions described herein. 1.8 SPARE PARTS A. The Systems Integrator shall provide various spare parts as described herein and throughout these specifications. B. Spare parts shall be provided sealed in the original boxes and shall include all user manuals, mounting brackets and terminal blocks and accessories. These parts are considered in addition to the components installed in the project. C. Spare parts to be provided include: 1. One (1) PLC CPU module 2. One (1) PLC Input and Output module of each type used 3. One (1) PLC communication module of each type used 4. One (1) power supply of each type used (PLC, analog signal and Devicenet). 5. Five (5) surge arrestors of each type used. D. The Systems Integrator shall verify the part numbers as needed, so that the equipment provided represents identical replacement inventory for the installed SCADA hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 IN-LINE PROPELLER FLOW METER A. An integrated flowmeter system from a single manufacturer shall be provided to monitor discharge flow from the pumps and inlet flow into the ground storage tank. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-6 4. Software system requirements and installation instructions F. Laminated or water/tear resistant copies of all applicable instrumentation and control system drawings shall be supplied in drawing pocket of each control enclosure after "as installed, corrected, and accepted" revisions have been made to the enclosure. G. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Manufacturer standard O&M manuals for all equipment and software furnished. 2. Custom O&M information describing the specific configuration of equipment and software, and the operation and maintenance requirements for this particular project. 3. The manuals shall contain all illustrations, detailed drawings, wiring diagrams and instructions necessary for installing, operating and maintaining the equipment. 4. All modifications to manufacturer standard equipment and/or components shall be clearly identified and shown on the drawings and schematics. All information contained therein shall apply specifically to the equipment furnished and shall only include instructions that are applicable. 5. A functional description of the entire system, with references to drawings and instructions. 6. A complete "as built" set of all approved shop drawings, which shall reflect all work required to achieve final system acceptance. 7. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges, configuration parameters and other pertinent data. 8. Full specifications on each item. 9. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. 10. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures. 11. Complete parts lists with stock numbers and name, address and telephone number of the local supplier. 12. References to manufacturers' standard literature where applicable. 13. Warning notes shall be located throughout the manual where such notes are required to prevent accidents or inadvertent misuse of equipment. 14. The operating instructions shall clearly describe the step by step procedures that must be followed to implement all phases of all operating modes. The instructions shall be in terms understandable and usable by operating personnel and maintenance crews and shall be useful in the training of such personnel. 5kycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-5 numbering, terminal strip location and numbering, wire color code and termination designations at each device. G. The Loop Diagrams shall meet the minimum requirements of ISA S5.4. The physical location of each component, in every loop, shall be clearly designated, both in the panel and in the field. H. Field Wiring Diagrams shall be provided, showing all wiring interconnections between equipment, panels, junction boxes, and field mounted devices. The diagram shall identify each cable and conductor by size and type (i.e. gage, THHN, twisted, shielded, coaxial, etc.), as well as color code and numbering. Termination details shall be included at the panel, at the field device termination point, as well as any intermediate connections required. Installation. Details shall be provided for each field mounted device, which shall include mounting details, piping, tubing, wiring connections, pilot tube routing, materials and accessories and other necessary details required for proper equipment installation. 1.6 OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prior to installation of any equipment onsite, preliminary O&M manuals shall have been submitted and approved. No installation of equipment shall be permitted without the Contractor maintaining an updated version of these preliminary O&M manuals onsite for the Owner's and Engineer's use. B. After all field changes or corrections made during installation and field check out have been completed, then all system supplier documentation, including drawings, shall be revised to reflect the "as installed, corrected and accepted" condition of the system and final record copies of O&M manuals for the system shall be provided to the Owner and Engineer for approval. C. Final system documentation shall be provided in 3-hole type binders of archival quality (e.g. slant D or elliptical binding, vinyl with metal hinge or extra heavy weight vinyl, etc.) with a binding no larger than 3". Materials shall be printed on 8.5" x 11" or 11" x 17" tear resistant paper or ring reinforced paper where tear resistant is not available. Drawings shall be either folded to fit within an 8.5" x 11" binder or in an 11" x 17" 3-hole binder. Each binder shall include fifteen percent (15%) spare space for the addition of future material. Tear resistant paper shall be Xerox Never Tear or equal. D. Electronic documentation shall be shall be organized and provided on CD which shall include all CAD drawings, manuals and word processing documents. Electronic documentation formats shall Adobe pdf, AutoCAD, and Microsoft Office documents, HTML, or as approved by the Engineer or Owner. E. All electronic media (i.e. software, electronic documentation, configuration files/reports, device backups, etc.) shall be provided with two (2) backup copies, each organized into a separate binder. Media storage binders shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Table of contents 2. Archival media holders (e.g. CD, DVD, floppy, tape disk, etc.) 3. Support contacts (i.e. company, phone, internet link, etc.) Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-4 acceptance to the Consultant five days before bidding the project. Should the Systems Integrator bid this contract without such notification before the bid it shall be construed as an acceptance by him of all claims or questions. Provide any questions to the Consultant in the form of a. written Request for Information (RFI). C. Additional hardware may be required to achieve proper interface or systems operation, (i.e. signal converters, signal re-transmitters, interposing relays and similar items). These shall be provided and installed by the Systems Integrator as part of the total systems responsibility at no additional cost to the City, to form a system which is well ordered and complete. D. The Contractor, with the Owner's concurrence, shall select the Systems Integrator from one of the names listed below, or an approved equal: 1. Curry Controls, Lakeland, FI 2. Commerce Controls Inc., Largo, FL 3. DCR Engineering, Tampa, FL 4. Revere Controls, Birmingham, Alabama 5. Rocha Controls, Tampa, FL 1.5 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. The shop drawing submittals shall provide detailed information specific to the project requirements as outlined below: B. Catalog cuts and Component Data Sheets shall be provided for each individual component, device, system or subsystem supplied as a component of this project. Catalog cuts shall include catalog information, descriptive literature, application information, operating ranges, and accuracy statements, wiring diagrams, power sources, options and accessories. C. All applicable options or accessories shall be marked with dark arrows so that the exact model, configuration and accessories are clearly delineated. Each catalog cut shall be accompanied with an appropriate component data sheet which shall summarize the job-specific data which describes each component supplied, with specific data including manufacturer, model number, scale, range, set-points, options included, materials of construction, mounting hardware, power requirements and accessories. D. A Bill of Materials shall be provided, which shall list all of the instruments, equipment, panels and devices supplied in this project, grouped by remote location designations, and identified by code numbers consistently and systematically. The tabulation shall include as a minimum the instrument name and model, the code number, a description, options and accessories provided and the quantities. E. Panel Drawings shall be provided for each enclosure, control panel, or system schematic provided. Drawings shall include front panel elevation and layout of the internal panel components, drawn to scale. Panel drawings shall be fully detailed showing hinges, doors, latches, subpanels, component cutouts, panel face mounted devices, nameplates and service legends. F. Also, complete control diagrams shall be provided, in ladder and loop schematic form, showing all wiring details, including all devices, electrical connections, wire Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-3 B. Section 13320 Fiber Optic Communications System C. Section 13330 Software Services D. Section 11348 Sodium Hypochlorite System E. Section 16370 Variable Frequency Drives 1.3 INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that each part of the instrumentation work specified forms part of an integral system, and as such shall be supplied by one supplier. The supplier (System Integrator) shall provide all of the equipment and appurtenances regardless of manufacture, and shall be responsible to the Contractor for satisfactory operation of the entire system, except as described herein as provided by others. B. The System Integrator shall be responsible to oversee the coordination between the proposed instrumentation and the controls, and providing system start-up and calibration services so that the entire hardware system operates as intended. C. A professional System Integrator shall take responsibility for the work provided under this Section and for other related instrumentation. D. Work shall include but not be limited to the following: Provide all instruments regardless of manufacturer, and apply total Systems Integration Engineering to assure that each component is appropriate for the service intended, and that it is applied and utilized in keeping with the recommended standards of practice designated by the manufacturer. E. The Systems Integrator shall also oversee the installation, start-up and calibration of every system component to verify that all details of the system are properly executed. F. The Systems Integrator shall provide technical services including interface design, coordination with related equipment and systems provided by others, equipment installation, system calibration and operator training. G. The Systems Integrator shall include time for demonstrating the operation of provided equipment and performing a complete Input/Output and functional test to the Owner's software programming representative. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Available System Integrators: A single sub-contractor shall be designated as the Systems Integrator. This supplier shall be responsible for all of the specialized controls and instrumentation for the project. The instrumentation Systems Integrator shall provide all engineering, equipment, materials, and hardware as well as assuring proper installation, adjustment, calibration, and startup of all systems, regardless of manufacturer. B. The Systems Integrator shall be a company, which is regularly engaged in the business of instrumentation systems integration in the state of Florida for the water and wastewater industry. The Systems Integrator shall examine these Contract Documents and provide a written, paragraph-by-paragraph and drawing Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-2 SECTION 13300 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide an approved professional Systems Integrator to have total system responsibility for instrumentation, controls, services, and systems as indicated in the contract drawings and described herein. B. This section of the specifications shall be considered as a single unit and shall be included in.the single source responsibility from the Systems Integrator. C. The Systems Integrator, working together with the Contractor, shall provide and install the total instrumentation requirements for System Controls and Instrumentation as described herein and shown in the contract drawings. D. This project provides for a complete Instrumentation and Control System for the Skycrest Booster Pump Station and a communications link to the Marshall Street Advanced Pollution Control Facility, as specified herein. E. The SCADA system will utilize standard industrial Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), which shall be installed at the Pump Control Panel (PCP) and wireless Spread Spectrum Radio communications between the above sites. F. The PLC shall be connected to every major instrument and piece of equipment to provide complete monitoring of all equipment and process measurements and provide local sequencing logic and control for the station. G. The System Integrator shall provide various levels of training, and spare parts, as described in these specifications. Training shall be included on the operation, maintenance and programming of all instrumentation, including process analyzers, flow meters and pressure transmitters and troubleshooting of all related components and systems. H. OPI Limits of Responsibility: An industrial "Operator Interface" (OPI) shall be mounted in the Pump Control Panel / SCADA panel, to provide distributed and redundant operator access to all current analog and discrete process information, as well as providing access to timers, counters, control selections and setpoints for supervisory control. The System Integrator shall provide and install the panel as shown or specified herein, including development software and accessories. The System Integrator shall not be responsible for the programming of the OPI screens, database or control logic. These tasks are to be provided as a separate task by the ENGINEER. PLC Limits of Responsibility: The System Integrator shall provide the Pump Control Panel, PLC hardware, wiring, installation, and communications. The System Integrator will not be responsible for the PLC programming, tag name dictionary, or control algorithms. These tasks are to be provided as a separate task by the ENGINEER. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 13310 --- Spread Spectrum Radio Communications Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Controls and Instrumentation 0992-0187 13300-1 TABLE 11348-1 CHEMICAL METERING PUMP SCHEDULE Skycrest RCW Booster Pump Station Skid Number 1 Location Indoors # Pumps 2 Chemical 9-15% NaOCI Type Pump Peristaltic Max. Horsepower 1 Hose EPDM Controls Local Control Panel 2.0 Stroke Length Control Manual Stroke Rate Control 4-20 mA Design Max. Capacity-GPH 5 Max. Pressure-psi 100 Piping Material SCH 80 PVC Type Valves TYPE 21 Ball Valves Skid Piping Outputs 2 Optional Accessories Chemical Injection Diffuser (CID) Assembly END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-16 C. All fitting connections shall be installed with flexible type connections as per the Manufacturers recommendations. D. Make all pipe connections to and from tank and pump skid as shown on the Drawings. E. Following the field test, tanks and support members shall be anchored in their final position according to the manufacturer's recommendations. F. A manufacturer's representative for the equipment specified herein shall be present at the jobsite for installation assistance, inspection and confirmation of the correctness of the installation, testing, startup, and operation and maintenance training. See Section 01660 - Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 3.2 FIELD PAINTING A. Field painting is included in Section 09900 and Section 09902. B. Meter pumps shall not be field painted. 3.3 FIELD TESTING A. Working under the direction of the manufacturers representatives, conduct in the presence of the Engineer such test as are necessary to indicate that each item of equipment conforms to this Section. Supply all electrical power, water, slurry or chemical mix to compete the field tests. See Section 01660 - Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. B. If the performance of any item of equipment does not meet the specified requirements, take corrective measures or remove the unit and replace with one which satisfies the conditions specified. A two-hour operating period of each item of equipment will be required before acceptance. During this two-hour operating period, supply all power and water necessary. C. All chemical transfer pumps shall be field calibrated in the presence of the Engineer to demonstrate pumps meet rated capacities, and three sets of test data shall be provided. D. After installation, each tank connecting pipes, and valves shall be field tested by filling with water. The tank and fittings shall hold water without loss, evidence of weeping or capillary action for a period of 24 hours prior to acceptance. The Owner's Representative may also inspect the tank for defects, damage and conformance with the Specifications. E. After testing, the tanks shall be thoroughly cleaned and dried. F. Should any defects become evident during inspection, testing, or within the guarantee period, the Contractor shall repair or replace the defective tank or fitting as approved by the Owner's Representative. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-15 seals. Stem shall have double O-rings and be of blowout-proof design. The valve handle shall double as carrier removal and/or tightening tool. ISO mounting pad shall be integrally molded to valve body for actuation. The ball valves shall have a pressure rating of 230 psi for sizes"1/2" to 3" and 150 psi for 4" at 70 ° F. Type 21 Ball Valves must carry a two-year guarantee, as manufactured by Asahi/America, Inc. All ball valves used for chemicals prone to "off-gassing" (e.g. sodium hypochlorite, hydrogen peroxide) shall be vented to avoid entrapment of vapors. H. Site Glass Provide 1" Clear PVC Site Glass from pump suction to vent to assist with tank level monitoring. 2.5 MAINTENANCE A. Spare Parts Provide the following spare parts to the OWNER for each chemical metering skid upon delivery of the pump skid. Spare parts shall include all parts required for (2) years of normal maintenance of all components of the chemical metering system. All parts shall be in one box labeled with the Skid ID Information: a. One VFD drive system for each chemical feed pump skid assembly. b. One maintenance kit for each chemical metering pump. Maintenance kits shall include but not be limited to spare hose, o- rings and required lubricants. C. One spare valve of each size for each pump skid. B. Provide all special tools required for normal maintenance. Tools shall be packaged in a lockable steel case, clearly and indelibly marked on the exterior to indicate equipment for which tools are intended. C. Provide to the Owner a list of all spare and replacement parts with individual prices and location where they are available. Prices shall remain in effect for a period of not less than one year after start-up and final acceptance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The chemical feed and metering systems shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations in locations shown the Drawings. Installation shall include furnishing the required oil and grease for initial operation. The grades of oil and grease shall be in accordance with the shop drawings. Anchor bolts shall be set in accordance with the shop drawings. B. Install the MHDXLPE tanks in accordance with the Drawings and the manufacturer's instructions. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-14 flanges b. All pipe and fittings shall bear the company's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule, and the NSF mark as indicative of compliance with this specification. C. All fittings shall be injection molded of PVC fitting compound of cell classification 12454-B and of CPVC fitting compound of cell classification 23447-B as described in ASTM D- 1784. All fittings shall be socket welded fittings. d. All material used in pipe and fittings for potable water supply shall be listed for such applications by National Sanitation Foundation Laboratories, Inc. (NSF). Workmanship shall be in accordance with good commercial practice. Fittings shall be homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions or other injurious defects. The fittings shall be commercially uniform in color, opacity, density and other physical properties. e. All molded threads, internal or external, shall be "blunt start" threads. All threads shall conform to thread standard ANSI/ASME B1 .20.1 for tapered pipe threads. Threads shall measure not more than 11/2 threads large or small when checked with a plug gauge or ring gauge. Dimensions and tolerances of sockets shall conform to PVC IPS Schedule 40/80 Socket Dimensions. All reducer bushings shall be designed so as to provide for a positive and sufficient grip for cementing bushings in place. 4.3.2 Waterways shall be smooth and commercially free of flash and irregularities. On tees and 90° elbows, bond lines shall not coincide with the maximum stress area (crotch). g. Assembly shall be performed in a controlled shop environment by the skid manufacturer. All pipe shall be squarely cut on precision equipment with the ends chamfered and deburred. All socket welded connections shall follow the guidelines set by the pipe/fitting manufacturer for proper cleaning, priming and gluing procedures. A heavy bodied solvent (such as Oatey Lo-Voc PVC Industrial Heavy duty Gray Solvent Cement or equal) suitable for use with the chemical listed under section 2.1 Service Conditions and Table 11348-1 shall be used. All threaded connections will utilize Teflon tape, a suitable thread sealant or a combination of both. Threaded connections shall utilize stainless steel reinforcement rings where applicable to reduce the risk of cracking. G. Valves - The valves for each system shall be as indicated in Table 11348-1. Type 21 Ball Valve a. All TYPE 21 Ball Valves, sizes 1/2" to 4", shall be of true union design with two-way blocking capability. All 0-rings shall be EPDM or FKM with PTFE seats. PTFE seats shall have elastomeric backing cushion of the same material as the valve Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-13 fitted with ball valve for air venting. Provide all fittings of socket weld type. 4. Provide one 500 ml calibration standpipe for each pump. Permanently calibrate each standpipe in milliliters (ml). 5. Provide valves and connection fitting at each pump suction for attachment of calibration standpipes. Install pump suction and discharge piping so as not to interfere with location and use of standpipes. 6. The top of the calibration column shall allow for connection to rigid piping for "vent" return to atmosphere outdoors. C. Diaphragm Protected Pressure Gauges 2-1/2" liquid filled pressure gauges with isolators shall be provided for indication of system pressure in the discharge piping of each metering pump. Industrial quality all 316 Stainless Steel gauges shall be utilized. The isolators shall have housings compatible with chemicals as listed under Service Conditions and Table 11348-1 with a Teflon diaphragm and suitable liquid fill. The process connection shall feature a SS reinforcement ring not in contact with the chemical. A fabricated PVC bracket shall be provided for each pressure gauge to secure the isolator and prevent lateral movement of the pressure gauge. D. Chemical Injection/Diffuser Assembly (CID) 1. A chemical injection/diffuser assembly (CID) shall be provided. The CID shall be provided by the skid manufacturer. See detail on mechanical drawings. 2. The CID shall include a standard corporation cock with NPT process connection and plastic diffuser pipe. (2) Valves shall be provided for isolation of the process and chemical line. 3. The design of the CID shall allow for removal/insertion while the line is under pressure. A safety chain and securing mechanism shall be provided and adjusted so that the corporation cock can be operated prior to removing/installing the injection/diffuser portion. 4. Injection/diffuser materials shall be the same as skid piping materials. E. Pressure Relief Valve: Valves with body and seat of PVC or polypropylene, suitable for use and with a teflon diaphragm. Valves field adjustable with initial setting set at factory. F. Piping 1. Polyvinylchloride (PVC) and Chlorinated Polyvinylchloride (CPVC) a. This specification covers pipe and fittings for pressurized pipe systems manufactured of Rigid PVC and CPVC material as described below. Fittings covered under this specification include heavy-duty Schedule 80 fittings molded of the material described below. Fittings covered under this specification are tees, elbows, couplings, reducer bushings, crosses, adapters, plugs, caps and Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992.0187 11348-12 with a minimum trade thickness of 1/2". The design of the skid shall include gussets and supports as required for all components and shall be self-supporting. All components of the chemical metering system shall be contained within the skid. The skid shall incorporate spill containment capability and feature a 1/2" fpt connection for containment drain piping. The skids shall be manufactured using continuous welding technology; bolted construction is not acceptable. Pedestals shall be provided to elevate the metering pumps above the skid base. The pedestals shall be bolted to the skid base with non-metallic bolts to allow for future pump/piping modifications. 2. For each chemical metering pump the piping system shall include (1) diaphragm protected pressure gauge; (1) flushing inlet; (1) flushing outlet and all required piping, valves and supports. Piping shall include isolation valves and unions for all serviceable components. The chemical supply piping shall feature a y-strainer and a calibration column shall be provided and designed for use with any of the metering pumps. The discharge piping shall provide outlets as indicated in Table 11348-1. The pump connections shall be designed with replaceable pipe sections on the suction and discharge via union or flange so that pump replacement or upgrade can be accomplished without cutting into skid piping. 3. The piping shall be attached to the chemical metering skid with a non- metallic corrosion resistant support system. All support channels shall be welded to the skid, bolted supports are not acceptable. The straps shall be removable and reusable to allow for servicing of the system. All inlet/outlet connections, valves and pump accessories shall be clearly labeled on the skid for easy identification. 4. A NEMA 4X terminal box shall be provided on the skid back panel for termination of all wiring. A power outlet with weatherproof cover shall be provided for any metering pumps or accessories that require an outlet. The inside cover of the terminal box shall include a wiring diagram detailing the function of all terminals. A power disconnect switch shall be provided in the terminal junction box. Surge protection shall be provided locally in the skid mounted terminal junction box. Protection shall be provided for the main power supply as well as all analog input and output signals. Surge protection devices shall be as manufactured by EDCO Inc. of Florida. 5. The chemical metering skids shall be completely assembled and tested by the manufacturer prior to delivery to the job site. B. Calibration Standpipes: Equip each pump with clear calibration standpipe for measuring pump output. 2. Provide standpipes of material compatible with intended chemical use; pyrex, plexiglass acrylic, butyrate or Schedule 40 clear PVC with Schedule 80 fittings. 3. Equip each standpipe with flanged connection to suction piping, and end cap Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-11 B. Motor: Motor shall be TENV, Inverter-Duty, Chem-Duty, Washdown-Duty with Stainless Steel Shaft, Epoxy Impregnated Moisture Resistant Windings, Corrosion Resistant Powder Epoxy Coating, 1725 rpm, NEMA 56C, 230/460VAC/3PH/60Hz with a minimum continuous turndown capability of 1000:1. Meets NEMA MG-1 Parts 30 & 31. Horsepower to meet maximum speed and pressure requirements and be compatible with the VFD listed below. C. Pump motor to gearbox connection shall be close coupled and self-aligning requiring no flexible couplings. D. Control Interface Box (CIB) 1. Outputs: Four (4) programmable dry contact relay status outputs a. (e.g. IN REMOTE, RUNNING, FAULT, LEAK DETECTED) b. One (1) PUMP SPEED analog output 4-20mA 2. Inputs: Four (4) programmable discrete inputs a. (eg: REMOTE START, LEAK DETECTOR, DIRECTION, AUX) b. Two (2) speed reference analog inputs c. (eg: primary SPEED 4-20mA, secondary TRIM 0-10VDC) 3. Indicators: Two (2) local indicator lights for PUMP RUNNING, FAULT E. Variable Speed Drives The Chemical Feed Pumps shall utilize variable speed motors and manual stroke length adjustment to provide the necessary automatic and manual variability. Variable speed drives and motors shall utilize 480 VAC - 3 phase power. Each variable speed drive shall be capable of variation of pump speed in proportion to a 4-20 ma input signal. Each variable drive shall be capable of producing an output signal of 4-20 ma in proportion to actual speed. Each variable drive shall be capable of operating from a manual potentiometer when this option is manually selected. Each variable drive shall be able to start or stop the motor in response to an external signal. Each variable drive shall produce dry contact outputs to indicate motor running or drive FAULTED. 2. The supplier of the chemical feed pumps shall be responsible for providing the motors and the compatible variable speed controllers as described herein. The variable speed controller shall be turned over to the System Integrator for installation inside the Control Panel by the Instrumentation System Integrator. 3. The feed pump supplier shall coordinate the control requirements with the System Integrator so that the feed pump power and control configuration is appropriate and complete. The detailed wiring shall also include all of the various protection features which may be provided with the feed pumps, in accordance with the recommendations of the pump manufacturer. Refer to section 13300 for further details. 4. Equipment shall be ABB Series 150 VFD. 2.4 CHEMICAL METERING SKIDS A. Chemical Metering Skids General Description The chemical metering skids shall be constructed from white PVC sheet Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-10 compression of the tube/hose against the housing. (optional: three (3) rollers for applications < 5rpm). One roller shall at all times be fully engaged with tubing providing complete compression to prevent back flow or siphoning. 5. Roller Bearings: Roller bearings are non-metallic journal bearing design integral to the roller (one-piece roller/bearing). Metallic ball bearings are not acceptable. 6. Cover: Removable one (1) piece clear corrosion resistant polycarbonate viewing cover with EPDM gasket. 7. Connections: Rigid inlet and outlet connections shall be Camlock or MNPT with Polypropylene, Kynar, PVC or 316SS material as required by the process. Loose tube-end connections to process are not acceptable. 8. Baseplate: Supporting base shall be corrosion resistant HDPE 9. Assembly: Rotor and housing are bolted directly to the output flange of the gearbox, which serves to support the rotor and center the rotor assembly within the pump housing. Pump to gearbox connection shall be close coupled and self-aligning requiring no flexible couplings. Long- coupled pumps with external couplings are not acceptable. 10. Gearbox: Gearbox shall be of the in-line helical footed design, polyester epoxy powder coated cast iron or aluminum with a minimum service factor of 1.4 based on motor nameplate rating and an AGMA Class II continuous duty rating, NEMA 56C input. Reduction ratio as required for the application. Face of output flange shall be sealed from the wetted pump head by a single O-ring seal. 11. Performance: Each pump shall be capable of self-priming when completely dry with a suction lift capability of up to 27 feet of water. The pump shall be capable of running dry without damaging effects to the pump or tube. The pump shall use no check valves or diaphragms and not utilize any dynamic seals in contact with the fluid being pumped. 12. Speed: Maximum pump operating speed shall be 60 rpm in order to maximize tube/hose life. Pumps with higher operating speeds are not acceptable. B. Rubber Hose shall be utilized for the application: Hose: Rubber hose shall be designed specifically for use with peristaltic pumps, working pressures to 115 psi. They shall be constructed from the highest quality compounded rubber materials, reinforced with multiple layers of braided nylon and have a durometer rating of 55 to 70 Shore A. Wetted layer shall be EPDM as required for the service. Hose lubrication will be with a food grade silicon grease. A. Connections: Provide PVDF port connections as required by the application. 2. MNPT port connection size to be determined by model. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-9 (3) 3-inch PVC Flange Style Universal Dome Fitting for Vent with bugscreen (4) 4-inch PVC Flange Style Universal Dome Fitting for Level Sensor Accessories in Sidewall of Tank (1) 2-inch Integrally Molded Flanged Outlet (IMFO) for drain/discharge. C. A XLPE Support Pad shall be provided to allow IMFO to clear the equipment pad. 0. The manway cover shall be a bolt on type or screw on type lid manufactured out of XLPE. Bolts used on the bolt on type lid shall be nylon or a compatible plastic material. P. All nozzles shall be in the top of the chemical storage tanks. The outlet flange attached to the tank wall shall be 150 lb ANSI and be constructed of PVC. There shall be a minimum of four %-in diameter all thread bolts with bolt heads encapsulated in polyethylene. The polyethylene encapsulation shall fully cover the bolt head and a minimum of '/4-in of the threads closest to the bolt head. Each bolt shall have a gasket which is on the inside of the tank and each flange shall be comprised of a material resistant to the chemical in storage. Q. All attachment hardware less the IMFO Backing Ring and restraining system shall be titanium and all gaskets shall be Viton. R. All precautionary labeling shall be furnished and installed as recommended by the Manufacturing Chemists Association for each of the chemicals to be stored. 2.3 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE FEED PUMPS A. Pump: Each pump shall consist of a sealed housing with bolted clear cover and roller compressor mechanism designed for operation with EITHER TUBE or HOSE. Tube/Hose shall be rigidly mounted to the pump body with NPT or Camlock connections. The pump assembly shall be three (3) components consisting of a standard pump head close-coupled to a commercial gearbox that is directly connected to a NEMA C-Face motor. Housing: Cast aluminum with a corrosion resistant ECTFE Halar@ fluoropolymer coating. Housing may be mounted in any of four (4) mounting orientations with the suction and discharge connections located at twelve (12), three (3), six (6) or nine (9) o'clock positions. 2. Rotor: Corrosion resistant Delrin® with selectable shaft positions for (2) or (3) roller designs. Rotor shall mount directly on the keyed gearbox output shaft and shall be axially sealed and secured to the shaft by a teflon gasket and through-center 316SS retaining bolt. 3. Shafts: Corrosion resistant 316 stainless steel. (optional: Hastelloy, Titanium) 4. Rollers: Two (2) reinforced Delrin® rollers located 180 degrees apart for Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-8 in accordance with the design, manufacturing, and testing requirements found in ASTM D1998. The Metallocene High Density Crosslinked Polyethylene tanks shall be constructed by the rotational molding process. J. The Metallocene High Density Crosslinked Polyethylene tanks shall be capable of storing sodium hypochlorite at 100 degrees F. The sodium hypochlorite should not exceed 100 degrees F at delivery or during storage to reduce decomposition of the sodium hypochlorite. K. The Metallocene High Density Crosslinked Polyethylene tanks shall be constructed in the configuration listed below for optimal long term performance, safety, and environmental protection. 1. Metallocene High Density Crosslinked Polyethylene with anti-oxidant resistant LLDPE liner, IMFO outlet, and non-sealing cover. L. The nominal properties of the material are as follows based on molded parts: Test Procedure Units Value Density/ ASTM D-1505 g/cc .940 to .945 ESCR Cond. A, F50 / ASTM D-1693 Hrs a 1000 10% Igepal . Tensile Strength / ASTM D-638 Psi. 2,600 Elongation at Break 2-in/min. / ASTM D-638 Percent 400 Vicat Softening Temperature/ ASTM D-1525 Degrees F. 240 Brittleness Temperature / ASTM D-746 Degrees F. -130 Flexural Modulus / ASTM D-790 Psi. 100,000 to 110,000 Heat Distortion Temp. / ASTM D-648 At 66 Degrees C. 67° Psi Low Temperature Impact Ft lbs 75 ARM-Low Impact for 1/8" specimen . . Polyethylene Notch Test (PENT) Hrs. X1000 ASTM F 1473 (176° F, 350 psi) Long Term Hydrostatic (LTHS) (Creep) Psi 900 At140°F . N. The MHDXLPE tanks shall be equipped with the following accessories as shown on the Drawings: 1. Each Bulk Storage Tank a. Accessories in Cover (1) 19-inch Manway (2) 2-inch PVC Flange Style Universal Dome Fitting for Fill Assembly with quick connect and cap Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-7 C. Chemical Feed Pump Operation The feed system sodium hypochlorite metering pumps shall operate automatically in response to the control signals as described in these Contract Documents. 2. A 4-20 mA chlorination residual signal and the pump station's discharge flow signal shall be used to control the feed pumps. If a pump fails, the pump shall be manually/automatically switched over to the standby pump. 2.2 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TANK AND APPURTENANCES A. Plastic: The tanks shall be molded from Metallocene High Density Crosslinked Polyethylene. The resin used shall be Paxon 7004 as manufactured by Exxon/Mobil Chemical. Tanks shall have an anti-oxidant resistant LLDPE liner. B. Fillers and Pigments: The plastic shall not contain any fillers. All plastic shall contain a minimum of 0.25 percent U.V. stabilizer and maximum of 0.60 percent. Pigments may be added as desired by the OWNER or as designated by the manufacturer, not to exceed 0.5 percent of dry blended or 2 percent if melt compound of the total weight of the tank. C. The Metallocene High Density Crosslinked Polyethylene tanks shall be designed in accordance with the following schedule: Tank Description - Sk crest Booster Pump Station 1. Tank Diameter: 5 feet, 4 inch 2. Overall Vertical Height: 6 feet, 7 inch 3. Tank: MHDXLPE with an anti-oxidant resistant LLDPE liner. 4. Straight Wall Capacity: 900 Gallons 5. Chemical Stored: 9 to 15% Sodium H ochlorite Solution. 6. Specific Gravity: 1.9 7. Tank Color: Natural 8. Number of Tanks: 1 D. Tanks shall consist of a MHDXLPE primary tank and shall be vertical, cylindrical, flat bottom, dome top, and seamless in construction. The interior wall shall be lined with an anti-oxidant resistant LLDPE. E. The tank diameter shall be measured externally. Tolerance on the outside diameter including out of roundness shall be plus or minus 3 percent. Measurement shall be taken in a horizontal position. The knuckle radius at the bottom wall transition shall be a minimum of 1-in. F. The minimum wall thickness shall be 0.17 inches in all places. G. All cut out edges, such as entrance manway, shall be trimmed to have smooth edges. H. The Metallocene High Density Crosslinked Polyethylene tanks shall be the single wall type as manufactured by Poly Processing Co. Inc., or approved equal. Unless otherwise indicated the plastics terminology used in this standard shall be Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-6 C. Recommended schedule of maintenance tasks. d. Lubrication charts and tables of alternate lubricants. e. Troubleshooting instructions. f. List of maintenance tools and equipment. g. Name, address and phone number of manufacturer and manufacturer's local service representative. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Prior to acceptance of the sodium hypochlorite feed system, provide written warranty from the system supplier that includes the following statements: System supplier has inspected the installation during and after completion and the sodium hypochlorite feed system is free from faults and defects and is in conformance with the Contract Documents. 2. The system supplier shall provide a three (3) year warranty from the date of final acceptance for the metering pumps and one (1) year for the skid material/construction, and skid-mounted equipment, piping and valves. This warranty shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any warranties provided by the manufacturer of the equipment itself. 3. The Contractor shall warrant the tanks to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for five (5) years and to be suitable for the storage of 9%- 15% Sodium Hypochlorite as specified in these Contract Specifications. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All equipment and materials shall be inspected against approved Shop Drawings at time of delivery. Equipment and materials damaged or not meeting requirements of the approved Shop Drawings shall be immediately returned to the system manufacturer for replacement or repair. B. Equipment and materials shall be stored in a dry location and protected from the elements according to the system manufacturer's instructions. C. Equipment and materials shall be handled in an approved manner according to the system manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SERVICE CONDITIONS A. All components and materials shall be compatible with commercially available 9%-15% sodium hypochlorite. B. Functional Requirements Instrumentation, controls, logic, programming, interlocks and valving shall be provided as required for the system to operate as described below. 2, General arrangement, piping sizes and accessories will be designed by the manufacturer and approved by the Owner. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-5 d. Resin used and a complete manufacturers specification of the resin used. e. Weight of tanks. f. Statement that fabrication is in accordance with these Specifications. g. Samples. h. Instructions for handling, storage and installation of tanks. i. Statement that materials and resin used are suitable for intended service. 10. Drawing Approval: Shop drawings shall be approved by the Owner's Project Representative prior to manufacturing of the tank(s). Approval of drawings by the Owner's Project Representative shall not release the Contractor of responsibility of compliance with these specifications. All proposed changes to these Specifications shall be stated in writing. 11. Samples: Representative samples of the Metallocene High Density Crosslinked Polyethylene with an anti-oxidant resistant Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE) Liner tank shall be furnished at the time of shop drawing review. These samples shall be from plant production and shall be representative of quality and impact resistance of tanks to be furnished. The Owner's Project Representative may reject any tank which does not meet the standard of the representative samples. The sample thickness shall only be representative of the area at which it was taken, not the entire tank. 12. References a. Submit to Owner's Project Representative a list of 10 previous similar use site installations in the past 36 months. b. Submit to the Owner's Project Representative supporting information of UL tank manufacturing capabilities. C. Submit to the Owner's Project Representative supporting information of ISO 9001 certification. B. Operation and Maintenance Data - Submit copies of complete Operation and Maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01300 and the requirements as described below: Required Operation Data a. Complete, detailed operating instructions for each piece of equipment. b. Explanations for all safety considerations relating to operations. 2. Required Maintenance Data a. Maintenance data shall include all information and instructions required by plant personnel to keep equipment properly cleaned, lubricated and adjusted so that it functions economically throughout its full design life. b. Explanation with illustrations as necessary for each maintenance task. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-4 1. Standards of American Water Works Association (AWWA) 2. American National Standards Institute, ANSI 3. American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM 4. American Welding Society 5. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA) 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, IEEE 7. Instrument Society of America, ISA 8. Joint Industrial Council, JIC 9. National Electric Manufacturer's Association, NEMA 10. National Electrical Code, NEC 11. OSHA, Safety standards concerning personnel, protection when operating machinery, and the handling of dangerous chemicals. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings - Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01300 for approval the following: Manufacturer/Supplier's literature, illustrations, Specifications and bill of materials for each component of the system. Data shall include a complete description in sufficient detail to permit comparison with the technical Specifications. 2. Dimensions (including anchor bolt layout), materials, size, and weight. 3. Drawings showing fabrication, assembly, installation and wiring diagrams. Wiring diagrams shall consist of, at a minimum, of control schematics, including coordination with other electrical control devices operating in conjunction with the sodium hypochlorite feed system. 4. Motor Data: For each motor furnish a certified motor data sheet for the actual motor or for a previously manufactured electrically duplicate motor which was tested. 5. Pump Data: For each pump furnish a performance certification indicating: head, capacity, efficiency and horsepower. 6. A list of any and all parameters, ratings or other characteristics where the proposed sodium hypochlorite feed system deviates from the requirements set forth in these Specifications. 7. Affidavits of compliance with referenced standards and codes. S. Manufacturer/supplier's standards for sodium hypochlorite feed system. 9. Tank Data: a. Dimensions of tank, cover, fittings and attachments. b. Wall thickness calculations per ASTM D 1998-97 using 600 psi design hoop stress @ 100 degrees F. C. Locations of fittings and attachments. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-3 2. Tank manufacturer shall have experience producing substantially similar equipment and shall show evidence of at least five (5) installations where high density polyethylene storage tanks of the types specified herein storing 9%-15% percent sodium hypochlorite have been in satisfactory operation for at least five (5) years. a. The tank manufacturer shall have quality control procedures adequate to insure that all fabrications comply with these Specifications. Quality control shall include in process inspections as well as a final inspection by the manufacturer and written record of these inspections. The objective of manufacturer's quality control and inspection procedure shall be to have the tank comply with the Specifications and Drawings at the time of the first inspection, thus eliminating any need for rework by the manufacturer or a second inspection by the Engineer. b. Inspection records shall be made for each tank. Inspection records shall be available to the Owner's Project Representative. Upon request, manufacturer shall send a copy of his inspection records to the Owner's Project Representative for review prior to inspection by the Owner's Project Representative. C. Final acceptance by the Owner's Project Representative may be contingent upon satisfactory inspection upon arrival, the delivery, and installation at the job site. d. The tank manufacturer shall perform the tests described below prior to shipping. Test samples shall be taken from the cut our areas where fittings are inserted in each tank. The Engineer or representative shall have the option of witnessing these factory tests. 1) Impact Test: ASTM 1998-Section 11.3 shall be used for this test. Sample shall not shatter at 120 ft. lbs. with sample at minus 20 degrees F for a '/z-in wall thickness. For a wall thickness less than 'h-in, the sample shall not shatter at 100 ft. lbs. and minus 20 degrees F. 2) Degree of Crosslinking Test: ASTM 1998-Section 11.4 shall be used in this test. A minimum of 70 percent Gel must be obtained. 3) Hydrostatic Test: Each tank shall be filled with water and checked for leaks no less than one hour after filling. 4) Wall Thickness: Each tank shall have an actual wall thickness measurement taken at every 90 degrees, at each one foot elevation, up to three feet from the bottom of the tank. C. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-2 SECTION 11348 - SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and appurtenances required to furnish, install, test and place into satisfactory operation a complete sodium hypochlorite system as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. This section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Sodium hypochlorite feed pumps/motors 2. Sodium hypochlorite storage tanks 3. Skid mounted piping, valves, and accessories B. All electrical, mechanical, metal, painting and instrumentation work included herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of this project. C. It is the intent of these Specifications that the Contractor is to provide a complete and workable system whether or not any specific component is shown or specified. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source All major components of the system, i.e., storage tanks, metering pump skids, motors, variable frequency drives, and chemical injector/diffuser assembly, whether or not shown or specified herein, shall be supplied to the Contractor by the sodium hypochlorite system supplier for single source system responsibility. Chlorine residual analyzer equipment, level sensor/transmitter, and containment area leak detection equipment is specified in Section 13300 and shall be provided by the System Integrator. B. Manufacturer's Qualifications Each component manufacturer shall have at least five (5) years experience in furnishing equipment of similar capacity and service capability to the equipment described herein. As part of their submittal package, the system supplier shall submit the following: a. Evidence that the supplier's equipment of similar capacity and service capability has been in successful operation for at least five (5) years in at least ten (10) separate skid-mounted installations of which at least three (3) installations must be in the state of Florida. b. Available Pump Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from the following: (1) PeriFlo (ChemTUFF Series) (2) Approved Equal Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Sodium Hypochlorite System 0992-0187 11348-1 C. All spare parts shall be properly protected for long periods of storage and packed in containers that are clearly identified with indelible markings as to the contents. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Booster Pumps 0992-0187 11309-7 3.4 TESTING A. Pumps - After all pumps have been completely installed and working under the direction of the manufacturer, conduct in the presence of the Owner tests necessary to indicate that pump operation conforms to capabilities and characteristics listed above. Field tests shall include all pumps under this section. Supply all water, labor, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the field tests. B. If the pump performance does not meet these specifications, corrective measures shall be taken or pumps shall be removed and replaced with pumps which satisfy the conditions specified at no cost to the Owner. A twenty-four hour operating period of the pumps will be required before acceptance. C. Motors - The Contractor shall megger each motor winding before energizing the motor and, if insulation resistance is found to be low, shall notify the Engineer and shall not energize the motor. D. The Contractor shall check all motors for correct clearances and alignment and for correct lubrication in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The Contractor shall check direction of rotation of all motors and reverse connections if necessary. 3.5 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Provide services of qualified manufacturer's service representative to inspect equipment and installation, to perform required field tests, to provide operation and maintenance training, and to attend system startup. Refer to Section 01660. - Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 3.6 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS A. One set of all special tools required for normal operation and maintenance shall be provided. All such tools shall be furnished in a suitable steel tool chest complete with lock and duplicate keys. B. The manufacturer shall furnish the recommended spare parts necessary for the first five years of operation of the pumping system, which shall include at least the following: One (1) complete set of gaskets for each pump size supplied. 2. One (1) complete set of casing rings for each pump size supplied. 3. One (1) complete set of impeller rings for each pump size supplied. 4. One (1) complete set of shaft sleeves, keys and accessories for each pump size supplied. 5. One (1) complete set of bearings for each pump size supplied. 6. One (1) complete set of mechanical seals for each pump size supplied. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Booster Pumps 11309-6 Item Minimum Runout PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Unit GPM /Feet Capacity A 4,500/100 Capacity B 2,100/110 A. Examine the pump to be sure all passages are clean and clear of obstruction and that impeller rotates freely. Examine pump mounting surface and also make certain that bolts are properly located. Correct any irregularities prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations at the locations shown on the drawings. Installation shall include furnishing the required oil and grease for initial operation. Anchor bolts shall be set in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. All motors shall be connected to the electrical conduit system by means of a short section (18-inch minimum) of weatherproof flexible conduit unless otherwise indicated. For connections of No. 6 A.W.G. and smaller wire size, the Contractor shall furnish flexible conduit with an approved grounding conductor inside the flexible section. For connections of No. 4 A.W.G. or larger wire size, the Contractor shall install a grounding conductor in the conduit and terminate at the motor control center with an approved grounding clamp. C. The Contractor shall submit a certification from the equipment manufacturer stating that the installation of the equipment is satisfactory, that the equipment is ready for operation and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication and care of each unit. 3.3 PAINTING A. Shop Painting - Before exposure to weather and prior to shop painting, all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned, dry and free from all mill, scale, rust, .grease, dirt and other foreign matter. B. All pumps, motors, and drives shall be shop primed with a primer compatible with finish coating. C. Gears, bearing surfaces and other similar surfaces obviously not to be painted shall be given a heavy shop coat of grease or other suitable rust-resistant coating. This coating shall be maintained as necessary to prevent corrosion during periods of storage and erection and shall be satisfactory to the Engineer up to the time of the final acceptance test. D. Finish Coating - Finish coating shall be performed by the manufacturer as specified under Section 09900 - Painting and Coatings. The primer and paint used in the shop shall be products of the same manufacturer as the field paint to assure compatibility. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Booster Pumps 0992-0187 11309-5 J. Pumps shall have rotation as shown on the drawings. 2.2 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Pump Casing, Packing Gland, Bearing Cap: ASTM A48, Class 30 Cast Iron Case Rings, Impeller Wear Rings: Ni-AI Bronze Casing Bolts, Gland Studs, Bearing Housing Bolts: Grade 5 Comm., STD Steel Pump Shaft: ASTM A322, Grade 4140 Carbon Steel Shaft Sleeve: 416 SS Case Gasket: HYD-401 Vegetable Fiber Impeller: Ni-AI Bronze (chlorinated water) Recirculation Lines: Comm. STD Plastic Tubing Recirculation Line Fittings: Comm. STD Brass 0-Rings: Synthetic Buna-N Impeller Key: AISI 1018 Steel PUMP FUNCTION: Reclaimed Water Booster Pump LOCATION: Skycrest RCW Booster Pump Station, Clearwater, FL TYPE: Horizontal, Closed Impeller QUANTITY: One (1) at capacity A (Pump 2) Two (2) at capacity B (Pumps 3 & 4) Capabilities and Characteristics. Pumps and their motor drives shall have the following capacities and characteristics: Item Unit Capacity A Capacity B Maximum Motor Size Hp 200 100 Maximum Speed RPM 1800 1800 Minimum Shut-Off Head Feet 175 180 Design Total Dynamic Head Feet 150 150 Design Capacity GPM 3,000 1,500 Design Minimum Efficiency % 85 79 Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Booster Pumps 0992-0187 11309-4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Pumps shall be of the single-stage, double suction, axial split case design of cast iron bronze fitted construction except where noted. Pumps shall have the capacity when discharging against the heads and operating at the speeds shown at the end of this section. Pumps shall be designed to perform satisfactorily with a reasonable service life when operated either continuously or intermittently in reclaimed water service. B. Pump casings shall be axially split and made of cast iron. The upper half shall be provided with tapped and plugged holes for priming and vent and shall be removable to allow inspection, maintenance or removal of entire rotating element with out disturbing suction or discharge piping. ANSI 125 pound flat faced flanged suction and discharge connections shall be located in the lower half along with taps for a pressure gauge and drain. Casing shall have permanently fixed stainless steel nameplate and be supported by integrally cast feet. C. Easily replaceable bronze wearing rings shall be provided for both the casing and the impeller. They shall be held in position by anti-rotation pins. D. Impeller shall be double suction, enclosed and monolithically constructed of low zinc bronze and suitable for use in chlorinated water. Impeller shall be statically and hydraulically balanced, keyed to the shaft and held in place by threaded shaft sleeves. The impeller shall be easily removable without the use of special tools. Impeller shall be provided with wearing rings. E. Pump shaft shall be high strength carbon steel to provide a minimum amount of deflection. Shaft shall be protected in the stuffing box area by a replaceable 416 SS shaft sleeve. The shaft length shall be as short as possible to minimize deflection and vibration. Gaskets between the shaft sleeve and the impellor hubs shall seal the shaft keeping it dry during operation. F. Shaft sleeve shall be renewable and shall completely cover the shaft in the stuffing box area. The sleeve shall be threaded onto the shaft to prevent axial movement with leakage controlled by O-ring seals between the sleeve and the shaft. G. Stuffing box shall be of cast iron fitted with mechanical seal. Mechanical seals shall consist of a Ni-resist stationary seat and carbon sealing washer, Buna-N flexible members and stainless steel metal parts and spring. Mechanical seals shall be replaceable without removing the motor or disturbing the piping. H. Bearings shall be double row or single row on thrust end and single row on coupling end. Outboard bearing shall be locked in place and sized to provide long life under radial and axial thrust loads encountered. Replaceable caps shall enclose both bearings. Ball bearings shall be grease lubricated. Baseplate shall be fabricated steel and grouted to eliminate vibration. Flexible coupling and OSHA coupling guard designed for use with VFD driver shall be provided. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Booster Pumps 0992-0187 11309-3 B. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Specification 1300 Submittals, showing all dimensions and include performance data and physical characteristics. 1.5 1.6 C. Submit manufacturer's parts list, operation and maintenance literature and instructions. D. Submit the operating and maintenance manuals prepared specifically for this installation in accordance with Specification 1300 Submittals. E. Certified Factory Tests: Each pump shall be given a complete non-witnessed performance test to include head/capacity, HP and efficiency to prove that the pumps supplied conform to the requirements of this specification. The curves shall be plotted from no flow at shut-off head to maximum flow at minimum head specified. No shipment of the pumps is to be made until after the Engineer's approval of the testing is obtained. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. After hydrostatic or other factory tests, all entrapped water shall be drained prior to shipment, and proper care shall be taken to protect parts from the entrance of water during shipment, storage and handling. B. Each box or package shall be properly marked to show its net weight in addition to its contents. C. Finished iron or steel surface not painted, shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion. D. Finished surfaces of all exposed pump openings shall be protected by wooden blanks, strongly built and securely bolted. E, Factory assembled parts and components shall not be dismantled for shipment unless permission is received in writing from the Engineer. F. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for operation. G. All equipment and spare parts must be properly protected against any damage during the prolonged period at the site. WARRANTY A. The equipment manufacturer shall provide a one-year warranty beginning from acceptance of the equipment and shall guarantee that the equipment furnished is suitable for the purpose intended and free from defects of design, material and workmanship. In the event the equipment fails to perform as specified, the equipment manufacturer shall promptly repair or replace the defective equipment without any cost to the Owner (including handling and shipment costs). Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Booster Pumps 11309-2 SECTION 11309 - BOOSTER PUMPS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes furnishing and installing horizontal centrifugal pumps in the Skycrest Booster Pump Station. B. Pump locations shall be as shown on the Drawings. Each pump shall be equipped with all the usual accessories including bases, lifting eye bolts, pressure taps, and suction and discharge gages. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 13300 - Controls and Instrumentation B. Section 16150 - Motors C. Section 16370 - Variable Frequency Drives 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design, fabricate, install and test each pump in accordance with Standards of Hydraulic Institute. B. The pumps are intended to be pumping equipment of proven ability as manufactured by reputable manufacturers having long experience in the production of identical pumps. The pumps furnished shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practice and methods, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed. C. To assure unity of responsibility, all pumps shall be manufactured by a single pump manufacturer and a single pump supplier shall furnish all three pumping units each consisting of the pump, motor and VFD. The pump supplier shall assume full responsibility for the satisfactory installation and local manual operation of the pump, motor and VFD as a complete system. D. The pumps shall be subject to the requirements of this Section, manufacturer's offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following: 1. Paco Model # 8015-9 (Capacity A) and 5015-9 (Capacity B) 2. Peerless Model # 8AE15 (Capacity A) and 6AE14 (Capacity B) 3. Or approved equal 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance certifying compliance with the referenced specifications and standards. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System- Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Booster Pumps 11309-1 C. Finish: Stainless steel enamel to red color as selected by the Owner's Project . Representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Proceed . with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire-protection specialties in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. C. Signage: Apply above fire extinguishers at locations indicated. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire- protection specialties are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fire-Protection Specialties 0992-0187 10520-3 2.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Manufacturers: 1. Amerex Corporation. 2. Ansul Incorporated. 3. Badger Fire Protection. 4. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. 5. Fire End &. Croker Corporation. 6. General Fire Extinguisher Corporation. 7. JL Industries, Inc. 8. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 9. Potter Roemer; Div, of Smith Industries, Inc. B. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked-enamel finish. 1. Color: Black. 2.4 SIGNAGE A. Signage and lettering shall comply with authorities having jurisdiction for sign size, letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by the Owner's Project Representative. 1. Identify bracket-mounted fire extinguishers with the signage containing the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER". 2. Size: 12-inches x 9-inches. 3. Material: Fiberglass. 2.5 STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, mill scale, rust, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond using manufacturer's standard methods. B. Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturers written instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils. 2.6 EXTINGUISHERS A. Manufacturers 1. Potter-Roemer 2. Larsen 3. J.L. Industries B. Type: Dry Chemical, UL 299, cast steel tank with pressure gage, Class A, B, C, 10 pound. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fire-Protection Specialties 0992-0187 10520-2 SECTION 10520 - FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Portable fire extinguishers. 2. Mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. 3. Identification Signage 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles. 1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. B. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, and as follows: 1. Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). 2. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M). C. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304. D. Copper-Alloy Brass Sheet: ASTM B 36/13 36M, alloy UNS No. C26000 (cartridge brass, 70 percent copper). E. Copper-Alloy Bronze Sheet: ASTM B 36/13 36M, alloy UNS No. C28000 (muntz metal, 60 percent copper). Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Fire-Protection Specialties 0992-0187 10520-1 C. Protect louvers from damage during construction. Use temporary protective coverings where needed and approved by louver manufacturer. Remove protective covering at the time of Substantial Completion. D. Restore louvers damaged during installation and construction so no evidence remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by Owner's Project Representative, remove damaged units and replace with new units. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Louvers and Vents 10200 - 5 2. Bird Screening: Aluminum, 1/2-inch-square mesh, 0.063-inch wire. 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Factory finish louvers and dampers after assembly. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Provide clear anodized finish from manufacturer's standard system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate Setting Drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Locate and place louver units level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. All fasteners shall be stainless steel or aluminum. Provide a weathertight connection. C. Form closely fitted joints with exposed connections accurately located and secured. D. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. E. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering, and grinding. Restore finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units. F. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation, as louver installation progresses, where weathertight louver joints are required. Comply with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for sealants applied during louver installation. 3.3 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTING A. Periodically clean exposed surfaces of louvers that are not protected by temporary covering to remove fingerprints and soil during construction period. Do not let soil accumulate until final cleaning. B. Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or detergent not harmful to finishes. Thoroughly rinse surfaces and dry. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Louvers and Vents 0992-0187 10200 - 4 C. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining materials' tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints. 1. Frame Type: Channel type, extended sill. D. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly. E. Provide sill extensions and loose sills made of same material as louvers to prevent water penetrating to interior. F. Join frame members to one another and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view, unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame members necessary. 2.4 FIXED, EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM LOUVERS A. Louver Construction: Provide fixed-blade louvers with extruded-aluminum frames and drainable blades with hidden downspouts at jambs and mullions. Full head and sills with blades and jamb contained within. B. Horizontal, Drainable-Head Louvers: As follows: 1. Louver Depth: 4 inches. 2. Frame Thickness: 0.081 inch. 3. Blade Thickness: 0.081 inch. 4. Blade Angle and Spacing: 37 degrees and 6 inches o.c. 2.6 LOUVER SCREENS A. General: Provide exterior louver with louver screen complying with the following requirements: 1. Screen Location for Fixed Louvers: Interior face. 2. Screening Type For Intake Louvers: Insect. B. Secure screens to louver frames with stainless-steel machine screws, spaced a maximum of 6 inches from each corner and at 12 inches o.c. C. Louver Screen Frames: Fabricate screen frames with mitered corners to louver sizes indicated and to comply with the following requirements: Metal: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are attached. a. Reinforce extruded-aluminum screen frames at corners with clips. 2. Finish: Mill finish, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Type: Rewirable frames with a driven spline or insert for securing screen mesh. D. Louver Screening for Aluminum Louvers: As follows: 1. Insect Screening: Aluminum, 18-by-16 mesh, 0.012-inch wire. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section 1Va Louvers and Vents 10200 - 3 B. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of louvers certifying that the products furnished comply with requirements and are licensed to bear the AMCA seal based on tests made according to AMCA 500 and complying with AMCA's Certified Ratings Program. C. Provide Florida Product Approval numbers for each product submitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Arrow United Industries. 2. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3. Pottorff. 4. Ruskin Company. 5. Or Approved Equal. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Louver Schedule on the Drawings. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063-T5 or T-52. B. Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal or 300 series stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use metals that are incompatible with joined materials. 1. Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions. 2. Use Phillips flat-head screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. C. Anchors and Inserts: Of type, size, and material required for loading and installation indicated. Use nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as needed for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Assemble louvers in factory to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Maintain equal louver blade spacing to produce uniform appearance. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992.0187 Section IVa Louvers and Vents 10200 - 2 SECTION 10200 - LOUVERS, DAMPERS, AND VENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: 1. Fixed, stormproof extruded-aluminum louvers and frames. 2. Combination louver damper and frames. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers, for sealants installed in perimeter joints between louver frames and adjoining construction. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and.general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501 apply to this Section, unless otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. B. Drainable-Blade Louver: Louver designed to collect and drain water to exterior at sill by means of gutters in front edges of blades and channels in jambs and mullions. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide exterior metal louvers capable of withstanding the effects of loads and stresses from wind and normal thermal movement without evidencing permanent deformation of louver components including blades, frames, and supports; noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or flutter; or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. 1. Wind Load: As indicated on Drawings 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is an authorized representative of the louver manufacturer required for this project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain all louvers, Architectural and Mechanical, through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Louvers and Vents 0992-0187 10200 - 1 SECTION 09902 - PIPE PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes pipe painting and identification as required for this project. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Exposed piping (except stainless steel) shall be painted. Metal pipe shall be painted System B-2 (1) and (2); B-3 (1) and (3); B-4; and C-1,2,3; depending on location. Seal coats shall be used over bitumen coated surfaces as applicable. Plastic pipe shall be painted in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. B. The finish coat color shall be as shown on the Pipe Identification Schedule. C. Provide flow indication arrows on all chemical feed piping. 2.2 PIPE PAINT COLORS A. Reclaimed Water: Purple (Pantone 522C) B. Chlorine Solution: Yellow C. Potable Water: Blue D. Chlorine Analyzer Drain: Green PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Pipe Painting 0992-0187 09902-1 2.5 WIRING/TERMINATIONS A. The Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assembly shall be provided with mechanical lugs and cam-lock type receptacle assembly for connection of generator power phases (A, B, C), neutral and grounding conductors. All connections for phases, neutral, ground, etc., shall be clearly marked and labeled. Color Coding of connectors shall be per Owner standard. B. Each single pole cam-lock type receptacle shall be rated for no less than 400A at 90 deg C. Multiple receptacles per phase, neutral, and ground shall be utilized when amperages over 400A are requested. Contact material of the receptacle shall be composed of brass. C. Cam-Lock type receptacles must be suitable for use in outdoor environments. D. Single pole Cam-Lock type receptacles shall be UL 498 listed for Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. E. Cam-Lock type receptacles shall be Leviton-17 series, taper nose and shall be capable for connection with 250 - 750kcmil cable. 2.6 ENCLOSURES A. The Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assembly shall be provided in a stainless steel NEMA 3R enclosure. The cam-lock type receptacles shall be mounted on a stainless steel dead-front panel with a pad-lockable outer door to secure the connections when not in use. During operation, the connection system shall meet NEMA 3R requirements. 2.7 NAMEPLATES A. Engraved nameplates, mounted on the face of the assembly, shall be furnished for all main and feeder circuits as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black characters on white background. Characters shall be 1/41N high, minimum. Nameplates shall give item designation and circuit number as well as frame ampere size and appropriate trip rating. Furnish master nameplate giving switchboard designation, voltage ampere rating, short-circuit rating, manufacturer's name, general order number, and item number. B. Control components mounted within the assembly shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION A. A certified test report of all standard production tests shall be available to the Engineer upon request. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies 0992-0187 16430-3 3.2 TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide a training session for up to five (5) Owner representatives for (2) normal workdays at a job site location as determined by the Owner. B. A manufacturer's qualified representative shall conduct the training session. The training program shall consist of instruction on operation of the assembly and major components within the assembly. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer instructions, Contract Drawings, National Electric Code and Owner standards. B. All necessary hardware to mount and secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the Contractor. END OF SECTION' Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies 0882-0187 16430-4 SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING and BONDING PART I -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install grounding systems complete in accordance with the minimum requirements established by Article 250 of the NEC. Article 250 of the NEC shall be considered as a minimum requirement for compliance with this Specification. B. Grounding of all instrumentation and control systems shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the manufacturer/system requirements and IEEE 1100-92, Powering and Grounding of Sensitive Electronic Equipment. Conflicts shall be promptly brought to the attention of the Engineer. C. In addition to the NEC requirements, building structural steel columns shall be permanently and effectively grounded: D. Reference Section 16010 -Electrical, Basic Requirements. E. Additional requirements for grounding are shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.2 TESTING A. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1. The following tests are required: Witnessed Shop Tests None required. 2. Field Tests Field testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements specified in the General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Section 01300- Submittals, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Reports of certified field tests. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable Specification section. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required for evaluation of the proposed equipment's compliance with the Contract Documents. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Grounding and Bonding 0992-0187 16450-1 B. Partial, incomplete, or illegible submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. C. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: Equipment specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. 2. Drawings and written description of how the Contractor intends to furnish and install the grounding system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The equipment covered by these specifications shall be standard equipment of proven performance as manufactured by reputable concerns. Equipment shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.2 GROUND RODS AND GRID A. Ground rods shall be rolled to a commercially round shape from copper-clad steel manufactured by the molten-welding process or by the electro-formed process (molecularly bonded). They shall have an ultimate tensile strength of 75,OOOPSI and an elastic limit of 49,000PSI. The rods shall be not less than 3/41N diameter by 1 OFT in length; and the proportion of copper shall be uniform throughout the length of the rod. The copper shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.0131N at any point on the rod. B. The maximum resistance to ground of a driven ground rod shall not exceed 1 OOHM under normally dry conditions. Where the resistance obtained with one (1) ground rod exceeds 1 OOHM, additional ground rods shall be installed not less than 10FT on centers. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non current-carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductors in nonmetallic raceways and neutral conductors of wiring systems shall be grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment and shall be extended to the point of entrance of the metallic water service. Connection to the water pipe shall be made by a suitable ground clamp or lug connection to a plugged tee. If flanged pipes are encountered, connection shall be made with the lug bolted to the street side of the flanged connection. If there is not suitable metallic water service to the facility, the ground connection shall be made to the driven ground rods on the exterior of the building. Where ground fault protection is employed, care shall be taken so that the connection of the ground and neutral does not interfere with the correct operation of the ground fault protection system. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Grounding and Bonding 16450-2 2.3 FITTINGS A. Grounding connections to equipment shall be bolted. Cable end connections may be made by use of the crucible weld process or bolted type connectors. Bolted type connectors for this application shall consist of corrosion resistant copper alloy with silicone bronze bolts, nuts and lock-washers which are designed for this purpose. 2.4 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. A green, insulated equipment grounding conductor, which shall be separate from the electrical system neutral conductor, shall be furnished and installed for all circuits. Equipment grounding conductors shall be furnished and installed in all conduits. Use of conduits as the NEC required equipment grounding conductor is not acceptable. B. Where specified or shown a 31N strap shall be furnished and installed as the grounding conductor. 2.5 EQUIPMENT GROUNDS A. Equipment grounds shall be solid and continuous from a connection at earth to all distribution panelboards. Ground connections at panelboards, outlets, equipment, and apparatus shall be made in an approved and permanent manner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Metal surfaces where grounding connections are to be made shall be clean and dry. Steel surfaces shall be ground or filed to remove all scale, rust, grease, and dirt. Copper and galvanized steel shall be cleaned with emery cloth to remove oxide before making connections. B. Ground Grid: A main ground grid shall be provided for each structure and interconnecting structure grids consisting of driven ground rods. The ground rods shall be driven deep enough to obtain a ground resistance of not more than 100HM and shall be interconnected by the use of copper cable bus (31N strap minimum), or a bare copper conductor sized to the largest service entrance ground, welded to the rods by the crucible weld process. The grounding cables shall be installed after the excavations for the building have been completed and prior to the pouring of concrete for the footings, mats, etc. Copper "pigtails" shall be connected to the ground system and shall enter the buildings and structure from the outside and shall be connected to steel structures, and equipment as described in this Section and as required to provide a complete grounding system. 2. Grounding conductors shall be continuous between points of connection; splices shall not be permitted. 3. Where conductors are exposed and subject to damage from personnel, traffic, etc., conductors shall be installed in PVC sch-80 raceway. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Grounding and Bonding 0992-0187 16450-3 4. Connections to ground rods shall be exposed to permit maintenance and inspection for continuity and effectiveness of grounding system. 5. Where subsurface conditions do not permit use of driven ground rods to obtain proper ground resistance, rods shall be installed in a trench or plate electrodes shall be provided, as applicable and necessary to obtain proper values of resistance. 6. Conduit that enters equipment such as motor control centers, switchboards, switchgear, variable frequency drives, instrument and control panels, and similar equipment shall be bonded to the ground bus, where provided, and as otherwise required by the NEC. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section /Va Grounding and Bonding 16450-4 SECTION 16460 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and test transformers for power and lighting distribution systems as described herein, as shown on the Contract Drawings, and as required to complete the electrical installations. B. All equipment specified in this Section shall be furnished by the transformer manufacturer who shall be responsible for the suitability and compatibility of all included equipment. C. Reference Section 16010, Electrical Basic Requirements, and Section 09900 - Painting and Coatings. 1.2 TESTING A. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1. The following tests are required: 1. Witnessed Shop Tests None required. 2. Certified Shop Tests a) The transformers shall be given routine factory tests in accordance with the requirements of the ANSI and NEMA standards. Temperature rises may be certified from basic design. b) As a minimum, the following tests shall be made on all transformers: 1) Ratio tests on the rated voltage connection and on all tap connections. 2) Polarity and phase-relation tests on the rated voltage connection. 3) Applied potential tests. 4) Induced potential tests. 5) No-load and excitation current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection. 3. Field Tests a) Field testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements specified in the General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 16010- Electrical, Basic Requirements. b) After installation, the transformers shall be subjected to routine insulation resistance tests. The tests shall be made by the Contractor who shall also furnish the required testing equipment. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Dry Type Transformers 0992-0187 16460-1 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Division 1, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3. Spare Parts List. 4. Special Tools List. 5. Reports of Certified Shop Tests. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable specification section. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein, and all additional information required for evaluation of the proposed equipment's compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Partial, incomplete, or illegible submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. C. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: Equipment specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. 2. Drawings showing clearly marked dimensions for each transformer. 3. Sample equipment nameplate diagram. D. The submittal information shall reflect the specific equipment identification number as indicated on the Contract Drawings. E. The shop drawing information shall be complete and organized in such a way that the Engineer can determine if the requirements of these Specifications are being met. Copies of technical bulletins, technical data sheets from "soft-cover" catalogs, and similar information which is "highlighted" or somehow identifies the specific equipment items that the Contractor intends to provide are acceptable and shall be submitted. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Contractor shall submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Division 1. 1.6 TOOLS, SUPPLIES AND SPARE PARTS A. The transformers shall be furnished with all special tools necessary to disassemble, service, repair and adjust the equipment. All spare parts as recommended by the equipment manufacturer shall be furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Dry Type Transformers 16460-2 B. Spare parts lists, included with the shop drawing submittal, shall indicate specific sizes, quantities, and part numbers of the items to be furnished. Terms such as "1 lot of packing material" are not acceptable. C. Parts shall be completely identified with a numerical system to facilitate parts inventory control and stocking. Each part shall be properly identified by a separate number. Those parts which are identical for more than one size, shall have the same parts number. 1.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Each transformer shall be identified with the equipment tag number indicated on the Contract Drawings and the accepted shop drawings. A nameplate shall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place on each transformer. Nameplates shall be as specified in Section 16010- Electrical, Basic Requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The equipment covered by this Specification is intended to be standard equipment of proven performance as manufactured by reputable concerns. Equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: Dry-type Transformers: a) Square D b) Cutler-Hammer C) General Electric d) Siemens-ITE 2.2 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Furnish and install single-phase and three-phase general purpose, dry-type transformers, as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings. The transformers shall be 60Hz, self-cooled, quiet-design insulated of the two winding type. B. The transformers shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed and shall bear the UL label. C. The primary windings shall be rated 480VAC for use on 3-phase, 3-wire systems and connected delta unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings. KVA ratings shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. Furnish taps for transformers as follows: 1. 1 PH, 25 KVA and below: Two 5% FCBN, Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Dry Type Transformers 0992-0187 16460-3 2. 3 PH, 15 KVA and below: Two 5% FCBN. 3. 3 PH, 30 KVA and above: Two 2.5% FCAN and four 2.5% FCBN. All taps shall be full capacity rated. D. The ratings of the secondary windings shall be as indicated on the Contract . Drawings. E. Transformers shall be designed for continuous operation at rated KVA, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, with normal life expectancy as defined in IEEE 65 and ANSI C57.96. This performance shall be obtainable without exceeding 150 degrees Celsius average temperature rise by resistance or 180 degrees Celsius hot spot temperature rise in a 40 degrees Celsius maximum ambient and 30 degrees Celsius average ambient. The maximum coil hot spot temperature shall not exceed 220 degrees Celsius. All insulating materials shall be flame retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D 635. All insulating materials shall be in accordance with NEMA ST 20 Standard for a 220 degrees Celsius UL component recognized insulation system. F. Transformer coils shall be of the continuous wound copper construction and shall be impregnated with nonhygroscopic, thermosetting varnish. G. Transformers shall have copper windings. H. All cores are to be constructed of high grade, nonaging, grain-oriented silicon steel with high magnetic permeability and low hysteresis and eddy current loses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the saturation point. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and compressed with structural steel angles. The completed core and coil shall then be bolted to the base by means of vibration-absorbing mounts to minimize sound transmission. There shall be no metal-to-metal contact between the core and coil assembly and the enclosure. Indoor non-classified enclosures shall be made of heavy gauge steel and shall be degreased, cleaned, primed, and finished with a baked weather-resistant enamel. See painting requirements specified in this section. Outdoor enclosures or enclosures within a corrosive area shall be constructed of stainless steel and rated NEMA 4X. All transformers shall be equipped with a wiring compartment suitable for conduit entry and large enough to allow convenient wiring. The maximum temperature of the enclosure shall not exceed 90 degrees Celsius. Transformers shall be furnished with lugs of the size and quantity required and suitable for termination of the field wiring. K. The core of the transformer shall be visibly grounded to the enclosure by means of a flexible grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable NEMA, IEEE, and ANSI standards. L. Transformers shall be mounted on neoprene-rubber isolation pads. The transformers shall not exceed the following ANSI sound levels: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Dry Type Transformers 16460-4 0 to 9 kVA 40 d13 10 to 50 kVA 45 dB 51 to 150 kVA 50 dB 151 to 300 KVA 55 dB 301 to 500 KVA 60 dB 501 to 700 KVA 62 d13 701 to 1000 KVA 64 dB 1001 to 1500 KVA 65 dB 2.3 PAINTING A. The exteriors of the transformer enclosures shall be painted as follows: 1. Factory painting: Surfaces shall be cleaned carefully and given a priming basic lead chromate. This shall be followed by two coats of an approved paint applied by brushing. 2. Field painting: After delivery and installation, but before transformers are placed in service, all factory-painted surfaces shall be carefully cleaned and all abrasions shall be repaired. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The transformers shall be furnished and installed as shown on the Contract Drawings and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. B. Conduit routed to and from the transformer shall be arranged for easy removal of the transformer. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section IVa Dry Type Transformers 16460-5 SECTION 16470 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install panelboards of voltage and current ratings as shown on the Contract Drawings. Panelboards shall be furnished with circuit breaker ratings, number of breakers, number of poles and locations conforming to the panelboard schedules on the Contract Drawings. B. Reference Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Panelboards shall conform to all applicable Federal, UL, and NEMA standards. Materials and components shall be new and conform to grades, qualities and standards as specified herein and shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Panelboards shall comply with the following industry standards: 1. UL Listing/Approval 2. UL Standards a. Panelboards - UL 67 b. Cabinets and Boxes - UL 50 3. National Electrical Code 4. NEMA Standard - PB1 1.3 TESTING A. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1. The following tests are required: 1. Witnessed Shop Tests None required 2. Field Tests Field testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements specified in the General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 16010 - Electrical: Basic Requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Section 01300- Submittals, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings. 2. Reports of Certified Shop Tests. 3. Spare Parts List. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Panelboards 0992-0187 16470-1 4. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable specification section. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required for evaluation of the proposed equipment's compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Partial, incomplete, or illegible submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. C. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: Material specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. 2. Complete assembly, layout, and installation drawings with clearly marked dimensions for each panel board. 3. Complete panelboard schedules indicating circuit designations and connected loads as shown on the Contract Drawings for each panelboard. D. The submittal information shall reflect the specific equipment identification as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 1.6 TOOLS, SUPPLIES AND SPARE PARTS A. The panelboards and accessories shall be furnished with all special tools necessary to disassemble, service, repair, and adjust the equipment. For each panelboard, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner all spare parts as recommended by the equipment manufacturer including two (2) molded case circuit breakers of each type, size, and rating used. B. Spare parts lists, included with the shop drawing submittal, shall indicate specific sizes, quantities, and part numbers of the items to be furnished. Terms such as "1 lot of packing material" are not acceptable. C. Parts shall be completely identified with a numerical system to facilitate parts inventory control and stocking. Each part shall be properly identified by a separate number. Those parts which are identical for more than one size shall have the same parts number. 1.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Each panelboard shall be identified with the identification tag number indicated on the Contract Drawings and the accepted shop drawings. A nameplate shall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place on each panelboard. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station 0992-0187 Section lVa Panelboards 16470-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The Equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.2 CONDUCTORS (MAIN BUS AND BRANCH CONNECTORS) A. All main bus shall be copper sized in accordance with UL standards to limit the temperature rise on any current carrying part to a maximum of 50 degrees C above a maximum ambient temperature of 40 degrees C. 2.3 LIGHTING PANELBOARDS A. General The Lighting Panelboards, as defined by NEC or noted on drawings, shall be dead-front type with automatic trip-free, non-adjustable, thermal-overload, branch circuit breakers. Panelboards shall be of the configuration and rating as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings. Panelboards shall be listed and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. 2. The Lighting Panelboards shall be equipped with a main breaker or main lugs complete with branch circuit breakers, as shown on the Contract Drawings. The panelboards shall be enclosed in a cabinet suitable forflush or surface mounting. Some panelboards shall be furnished and installed within motor control center structures as shown on the Contract Drawings. 3. Lighting Panelboards shall be fully rated and shall have a short circuit rating of 22kA symmetrical, minimum. In the event the results of the Contractor's short circuit fault analysis, as accepted by the. Engineer, indicate that a higher short circuit rating of the panelboards is required, furnish complete panelboards with that higher rating. 4. Lighting Panelboards shall be furnished with transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) and filtering equipment as required in specification section 16671 and indicated on the Contract Drawings. The TVSS devices shall be UL labeled. 5. Subject to compliance with specifications Lighting Panelboards shall be Square-D Company, Eaton/Cutler-Hammer Electric Corporation, General Electric or equal. B. Cabinets Except for lighting panelboards installed in motor control centers, the cabinet shall be NEMA 12 (minimum) constructed of #12 U.S.S. code gauge galvanized steel. The door shall be fastened to the cabinet with concealed brass hinges and shall be equipped with flush-type catches and locks. All locks shall be keyed alike. The cabinet shall have wiring gutters on sides and shall be at least 201N wide and 5-3/41N deep. The Contractor shall Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Panelboards 0992-0187 16470-3 provide an engraved nameplate for the panelboard. The nameplate shall include the panelboard designation, voltage, phase, wires, and bus rating. 2. An Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. inspection label shall appear on the interior of the cabinet. C. Bus Work Main bus bars shall be of ample size so that a current density of not more than 1000A per square inch of cross section will be attained. This current density shall be based on the application of the full load connected to the panel plus approximately 25% of the full load for spare capacity. The main bus shall be full capacity as based on the preceding for the entire length of the panel so as to provide full flexibility of circuit arrangement. 2. Solid neutral bus bars are required. Ratings shall be in accordance with applicable standards. 3. A separate ground bus shall be provided with lugs for termination of equipment grounding conductors. 4. Branch bus work shall be rated to match the maximum branch circuit breaker which may be installed in the standard space. 5. All bus shall be plated copper. D. Circuit Breakers Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on, molded-case type conforming to NEMA Standard AB 1. Trip elements of circuit breakers shall be 20A unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. Minimum branch circuit breaker shall be 100A frame for 60A and above except where shown otherwise on the Drawings or where a larger frame size is standard for the continuous current rating required. Breakers shall have an interrupting rating of 22kA symmetrical at 240VAC, minimum. All breakers shall have quick-make, quick-break, toggle mechanism for manual as well as automatic operation. Tandem or half-size breakers are not acceptable. 2. Where indicated, or where required by Code, circuit breakers for receptacle circuits shall be equipped with integrally mounted ground fault interrupters complete with "TEST" push button and shall be of a type which fit standard panelboard spaces for the breaker continuous current rating required. 3. Instrument power panel branch circuit breakers set for control instrumentation, telephone, data, fire alarm or auxiliary equipment circuits requiring continuous operation shall be provided with a lock-on device. 4. Circuit breakers used for fluorescent lighting circuit switching shall be approved for the purpose and shall be marked "SWD". Circuit breakers used for high intensity discharge lighting circuit switching shall be approved for the purpose and shall be marked "HID". Where required by Article 440 of the NEC, circuit breakers installed for air conditioning units shall be HACR type. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Panelboards 0992-0187 16470-4 E. Directories Approved directories with glass or noncombustible plastic cover and with typewritten designations of each branch circuit, shall be furnished and installed in each panelboard. The Contractor shall maintain in each panel, during the duration of the Contract, a handwritten directory clearly indicating the circuit breakers in service. This directory shall be updated as work progresses, and final, typewritten directories, as specified above, shall be installed at the end of the project. Designations and circuit locations shall conform to the panelboard schedules on the Contract Drawings, except as otherwise authorized by the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall provide directories identifying panelboards and indicating the size of the feeder (cable and conduit) serving the panel, circuit numbers, and a description of associated branch circuits including branch circuit trip and connected load for each circuit. 2.4 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. General The Power Distribution Panelboards, as defined by NEC or noted on drawings, shall be of the configuration and rated as shown on the Contract Drawings. The panelboards shall be dead-front type with automatic trip-free, non-adjustable, thermal overload branch circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on molded case type conforming to NEMA Standard AB1. Trip elements of the circuit breakers shall be rated 20A unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. The bus ratings shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. Panelboards shall be listed and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. 2. Power distribution panelboards shall be fully rated and shall have a short circuit rating of 25kA symmetrical, minimum. In the event the results of the Contractor's short circuit fault analysis, as accepted by the Engineer, indicate that a higher short circuit rating of the panelboards is required, furnish complete panelboards with that higher rating. 3. Power Distribution Panelboards shall be furnished with transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) and filtering equipment as required in specification section 16671 and indicated on the Contract Drawings. The TVSS devices shall be UL labeled. 4. Subject to compliance with specifications Power Distribution Panelboards shall be Square-D Company I-LINE, Eaton/Cutler-Hammer Electric Corporation Paw-R-Line 4 Series, General Electric or Equal. B. Cabinets Except for power panelboards installed in motor control centers, the cabinets shall be NEMA 12 (minimum) constructed of #12 U.S.S. code gauge galvanized steel. The door shall be fastened to the cabinet with concealed brass hinges and shall be equipped with flush-type catches and locks. All locks shall be keyed alike. The cabinet shall have wiring gutters on sides Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Panelboards 0992-0187 16470-5 and shall be at least 201N wide and 5-3/41N deep. The Contractor shall provide nameplates for each panelboard. The nameplate shall include the panelboard designation, voltage, phase, wires, and bus rating. 2. An Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. inspection label shall appear on the interior of the cabinet. C. Bus Work Main bus bars shall be of ample size so that a current density of not more than 1,000A per square inch of cross section will be attained. This current density shall be based on the application of the full load connected to the panel plus approximately 25% of the full load for spare capacity. The main bus shall be full capacity as based on the preceding for the entire length of the panel so as to provide full flexibility of circuit arrangement. 2. Solid neutral bus bars, where required, shall be provided. Ratings shall be in accordance with applicable standards. 3. A separate ground bus shall be provided with lugs for termination of equipment grounding conductors. 4. Branch bus work shall be rated to match the maximum branch circuit breaker which may be installed in the standard space. 5. All bus shall be plated copper. D. Circuit Breakers Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on, molded-case type conforming to NEMA Standard AB 1. Trip elements of circuit breakers shall be 20A unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. Minimum branch circuit breaker shall be 100A frame for 60A and above except where shown otherwise on the Contract Drawings or where a larger frame size is standard for the continuous current rating required. Breakers shall have an interrupting rating of 25kA symmetrical at 480VAC, minimum. All breakers shall have quick-make, quick-break, toggle mechanism for manual as well as automatic operation. Tandem or half-size breakers are not acceptable. E. Directories Approved directories with glass or noncombustible plastic cover, and with typewritten designations of each branch circuit, shall be provided in each panel. The Contractor shall maintain in each panel, during the duration of the Contract, a handwritten directory clearly indicating the circuit breakers in service. This directory shall be updated as work progresses, and final, typewritten directories, as specified above, shall be installed at the end of the project. Designations and circuit locations shall conform to the panelboard schedules on the Contract Drawings, except as otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section /Va Panelboards 0992-0187 16470-6 2. The Contractor shall provide directories identifying panelboards and indicating the size of the feeder (cable and conduit) serving the panel, circuit numbers, and a description of associated branch circuits including branch circuit trip and connected load for each circuit. 2.6 PAINTING A. All metal surfaces of the panelboard enclosures shall be thoroughly cleaned and given one prime of zinc chromate primer. All interior surfaces shall then be given one shop finishing coat of a lacquer of the nitro-cellulose enamel variety. All exterior surfaces shall be given three coats of the same lacquer. The color of finishing coats shall be light gray ANSI #61. B. Prior to final completion of the work, all metal surfaces of the equipment shall be cleaned thoroughly, and all scratches and abrasions shall be retouched with the same lacquer as used for shop finishing coats. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MOUNTING A. The lighting panelboards, power distribution panelboards, and combination power units shall be furnished and installed as shown on the Contract Drawings and as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. B. Panelboards shall be set true and plumb in all locations as shown on the Contract Drawings. The top of panelboard enclosure shall not exceed 6FT above finished floor elevation. C. Enclosures shall not be fastened to concrete or masonry surfaces with wooden plugs, conical plastic anchors. Appropriate cadmium plated or galvanized steel bolts shall be used with expansion shields or other metallic type concrete insert for mounting on concrete or solid masonry walls. Cadmium plated or galvanized steel toggle bolts shall be used for mounting on concrete block or other hollow masonry walls. Bolt diameter shall be as required considering the size and weight of the completed panelboard and enclosure to provide adequate structural support. D. The Contractor shall not use factory furnished knockouts with surface back boxes. The Contractor shall punch or drill required openings during installation and shall equip flush back boxes with manufacturer's standard pattern of knockouts. The Contractor shall equip cabinet doors exceeding 40IN height with vertical bolt three point locking mechanism. E. The Contractor shall install cabinets (and other enclosure products) in plumb with the building construction. Flush enclosures shall be installed so that the trim will rest against the surrounding surface material and around the entire perimeter of the enclosure. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section iVa Panelboards 0992-0187 16470-7 SECTION 16475 - SAFETY / DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install separately mounted, individual disconnect switches as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. 16010 -Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.2 TESTING A. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and Division 1. The following tests are required: 1. Witnessed Shop Tests: None required. 2. Field Tests: Field testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements specified in the General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 16010 -- Electrical, Basic Requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Section 01300 - Submittals, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Spare Parts List Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable specification section. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required for evaluation of the proposed equipment's compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Partial, incomplete or illegible submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. C. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: 1. Equipment specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. 2. Complete layout and installation drawings with clearly marked dimensions for each type/size/rating of disconnect switch. 3. Assembled weight of each unit. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Safety Disconnect Switches 0992-0187 16475-1 D. The shop drawing information shall be complete and organized in such a way that the Engineer can determine if the requirements of these Specifications are being met. Copies of technical bulletins, technical data sheets from "soft-cover" catalogs, and similar information which is "highlighted" or somehow identifies the specific equipment items that the Contractor intends to provide are acceptable and shall be submitted. 1.5 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS A. The equipment shall be furnished with all special tools necessary to disassemble, service, repair, and adjust the equipment, and with all spare parts as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. B. One complete set of spare fuses for each ampere rating installed shall be furnished and delivered to the Owner at the time of final inspection. C. Spare parts lists, included with the shop drawing submittal, shall indicate specific sizes, quantities, and part numbers of the items to be furnished. Terms such as "l lot of packing material" are not acceptable. D. Parts shall be completely identified with a numerical system to facilitate parts inventory control and stocking. Each part shall be properly identified by a separate number. Those parts which are identical for more than one size shall have the same parts number. 1.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Each equipment item shall be identified with a nameplate. The nameplate shall be engraved indicating the circuit number and equipment name with which it is associated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The equipment covered by this Specification is intended to be standard equipment of proven performance as manufactured by reputable concerns. Equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Switches shall be manufactured by Square-D, Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Allen-Bradley, or Siemens. 2.2 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty type and/or as specified in these Specifications. Switches shall be furnished and installed as shown on the Contract Drawings and as required by the NEC. Handles shall be lockable. B. Switches shall be NEMA Type HD, single throw, externally operated, fused or non- fused as required. Switches shall be of the poles, voltage, and ampere ratings as shown on the Contract Drawings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Safety Disconnect Switches 0992-0187 16475-2 C. Disconnect Switches shall be provided in following enclosures as a minimum based one their location. Multiple ratings of enclosures may apply. 1. Indoor dry areas: NEMA 1A 2. Indoor damp areas: NEMA 12 3. Corrosive or indoor wet process areas: NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel or non- metallic 4. Outdoor areas: NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel. 5. Hazardous areas: suitable for the Class, Division, and Group to suit the application. D. Disconnect switches shall be quick-make, quick-break and with an interlocked cover which cannot be opened when switch is in the "ON" position and capable of being locked in the "OPEN" position. E. A complete set of fuses for all switches shall be furnished and installed as required. Time-current characteristic curves of fuses serving motors or connected in series with circuit breakers shall be coordinated for proper operation. Fuses shall have voltage rating not less than the circuit voltage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All disconnect switches to be mounted 60IN above the floor, at the equipment height where appropriate, or where shown otherwise. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install fuses of various types as required with the continuous ampere ratings as required or shown on the Contract Drawings. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Safety Disconnect Switches 0992-0187 16475-3 SECTION 16500 -- LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for furnishing, installing, connecting, testing and placing into satisfactory operation all light fixtures, lamps, contactors, controls, supports, etc. as required for a complete and operational lighting system as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Lighting shall be in accordance with the latest requirements of the Illuminating Engineering Society, and all lighting fixtures shall have the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. label of approval. C. All wiring shall be placed in conduit and shall comply with the Specifications for conduit, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes, wires and cables, grounding, and other Sections as set forth in these Specifications and as noted herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements, and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall provide submittals as specified in Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements. In addition, the following specific submittals items shall be provided. 1. Equipment specifications and product data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. 2. Catalog cuts for each fixture type showing performance and construction details of standard fixtures, and complete working drawings showing all proposed construction details of special or modified standard fixtures. 3. Photometric curves 4. Photometric plans shall be provided if substitutions are made from the equipment shown or specified. Data shall be submitted electronically in an approved Engineer format. 5. Lamp data. 6. Ballast information. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Lighting 0992-0187 16500-1 7. Catalog data including applicable coefficients of utilization tables, isolux chart of illumination on a horizontal plane, beam efficiency, horizontal and vertical beam spread, and beam lumens. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The equipment covered by this Specification is intended to be standard equipment of proven performance as manufactured by reputable firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of lighting equipment, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. Equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Manufacturer's catalog number and description in the fixture schedule on the Contract Drawings establishes a level of quality, style, finish, etc. The use of a catalog number describing the various types of fixtures shall be used as a guide only, and does not exclude all the required accessories or hardware that may be required for a complete installation. C. All products shall be UL listed and meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC). Electrical components shall be listed and labeled by U.L. 2.2 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS: A. Tools, supplies, and spare parts shall be provided as specified in Section 16010 - Electrical, Basic Requirements, and as specified for each equipment item. In addition, the following items shall be provided. 1. The equipment shall be furnished with all special tools necessary to disassemble service, repair and adjust the equipment. All spare parts as recommended by the equipment manufacturer shall be furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. 2. A minimum two (2) or one (1) ballast for every ten (10) ballasts (of the same type) installed; whichever is greater. 3. A minimum of one (1) lamp for every five (5) lamps (of the same type) installed; whichever is greater. 2.3 LIGHTING CONTROLS A. The lighting systems shall be controlled as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Lighting contactors shall be furnished and installed for specific lighting control applications as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Lighting 0992-0187 16500-2 2.4 PHOTOCELL SWITCHES A. Hermetically sealed cadmium sulfide cell with single-throw contacts rated 1800VA and 277V minimum. Unit mounted within vandal resistant, die-cast aluminum housing. Designed to turn on at level below 3 footcandles and off at 3 to 10 footcandles. A 15 second time delay to prevent switching from transient light sources. Temperature range -40 degrees F to +170 degrees F. Power consumption less than 1 AW average. 2.6 FIXTURES A. Fixture leads shall be as required by NEC and shall be grounded by the conduit connection to the fixture. B. All glassware shall be high quality, homogeneous in texture, uniform in quality, free from defects, of uniform thickness throughout and properly annealed. Edges shall be well rounded and free from chips or rough edges. C. Refer to the fixture schedule on the Contract Drawings. D. Subject to compliance with the specifications and submission of photometric plans for approval, the following manufactures may be substituted for those listed on the fixture schedule on the Contract Drawings: Interior /Exterior Lights a) Holophane b) Lithonia C) KIM Lighting d) GE Lighting 2.6 BALLASTS A. Where available, ballasts shall be as manufactured by the fixture manufacturer. Ballasts for fluorescent fixtures shall be rapid-start, high efficiency and high power factor, with certification by ETL, CBM and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Ballasts shall have copper windings. All ballasts for indoor fluorescent fixtures shall be equipped with an internal, thermally actuated automatic reclosing protection device. Ballasts shall be guaranteed against service failure for a period of two (2) years. Ballasts shall be rated "Class P" to agree with requirements of 410-73 (e) and other applicable articles of the NEC, to conform to the time schedule for this requirement, and shall be Class A sound rated. B. Ballasts for HID fixtures shall have copper windings and shall be high power factor, constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) (i.e. lead type for high pressure sodium or peak lead type for metal halide), or constant wattage (CW) with certification by ETL, CBM and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. All ballasts for HID fixtures shall be Class "H" insulated, encapsulated for quiet operation, and shall have an integral thermal protector. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Lighting 0992-0187 16500-3 C. All outdoor fixtures and fixtures located in unheated areas shall be furnished and installed with ballasts rated for outdoor installation. D. Ballasts shall be as manufactured by Holophane, Universal, Advance, or equal. 2.7 LAMPS A. The Contractor shall furnish and install lamps in all fixtures. Lamps shall be of the following types: 1. Compact Fluorescent 120VAC 2. Fluorescent: Rapid-Start, Low Level Mercury 3. HID: Mercury Vapor, High Pressure Sodium, or Metal Halide B. Lamps shall be as manufactured by General Electric Company, Sylvania Lighting Equipment, Phillips Lighting Company, or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Lighting fixtures shall be located symmetrically with architectural lines and landscape features as shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall furnish and install the lighting fixtures to allow "convenient" access for maintenance such as cleaning, relamping, and other activities. The fixtures shall be installed to be accessed by a ladder. Where fixtures are shown in locations on the Contract Drawings where maintenance would be difficult, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer for direction. B. The Contractor shall provide and install all inserts, conduit, structural supports as required, lamps, ballasts, poles, wiring, and any other items required for a complete system. Contractor shall properly adjust and test, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the entire lighting system. The Contractor shall provide pigtails and flexible conduit connected to an outlet box where necessary or required resulting in a neat and complete installation. C. The Contractor shall protect all fixtures at all times from damage, dirt, dust, and the like. Before final acceptance, all fixtures and devices shall be cleaned of all dust, dirt or other material, be fully re-lamped and in operating condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. D. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pendant trapezes and pendant stem hangers with durable swivel or equivalent trapeze hanger permitting normal fixture motion and self-alignment. Fixture pendants shall be Type UNJ ball type flexible hanger at the fixture and supports from a Type JBLX junction box with JBLX hub cover, or equal. Pendant lengths shall be adequate and adjusted to provide uniformity of installation heights above the reference datum. Stems shall be one-piece, with matching canopies and fittings. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Lighting 0992-0187 16500-4 E. Fixtures located on the exterior of the building shall be provided with neoprene gasket and non-ferrous metal screws finished to match the fixtures. F. The finish or exposed metal parts of lighting fixtures and finish trims of all recessed lighting fixtures shall be as directed by the Engineer. G. The Contractor shall furnish and install recessed fixtures with a separate junction box concealed and located as to be accessible when fixture is removed. H. The Contractor shall furnish and install all boxes for lighting fixtures such that the box is not the sole support of the fixture. The boxes shall be offset to allow maintenance such that access to wiring within the box can be attained without having to consider supporting (holding) the fixture. All lighting units, when installed, shall be set true and be free of light leaks, warps, dents, and other irregularities. All hangers, cables, supports, channels, and brackets of all kinds for safely erecting this equipment in place, shall be furnished and erected in place by the Contractor. J. The Contractor shall install fixtures at mounting heights indicated on the Contract Drawings or as instructed by the Engineer. In areas with exposed ducts and/or piping, installation of lighting fixtures shall be adapted to field conditions as determined by the Engineer. K. The Contractor shall support each fixture securely. Each fluorescent fixture shall be secured to the building structure. The Contractor shall not secure fixtures to the work of other trades, unless specified or noted otherwise, and shall not support fixtures to plaster. The Contractor shall furnish and install all steel members and supports as required to fasten and suspended fixtures from the structure. L. In all mechanical equipment areas, the Contractor shall install lighting fixtures on the ceiling after all piping and equipment therein has been installed. Exact locations for such fixtures may be determined by the Engineer on the site during the course of the work. M. Upon completion of work, and after indoor areas are broom clean, all fixtures shall be made clean and free of dust and all other foreign matter both on visible surfaces, and on surfaces that affect the lighting performance of the fixture including diffusers, lenses, louvers, reflectors, and lamps. N. All fixtures that require physical adjustment shall be so adjusted in accordance with the directions of the Engineer. The Contractor shall also adjust angular direction of fixtures and/or lamps, as directed. 0. Relamping access shall require no special tools. All optical control surfaces such as lenses and reflectors shall be safely and securely attached to fixtures and shall be easily and quickly removed and replaced for cleaning without the use of tools. No fixture part that may be removed, for maintenance, shall be held in place by metal tabs that must be bent to remove said part. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Lighting 0992-0187 16500-5 P. Pole mounted fixtures shall be mounted on poles as designated in the fixture schedule or as indicated on the Contract Drawings. All metal poles shall be bonded to the site grounding system. Poles shall have adequate handholes and weatherproof receptacles where indicated. Q. The Contractor shall furnish and install switches as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Switches shall be single pole, double pole, 3-way, or 4-way as required. Switches located outdoors or in wet indoor locations shall be installed in cast boxes complete with yellow, fiberglass weatherproof covers. Reference Section 16140 - Wiring Devices. R. The Contractor shall furnish and install time switches and photocells as specified herein or indicated on the Contract Drawings. Time switches shall be provided with a manual bypass switch controlling the lights locally and remotely. Time switches shall control contactors, relays, or direct controlling of one, two, or three lighting circuits, as indicated. The Contractor shall furnish and install photocells as specified herein or indicated on the Contract Drawings for automatic "ON/OFF" switching of outdoor lighting. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Lighting 0992-0187 16500-6 SECTION 16670 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. A Lightning Protection System shall be provided and installed on the structures where shown on the Contract Drawings, by experienced installers in compliance with provisions of Code for Lightning Protection Systems as adopted by the National Fire Protection Association and Lightning Protection Institute. All equipment to that result shall be included whether or not specifically called for herein. Installers shall be LPI (Lightning Protection Institute) certified, master and journeyman in accordance with LPI standards or of equal qualifications as approved by Engineer. A LPI label for the system shall be required. 1. RCW Pump Station 2. RCW Storage Tank B. Material shall comply in weight, size and composition with the requirements of the Lightning Protection Institute and the National Fire Protection Code relating to this.type of installation, and shall be LPI labeled. 1. All materials, where available by any one manufacturer, shall be cast. All bolts shall have hexagonal heads, no screw heads will be permitted. 2. Lightning protection cable shall be Class I copper. Grounding counterpoise shall be copper sized as shown on drawings. Fittings and straps shall be cast copper. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted before work is done. Drawings shall include full layout of cabling and points, and connections. B. Product Data: Product Data shall be submitted on all equipment to show compliance with this section of the specifications and shall include manufacturer's written recommendations for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR TERMINALS A. Air terminals shall be copper as required to match roof conductors, and shall have proper base support for surface on which they are attached, and shall be securely anchored to this surface. Terminals shall project a minimum of 10" above top of object to which attached. 2.2 CONDUCTORS A. Roof conductors shall consist of copper complying with the weight and construction requirements of the Code, and shall be coursed to interconnect with Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa 0992-0187 Lightning Protection System 16670-1 air terminals, and in general, provide a two-way minimum path to ground. The angle of any turn shall not exceed 90-DEG, and shall provide an approximately horizontal or downward course. Down conductors shall be copper, concealed within the structure. Radius of bends shall not be less than SIN. Roof conductors material shall match and/or be compatible with roof flashing material. 2.3 FASTENER A. Conductor fasteners shall be of the same material as the conductor, having ample strength to support conductor. Where fasteners are to be mounted in masonry or structural work, they shall be furnished to the Masonry or Structural Contractor so they may be installed during construction of the project. 2.4 GROUND CONNECTIONS A. Ground connections shall be made in accordance with requirements of all applicable codes. Ground rods shall be placed in a minimum of 2FT from building foundations. In addition to above artificial grounds, one down conductor of each two-path system shall be connected to water piping system with approved water pipe type strap connector. All ground rods shall be 3/41N diameter, with a minimum length of 10FT. Each installed ground rod shall be checked for resistance to ground. If a 5-OHM is not obtained, extend ground rod 10FT and continue driving rods until the required reading is obtained. No ground rod can be connected to the bonding cable without the required ohm reading. The system must also be tied into the existing plant system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be made in an inconspicuous manner with conductors coursed to conceal equipment as much as possible. Down conductors shall be installed in 11N CPVC Sch-80 conduit and wherever possible, concealed within the structure. All metallic equipment within 6FT of any lightning conductor shall be bonded to conductor. System shall also be tied to the main service electrical ground. 3.2 EQUIPMENT A. Equipment shall be as manufactured by National Lightning Protection, Inc., Lightning Masters Corp., or Heary Bros Lightning Protection (premium lines). END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa 0992-0187 Lightning Protection System 16670-2 SECTION 16671- TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION (TVSS) 1 kV OR LESS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIRMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) equipment having the electrical characteristics, ratings and modifications as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. The TVSS equipment shall provide effective high-energy protection against transient surges, temporary over voltages, voltage swells and high-frequency noise attenuation for power, control and telephone/data circuits 1 kV or less and as shown on the Contract Drawings. C. The TVSS units and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable UL standards. D. The TVSS equipment installation shall conform to local code requirements and the National Electric Code (NEC). E. All materials and workmanship shall be of the highest quality. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. EMI: ElectroMagnetic Interference B. NTRL: Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory C. SCCR: Short Circuit Current Rating D. SPD: Surge Protection Device 1. Type-I: Permanently connected between the secondary of the utility transformer and the line or load side of the service entrance overcurrent device and intended to be installed without an external overcurrent device. 2. Type-II: Permanently connected to the load side of the service entrance overcurrent device including branch circuit panels. 3. Type-III: Connected from the electrical service panel to the point of utilization with a minimum conductor length of 30 FT. 4. Type-IV: Component and/or component assemblies. E. SVR: Suppressed Voltage Rating F. TOV: Temporary Over Voltage Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section Ma Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 0992-0187 16671-1 G. TVSS: Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): a) C62.41, IEEE Guide for Surge Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. b) C62.43, IEEE Certified by NRTL as "Secondary Surge Arrestor". C) C62.45, IEEE Guide for Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power. 2. International Electrotechincal Commission (IEC): a) 61024, Protection of Structures against Lightning. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a) LS-1 (1992), Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a) NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) Article 285. 5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): a) 1283, Electromagnetic Interference Filters b) 1449, Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include unit dimensions, weights, installation instructions, wiring details, rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnish specialties and accessories. Include the following documents: B. 1. Suppressed Voltage Rating. 2. Symmetrical Fault Current Withstand Ratings. 3. Provide independent third-party testing lab report indicating device is capable of surviving the specified number of 8x20 micro-second waveforms. 4. Spectrum Analysis based on MIL-STD-220A test procedures between 50 kHz and 200 kHz verifying the device noise attenuation equals or exceeds 50 dB at 100 kHz. 5. Survivability of multiple TOV events for Type-I and Type-II devices. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 0992-0187 16671-2 C. Product Certificates: For TVSS/SPD devices, signed by third-party NRTL testing agencies certifying compliance with the following standards: 1. UL 1283 2. UL 1449 Second Edition 2005 Revision 3. IEEE C62.34 Secondary Surge Arrestor 4. NEMA LS-1 (1992) Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices D. Qualification Data: Third-Party testing lab or U.S. Department of Labor/OSHA approved NRTL. E. Field Quality-Control test reports, including the following: Test procedures used. Include single impulse testing data that matches label rating, including fuses or upstream breaker. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Failed test results and corrective actions taken to achieve requirements. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type or series of TVSS/SPD devices to include emergency, operation and maintenance manuals. G. Warranties: The manufacturer shall provide a full ten (10) year warranty from the date of installation against any TVSS/SPD device part failure when installed in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions and any applicable national or local codes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Advanced Protection Technologies Inc. 2. Current Technology 3. Eaton/ Cutler Hammer 4. Innovative Technology 5. General Electric 6. Square-D 7. Approved Equivalent 2.2 SERVICE ENTRANCE SPD (TYPE-1) A. Surge Protection Device Description: Modular design with field-replaceable module with EMI filtering and the following features: The SPD unit tested at 200kA interrupting capacity (AIC). 2. The SPD unit shall provide overvoltage protection as follows: a) X1800 cycles at 180% of rated voltage to 0.7 OHM load Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section lVa Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 0992-0187 16671-3 b) Test Report included 3. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring. 4. Utilizing copper bus bars and bolted connections to phase buses, neutral bus and ground bus. 5. Utilizing wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus and ground bus. B. Integral disconnect switch capable of passing full rated surge current. 7. Multiple suppression circuits with current sharing. 8. LED indicator lights for power and protection status. 9. Monitoring system capable of the following: a) Number of transient surges, overvoltages and undervoltages. b) Neutral-to-ground voltage and current. C) EMI filter status. d) Percentage of protection available. 10. Audible alarm with silencing switch to indicate when protection has failed. 11. Dual set of dry contacts rated at 5A and 250VAC for remote monitoring of protection status. 12. Field testable with test data from factory provided comparison. 13. Field replaceable surge protection modules. B. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating of 200 kA per mode. C. Connection Means: Permanent D. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for voltages of 480/277V, 3-Phase, 4-Wire, grounded wye circuits shall be as follows: 1. Line to Neutral: 800V for 480/277V 2. Line to Ground: 1000V for 480/277V 3. Neutral to Ground: 900V for 480/277V E. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for voltages of 480V, 3-Phase, 3-Wire, delta circuits shall be as follows: 1. Line to Line: 1500V for 480V 2. Line to Ground: 2000V for 480V F. EMI noise rejection or attenuation values shall be in compliance with test and evaluation procedures outlined in NEMA LS-1 1992. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 0992-0187 16671-4 2.3 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD/ MCC SPD (TYPE-II) A. Surge Protection Device Description: Modular design with field-replaceable module mounted externally to the panelboard or MCC with EMI filtering and the following features: 1. Supplied with fuses rated at 200kA interrupting capacity (AIC). 2. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring. 3. Utilizing copper bus bars and bolted connections to phase buses, neutral bus and ground bus. 4. Utilizing wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus and ground bus. 5. Integral disconnect switch capable of passing full rated surge current or dedicated fuse or breaker. 6. Multiple suppression circuits with current sharing. 7. LED indicator lights for power and protection status. 8. Monitoring system capable of the following: a) Number of transient surges, overvoltages and undervoltages. b) Neutral-to-ground voltage and current. c) Percentage of protection available. 9. Audible alarm with silencing switch to indicate when protection has failed. 10. Dual set of dry contacts rated at 5A and 250VAC for remote monitoring of protection status. 11. Field testable with test data from factory provided comparison. 12. Field replaceable surge protection modules. B. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating of 150kA per mode. C. Connection Means: Permanent D. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for voltages of 480/277V, 3-Phase, 4-Wire, grounded wye circuits shall be as follows: 1. Line to Neutral: 900V for 480/277V 2. Line to Ground: 900V for 480/277V 3. Neutral to Ground: 900V for 480/277V E. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for voltages of 480V, 3-Phase, 3-Wre, delta circuits shall be as follows: 1. Line to Line: 2000V for 480V Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 0992-0187 16671»5 2. Line to Ground: 1500V for 480V F. EMI noise rejection or attenuation values shall be in compliance with test and evaluation procedures outlined in NEMA LS-1 1992. 2.4 LIGHTING PANELBOARD SPD (TYPE-II) A. Surge Protection Device Description: Modular design with field-replaceable module mounted externally to the panelboard with EMI filtering and the following features: 1. Supplied with fuses rated at 200kA interrupting capacity (AIC). 2. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring. 3. Utilizing copper bus bars and bolted connections to phase buses, neutral bus and ground bus. 4. Utilizing wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus and ground bus. 5. Integral disconnect switch capable of passing full rated surge current or dedicated fuse or breaker. 6. Multiple suppression circuits with current sharing. 7. LED indicator lights for power and protection status. 8. Monitoring system capable of the following: a) Number of transient surges, overvoltages and undervoltages. b) Neutral-to-ground voltage and current. C) Percentage of protection available. 9. Audible alarm with silencing switch to indicate when protection has failed. 10. Dual set of dry contacts rated at 5A and 250VAC for remote monitoring of protection status. 11. Field testable with test data from factory provided comparison. 12. Field replaceable surge protection modules. B. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating of 80kA per mode. C. Connection Means: Permanent D. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for voltages of 208/120V, 3-Phase, 4-Wire, grounded wye circuits shall be as follows: 1. Line to Neutral: 400V for 208/120V 2. Line to Ground: 500V for 208/120V 3. Neutral to Ground: 500V for 208/120V Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVe Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 0992-0187 16671-6 E. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for voltages of 240V, 3-Phase, 3-Wire, delta circuits shall be as follows: 1. Line to Line: 1000V for 240V 2. Line to Ground: 800V for 240V F. EMI noise rejection or attenuation values shall be in compliance with test and evaluation procedures outlined in NEMA LS-1 1992. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE (SPD) A. For Dual Rated Surge Protection (listed as both Surge Arrestor and SPD) for service entrance, product can be placed on either Line or Load side of the Service Entrance Equipment. 1. Provide and install circuit breakers or fuses as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. For all remaining SPD devices: 1. Provide and install circuit breakers or fuses as shown on the Contract Drawings. C. Install SPD devices for panelboards and auxiliary panels with conductors or buses between suppressor and points of attachment as short and straight as possible. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended lead length. Do not connect neutral and ground leads together. D. SPD devices shall not be integrated with Switchgear or Panelboards as recommended by IEEE-1100, Section 8.4.2.5. E. All SPD devices shall have the raceway between the SPD and the switchgear enclosure sealed with approved fire sealant. The sealant shall prevent vapors from entering the switchgear enclosure. 3.2 PLACING EQUIPMENT INTO SERVICE A. Do not energize or connect service entrance equipment, panelboards, control panels or telephone/data equipment to their sources until surge protection devices are installed and connected. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Contractor shall engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform inspections, field tests and adjustments to the equipment including all connections. Service Representative shall report results in writing to the Engineer. 1. Verify that the electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's written installation instructions and requirements. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 0992-0187 16671-7 2. After installation of SPD devices but before circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 3. Complete installation checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 4, Remove and replace malfunctioning SPD devices and retest as specified as above. END OF SECTION Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Section IVa Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 0992-0187 16671-8 APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION Table of Contents: OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE ODP DOCUMENTS • Instructions for Addendum to Agreement • ODP Agreement Form o Addendum to Agreement a Attachment "A" o Attachment "B" o Attachment "C" o Attachment "D" • Procedures for Sales Tax Savings, Requests to Requisition and Receiving/Invoicing • Request to Requisition Form PROJECT PERMITS MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (MOT) CERTIFICATE GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT Section Nal Appendix.doc 10/9/2008 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT # 07-0013-UT 1. The Contractor and the City, prior to the ordering of any materials, must complete the Addendum to Agreement for Construction of the Skycrest Reclaimed Water Project Contract 1 Booster Pump Station project. 2. Attachment "A" is to be completed by the Contractor and submitted with the Addendum. 3. Attachments "B", "C" and "b" relate to Owner-Furnished Materials that are part of the of a Subcontractor's Work. Attachments "B" and "C" would be completed for each Subcontractor responsible for materials as part of the Subcontractor's Work. 4. Submit two (2) original copies of the Addendum and Attachments to: City of Clearwater Attention: Ed Burke, Construction Project Coordinator Phone; 462-6126 Fax: 462-6989 P. O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 5. If you have any questions regarding this process please direct them to: Andrea Beane, Senior Accountant: 562-4950 ext. 7206 Fax: 562-4951 E-Mail: Andrea. Beane@myClearwater.com ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT I BOOSTER PUMP STATION CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT No. 07-003-UT In reference to contract # dated between City of Clearwater, the Owner, and , the Contractor, it is further AGREED as follows: 1. The Owner has reserved the.right to purchase certain portions of the material for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. 2. The attachments lettered "A", "B", and "C", attached hereto (as amended by notations thereon) and incorporated herein shall be executed by the Contractor and applicable Sub-contractors and the terms thereof shall govern the purchase of materials for the Project as determined by the Owner. 3. The contract price shall be reduced by the cost of the materials purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax as bid by the Contractor even if the cost is in excess of the cost for the materials as bid by the Contractor. However, for purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, the original contract amount shall be used. 4, The Contractor reserves the right to authorize payments for invoiced materials, prior to Owner's authorization process, as outlined in Attachment "D". 5. The Contractor will assist Owner in owner's direct purchase of materials for the project. However, owner acknowledges that Contractor's Sub-contractors nonetheless each reserves the right to purchase project materials directly, without Owner's prior approval and consequent power to eliminate reimbursement of sales tax. This addendum, upon its execution by both parties, is made an integral part of the aforementioned agreement. CITY OF CLEARWATER: CONTRACTOR: Date City Manager/Owner ATTEST: Date: Contractor ATTEST: City Clerk Secretary (City's Corporate Seal) APPROVED AS TO FORM: Carlos Colon Assistant City Attorney ATTACHMENT "A" FROM CITY OF CLEARWATER (OWNER) TO. (CONTRACTOR) OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJECT: SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION PROJECT 0 07-0073-UT 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. The owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. Owner-purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. 2. The Contractor shall provide the Owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Contractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Contractor. However, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Contractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular material furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A of this Contract. 6. The Contractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 6. The Contractor shall maintain records of all Owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of Owner-Furnished Materials in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any Owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. 7_ The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. As invoices are received, Contractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during that delivery for use by the Contractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Contractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within thirty (30) days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Contractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Contractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Contractor at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Contractor for salvage or disposal at the Contractor's option. 12. The Contractor shall be entitled to the benefits of any discounts attributable to the early payment of vendor invoices for materials furnished by the Owner pursuant to the Specifications. 13. The Contract between Contractor and Owner is hereby amended to clarify that Owner-Furnished Material shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining the Contract Sum due Contractor. ATTACHMENT "B" FROM TO OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS CONTRACTOR) (SUBCONTRACTOR) PROJECT: SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION PROJECT # 07-0013-UT 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Subcontractor's Work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Subcontractor's contract. Owner-Purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include owner's Certification of Exemption number, 2. The Subcontractor shall provide the owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Subcontractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied,: estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Subcontractor. However, the Owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Subcontractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Subcontractor for the particular material furnished. The Subcontractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Subcontractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Subcontractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Subcontractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Subcontractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Subcontractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment "A" of this Contract. 5. The Subcontractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications and determine prior to incorporation into the Subcontractor's Work if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Subcontractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Subcontractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Subcontractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Subcontractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Subcontractor shall be responsible for all damages to the owner, resulting from Subcontractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 6. The Subcontractor shall maintain records of all owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Subcontractor's Work from the stock of Owner-furnished Materials in its possession. The Subcontractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Subcontractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Subcontractor's Work_ 7. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Subcontractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or sub-subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Subcontractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Subcontractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Subcontractor agrees to promptly notify Owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials, 10. As invoices are received, Subcontractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during that delivery for use by the Subcontractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Subcontractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Subcontractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within fifteen (15) days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Subcontractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial orfinal release orwaivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Subcontractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Subcontractor at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Subcontractor for salvage or disposal at the Subcontractor's option. ATTACHMENT "Crr From (CONTRACTOR) To (SUBCONTRACTOR) Project SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION PROJECT 0 07-0013-UT This project qualifies the Owner to utilize its sales tax exemption for the purchase of materials used in the project. In order to do this, the City of Clearwater, Florida, (Owner) must pay for the materials directly. This shall be accomplished in the following manner: 1. Subcontracts will be issued by Contractor to Subcontractors in the usual manner, including sales tax. 2. Subcontractors will prepare their material orders and forward same to Contractor so that City of Clearwater (owner) purchase orders may be placed for these materials. 3. Contractorwill return to the Subcontractor a copy of the City of Clearwater (owner) purchase order on behalf of the City of Clearwater (Owner). It shall read: To: Supplier For: Material per attached Subcontractor order, 4. The material supplier will then bill the City of Clearwater (Owner) c/o "Subcontractor" c/o Contractor. Subcontractor will approve invoice and send to Contractorwho will submit same to City of Clearwater (Owner) for payment. 5.City of Clearwater (Owner) will then pay the invoice directly and the Subcontractor will be issued a deductive change order for the amount of the invoice plus sales tax. It is imperative that the Subcontractor approve the invoices and forward them to Contractor by the of each month for payment by the . Those received after the will be processed in the next month's billing cycle. ATTACHMENT "D" PROCEDURE FOR GENERATING SUB-CONTRACTOR DIRECT PURCHASE ORDERS FOR SALES TAX CREDITS 1. General Contractor will submit requisition for materials with vendor information required (see vendor application form), item description, quantity if applicable, price, etc. Also included will be the sales tax savings amount. 2. Architect will review the requisition, and forward to the project manager for approval and preparation of electronic purchase requisition. Requisition must contain project number as well as correct account number. 3. Project Manager will then request requisition approval from the Finance Director. 4. Purchasing will issue purchase order and will mail, fax, or otherwise distribute purchase order as requested. 5. A purchase order summary reportwill be maintained indicating the following: purchase order number, owner Certificate of Exemption number, vendor, total amount of P.O., total tax savings, amount previously requested, amount of current request, and remaining balance of P.O. This report will be updated and issued with each group of payment requests (monthly). 6. Payment requests with invoices must have receiving paperwork with authorized signatures and must be submitted for approval as indicated below: 7. Payment authorization sequence: invoices must be submitted for approval in the following order: a. General Contractor b. Architect c. Project Manager d. Engineering/City Manager e. Purchasing/for processing only f. Finance/for processing only PROCEDURES FOR SALES TAX SAVINGS, REQUESTS TO REQUISITION and RECEIVING/INVOICING CITY OF CLEARWATER SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION PROJECT # 07-0013-UT Contractor: CEI: Addendum to Agreement for Construction: See separate instructions for completing the Addendum to Agreement. Process procedures for tax savings: 2. Completion of the Request to Requisition forms by Contractor. 3. Approved by CEI. Approver(s): 4. Original to Owner's Representative for processing of P.O. requisition. 5. Based on Request to Requisition forms a schedule will be prepared for the City's Purchasing Manager to reduce the Contractor's P.O. by the amount of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers- It is important to process as many material supplier Requests to Requisition as possible at one time thereby reducing the amount of changes necessary to Contractor's P.O_ Construction contract will not change and the sum of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers plus the Contractor's P.O will represent the total contract commitment. Before sending to the Purchasing Manager, the schedule will be forwarded to the Owner's Representative, CEI and Contractor's representative fora rovaL We will need the e-mail address forthe Contractor's & CFI's, contact person(s) forthis process. 6. The estimated sales tax savings for each materials requisition will be deducted from the primary lines of Contractor's P.O. A related Sales Tax Savings line for each charge code will be added to the Contractor's P.O. No changes will be made to the sales tax savings lines until all materials are purchased, received, accepted and paid for unless additional materials purchases are necessary. 7. Closing of the sales tax savings line on the Contractor's P.O. can only be done through a change order (Recommendation is that it's done on the final C/O). Process procedures for request to requisition forms: 1. General description is a brief recap (sewer lines and manholes; water lines; etc) 2. Contractor should include their fax number as well as a contact number. 3. In the description section of the Request to Requisition include any special delivery instructions. 4. Indicate whether or not retainage is to be withheld. City's standard is 5%. 5. Include the address where the supplier is to mail invoices. 6. Where applicable, shipping and handling costs should be listed as a line item on the request to requisition. 7. City staff will complete the charge code line. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal has been received from the ODP supplier: a. On the request to requisition summarize the materials to be ordered by type of system (stormwater, streets, water, sewer, reclaimed, etc) giving the total dollar amount per for each system. Leave 2 line spaces between each system to allow for the addition of the City's charge code. b. Attach the supplier's proposal to be mailed as an attachment to the purchase order. Attachment should include estimated quantities and types of materials. Cost information is optional. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal is not available: c. Provide quantities and detailed descriptions of the items to be ordered, per unit and total cost as the City's P.O. will be sent directly to the Materials Supplier. d. Materials on each request to requisition should be grouped in relation to the major billing line items on Contractor's P.O. Leave 2 spaces between each group, as the City will add the appropriate charge codes. 8. The requesting official will be the Contractor's official with authority to procure materials. Contractor's authorized procurer(s): 9. The official approving that the materials requested meet the design specifications will be authorized personnel from the CEI only. Authorized approvers: NOTE: Any materials ordered by the contractor that are not included on the City's issued purchase order or any amounts ordered that exceed the amounts on the City issued purchase order MUST be separately ordered pursuant to a purchase order direct) between the supplier and the contractor. These materials MUST _be invoiced separately from the materials supplied pursuant to the City issued purchase order. Another option would be to submit an additional Request to Re uisition to increase the amount of the ODP purchase order for that supplier. Process procedures for receiving and invoicing: 1. Upon receipt of materials, Contractor's representative will verify the materials are in usable condition and the quantity received. 2. The Materials Suppliers will be instructed on the City's P.Q. to send their original invoice to the Contractor to the attention of 3. Contractor must sign off on the invoice to approve the payment and, if no receiving report is attached, must indicate on the invoice that all materials were received in usable condition. Any discrepancies with the invoice are to be resolved between the Contractor and the Materials Supplier. If the invoice is in error, it can be corrected by the Contractor before forwarding for payment under the following conditions: a. A corrected supplier's invoice can be paid up to the amount of the originally issued invoice but not in excess of that amount. b. None of the original data on the invoice can be obliterated. If it is the City will return the invoice for replacement by a corrected one from the supplier. c. If the corrections cause the invoice amount to exceed the original billed amount, the excess must be invoiced separately by the supplier and is to have the same support documentation and/or approvals as all other invoices to be paid. 4. Supplier invoices for retainage amounts, if any has been withheld, are not required support documentation but must follow the approval process as all other invoices. 5. After approval the Contractor will forward the original invoice and any attachments to City of Clearwater's Owner Representative: City of Clearwater Construction Division Attn: Perry Lopez 410 N. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33755 6. After approval and verification of the materials received the Owner's Representative will forward the original invoice and any attachments to the appropriate City department for payment processing. 7. Steps 1 through 7 will be followed for each materials receipt and invoice. 8. Materials purchase P.O.s can be closed only upon completion of the materials acquisition and at the approval of the Contractor. 9. Upon closing of a materials purchase P.O. any unused balance will be added back to the appropriate line(s) on Contractor's P.O. Closing of Contractor's P.O.: 1. All Materials Suppliers' P.O.'s must be closed prior to the final change order and closing of the Contractor's P.O. LL. O tarwater General Item Description: Vendor: U PUBLIC WORKS REQUEST TO REQUISITION STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER Street Address: City/State/Zip: Phone No: Receiving Location (Ship to): Street Address: City/State/Zip: Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: (City will complete) Units Detailed Description Price Per Line # Quantity M etc.) (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each Total Requesting Official Date: Date: Approving Official Title and Organization - Contractor Title and Organization - C.E.I. Services Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&I. Firm and to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. Page 1 of 2 Section IVal Appendix.doc 10/9/2008 LL Clearwater V PUBLIC WORKS REQUEST TO REQUISITION STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER (Continuation. page) Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: Units Detailed Description Price Per Line # Quantity ($, etc.) (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each Total Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&I. Firm and to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. Page 2 of 2 Section Nal Appendix-doe 10/9/2008 PROJECT PERMITS Section Nal Appendix.doc 10/9/2008 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (MOT) CERTIFICATE Section Nal Appendix,doc 10/9/2008 MOT Certification Form Attach this form to Maintenance of Traffic plans submitted to the City of Clearwater Project name: Skycrest Reclaimed Water Contract 1 Booster Pump Station Printed Signature Date Name of certified person signing off the MOT plans IMSA certification level IMSA certification number IMSA certification expiration date FDOT certification level FDOT certification number FDOT certification required for FDOT roads expiration date Comments: For office use only MOT certification form.Rev4.skycrest RCW.doc GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT Section IVal Appendix.doc 10/9/2( ??tl .ltt Aj -f rFIL J -- ?.r..? ? e!lIY V,'?•. i r} , 4 F M t. , F yy ODARSjr ? +?r }, r ? Ir'? Y +'. ,? It C I F ? }?, 'y r?',t k.411 ? ?y + , `I F I C r kr r 1 L^ r'• r Report of Geotechnical Exploration ;. and Evaluation * Skycrest Reclaimed Water System Pump Station Clearwater, Florida ,r ?r t"?r 'VII. ! YT*?rr r Y.? t? r 1 ? ? , . a 4 r ? i '?S r !1' f? 1 k l5 4 _ 'f? ?i Y ?.I f Y rt 4. , , ? ?'t.? ti 1?S.L,??'+Vt7s?? .. ??s H-?! ??'x++k,? ? ?? ??? ?tir tit??4 ?.F, ti.. }_ ? • '"? jjf #'.?'I- at 'i`t" r f4! "tr ,.?5''tki.:?..? at^h' ?' .. ?".? ? rr t e'tl '? ,?` w.,,"•r " ??t ; Cup I?" r rl,r K .r t I h ENVIRONMENTAL COHS.LILTING I GEQTECHNICAL ENGIf;FERING I MMERIALS TFSTIHG Fa THRESHOLD INSHCHON I DRILLING SERVICES BViFWll"(NfA. NN5ul11NG ctol amlrnl,FNrnunc, L1IdHIA-1 ` 1 GTING THNSIIULN 1ISFFL1108 fA LiI ;G `FC41LF,5 190 DARSE 6 A S S 0 C 'I A T E 5, I N C. August 29, 2008 N&A Proposal No. 0407-0099-101A Mr. David C. Wenner, P.E. Proj ect Manager McKim & Creed, P.A. 13.65 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 Report of Geotechnical Exploration and Evaluation Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Pump Station Clearwater, Florida Dear Mr. Wenner: Nodarse & Associates, Inc. (N&A) is pleased to present this report of geotechnical exploration and evaluations for the above-referenced project. The purpose of the exploration was to obtain geoteclmical engineering data to assist in the design of a reclaimed water (RC)vV) transmission and. distribution system proposed for the "Skycrest" area of Clearwater. This report presents a brief description of the project site, exploration procedures, summary of field and laboratory test results and our recorrunendations. PROJECT INFORMATION The project involves constructing an RCW distribution system within the "Skycrest" area, in Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. This area is roughly defined by Belcher Road on the east, Gulf to Bay Boulevard on the south, Mars Avenue on the west and. Marilyn Street and Airport Drive on the. north. Within this area, about 53,000 lineal feet of 4, 6, 8 and 16 inch diameter pipe will be installed for the distribution system. In addition, 17,300 lineal feet of 30 inch RCW transmission main is to be constructed. A pump station, two storrnwater control ponds and a 142 foot diameter, 5 million, gallon groundwater storage tank are also to be constructed on a site located in the southeast quadrant of Palmetto Street and Saturn Avenue. This report is limited to the exploration and evaluation for pump station, storage tank and ponds portion of the project. Separate report(s) for transmission and distribution lines will be submitted. The project site currently consists of an existing nursery and maintenance area. The site was relatively level and consisted, of scattered trees at the time of our field explorations. Slycrest Reclaiined Water System -Pump Station N&a Proposal No. 04-07-0099-101 Page 2 REVIEW OF EXISTING DATA Based on the USGS quadrangle snap for Clearwater, the elevation of the pump station site is approximately +65 feet NGVD. A portion of the USGS map is shown as Figure I in the Appendix. A review of the United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service (SCS) survey for Pinellas. County, Florida, indicates that surf cial soils in the area belong to the Myakka fine sand (My). T17e seasonal high ground water in Myakka fine sands will be within 1 foot of the ground surface during the wet, season of the year. A portion of the USDA soil survey for Pinellas County is shown as Figure 2 in the Appendix. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION The following is a sum nzary of field explorations performed for the proposed project. Performed a total of 4 Standard penetration Test (SPT) borings (ST-.l duuougln ST-4), three along the perimeter and one at the center of proposed groundwater storage tank location. The borings extended to 75 feet each below existing ground surface. The boring locations are shown on Figure 3 of the Appendix. • Perforn-ied 2 SPT borings, PS-1 and PS-2, to 20 feet each in the area of the proposed pump station. The boring locations are shown on Figure 3 of the Appendix, along with the borings for storage tan1c. • Performed 1 SPT boring, PB-1, to a depth of 20 feet and two Double Ring Infiltrometer (DRI) tests, DRI-1 and DRI-2, in the stomwater pond located on the northern side of proposed pump station and DRI-3 in the storniwater pond located on the eastern side of the proposed storage tank. The boring locations and tests are also shown on. Figure 3 of the Appendix. At the SPT boring locations, . standard penetration tests were performed continuously from ground surface to a depth. of 10 feet and at 5-foot depth intervals thereafter. Each sample was removed from the sampler in the held and was examined, packaged, and sealed for transportation to our laboratory for further examination and visual classification. Water levels were measured in the boreholes at the time of our field exploration to evaluate the depth to groundwater. Upon completion, the boreholes were backfilled. The DRI test procedure consisted of installing a 1.2-inch diameter steel ring and a 24-inch diameter steel ring concentrically into the ground to the desired test depth. Water was then added to a desired head level in both casings and held constant. The amount of water added to the inner casing versus time was then recorded. This procedure was repeated every 10 minutes for 1 hour, at 15 minute interval for the next 1 lr and every 30 minutes for the last 1 hour or until a stabilized infiltration rate was achieved. Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Pump Station N&a Proposal No. 04-07-0099-101 Page 3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Ground Storage Tank We understand that the proposed ground storage tank will be a "Crom" tank with a diameter of 141.5 feet and a water height of 43.5 feet, This tank will transmit a contact load of about 2720 psf to the underlying soil. The SPT borings for the proposed tank included three SPT borings distributed along the perimeter of the tank and one SPT boring at the center. Before proceeding with the detailed subsoil conditions and evaluations, we would like to define the different type of settlements and differential settlement that may be mentioned. throughout our discussion of the Crom. Tank and the limit of each type that can be sustained by the tank. • Total Settlement: is defined as the summation of the estimated initial, consolidation, and secondary settlement at any particular point below the tank base. • Di erential Settlement: is defined as the difference of the estimated total settlement between the center of the tank and any point at its ring/perimeter. • Circunz erezztial Di erential Settlement: is defined as the difference of the total settlement between any two points along the tank ring/perimeter. We understand that the following. differential settlement limit must be generally applied to the Cram Tank base: Total Settlement Differential Settlement Circumferential Differential Settlement Up to 18 inches a , where L is the tank diameter = 360 - 0.59 foot = 7.2 inches Intolerable due to the lack of structural continuity between the base and the wall Subsoil & Groundwater Condition: As shown on Figure 4, the SPT borings drilled under the storage tank (ST-1 to ST-4) initially encountered loose to medium dense fine sands (SP, SP-SA) to depths of 7 to 18 feet below the exiting ground surface. The penetration resistance N-values were in the range of 4 to 30 blows per foot (BPF), with an average of 12 BPF. The borings then encountered dense to very dense fine sands, occasionally slightly organic, (SP, SP-SM) to depths of about 28 to 33 feet. The blow counts ranged from 38 BPF to 50 blows.for 3 inches of penetration (50/3"). About 5 to 10 feet of very loose fine to medium dense silty fine sand (SM) was then encountered, with N-values in the range of WR to 11 BPF. WR (weight of rod) indicates that the static weight of the drill rod was sufficient to advance the sampling spoon. The borings then encountered stiff to hard silty sandy clay (CL) to the boring termination depth of 75 feet. An isolated layer of very stiff sandy silty (ML) was encountered in boring ST-4 at a depth of 43 to 48 feet. The N-values in the clay and silt ranged from 13 BPF to 50/2", with an average Skyerest Reclaimed Water System - Pump Station N&a. Proposal No. 04-07-0099-101 Page 4 value higher than 50 blows per foot. The groundwater table was encountered at 5 feet below the exiting ground surface. The encountered groundwater levels are shown adjacent to the boring profiles in the Appendix. Evaluations and Recommendations: Bearing capacity analysis was performed to estimate the net allowable bearing pressure of the tank foundation soil. It is our opinion that the subsoil condition within the tank can safely support the structure utilizing a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 3,000 pounds per square foot (psf). Settlement analyses including immediate and long term settlements in sands were performed, at both the center and along the perimeter of the proposed tank. The performed analysis indicated the following. • The total settlement will not to exceed 4 inches, of majority of which will be immediate settlement and is expected to occur during construction and just after filling the tank with full capacity. • The primary contribution to the calculated settlement is from the loose silty sand (Stratum 2) encountered at 28 to 38 feet in, the borings. The sands (Stratums 1 and 3.) above this layer are very dense and will tend to act as a form of that, thereby resulting in negligible differential settlements from the underlying materials. • Based on the soil consistencies encountered in the borings, the sandy clays (Stratum 5) appear to be highly overconsolidated, with. SPT N-values as high as 50 blows per 2 inches of penetration. The consolidation settlements, if any, in this stratum will be negligible. Pump Station. We were not provided with anticipated structural loads for the proposed pump station. We estimate that structural loads will be carried by load bearing walls that will carry as much as 4 to 5 kips per lineal foot and columns that will carry as much as 75 kips, and the finished grade of the buildings will be within 1 to 2 feet of the existing. grade. Subsoil & Groundwater Condition: Borings PS-1 and PS-2, extending to 20 feet below exiting ground surface; were performed within the area of the Pump Station Building. Loose to very dense fine sands (SP, SP-SM) were revealed from ground surface to the termination depth. The penetration resistance in, the sand ranged from 4 BPF to 5.0/3". Groundwater was encountered at a depth of 5 feet below ground surface. Details of these borings are shown on Figure S. - Evaluations and Recommendations: Based. upon the anticipated construction, existing subsurface soil conditions and recommended site preparation, shallow foundations should be designed for a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 37000 pounds per square foot (psf). Strip Skyerest Reclaimed Water System - Pump Station N&a Proposal No. 04-07-0099-1.01 Page 5 or wall footings should be a minimum of 18 inches wide and column footings should be a minimum of 24 inches wide even though the maximum allowable bearing pressures may not be fully developed in all cases. Footings should bear at least 18 inches below finished exterior grades. Footing subgrade soils should be approved by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to placement of concrete and steel. As a minimum, the footing subgrade soils should be compacted to a density of at least 95 percent of the soils' modified Proctor maximum dry density for a depth of 12 inches. The settlement of shallow foundations supported on sands should occur rapidly. Thus, the majority of expected settlements should occur during construction as dead loads are imposed at the footing locations. Provided that the recommended subgrade preparation operations are properly performed, the total settlements of isolated columns and wall footings should be on the order of one inch or less, with differential settlements on the order of 50 percent of the total settlements. It should be noted that these recommendations assume that the site has been prepared as recommended later in the site preparation section of this report. Retention Ponds Two retention ponds are proposed to be constructed, one on the north of pi-posed pump station and the other on the east of proposed storage tank. It is intended that these ponds will provide fill material for site grading. Subsoil & Groundwater Condition: The retention pond on the north is explored by SPT boring PS-1' and two double ring'infiltrometer (DRI) tests DR-1 and DRI-2, while for the pond on the southeast, the soil conditions encountered in ST-2 and DRI test results from DR.1-3 performed within the pond area were utilized. The borings encountered fine sands to slightly organic fine sands (SP, SP-SM) to a depth of 20 feet. The boring ST-2 further encountered silty sands and then sandy clays to 75 feet, as described in an earlier section for storage tank. The results of these borings are shown on profiles on Figures 4 and 5. The groundwater table is encountered at a depth of 5 feet in the borings during the field exploration, as presented adjacent to the boring profiles. Estimated seasonal high groundwater levels are expected to be 2.5 feet below the existing ground surface. The DRI test results for northern pond indicate the infiltration rates to be 14.9 and 16.3 inches per hour while the infiltration rate in southeastern pond was measured to be 8.8 inches per hour. Evaluations and Recommendations: Within the pond areas, the subsoil conditions showed fine sands than can be directly utilized for filling and grading the site. Also relatively clean sand with a Egli groundwater table will necessitate relatively shallow slopes into the retention areas to minimize the potential far localized slope failure. It will also be necessary to protect the slopes with vegetation. or other means to minimize the potential for erosion. Skyerest Reclaimed Water System. - Pun-ip Station N&a Proposal No. 04-07-0099-101 Page 6 GENERAL SITE PREPARATION We recommend that the contract be timed so that the general earthwork operations will take place in the relatively dry winter months. As a result, the high groundwater table will not signi.cantly affect the operations. If general earthwork operations take place during the rainy season, then there will be significant added costs for extensive dewatering operations. Once the pad for the plant has been constructed, then groundwater will not have a significant affect on the contractor's at or above grade operations. However, it will still be necessary for the contractor to grade the site to minimize the potential for collection of stormwater on the site. Initial Site Preparation: Areas that will support footings, floors, pavements or new engineered fill must be properly prepared. All topsoil and unsuitable materials should be removed to a distance of 5 feet beyond the perimeter of construction. The borings indicated that stripping operations-will be limited at this site but should include unsuitable materials such as topsoil, any soft unstable material and miscellaneous (non-soil) fill. Removal of trees and shrubs should include removal of the root system down to finger-sized roots. Prior to construction or the placement of new engineered fill, the geotechnical engineer should evaluate the exposed subgrade. The evaluation should include proofrolling of the exposed subgrade. If unsuitable materials are disclosed, the geotechnical engineer would recommend appropriate remedial measures at that time. The proofrolling may consist of rolling all areas with ten passes. of a vibratory roller with a ininimum static weight of 10 tons. The latter five passes should be at right angles to previous passes. Any areas that yield excessively under the proofrolling operations should be removed and replaced by a suitable fill material as noted later in this report. Proofrolling should be continued until the soils to a minimum depth of 24 inches below the ground surface have achieved a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 1557 (Modified. Proctor). In-place density tests should be conducted by a qualified geotechnical engineering technician working under the direction of a registered geotechnical engineer. Care should. be exercised during grading and fill placement operations. The combination of heavy construction equipment traffic and excess surface moisture can cause pumping and deterioration of the near surface soils. The severity of this potential problem depends to a great extent on the weather conditions prevailing during construction. The contractor should exercise discretion when selecting `equipment sizes and also make a concerted effort to control surface water while the subgrade soils are exposed. If such problems do arise, the operations in the affected area should be halted and the. geotechnical engineer contacted to evaluate the condition. Fill Placement: After the site has been. prepared as described above and accepted by the geotechnical engineer, fill required to bring the site to final grade may be placed and properly compacted as follows: Skycrest Reclaimed Water System - Pump Station N&a Proposal No. 04-07-0099-101 Page 7 • Fill should, be inorganic, non-plastic, granular soil (clean sands). Preferably it should have less than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. Based on the results of the borings, most of the soil encountered in the initial 13 to 18 feet will be satisfactory for use as structural fill. • The fill should be placed in level lifts not to exceed 12 inches loose thickness if a large roller or.heavy equipment is used to compact the fill. The fill should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the soil's modified Proctor maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Specification D-1557. • In-place density tests should be performed on each lift by an experienced engineering technician working under the direction of a registered geotechnical engineer to verify that the recommended degree of compaction has been achieved. We suggest a minimum testing frequency of one test per lift for every 5,000 square feet of the plant pad. • Fill should extend a minimum of 5 feet beyond building lines to prevent possible erosion or undermining of footing bearing soils. Further, fill slopes should not be steeper than 2. horizontal to 1 vertical (2H: IV). • Fill placed in utility trenches and adjacent to footings beneath slabs on grade should also be properly placed and compacted to the specifications stated above. However, in these restricted working areas, compaction should be accomplished with lightweight, hand-guided compaction equipment and lift thicknesses should be limited to a maximum of 6 inches loose thickness. Temporary Dewatering: Temporary dewatering will likely be needed to facilitate utility installation and may be needed for foundation excavation and compaction. The necessity for dewatering will be dependent on the depth of excavation below existing grade and the groundwater levels at the time of construction. During the drier months, dewatering for general earthwork operations can probably be accomplished at this site by a. system of temporary drainage ditches graded to drain to sumps which can be pumped sufficiently to maintain water levels at the ditch bottoms. For foundation and utility excavations, if needed, other methods including installation of horizontal flexible slotted pipe "sock" drains or sanded well points may be needed. Actual dewatering means and methods should be left up to a contractor experienced in installation and operation of dewatering systems. The contractor should provide a dewatering plan for review and approval by the engineer prior to the installation of the dewatering systems. Excavations: Excavations for the project should be made in accordance with recommendations outlined by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) "Construction Standards for Excavations. This indicates a maximum slope of 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical (1.5H:1 V) is permissible for excavations up to 20 feet in depth assuming there are no space constraints and that the excavation has been properly dewatered. The above recommendations are applicable only when the excavation will not compromise the integrity of existing structures (i.e. the top of excavation is greater than 5 feet from existing pavement). It should be noted that slope reconunendations are based in part on the assumption that a distance equal to or greater than the excavation depth is maintained from the edge of the Sk- crest Reclaimed Water System - Pump Station N&a Proposal No. 04-07-4099-101 Page 8 excavation. When this cannot. be maintained, designed in accordance with current OSHA resulting from equipment and/or stockpiled fill. shoring will be required, Shoring should be guidelines, taking into consideration loadings REPORT LIMITATIONS AND RELATED CONSIDERATIONS The analyses and recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from our soil borings performed at the locations indicated. If significant subsoil variations become evident during the course of this project, a re-evaluation of the recommendations contained in this report will be necessary. The applicability of the. report should also be reviewed in the event significant changes occur in the design, nature or location of the proposed structures. This report does not address environmental site assessment issues. CLOSURE Our professional services have been performed, our findings obtained, and our recommendations prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, either expressed or implied. Nodarse & Associates, Inc., is not responsible for the independent conclusions, opinions or recornrnendations made by others based on the field exploration and laboratory test data presented in this report.. Again, N&A appreciates the opportunity to be of service to you on this. project. If you should have any questions concerning the contents of this report, or if we may be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact us. NODARSE & ASSOCIATES, INC. (.? L LLw,- Chetana R. Komnrireddi, E.I. Geotechnical Engineer Distribution: 3 - Addressee I - File Appendix: U,S.G.S. Vicinity Map (Figure 1) U.S.D.A. Soils Map (Figure 2) Boring Location Plan (Figure 3) Soil Boring Profiles (Figures 4 and 'S) Stephen C. auss, P.E. Senior Geotechnical Engineer FL Registration No. 28202 R:\2007\04070094_Sk-ycrest\l0I\A\final-reports\Final report_pump station.doc a r I J REFERENCE: U.S.G.S. "CLEARWATER, FLORIDA" QUADRANGLE MAP SECTION: 11 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH RANGE: 15 EAST ISSUED: 1987 U.S.G.S. QUADRANGLE MAP SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PUMP STATION PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: CK SSE: UDARSE 1"=2000' a es8acIavE5, IMC. . DATE: 08-22-08 PROs. ND64-07-0099-101A FIGURE: 1 >r u=? i v REFERENCE: U_S.D.A. - S.C.S. SOIL SURVEY FOR PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA SECTION: 11 TOWNSHIP: 29 SOUTH RANGE: 15 EAST ISSUED: 1972 U.,S.D.A. - SOILS MAP SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM PUMP STATION PINELLAS COUNTY,. FLORIDA DRAWN: TMB CHKD: CK 10 ODARSE SCALE: 1# 1 2000 S A S S O C I A T E S I N C. DATE: 08-22-08 PROD. N%4- 07-0099--101A FIGURE: 2 IU wx !I l II f? I!I? ? { S? III z a z z_ a ? ? J 2 m a D0 N d O a 0 L O a W - u Q 2 n -i U W J C 4 O ? ¢3 `aw _T,0 xC) m roc 0.N d 4 ??ypW Q Z I ?I ?_f-?.^- 3n?.3nv wnn?rs I? I \ 11 II •0 - i !t I i n 1 e fr r' m . :I I ? 1 N u ? ^ I° - v N ? I ;m-irrro\??c ate,,\? N.Inl?iads-Fwo[om?eoot??e woCZ?4-Fao7. O=0 7 .4 tl ?U z p¢ ? z i PC m o,? a z v ? ?' y o ?n ce w ? ??a O 9 ? ? W 3. ° W w C? ° J O d m ?C Lr NN y m yo C7 Vp ?1? uo Le F $? O ?Z °? OZ ?? c7 ° aa Y. 'xs Y ? O q a ? y m:r:! Oz ov ?N J ?? ° ??? a? _ ?N m? ?¢ C ¢¢ ? ? a 0. ? ? ? m ~ o? ?a qq C Q oC ] (n UN o? U u'3 C 7 u1 ? 03 C 7 v i S 0 0 0 0 0 0 p ?+ ; a l ? ? ? ? ? a a e o o ® ? ? ? y I? M Vl ? a a s a a o a L=till ?r. ii .n R 1333 'NI H1d37 I I p- L n O lC7 O LO O' Ln O 47 O LO O L(7 O :n . N N PI) n rr -11 in In CD cD n n } z U r ¢? J ?^ ? v ? U p ? w 4 z ? 3 C D 2 Z 3z? Z K Z O 2 v Z 0. ?6 Z W ?Uj N U W # 3 k U Q U1? N M1 6! ? ??UN $ O > ?2 ? Om ? ¢ O = W ? O ??~V ? J V Za ? ' LL? aZ ? ? ? ? 4 ? ? Li !> 0410/10.^ .?? Q? V NNt? ?p ? ~ jN i.1 LL? W O F- (? mCY?v a Vlm w m4 aa K UW D zD pU D'.E H W V,f Q L7 N m o z p LL K W w z o m v) U) o upo y ? C4 J 1?na ?a 4 ?0. D? g W?Na ?..., m.-. U? .ri p82 D P mZ zz J 4 ? ig- a ? a q a Q UD in Q C?7 DF3 Uvf Svow # o N ?aw N[C $ w O El B 11 El ® N I - a z Q 1133! Ni H1d301 d Ln o n D T N SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: CONTRACT BOND .....................................................................................................................1 CONTRACT .................................................................................................................................. 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT ..................................................... 6 PROPOSAL BOND ...................................................................................................................... 7 AFFIDAVIT .................................................................................................................................. 8 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................... 9 PROPOSAL .......................... .......................:...........................................................................10 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET .................................................................13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL .............................................................................................................14 Section V.doc Page i 9/24/2008 THE ATTACHED STATUTORY COVER PAGE FORMS AND BECOMES A PART OF THIS BOND. Executed in 3 Counterparts BOND NUMBER: 0067148 CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PINELLAS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we RTD CONSTRUCTION INC. Contractor and. WESTFIELD INSU CE COMPANY (Surety) whose home address is ONE TOWER PARK CIRCLE, WE FIELD CENTE OHIO 44251-5001 HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of. THREE MILLION, FORTY-ONE THOUSAND, FOUR HUNDRED ONE DOLLAR AND NO CENTS (53,041,401.00) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of , 2009, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater far: SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT #1 - BOOSTER PUMP STATION - 07-0013-UT a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Page 1 CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which. the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 30- day of - 2009 ATTEST: WITNESS: Lisa Roseland COUNTERSIGNED: Teresa L. Durham, FL Licensed Resident Agent* By Westfield Insurance Company SURETY By: ATTORNEYdN-FACT, Teresa L. Durham" *Inquiries (407) 786-7770 Page 2 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY SUPERCEDES ANY PREVIOUS POWER BEARING THIS SAME POWW# AND ISSUED PRIOR TO 04=108, FOR ANY PERSON OR PERSONS NAMED BELOW. General Power of Attorney CERTIFIED COPY POWER NO. 0990992 00 Westfield Insurance Co. Westfield National Insurance Co. Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a 'Company- and collectively as 'Companies," duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint DON BRAMLAGE, JEFFREY W. REICH, LESLIE M. DONAHUE, SUSAN L REICH, PATRICIA L SLAUGHTER, GLORIA A. RICHARDS, TERESA L DURHAM, LISA A. ROSELAND. JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY of MAITLAND and State of FL its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizanaes, underlaldngs, or either Instruments or contracts of suretyship- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE INUAIINARTEE OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: 'Be It Resolved, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and Is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Afforney-fn-Fact. may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such Instruments so executed by any such Attorney-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary.' "Se it Further Resolved, that the signature of any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached.' (Each adopted at a meeting held on February 8, 2000). In Witness Whereof, WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 20th day of APRIL A.D., 2008 . corporate Seals Sy?'a@ Affixed ?Y p State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: • m ?• .0. •r'r•rp.r unr.r..•P,,• =?htt'?irtsw 4, 1648 s, ?. WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE' COMPANY By: Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr., Senior Executive On this 20th day of APRIL A.D., 2008 , before me personally came Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr. to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Medina, Ohio; that he is Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above instrument: that he knows the seals of said Companies: that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals: that they were so affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Notarial Seal ?\ A I~ S ? • gyp. f,•......' Affixed ?/ ? ???I'IBS Ir 4 VAIllam J. Kahelin, A may at Law, Notary Public State of Ohio W O My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code) County of Medina ss.: PC 090 I, Frank A. Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby Certity that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies, which Is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof, 1 have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Westfield Center, Ohio, this day of - A.D., ;?3YRZi? . ,•..•P??014k stir Zo e. _SEAL ot. URN s i'??Y?'•"rW o- ?; leas ; i rank A. CarrInt . Secret S°crd,11,17 SPOAC21colula<ined) (06.02) PnNTR ACT This CONTRACT made and entered into this 30t day of , 2009 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, he naft r designated as the "City", and RTD CONSTRUCTION, INC. of the City of ZEPHYRHILLS, County of PASCO and State of FLORIDA hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT #1 - BOOSTER PUMP STATION - 07-0013-UT FOR THE SUM OF: THREE MILLION, FORTY-ONE THOUSAND, FOUR HUNDRED ONE DOLLAR AND NO CENTS ($3,041-401.00) In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Page 3 CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then. further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day_ shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. Page 4 CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: nlc Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmember (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). `OP THI ate, Attest: Cyn oudeau, City Clerk Approved as to form a &4A ,,? nee G..1o,??an, IQs Leslie Dougall-S? es Assistant City A ey Page 5 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF COUNTY OF On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That be is the (TITLE) of RTD CONSTRUCTION INC. a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 5344 9TH STREET, ZEPHYRHILLS, FLORIDA 33539 (herein, the "Contractor"). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of 2009, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT #1- BOOSTER PUMP STATION - 07-0013-UT That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become alien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of Final Full Amount of Contract in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all. arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me RTD CONSTRUCTION, INC. AFFIANT ^ This day of , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: BY: PRESIDENT Page 6 Executed in 3 Counterparts PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out ifa certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, RTD Construction, Inc. as Principal, and Westfield Insurance Company as Surety, who's address is One Park Circle, Westfield Center, Ohio , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of eua Thaw 4:V k o q, va Dollars (S L5.a , 0 "ra ') (being a minimum of 10% of Contract a tal bid amount) for the pa ent of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of RTD Construction, Inc. as Principal, and Westfield Insurance Company as Surety, for work specified as: SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION (PROJECT #: 07-0013-UT) all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the. same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this 21 st day of May , 20 09 (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title; the person signing for a corporation must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the corporation. RID Canstnr an, Inic.., Carpa-atim Princ' By: Title E. Westfield Insurance Company Surety Patricia L. Slaugh er, Attorney- in-Fact & FL Licensed Resident Agent section V.doc Page 7 of 16 9/24/2008 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY SUPERCEDES ANY PREVIOUS POWER BEARING THIS SAME POWER # AND ISSUED PRIOR TO 07/16//07, FOR ANY PERSON OR PERSONS NAMED BELOW. POWER NO. 0990992 00 General Power Westfield Insurance Co. of Attorney Westfield National Insurance Co. CERTIFIED COPY Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know AN Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a 'Company" and collectively as "Companies; duty organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint DON BRAMLAGE, JEFFREY W. REICH, LESLIE M. DONAHUE, SUSAN L. REICH, PATRICIA L. SLAUGHTER, GLORIA A. RICHARD, TERESA L. DURHAM, JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY of MAITLAND and State of FL its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in Its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognlzances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of suretyship- " " " - " " " .. - " " - " " " " " " " - . ... . " " " " " .. " - • " - " • - " " • " • - - " " " " " - ..... . LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE GUARANTEE OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by Its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: "Be It Resolved, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-In-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Attorney-in-Fact, may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such Instruments so executed by any such Attorney-in•Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary." "Be it Further Resolved, that the signature of any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which It Is attached." (Each adopted at a meeting held on February B, 2000). In Witness Whereof, WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 16th day of JULY A.D., 2007 . WESTFIELD eAfeKede O?? ;'.?N4"nty?4'??sG": ,+'r'"'•h.,w` WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY n `7 OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY :?• :m_ SEAL i i 1848 .ar? `? State Of Ohio F,,.1..,,•`'"r.":n.»N"?'`? By: County of Medina ss.: Richard L. Kinnalyd, Jr., Senior Executive On this 16th day of JULY A.D., 2007 , before me personally came Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Medina, Ohio; that he Is Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said Companies: that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of Said Companies: and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Notarial seal pt A L Affixed • William J. Kahelin, A rney at Law, Notary Public State of Ohio ?o My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec, 147,03 Ohio Revised Code) County of Medina ss.: q Oit T I, Frank A. Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIC) FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and affect, In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Westfield Center, Ohio, this 21st day of May A•D•, 2009 Ilr... r. ,,,,, •A,?Mr rlr. KS, SEAL ?0?' t ?t ' m s rr, c Ei - _' ` 1848 s Frank A. Carrin0 Secret SPerrtrrrr BPOAC2 (combined) (06.02) ORIGINAL AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF Plasm ] lixrjorie Jordan being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of RID Caastructiaa, Im. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 534+ 9th Street ?ri77c PaSOD ? Street & Number City County State Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of RM camulict ian, ]Inc. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Brunie E. Jordan is Ptesident (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for KID Caasba ct.im, Inc. for said corporation by virtue of Resolution of the board of directors (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Affi orle Sworn to before me this 1M day of ,bme , 20 09 . Notary Pu is MEUNDAUNDSAY pe/print/stamp name of Notary MY COMMISSION # DD 755819 EXPIRES: June 6,20`12 kNid Thfb tWo Pu* Undernnil= Title or rank, and Serial No., if any I'S Section V Revised 050609.doc Page 8 or 16 Revised 5/6/2009 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Pasco Danni,e E. Jardmi being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is Phsident of RID GMISt iuctim. Inc. , the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Affiant Damnie E..Jartkm Sworn to and subscribed before me this 18ffi day of ,20 per. PS Section V Revised-050609.doe Page 9 of 16 Revised 5/6/2009 PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION (PROJECT #: 07-0013-UT) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION (PROJECT #: 07-0013-UT) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: PS Section V Revised_050609.doc Page 10 of 16 Revised 5/6/2009 PROPOSAL, (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Westfield Insmwice Bank, for the sum of D_/1dy ?J (being a minimum of l0°/oaf Contractor's total bid amount). (s 15a, 076, The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent; supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Damie E. Jm*n-P &%=w Road, Dade Uty, FL. 33523 - f4ar jade Jordwr?etary 10240 Wwxw Road, Dade City, FL. 33523 Signature of Bidder: Danmde E. Jmi&w, (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual). PS Section V Revised 050609.doe Page 11 of I6 Revised 5/6/2009 PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. KID ChIstrnctinn, Inc. By: TIP Donnie E. Jou&N Business Address of Bidder j Title: Prrsidmt P.O. BOK 2439, ? hMc, FL. 33539-2439 City and State: FL. Zip Code 33539-2439 Dated at 9.04 AX , this 18th day of June , A.D., 20 09 . PS Section V Revised_050609.doc Page 12 of 16 Revised 5/6/2009 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION (PROJECT #: 07-0013-UT) Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. I Date: 4/09/2009 Addendum No. 2 Date: 5/09/M Addendum No. 3 Date: 6/5/2M Addendum No. 4 Date: 6/5/2009 Addendum No. 5 Date: 6/15/2009 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: I? E. Jardan ?idm RID Construction, Inc. (Name of Bidder) Il, (Signature of O toe (Title of Officer) ..Tune 18th, Zug (Date) PS Section V Revised_050609.doc Page 13 of 16 Revised 5/6/2009 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: SKYCREST RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM CONTRACT 1 BOOSTER PUMP STATION (PROJECT #: 07-0013-UT) Bid Item 1. Description Mobilization/Demobilization Quantity 1 Units LS Unit Price $ Total $ 2 Booster Pump Station 1 LS $ 9 3 Ground Storage Tank 1 LS $j,1oa DOD $ It 60b1000 4 Soil Sins, Steel Canopy Structure & Dum ster Enclosure 1 LS $80, 000 $601 600 5 Concrete Holding Sins 1 LS I s 79,000 $ -79, W SITE WO RK 6 Erosion Control 1 LS s4,500 $ 4 50U 7 Clearing and Grubbing 1 LS $3,500 $ 3 600 8 Ponds & Swale Excavation 1 LS $11 00O $0t 000 9 Flow Control Structures 2 EA $ (5()0 $3,000 10 Stormwater Manholes 4 EA $ 11000 $ j j000 11 Inlet Structure 1 EA $ 11100 $ 0 0 12 Grading 1 LS $ 000 $ 4t000 13 Asphalt Pavement 3,270 SY $ 5-7 pP+ $ lit), 940 14 Concrete Pavement 510 SY $ (? 0 • $ 3 ( 0 15 Concrete Sidewalk 120 Sy $ 37 $ 4 q 40 16 Concrete Curb 600 LF $ ?(? a-° • $ (OCO 17 New & Existing Fence & Gate 1 LS $9,000 $ J1. Q00 18 Bollards 15 EA $ 5'- $ ,R 1 -7 75 19 Landscaping & Irrigation 1 LS $(.15,000 $ (.e'51000 20 Relocation of Light Poles 1 LS $ 5D0 $ 5540 21 Tree Barricades 1 LS $ 000 $ 06Q 22 Root Pruning 500 LF i 75 -- $ 9j is 1 $ 7 PS Section V Revised_061509.doc Page 14 of 16 Revised 6/15/2009 YARD PIPING 23 18" DI Pipe 70 LF $ 49.c $ iU 430 24 18" RCP 460 LF $ 3129- $ q Q 25 18" Gate Valves 1 EA $101100 $ 10 too 26 15" RCP 160 LF $ 34 ? $ 5446 27 12" DI Pipe 20 LF $ ,D0 !5- $,7,000 28 12" Gate Valves 1 EA $ 500 $2,506 29 8" DI Drain 120 LF $ 32 00 . -$31940 30 8" Gate Valves 1 EA $ 700 $ 700 31 8" Duckbill Check Valve 1 EA $ X1200 $2,500 32 Reclaimed Water Service /Well Connection 1 LS $ 15,000 $ 5t o 00 33 18" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings 5 EA $ ( 3 0 Q $(4150() 34 12" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings 4 EA $ 500 $ 210,00 35 8" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings 1 EA $ 300 $ 300 36 Unsuitable Material Excavation Below Grade 100 CY $ 8 ate, $ Boo 37 Select Backfill Below Grade 100 Cy $ 0 • $ 11100 38 Concrete Flume 1 LS $ 500 $ 500 39 Utility Allowance 1 LS $50,000.00 $ 50,000.00 40 Programming Services Allowance 1 LS $50,000.00 $ 50,000.00 Subtotal (Items 1-40) = $q7, 75c?, QlvO 41 Owner's Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 LS $ $ Q75 oQ o!o Reclaimed Water Total (Items 1-41) = $, Q zUiroh 42 Relocated Fire Hydrant Assembly 1 LS $1,560 $ 11506 43 Relocate Existing Water Meters 1 LS $1,000 $ 1 000 44 6" DI Pipe 1.00 LF $ 30M $ 310 0 45 6" Compact Ductile Iron Fittings 3 EA $ x150 S $ -750 46 8" x 6" Tapping Sleeve and Valve 1 EA $ 31000 $ 31000 Subtotal (Items 42-46) = $ q 1250 47 Owner's Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 LS $ au $ * 9A5 Potable Water Total (Items 42-47) = $10,175 °: PS Section V Revised_061509.doc Page 15 of 16 Revised 6/15/2009 r1t, 1 r!'Gi{ 1141 f?d LI ?tI 48 Raise MM # 2 1 LS $ q Od -" $ (100 49 Relocate 3" FM 1 LS $ 111-100 $ 1,7 00 Subtotal (Items 48-49) _ $ Li 00 50 Owner's Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 LS $ I s a G 0 ?- Sanitary Sewer Total (Items 48-50) ° 0 •s' i; t 57 ARRA Funding Administration 1 LS $ 1j 0W $ 11000 Subtotal (Items 51) = $ 11000 52 Owner's Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 LS $ $ l 06 as ARRA Funding Administration Total (Items 51-52) = $ I 106 m Subtotal (Items 1-40,42-46,48-49, 51) = $41-14 ` i 1 o Owner's Contingency (10% of Subtotals; Items 41, 47, 50, 52) = $ J 7b 1 4q r Grand Total. (Items 1-52) = $3, 0X61, 401 CONTRACTOR: IUD Gm nctian, Inc. BIDDER'S TOTAL $_&C) tLl 1 412 1. 00 (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL YYU..a.e_, YAA I v! ?, 61?; _ !,Qdld T (Words) THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. PS Section V Revised_061509.doc Page 16 of 16 Revised 6/15/2009 T? 0 BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION Section 1605 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act states that: "None of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by this Act may be used for a project for the construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of a public building or public work unless all of the iron, steel, and manufactured goods used in the project are produced in the United States." To meet this requirement, the undersigned hereby certifies that all of the material, equipment and accessories which are to be incorporated into the (Name of Construction Contract) to be partially funded by monies from the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, has been manufactured from domestic construction material as defined by 40 CFR 35.936-13(D). RM('rnarnrf im_ Trlc. Name of Contractor Signature of Authorized Officia 1 amie 17. Jmlan, Presi.de? Title 5/17/109 Date